Saerang (A Song of Ice and Fire/The Silmarillion)

Created
Status
Ongoing
Watchers
33
Recent readers
0

Soon after the Golden Company swear their swords to Aegon Targaryen at Selhorys, they find themselves in a strange and alien land. Surrounded by danger and far from home, how will the lost mercenaries, their captains and their young king seek to survive?

Decided to make use of this account and crosspost from SB. The first 'book' of the story is done, and I am in the process of writing the second.
Prologue

Azrubêl

Hellene Psycho
Location
Greece
-------------------------------------
Prologue - Lorimas Mudd
-------------------------------------


The air was filled with an unearthly mist.

Mist, shadows and noises on the edge of hearing. Lorimas Mudd did not truly know how many days had passed since they had awoken in this valley. The mist made seeing anything other than what was in front of them difficult, but at a guess it must have been no more than three.

He could feel himself shiver. The air was cold more often than not, far colder than he remembered it usually being in Essos, far less sweltering Volon Therys. The dampness of the air around him did not help in that regard. When the cold touched his skin, he could feel it all the way to his bones. This place was cursed, and Mudd did not use the word lightly. If there was a place in the world that was like the valley he and his brothers of the Golden Company had found themselves in, it must have been no less than Doomed Valyria.

The morning after Connington appeared with the Targaryen princeling of his close behind, and after they had pledged their swords to him, all the camps, men and possessions of the Company woke to this nightmare. Then, the serjeant thought it was a bad dream, and were he in the mood for it, he would have wagered he was not alone in that. What happened after left him with no stomach for games. At first, they thought it was merely a mist off the Rhoyne. Such a thing was rare in that season, but not unheard of. But then the first few men to venture outside the camps soon confirmed otherwise - the ground was not the same, and no house or village could be seen, nor anything of Volon Therys itself. The Volantenes had been pestering them to leave like old maids, they could not have been silenced overnight unless the fog had swallowed them up whole, which was impossible.

After all, it seems to have found gold a tastier treat.

Lorimas warily stepped ahead, feeling water splash at his feet. He'd stepped into a small stream, by the feel of it. He waved at the men behind him - Justman, Veraq, Orellyos, Red Dunc to tell the way was clear. The six younger men trailing behind thankfully did not try filling their waterskins.

They'd found out how foolish that was very quickly. On the first day, some men drank from the springs close by the camp. In the afternoon, they were moving like men drunk, and by the evening, madness took them. By nightfall, over three dozen men were under the care of the Company's healers. Quickly enough, the captains put an order not to touch any spring, well or stream, nor to contaminate the supplies with it. Some of the pups, those who had served for less than a year panicked. Some insisted that it was a curse by the gods - the Seven, R'hllor, the Drowned God, the Black Goat, depended on which man told the tale - for supporting this Aegon Targaryen. They were quickly put in line and disciplined by their superiors, but even for them, the question remained. How long would supplies last?

"Stay close by one another," Lorimas instructed. "Any man split up gets left behind." It was a ruthless order, but not a senseless one. It was on the second day that the first men started to disappear. Some had ventured too far outside the camp, others were scouts, sent ahead to see if the road was clear.

After the third patrol did not return on time, they started sending out larger ones. In some cases, they found the missing men. Aekor, a crossbowman hailing from Volantis was found. His arm, at least, distinguished by the pearl encrusted torc he always wore on his person. It had not been a clean cut, it was torn off with great force and leaving behind a mess of skin and bone, like by a wild beast. Another man, Rolland was found mostly whole. His face was terror-stricken and had taken on a sickly black hue, his body stinking so horribly that the horses refused to go on further. That evening, there was a commotion in the elephant stables. One of the grey behemoths trampled through the fence, panicking. The beast was alive by the end, but on its side and hind leg were bleeding gashes.

That night, few of them could sleep. The elephant's screams of pain kept them up, and so did the noises heard outside of the camp. Like many legs, skittering on the cold damp ground. Many of the lookouts swore they saw glinting lights in the mist, by the shadow of the mountains overlooking the valley.

Come what passed for morning in this place, the captains of the Golden Company convened. Connington seemed like he had grown even older than he already was after two days. He began to argue with Homeless Harry over their next move. The Griffin Lord wished to press ahead and clear a path, whereas Strickland wanted to instead send scouts ahead, to find the men of Volantis, or whatever other men were close by. Flowers agreed with Connington - the losses would only mount the longer they remained at this camp, and once supplies ran out, they'd all starve. In the end, most sided with Conningon. They would move ahead, leave the valley behind them as fast as possible. Send patrols out only to scout for the march ahead. Strickland was good at making friends and sealing contracts, but he had no head for battle, and every man wearing the gold knew that.

One of the men stepped down, and a loud, squelching noise was heard. "More like to be a bug." Orellyos dismissed. "Place is full o' 'em." The only life they saw here was spiders and other bugs. No plants or grass, except for lichens, weeds and a few mushrooms, that all looked poisonous. The Company's animals did not like it either. The dogs barked incessantly, and the patrols that went out with horses found that their steeds quickly became uneasy.

Mudd heard another noise. He looked behind him, again signaling the men to stop. Their footsteps quieted down, but the noise was heard again. A clicking, and a keening sound deep within the mist. A faint shadow, at the edge of their torchlight.

The terrain became harsher, and more uneven. Good grounds for an ambush, by whatever was nearby.

Veraq gave Lorimas a nod, and a gesture to tell him that they were being watched. The lithe Ghiscari was keen-eyed and perceptive, the best scout in Lorimas' patrol. Slowly and carefully, he took one of his four javelins in hand. He had concealed his arm ring beneath his clothes, to prevent any glint from revealing him. Mudd ordered the rest to keep their weapons close, and gripped his mace tightly behind his shield. Part of him wondered what good it could do him against a creature that could tear a man's arm off and pierce through the hide of an elephant, but he brushed those thoughts aside. Fear kills men more easy than a spear. It had been drilled into him since he first signed with the Company, seven years ago. Keep formation, follow orders, and you'll make it. Break and you die alone, was what he always told the younger men.

"Present shields." The men with the torches were at the center of their party, well-shielded behind their fellows. He waited patiently, to hear any sounds in the distance. The clicking stopped. Mudd steeled himself. Whether it meant the thing shadowing them had fled or was preparing to attack, didn't know yet. He kept himself as still as possible.

Then, before they knew it, the clicking was heard again, then a scream and the sound of flesh breaking and bone cracking. Lorimas turned around, and saw a mass the size of a man leaping and stabbing into the flesh of Orellyos with its fangs, long limbs immobilizing him, tangled around his body. It was hideous, with many glinting black eyes, its legs and body covered in pointed, wet fur and its hide the color of bile. The man died as the sharp, powerful jaws punched through ringmail and flesh, his chest left a mangled ruin.

Shouting loudly, Veraq stabbed at the creature's abdomen. It let out a hideous screech as the speartip pierced through, and leapt into the air, retreating into the mists. Red Dunc and three others rushed after it, but to no effect. They'd lost a man, and wounded the creature.

"It was a spider… Bigger than anything I've seen. " Dunc said, catching his breath. "Do we pursue, or return to camp? It's injured already."

"No." Mudd forbade. "You saw how it killed Orellyos. We can't see it, but it can see us. We return to camp, and report. Keep your eyes and ears sharp."

Dunc grimaced, but obeyed, returning to his place in the formation. Lorimas heard him mutter a prayer beneath his breath. 'Lord of Light protect us, for the night is dark and full of terrors. Lord of Light protect our fallen brother..."

They marched on, leaving Orellyos behind. They had no other choice. Carrying his body back to the camp would leave them more vulnerable.

Lorimas felt his legs trembling. Men, he could fight. Monsters? Hold. You break, you die. He gripped his shield tighter, pulling it closer to his body. More clicking and skittering. The creature had not fled. It was still on the prowl. Veraq readied another javelin, and Justman stood ready with his boar spear.

In the distance, he saw the light of a torch. Help. He thought. If there were another patrol, they could return back to camp safe. He saw the eyes of another man light up. "Friends! We're friends!" they shouted, as they headed towards the light. "We've lost a man! We need help!" they ran towards the light and into the fog, eager to see a familiar face, but the closer they approached, the deeper the light fled into mists. Eventually, it disappeared altogether, leaving them once more with the shadows.

There was movement in the fog, and a rancid stench in the air. He felt his senses begin to cloud, his head getting heavy. Just breathing became more and more laborious, and his legs felt like lead, dragging him down and pinning him to the hard ground. Clinging to his shield like a drowning man clutching a piece of driftwood, his knuckles turning white as he took another careful, difficult step. The light of the torches was flickering and dimming.

He saw more shadows moving in the fog, and heard a terrified whimper from among his men. Many-legged shades, hunched, the size of wolves at least. They were gathering in the mist, all around them. They were coming from the mountains and cragged foothills.

Then before they knew it, the shadows were upon them. One leaped upon one of the torchbearers, before Justman ran it through with his spear. It was too late however, and the torch fell to the ground, its light sputtering and dying. Lorimas saw a spider the size of a hound approaching him, screeching loudly. He brought his mace down on the creature's head, crushing it. Its hairy, pincered limbs twitched before ceasing to move. There were more coming.

Veraq pierced one's eye with a javelin, before being forced to resort to using another as a spear. Ronard, one of the others fell to the ground and was dragged away by a web as thick as rope, before Red Dunc threw his axe at the spider assailing him. Darkness was dancing all around them, the torches going out one by one. In the confusion, the patrol broke formation. Lorimas was with Justman, but lost track of Veraq and Dunc. From ten men, now Mudd had only four that he could see. Screams and demonic screeches raged all around them. To survive, they were scattering in all directions, only to be picked apart one by one.

There was no time to think or plan, only to fight. Mudd brought his mace down again, crushing something. His face was spattered with foul-smelling fluid. Justman behind him went down, letting out an ear-piercing scream as his leg was pierced before being swarmed by spiders. Lorimas found himself alone. Legs wrapped around his shield, before receding as he hammered at them with his mace again and again, in frantic panic as a larger shadow loomed behind him. He hurried, trying to look for the others in the fog.

Then, he felt a cold sting at the back of his neck, and a spreading numbness. Strength fled from his limbs as shadows scurried around him. He could see and hear and smell, but he could not move a finger. Above him, he saw a blotched, slimy hide. A creature bigger than a horse. Large, clicking jaws and fangs, and a yawning black maw. Eight glinting eyes, that pierced straight into his soul. Those were not the eyes of a beast. They were relishing in the pain, and shining with amusement as the creature wrapped its prey in web.

Lorimas Mudd closed his eyes, so that he would look at them no more.
 
The Lost Lord
---------------------
The Lost Lord
---------------------



That night, he heard the ringing of the bells again. Bronze booms and silver chimes, like seventeen years ago.

They tolled as he leapt over roofs and up stairs. They tolled as he reached the Usurper and drew his sword, only to see it pass clean through his armour, like he was not there. Baratheon laughed, a deep, sonorous sound as the tolling of the bells became louder and louder.

Some times, he dreamt he slew Robert. Other nights, he saw himself bleeding out on the streets of Stoney Sept, his chest crushed by the Usurper's hammer. This night, he caught him - yet he slipped through his fingers.

Jon Connington rose from his bed. He had not removed his clothes. Danger was still close, and - he looked at his hand. It was not danger that Griff feared. Death was certain. It was creeping in his hand, where the Stone Man kissed him.

No - to fail again is worse.

And this time if he failed, there would be no child, no chance to redeem himself, to make amends to his Silver Prince.

Jon made sure no one was close, and took the glove off. He saw the blackened nail, and the ring finger. He was tempted to take a knife and scratch at the infected flesh, but there would be no gain in that. The grey plague could be survived by a child, but was a death sentence for a man grown. The figures of the Stone Men in Chroyane loomed large across his mind. Feeble, lumbering, witless… The afflicted flesh was numb and painless, but the thought of being reduced to a creature like that, stung worse than any illness would have. I should have let the dwarf drown.

He thought he had made his peace with his death in Volon Therys. That he would manage to last long enough to sail across the sea, to see the dragon restored, and the boy crowned. Then, he could die and gladly tell Prince Rhaegar that he had done everything that could be wished of him. He had time, if he pressed himself hard enough. But now, they did not know where they were. Engulfed by mist, taken to a valley that looked more like the Sorrows than it did Volon Therys. Now, time was passing and they were no closer to Westeros than they were six years ago.

Jon put his armour on. A simple coat of mail, the vambraces for his hands, and greaves for the legs. Then, his longsword in its sheath, but ready to be drawn if danger was near. Finally, he fastened the wolfskin cloak about his shoulders. It was cold in this valley, far colder than the Rhoyne. It reminded Jon of the year of the False Spring. All had thought winter had come to an end, but the promise of spring was a false hope. Winter came not only for Westeros, but for House Targaryen. And he experienced another False Spring. You thought that your wanderings, all the years of lies had come to an end. That it was time to right the wrongs of the past.

Taking a deep breath, Jon steeled himself. He remembered the despair he knew, that of the life of a sellsword and an exile in a foreign land, before the lad gave him hope again. Need be, I will carve a path through this valley all by myself, if it means Aegon sits the Iron Throne.

Opening the tent flaps, he stepped outside. He saw a hawk perched at the top of the tent, and it flew away as he turned around, leaving behind only a sole blue-grey feather. The captains of the Golden Company were waiting for him at the center of the camp, beneath the banners and the gilded skulls. There, he saw Black Balaq, the white-haired Summer Islander standing tall, his goldenheart bow by his side. He was wearing his feather cloak, magnificent even in the misty, shadowed vale, and a coat of gilded scale armour, the scales and feathers making him look like a feathered drake.

Ser Franklyn Flowers was next, the notion of calling the man by his title still new to Jon. Big-bellied, large, and ugly, a face that had never been handsome scarred by a lifetime of fighting. The Bastard of Cider Hall was however strong, reliable, bold and fierce on the battlefield, but warm and trustworthy at camp. Jon had counted the man a friend in the days of Blackheart, and the large Reachman remembered him still. He wore a suit of steel plate, surprisingly not as battered as its wearer was. While he wore a golden cloak, Flowers told Jon he ordered the steel of his armour to be brown in color - as a 'Brown Apple Fossoway' and a knight, he had to keep true to his heritage, after all.

Lysono Maar was there as well, the Lyseni, lilac-eyed, silver haired spymaster. On this occasion, he wore armor, a splendid suit of gilded scale encrusted with sapphires around his gorget. Mercenaries would wear their fortunes on their person, but Maar was extravagant even for a sellsword. His fingernails were painted purple, and his pierced ears bore pearls and amethysts. Some might have considered his face handsome, and Jon would grant that his features were elegant enough, but his ostentatiousness and full, effeminate lips made him seem obscene in Connington's eyes. A man should not look like a woman.

Gorys Edoryen, the paymaster, successor to the position once held by the old woman. The tall, slim Volantene had pale skin, a pointed beard that he would toy with when bored, and long hair, dyed the color of blood. He wore an armour of interlocking plates, and the skin of a leopard was draped across his shoulder - much like the one that he had draped beneath the saddle of his steed.

And finally, Homeless Harry. The past few days had not been kind to Jon, but they had been far harsher to Harry Strickland. Odd, as the old woman has no plague to chase his thoughts. Jon thought. But cowardice is a plague of its own, and just as deadly. The portly Captain-General of the Golden Company did not cut an inspiring sight, even clad in a polished, spotless suit of steel plate, detailed with golden accents, and gilded scales adorning him. His round face was pale as a sheet, and he was so perturbed that he forgot to brush his grey hair aside, revealing the bald spot he usually would take great pains to conceal. Strickland had began showing his unsuitability for command when the first bouts of sickness appeared at camp, and the first patrols went missing. While his reaction to the water contamination had been swift, he insisted on sending men outside the camp, in the hopes of reaching the Volantenes or whomever else was nearby. Jon, Flowers and Balaq persuaded him otherwise - if any patrols were to leave the camp, they would only be larger groups. Then the attack on the elephant occured. One of Strickland's prize beasts was gravely injured by an unknown assailant. Connington remembered how Harry's face blanched at the news, and he ran to the pens, to see the condition of the beast. Upon returning, panic and indecisiveness struck at him. Strickland instructed his squire to immediately put his armor on him, and slept with a full guard around his tent at all times. He spent more time inside than outside of it, cowering no doubt.

Jon effectively took command of the Company at that moment. He was Hand of the True King, and a lord besides. The captains who remembered him from the days he wore the gold respected him, and his experience in war. He took his seat at the table, facing the middle, towards the skull of Bittersteel. He found the idea of staring at the skull of Blackheart Toyne in front of him instead unnerving.

"Have the scouting parties returned?" Jon asked, taking his seat alongside the captains. "We agreed to break camp and march tomorrow."

It would be no easy task. This was a camp that housed ten thousand men, their baggage, horses, elephants and camp followers. But Jon had fought with the Golden Company under Blackheart. Even Strickland's laxitude had not robbed the heirs of Bittersteel of their discipline. They could make the march.

"Most of them." Black Balaq said. "But others went missing. Lorimas and his men have still not returned to camp. And some lost men. There is more movement outside the camp. I ordered more sentries to the walls. My archers are ready."

Some men had spoken of spiders in the shadows, as large as hounds. Men say many things if they are afraid.

"If we are attacked, we must protect his Grace at all costs." Maar said.

"I already ordered Ser Rolly to guard him with his life." Jon replied. "But you are right. No matter what, his Grace must live. Put more guards around his tent." Connington had to catch himself before he called Aegon 'lad' or 'Griff'. All those years had softened him, and made him forget his place, that he was not the king's father after so long pretending to be Griff and Young Griff.

Aegon did not need a father. What he needed was a Hand to guide him. The boy might not know that, but Jon did.

"Thirty knights, and one hundred picked men. That ought to be enough." Jon concluded.

Edoryen, the Volantene interjected. "The men have begun to prepare for the march as we arranged, Lord Connington. Our engineers and smiths have already finished their preparations. The stablemasters are still not done, much less the elephant keepers. The beasts are becoming harder to control."

It was not surprising to Jon. While elephants were formidable, they were also notoriously stubborn. He'd heard tales of the beasts turning on their own masters if they were spooked as well, and the attack on their heard would not help. Horses were more obedient, but they did not like this valley any more than the men did. As much as he did not like the thought, the Golden Company had two thousand horses alone, putting aside other pack animals and the elephants. They might be forced to leave some behind.

"The men are unpleased, m'lord Hand." Flowers growled. "Bad and worse. Praying for salvation, an' think it been the gods punishing the Company for its sins. We can keep 'em together for now, but do something quick."

They would talk further into the day, discussing matters of supplies, provisions, rations, and preparations for the march. Well into the discussions, a horn sounded at the gates of the camp, announcing the return of another patrol, led by Ser Marq Mandrake. The scarred knight came with news of a path to the south. They had found a road. It was old, parts of it broken up, but it was still paved with stone.

"By the Lord of Light." Edoryen exclaimed. "Who would build a road in this forsaken place?"

"Perhaps it is like with our ancestors of old Valyria, my friend of Volantis." Lysono Maar offered, with a flamboyant gesture of his hand. "Who knew they would disappear from the world in but a single day?"

Balaq sat in thought. "A road means that there is a destination. No matter how dangerous." He is right. Jon thought.

In the end, they had decided upon a plan. Upon setting out, they would march south and follow the road. The rest of the discussion had been spent on the details - marching orders, positioning, and the organization of the marching column. By the end, Jon felt exhausted, and his head heavy.

As he was turning away from the captains' table, Franklyn Flowers approached him. "Next time, bring the boy along." he said,

"He is your King, Flowers." Connington observed cooly.

"Aye," the knight replied. "But kings aren't made in tents, m'lord." The Reachman left.

But what if it is done for the king's own good? For the past three days, Connington had Aegon stay with the woman Lemore and the Halfmaester, despite his insistence otherwise. He might chafe at hiding, but it was secrecy that had kept Aegon safe all those years. And Jon was well aware of how fragile the loyalties of sellswords could be, especially desperate ones. He could trust the officers to keep a clear head for now, but all it took was a single frightened man and a blade from behind.

Connington headed back towards his tent, and those of his companions. It did feel strange - for so long, he and Aegon had lived as Griff and Young Griff, that it was almost foreign to not be woken up by the lad every morn, or break his fast with him and the rest. He opened the flaps of the tent, Ser Rolly giving him a curt nod and standing aside.

Aegon was seated on the floor of the tent, his legs stretched out in front of him. He is growing still. Jon thought - the youth was slender but stronger than he appeared, training at arms and living the life of the son of a sellsword with little to his name had made him so. He reminded Connington of Prince Rhaegar, when the two of them squired together. He wore a simple close-fitted tunic, thick enough to protect from the cold, and the same black boots he had worn when he arrived to Volon Therys. By his side was a book, and several scrolls. At a glance, he could tell the book was the 'Iron Chronicle', a work detailing the reign of the Ironborn over the Riverlands. (In his youth, Jon found history bored him outside the tales of wars - as he grew older however, he often saw himself borrowing from the books meant for Aegon)

Close by, sitting on a chair was the Halfmaester, who was tutoring Aegon. Jon had not forgotten the way the Imp had slipped through his fingers, or his loose lips earlier. Lemore was standing by the side, herself reading another book. He recognized it as 'The Ascent', or 'Ten Thousand Ships', an account of the journey of Queen Nymeria. It was a favorite of Aegon's, who enjoyed the adventurous tale and the clear language of its writing. When young, he would play at being Nymeria's son, protecting his mother with a long reed that he claimed was a spear.

"Lord Connington." both Lemore and Haldon said respectfully, acknowledging the presence of the Lord of Griffin's Roost. Aegon rose quickly, standing on his feet. He looked straight at Jon, his eyes still appearing a light blue from the dye on his hair.

"How go his Grace's studies, Halfmaester?"

"What did the captains tell you?" he asked, interrupting Jon. "Is the march tomorrow?"

Jon pursed his lips. "It is. I trust you've made your preparations."

"His Grace has prepared his belongings Lord Connington," replied the warm but collected voice of Lemore. When she spoke or smiled, even Jon could understand why other men found the handsome septa attractive. "As for his studies, they are going as well as ever."

"Good." he nodded. "Tomorrow, he will be given a group of thirty and one hundred men to guard hm on the road. I want you to stay with him and Duckfield, for your safety."

"Wait!" Aegon cried out, in a very unkingly manner. "I won't be riding alongside the Captain-General and the officers?"

"Your Grace, you must remember that your safety is paramount. The captains will each be leading companies from the marching column. If we are ambushed, they must be in command, and fight with their men."

"Then I can go fight too. I have Rolly along, and whatever men you give me. I am a man grown."

"Ser Rolly is a capable enough sword, but he is no Arthur Dayne or Dragonknight. Your own father fell on the Trident, with Lewyn Martell and Barristan the Bold on the field with him. If you die, then our cause dies with you." And I die as well.

"How can I expect the officers and the men to call me king when they cannot see me? How can they respect me if they do not know who I am? At least let me take part in the councils. I have a duty to these men!" Damnable dwarf. Jon cursed in his thoughts. He put those doubts inside Aegon's head and now he wants to prove himself by acting foolhardy.

"What the Lord Hand means," Haldon offered, steepling his fingers. "Is to ensure your safety, as he has done all these years."

"I thought the time for hiding was over." Aegon replied, seeming more like a young boy than either a king or a prince in that moment. "You told me it was, Gri- Jon." he corrected himself before finishing his sentence.

"This is not hiding, or running away. We do not know what this land is, and I do not intend to put your life at risk. But you should know that a king is no mere fighting man. A king can and should know how to fight, but the Golden Company still has pledged to you. There will be chances to prove yourself."

Aegon sat down, without saying a word. "Haldon." he said, trying to sound authoritative. "We still have not finished my studies for tonight." he did not look towards Jon as he talked, and Connington left the tent. There was nothing left to discuss, and he had the next day to prepare for.

Lemore joined him outside, after he had already left.

"He is difficult, as all boys of eight and ten are difficult. Even without a crown, they act like kings." she smiled. "And those with a crown? Almost as bad as lords."

Connington was not in the mood for japes. "Are you here to laugh, septa?" Jon replied.

"No. But this is a dark and dismal valley that the Gods have placed us in. Laughter would not hurt any except you, my lord."

"Do you believe it was the Gods that brought us here?" he asked her. Among all the things in his mind, who or what sent him so far off course had not been something he had dwelt on.

"Only the Gods could bring ten thousand men here from Volon Therys." Lemore replied serenely. "Why? I cannot know their thoughts. But I will pray to them for guidance, and advise you to do the same."

-----------------------------------

The day had not started well. Rain began to fall, but contrary to their hopes, the mist surrounding them only seemed to become thicker. The clarion calls sounded at the crack of dawn (or what passed for it), signalling for the Golden Company to begin its march. The pack animals were already loaded, and so were the men, marching with their baggage. It was the bleakest march that Jon had seen in all his years with an army. No songs were sung, nor banners unfurled. There was no promise of glory and wealth at the end of it, though salvation from the hell that they had found themselves in must have been promise enough.

Enough to hold the men of the Golden Company together as they marched straight into the mouth of that hell, Jon hoped.

They had arrayed their ten thousand on a marching column, but that column would be well-protected. In every company, not all men would carry baggage - several in each were to wear their full arms and armor, and protect their comrades if it came to battle. Horsemen were deployed at the flanks, with more at the center, ready to strike out at any ambusher, and archers and crossbowmen were inside the safety of the marching blocks. No company was too far separated from the other. If attacked, they would form up and protect the ones closest to them. The elephants would be with the vanguard.

It would make the march longer, but after the losses their scouts had suffered, haste would not do.

Jon himself was with the vanguard, with fifty of the Company's knights about him, and five hundred footmen. Marq Mandrake was by him as well, as his scouts found the road south. When he had first come to Essos in his exile, he found the knights there a far different breed from those of Westeros. They wore the armor and rode to battle atop warhorses yes, and many had sworn vows before a septon as Jon himself had. But the free companies welcomed many sorts of men.

A reminder was staring back at him, in the form of the man leading the squadron of riders. Flowers had recommended Jaqho to Jon - a tall man, with the copper skin of the Dothraki. He had traded the hide vests of his people for a suit of mail, a breastplate, a heavy helm and a long lance, though he kept a bow by the saddle of his caparisoned steed. He kept the bells as well, tied to his horse and braided in his hair. No knight of Westeros would have looked like that.

"The valley reeks of death." He growled in heavily accented Common as his horse neighed. Jon fastened his wolfskin tighter, as the freezing rain continued to fall around them. "My horse can smell it. The gods left it."

Jon had seen that same unease in his own horse. He felt it himself, as his horse trudged through the mud. The rain had turned the ground into mud, and the steady march of thousands of feet and hooves was making it even harder to traverse. Worse yet, the sound of it, alongside the din of a marching army and the fog made it near impossible to catch sound or sight of anyone approaching. Beside him, he could hear the ring of the Dothraki's bells, behind him, complaints and chatter. He merely kept on, wordlessly, only caring for the instructions that Mandrake gave.

He gripped the pommel of his sword tightly, thinking. Once they were out of the valley, mayhaps they could wait for better weather. The mist had kept them from getting a look into the sky. Perhaps then they could see the stars and know where in the world they had found themselves. Then they could head towards Westeros, if the gods were willing.

The rain kept on, with no sign of stopping as hour after hour passed, and the Golden Company made its way through the valley, the shadows looming all around them. The valley now seemed almost a waiting predator, ready to swallow them whole. The valley was turning harsher, with more stones than dirt.

He heard a voice cry out, and looked up. None of the men nearby had spoken. Deep within the fog, he saw a light shine, like a torch. Could it be a missing patrol, or was it something else?

"Mandrake." he said to the scarred knight by him. "Do you see the light there?"

Ser Marq nodded. "Aye. I do. Don't send men out, my lord. They mean to lure us, tire us out, then they disappear."

"For an ambush." Jon said, gripping the pommel of his sword ahead. But by men or sorcery? Once, he would have agreed with Haldon that no sorcery was left in the world. The so-called sorcerers of Essos were charlatans,mere men who played with fires and shadows. But there was a wrongness in this place, that was not made by any man.

There were prayers among the men, some whispered and some louder. 'R'hllor deliver us!' some cried. Jon prayed as well, silently, to the seven gods of his homeland. He tried not to look at the light, and ignore the enticement to spur his horse ahead and chase it away.

The cry of a bird was heard, and he saw it again. The hawk that had perched on his tent the day before, a large bird with blue-grey plumage and a white tail. It flew towards the flickering light, screaming as it charged into the mist, chasing after it. The light disappeared, and it seemed almost as if the mist fled behind the bird's trail.

Jaqho looked in awe, then smiled. "A sign from the gods! When Khal Mengo was injured in his right arm, the Mother of Mountains sent hawks, and he taught them to hunt for him with his left. The boy king is fortunate to have this omen." he then looked over to Jon. "So is his Red Lord." The march continued after that, with the vanguard's spirits lifted. But Jon was soon to be chastened again. Men had ridden ahead from the rear of the column, telling that there had been attacks against them. The news was much the same from the left flank, which had also sent a rider of its own.

"I swear to all gods above and low," one of them said, shaking. "It was spiders. Spiders the size of hounds, beasts of the Others." Murmurs arose among the ranks.

To silence them, Mandrake grabbed the man by the arm, straightening his posture. "Stop pissing yourself and tell us what happened!" he shouted.

"We lost men. We made it, but killed only few. They turned and ran soon as the horse came. Captain didn't want to chase 'em into the fog."

"Send another man back with my orders." Jon said. That one was more like to run into a safer part of the host than come back. "They are to continue marching - there will be no pursuits after the enemy is driven away."

Finally, my foe has a face. He thought. To think beasts could have done all this. It was almost like the work of men, to harass a marching column, attack its weaker spots, never leaving time for it to rest. But they needed to go forward. There was no other way but forward. The Golden Company once more set ahead, on its way south. There were no attacks this time and it ceased to rain. Soon enough, the road Mandrake spoke of was in sight, and Jon let out a sigh of relief. It was a road wide enough for two carts to pass through, raised above the ground and paved with large blocks of stone. It was clearly long since it last saw use, and many of the stones had slipped loose. The footways were weathered and scratched, but it could still be used. He looked behind him, and saw the relief in the faces of the men. He turned around.

"Once the rest of the column reaches us, give the order to rest. The march continues in two hours. Enemies are about, keep watch in shifts." Jon commanded. It was time enough to rest, but they needed to keep on ahead. The longer they remained, the more vulnerable they were.

Most of the knights dismounted, as did Jon. He was sore. I have not ridden long in years. Now, he felt more at home aboard a ship than on horseback. It was an ill thing for a knight anointed to feel. In his youth, he rode longer and harder without complaint. His throat was dry as well, and the cold wind he reached for the wineskin on his belt, drinking deeply. Wine was better now. The streams here were poison. He observed the movements of the men as he sat down. Many were taking the chance to rest, while others were being ordered around by Mandrake, instructed to keep watch, looking through the road with long spears for any foes. More approached behind them, footsteps and hooves thudding as they trudged through the mud, and not long after the elephants announced their approach with their ponderous stomping.

The wait was uneasy. They were standing still, not making as much progress as Jon wished. With every passing moment, the closer danger crept towards them. And even the din of ten thousand men could not drown out the silence all around them for long. Once they were ready, and all companies were accounted for, Connington gave the command to form up and begin to march again, taking position at the head of the column. Trumpets and warhorns announced the order, and gave way to the sound of an army on the march once more. They followed the path of the road westwards. The carts they had carried through mud and stone finally could be used, instead of slowing them down as the march through the dark valley continued. They had left the shadow of the mountains to the north of their old camp. They must have been closer to its southernmost end. He also saw ruins in places - they were not large to begin with, but there were the foundations of buildings of stone, now long-abandoned by whoever it was that created them.

The land grew even darker after what seemed like several more hours and miles on the road, the men and horses were flagging. What few attacks had occurred at the flanks and rear of the column had been repelled, but the constant wariness had left the men tired, A strong, loud wind swept through the valley and their garments, wet from the rain were now making them feel bitter cold. By the side of the old road, there was a hill, large enough to establish a camp upon its summit and the slopes.

The Lord of Griffin's Roost raised his hand high and clenched it shut, giving orders to his captains. "We make camp here." he said, pointing to the hill. "Begin digging a ditch at the base of the hill. Raise a palisade, and start preparing fires. The vanguard secures the area and protects the men who build." Trumpets gave the signal again, and riders carried the orders back to the rest of the Company.

He could rely on the discipline and skill of the Golden Company to carry out these tasks. Jon instructed the footmen to watch the slopes and road, while the archers were set at the summit. He rode there as well, to have a view upon the valley and the approaching columns. The elephants were just behind them, and trumpeted thunderously, their keepers on their backs guiding them forward with hooks and poles. Behind them was the standard of the Golden Company, bearing on it the gilded skulls. Strickland would be with them. Jon could count over one and half a thousand men close to the hill already, with more on the way. Already, some had left behind their gear and fetched shovels and hammers, to start work on the trench. Work was going slowly but steadily, and campfires were lit.

Suddenly, the sound of a horn was heard from the slopes of the hill. Then another. Campfires began to be extinguished as the alarum sounded. "Attack! Alarm! Ambush!" came the shouts. Mandrake was gathering men about him.

From the hilltop, Jon could see little, but he could hear the sounds and screams in the shadows of the mist.

The Golden Company was divided, tired from marching, and trying to prepare a new camp. There was no better time to attack. He wanted to curse himself for his foolishness, for marching the army into an ambush, but there was no time.

He put his helmet on, drew his sword, and rode down into the fray, the knights about him following. "Ride!" he shouted. Men were beginning to flee upwards, where the archers and crossbowmen had formed a line, standing behind a ring of tall pavise shields. Men with long spears stood as well, bolstering the defense. Mandrake was among them, mounted, barking orders. "Hold! Protect your brothers!"

Now that he was closer, Jon could see what was happening beneath. Men fled from the ditch as fast as their feet could carry them, running towards the top of the hill, and the ground was littered with the corpses of those who could not. There were hundreds of spiders scurrying across the valley, some the size of hounds, and others larger than men or horses, overturning tents and putting out fires. Others were approaching the scattered groups of men, either fleeing or standing their ground as they could, and another mass was heading up towards the hill.

"Loose!" cried Mandrake, the archers letting out a volley of arrows and quarrels, the deadly missiles stopping some of the spiders in their tracks, but many went on undaunted, leaping towards the spears. Some were skewered or wounded as the rest of the spiders hit the line of braced shields. Jon gave the signal to charge as the creatures engaged the footmen, riding at the head of the cavalry. At a trot, they approached the mass of spiders, running for the last few paces.

"Beneath the Gold?" Mors Strong, one of the knights shouted. "The Bitter Steel!" replied the rest, the battlecry of the Golden Company ringing in the wind, carried by half a hundred men.

The sickly throng gave way to the knights of the Golden Company, and Mandrake led the footmen forwards at the same time. Swinging his sword down, Jon's blade found its mark, splitting the head of one of the creatures open. Three knights fell, their horses knocked from under them. He saw Jaqho bury his lance inside the eye of another spider. It was hard to move, but the strength of their charge was not lessened by it. The surviving beasts scattered and fled down the hill, the men of the vanguard still standing. But there still were others in the valley below who were in danger. More horns sounded, for battle. It must have been more of the Company's men arriving. In the distance, the sounds of the elephants could also be heard, and the lights of torches. Homeless Harry would be with them. He had little fondness of the man, but… Aegon would be approaching as well. He could not let the King's life be endangered.

"Knights, with me." Jon commanded. "Mandrake, defend the hill. We go to the valley. Heavy horse, form a wedge. Lances ready!" Jon and seven and forty knights rode down the slope, to the blow of a warhorn. Ser Qhored unfurled the golden banner, to announce their presence to anyone who could see. The sight and feeling of battle had been something Jon had not felt in a long time. The sight of swords glinting and banners flying, the sound of warhorns, trumpets and rushing steeds. It awoke something in his blood, that he had not truly felt in years.

"A Griffin! A Griffin!" Jon Connington yelled like he had when he was a young man, as his horse galloped through the valley, racing to the front of the wedge of cavalry. They drove through any resistance on the way, most of the creatures fleeing before the knights. Finally, they reached the elephants. The men had formed a ring of steel around the grey behemoths and the standard, pikes and halberds facing outwards, and crossbowmen inside the circle, loosing bolts as they could. He recognized Harry Strickland's armor, the Captain-General standing by the standard, with a few men about him. The knights sped towards the standard. If they could hold fast until the rest of the Company arrived, they would win.

The spiders had ceased trying to break through the pikes, and instead probed at them, their horrific screeches resounding above the cries of men. The charge of Jon's knights could not scatter them all, and some that fled returned with a new fury. They were now being pushed back again. The handlers were struggling to keep the elephants under control as battle raged around them, the unfamiliar stench of the spiders and their screeching driving the beasts mad. Whether they recognized them as what had wounded one of their own days ago, or it was simple blood lust, Jon did not know.

But the beasts broke, effortlessly moving through the ranks of pikes, that split to avoid being stampeded under the grey bulk of the elephants, then through the spiders, threatening to flatten all in their path. But in the panic, the formation of the foot buckled and broke. Men ceased to fight in formation, and surrounded, were beginning to be picked off by the spiders. Jon's own knights were beginning to lose men, dragged off their horses, or knocked down by darting long limbs. Darkness swirled around them in the mist, as Jon struggled to look around him, much less swing his blade. Then another trumpet sounded, and a loud cry was heard. "Men of the Golden Company, the Gods are with you. Your King is with you!"

No. Fool boy!

"Beneath the Gold, the Bitter Steel!"

Jon saw a black royal banner, with the red dragon of House Targaryen, and the lances of over a hundred riders behind it, the sound of trumpets and warhorns drowning the din of battle, rising to maddening cacophony.
 
Ser Rolly
---------------
Ser Rolly
---------------


Duck awoke lying down, and in pain. He felt the sharp sting of a needle at his side, and the warmth of a heated lance somewhere close to his skin. He thrashed around and shouted in pain as he felt the needle poke at him.

"Stop moving!" he heard a boyish voice by his side. Opening his eyes, he saw the inside of a tent, a familiar face, and an even more familiar mop of blue hair. "You're bouncing like the fish Ysilla caught."

"Your Grace?" Rolly almost forced himself to say. "What are you doing here?'

"Treating your wound, what does it look like?" Young Griff- no, Aegon Targaryen replied as if it were the most natural thing in the world. "Haldon and Lemore are busy with more serious injuries than yours. And you did get these wounds protecting me."

Duck's head pounded, as he sat himself on a more comfortable position. He remembered seeing a spider attack the king, and charged his horse straight onto its path. Gave it a few hits with his blade, but before going down, the bitch had pulled him off his horse and bit at his side, scratching him through the mail rings. He must have hit his head after, because he did not remember much, aside from a good dream that His Grace interrupted. He let out another scream as Aegon continued using the needles to sew the wound on his side shut, after using wine and a cloth to wash it clean, which left a nasty sting.

"Done. For such a lunk, you act like a caught duck when faced with needles." Aegon carefully wiped the needles clean, and put them to the side before wiping his brow of sweat. "Take my hand?" Aegon said, and extended his hand to Duck. Rolly grabbed it at the wrist, and dragged himself upwards, noticing a wince in Aegon's face as he did so.

Rolly gained his footing, as his legs ached and wobbled beneath him, Aegon helped him stand. "I can walk, wasn't hurt that bad before you poked at me. But before I piss myself, what happened?"

Rolly was not afraid to use more familiar language with Aegon if he could. It was hard to be too reverent towards a boy he'd given bruises to or knocked into the Rhoyne. They had posed as knight and squire knight more than once, and when Homeless Harry first sent him to Griff, he did not yet know the truth about the boy.

"We won." Aegon replied, with a sense of pride to his voice. "The beasts fled. We're here, are we not?" Rolly shivered as he recalled the monstrous spiders they had seen, the black, intelligent eyes that stared back with hate and cruelty. The Stone Men in the Sorrows had been men once, and the grey plague put more fear into Rolly's heart than its victims. Those things were demons, not beasts or plagued men. "I heard the captains talk about how many we lost. More than two hundred, without the wounded. And there are some who went missing."

That many… Rolly was no lord, but he could tell that was no good. It was not his first battle, but Aegon had never truly fought before. He thought back to the fight itself, when they heard the clash in the distance. While Haldon and Lemore urged the king to hold back, Aegon insisted on riding to the battle. They had gathered men who were still marching, and rode towards the vanguard, where Griff and Homeless Harry were fighting with the vanguard. He had been injured before it was all over, though.

Once Rolly regained his footing, Aegon led him through the camp. At the outer boundaries, trenches had been dug at the foot of the hill, while earthen walls had been raised behind the trench. From what he had seen of the spiders, that wouldn't stop them for long but it was better than nothing. There were many men arrayed there, patrolling by the earthen wall, crossbowmen and archers, and men with long spears by them. "Lord Connington?" Rolly asked.

"Griff wasn't injured, but he was not happy to hear you were wounded guarding me." Rolly could imagine the stern older Griff scolding the younger one, like he had the time in Tyrosh, when he'd swiped a shining Myrish spyglass from a stall in the great market. Old Lord Caswell had been the only lord Duck had known in his life before Griff, and he had spoiled his precious Lorent into a rotten egg.

"I can guess." Duck chuckled as they kept on walking. "So, what did you think?"

"Of what?" Aegon raised an eyebrow.

"Your first battle. It's like asking a boy about his first fuck." Duck laughed. "And I know Griff hasn't been letting you do the second." Make him think twice for calling me a bouncing fish.

"I.. did not kill anything, if that is what you are asking." said the younger Griff. "But we won. Isn't it enough?" he smirked, but it did not reach his eyes. There was unease in his voice.

Rolly did not feel like laughing either. They fought, but it didn't feel like they'd won, or that he wanted to speak much of it. "Aye, guess it is. Were you afraid?"

Aegon took a moment. "I wasn't." You're lying. I can tell it from your voice. He looked at him more closely. "I was." he finally admitted with some resignation. "It's not… kingly. But I haven't seen anything like that before. I must be brave. I know I have to be. I can't be king if I can't fight my own battles. But my arm felt like lead. I wanted to run." he continued, looking down.

"I was afraid in my first battle too. So was Griff I bet, and he wouldn't flinch if the Stranger appeared in front of him." He remembered it, a small encounter, by the Mander, close to Bitterbridge, barely fit to be called a skirmish. He was fifteen at the time, a guard for Old Caswell. It was funny how his battles with the Golden Company had blurred together, for all the thousands there. Yet he could remember where he took a piss before they found those outlaws by the Mander. "And I was fighting outlaws, not those monsters."

"Monsters." Aegon muttered. "I remember reading stories about the Others, and their giant spiders. I never thought they were real. I expect to wake up in Volon Therys, but…" he paused.

"I wouldn't mind that either. I'd even take the Sorrows. Seven Hells, Bitterbridge too." Rolly retorted. "But we need to find a way out first."

"When we take Westeros," Aegon promised, smiling. "You will look on Bitterbridge as a king's man and a conqueror. And your father will see his son a knight." If he's still alive.

"I wouldn't mind a holdfast by the Mander. A lady wife… So long as you or Griff don't get me killed first." Perhaps this was better. He'd rather talk about whatever hopes he might have than dwell on the fight. As they talked, Rolly and Aegon kept going through the camp. There were many men huddled by fires, or wearing heavier cloaks. And as they got closer, they saw even more pyres. But those were not just campfires.

He heard chants in a foreign tongue, like to be some kind of Valyrian like Aegon learned to speak, though all those tongues of Essos sounded the same to Duck. He recognized the words however - he had heard them often enough when they passed by the Red Temples in Volantis or Lys, and at Braavos too, and he saw the one leading the chant, over half a hundred men around him. It was a muscular man with long locks of hair dyed bright red, a longsword with a ruby at the hilt sheathed at his aide, and red robes over a shirt of scales, that left his thick arms bared, showing a dozen golden armlets. His voice was deep, but the way he spoke sounded like a minstrel in the midst of song. This was a Red Priest of the Lord of Light, preaching for those that would hear his message by a large bonfire. The Golden Company had men of many faiths in its ranks, and even sellswords could feel the need to hear words from a holy man. Lemore would lead prayers herself alongside Septon Theon since Volon Therys, that Duck sometimes joined. Aegon halted to listen in, and Rolly stopped in his tracks as well. "What's he saying?"

"He says that the Night is dark and full of terrors, but R'hllor's light guides from death to life, pushing back all darkness." Aegon translated, the fire swelling to a height as the men joined in the chant. It reflected in his eyes, bringing out the purple within them. Even Rolly felt a strange warmth inside him, gazing at the dancing flames, the foreign words ringing in his ears. "We are attacked by demons of darkness, servants of the Great Other. Cold and night gather round us, but the fire of the Lord repels them all."

He had never liked the Red Priests, with their talk of darkness, the flames or the stories he heard of sacrifices to their god. Griff did not care for them, and Young Griff was friendly to those red faithful they met, but Duck preferred to keep his distance. But when he thought to what they had encountered - what still awaited outside the camp, the sight of the pyre or the sound of the songs was less threatening. "King Aegon Targaryen!" he heard a voice intone in the Common Tongue, as if studying the name. It had a lilting accent. The chanting ceased for a moment, and the Red Priest left the pyre, walking towards Aegon. "Have you come to join us in our prayers?"

"I have not." he admitted. "Though I didn't know the Company had a Red Priest."

"I am Venaryo, servant of the Lord of Light, King Aegon." the priest said in answer. "I have fought with the Golden Company for a dozen years." From closer, he looked to be five and thirty (though Duck had heard stories of Red Priests being warlocks, who used sorceries to keep themselves youthful). He was handsome, with fair skin, dark eyes and his chin shaved clean. His red hair was loose about his shoulders. It made Duck feel slovenly in comparison with his unshaven beard and unruly shock of hair. The only flaw he could notice was his nose, which had been likely broken once or twice, though his arms showed some scars as well. A dozen years, and I get more and uglier scars in less than half the time?

"You are from Myr?" Aegon asked, his voice curious. "Your accent sounds Myrish."

"I was born in the Free City of Pentos, King Aegon." The priest smiled warmly. "You have a good ear for accents however - I spent some years in Myr. Yours has some of the Rhoyne in it. But you have the western lands in you as well. Do you keep to the seven gods of Andalos?"

"I keep the gods of my ancestors. The Seven who are One" He replied, tensing himself and straightening his posture. "But in Essos, I do not find many others who do. I've spoken to other Red Priests though."

"There is but one God, and it is the Lord of Light." Venaryo said. "Some of my brothers and sisters believe that this means all others are the work of evil lies. But the woman, Septa Lemore is good. Many others I have seen as well. I believe that those who uphold light and life serve R'hllor's truth, if not his name." Good words. Duck however supposed the sellswords would slit his throat, priest or no, if he didn't keep quiet about his Red God being the only true one. The red priest's eyes lit up. "While we were awaiting in Volon Therys, I heard word of your kinswoman, the Dragon Queen from the Red Temple."

Aegon's face tightened at the mention, his eyebrows furrowing.

The priest's voice turned lower, and deeper. "They say she is Azor Ahai reborn, prophesied to bring victory to the living over the Great Other, and triumph over all darkness. Some of the men heard whispers too." So had Rolly. There were men who said that being taken to this valley was punishment. Many of those who worshiped R'hllor said it was for how they decided to sail to Westeros, rather than Meereen.

"And she has dragons, and an army of Unsullied, I've heard." The king replied. "If she's all they say she is, she can beat some spoiled Yunkish slavers." Aegon had not been happy to hear of Daenerys Targaryen since Hugor. Or Yollo, or whatever his name was - had come along. "But I won't be a page in her history book. I will prove myself, in Westeros."

The priest seemed to choose not to reply to that. "I saw you work with the healers earlier. Truth be told, I have not heard of a king sewing wounds before. You fight these demons of the Great Other with conviction. The men say there was a good omen for your Lord Hand as we marched, though I was not there to see it. Perhaps you have some blessing in you as well, King Aegon. Know that you are welcome to join us in the pyres whenever you wish. Then the Lord of Light will reveal His truth to your eyes as well." he lowered his head in acknowledgement. "May the Lord cast his light upon you, for the night is dark and full of terrors."

Aegon's eyes narrowed in thought. "Fare well, priest. May the gods watch over you." He turned away, and Duck followed him, heading towards the tents that they had set out for their current encampment. Aegon's own was a large grey tent erected where the rest of the officers were, and close by to that used by Griff, hastily converted to be used by a king. Outside of it there stood a banner, with the three headed dragon of the Targaryens upon a field of black. Duck, Lemore and Haldon would share a single tent, not that he minded too much - he'd grown used to their presence over the years. They entered the tent, and Duck took the chance to drape a thick woolen cloak over his shoulders, before sitting down on a carpet, letting out a groan of pain as he did so. His sides and back ached still.

Aegon handed him a bowl of rice, warm in his hands, a loaf of bread and a cut of salted pork sitting on another plate. Rice was a common crop in Volantis and the Rhoyne, though he'd never seen it in Westeros. They'd eaten all the fresh meat days ago, or had it salted to preserve it. Griff wouldn't let it rot and go to waste.

As he started eagerly eating the meal, he looked at Aegon. He had sat down as well, looking disgruntled. Had it been the words of the red priest that made him like that? The dwarf's? Or was it something else?

"Was it the priest that got you like this?" Rolly muttered, in between wolfing down a large bite of pork.

"No." Aegon replied simply. "But I feel trapped in a cage. That everything has gone crooked. It wasn't supposed to be like this. Is it my fault? Are the gods punishing me for a sin? Griff might be trying to keep me safe, but I heard the whispers. There are men out there, who say they are being punished, that I am a false dragon. A pretender to something not my own. I shouldn't be! I am the rightful king, by every law in Westeros."

Duck didn't know how to reply to that. He prayed, but he was no septon. He wished Lemore were there instead. "You asked Lemore about it?"

"Lemore." Aegon pronounced the name. "I asked her what she thinks is the reason. She told me that only the gods could place us here. Are the gods also sending demons after us?" he paused. "Jon said I was everything a prince should be. I want to help, but I cannot. My father - Prince Rhaegar wouldn't have been like this. Neither would Aegon the Dragon. So why can't I?" Was Jon wrong? was the part Rolly thought was left unsaid.

Rolly sat in thought. I can't have him looking like this. "Now, a duck isn't the greatest advisor for a dragon. But I think they wouldn't be gloomy about being put in a bad place. Leave that to Haldon and the older Griff."

Aegon let out a laugh. "Talking back to your king?"

"Duck's here to attend to big things, or to knock you on your arse with a mace. But how I see it, you let some priest's talk of your aunt in Meereen spook you like a horse. Kings are too high for that, I'll be the one to be scared of the fire priests."

Aegon laughed more. "To think I wanted to give you a white cloak!"

"A... white cloak, Your Grace?" Duck asked, wondering if he'd hit himself harder than he thought, or if the boy had been injured in the fight after all. "I don't deserve it." he said, putting his plate aside.

"You're training me at arms." he retorted, standing up. "You've been with me and Jon since I was a boy. You are strong and loyal and brave. You were injured trying to protect your King. I can think of none I can trust more."

"There are stronger men than me. I'm no great swordsman, and my father was a smith. Ain't much of a knight either." Rolly added. Every boy dreamed of being in the Kingsguard. So had a duckling in Bitterbridge, that had broken old Caswell's son for trying to take his dreams away from him. Now, his king, the boy he'd trained since boyhood was offering him that dream again. So why deny him? "I… want that white cloak, your Grace. Any man would. But I don't deserve it." He admitted.

"The Kingslayer was the son of a Great House, and a great warrior too. But he stained his cloak and broke all his oaths. My grandfather and father had the finest swords in Westeros, and they did not save them. I already have an army. I would rather have loyal knights than great warriors."

That's what that one queen said, isn't it? Duck thought, thinking back to one of Haldon's lessons to Aegon. The Kingsguard were not meant to just be great warriors. They were the finest knights. 'Knighthood is more than a sword and a name', Griff told him when he was still a squire. Without vows, without loyalty, what was the difference between a knight and a sellsword atop a horse, or any castle guard? And what am I loyal to? He came to Essos to escape Westeros, for his own skin. He signed with the Golden Company for gold. Then, he was sent to Griff to train his son in arms, before he knew that the lad was Aegon Targaryen. Griff had been good to him. He'd made him a Ser, and wasn't that what he always wanted? There wasn't much gold in all those years, he had not become a wealthy man. But he'd been made a better one, or so he liked to think. He'd found a purpose.

And now Aegon needed men he could trust, more than ever.

"I am no Jaime Lannister." Rolly said. "I am not the best sword around, or son of some great lord. But I'm no Kingslayer either. Griff made me a knight. And I obey my King's orders, your Grace. Though I don't know the vows." Aegon nodded, and took him outside the tent, with a sword in hand.

"I have no cloak to give you. I'll send for one later." he said apologetically.

Rolly knelt, ignoring the pain as his knee touched the dirt upon the ground.

Aegon smiled, and drew the longsword from its scabbard, the blade glinting with light. He handed it to Rolly. "I do. Repeat them after me." he said. "Ser Rolly Duckfield. In the name of the Seven, I swear to protect the King. I shall ward his House with all my strength, and forgo my own. My shield, my sword, and life I pledge to him. I will keep the King's secrets, and do his bidding. The king's enemies shall be my enemies. My blood I shall trade for his, and counsel him or keep my silence as the King demands. I vow to take no wife, hold no lands, and father no children. So I solemnly swear before the sight of all the Gods, from this day, unto my last day."

Rolly felt a chill make its way up his spine as he repeated the words, tightly gripping the sword in his hands. His legs trembled. "... So I solemnly swear before the sight of all the Gods, from this day, unto my last day."

"Then Ser Rolly Duckfield, I, Aegon of the House Targaryen, Sixth of My Name, King of the Andals, the Rhoynar and the First Men, name you Lord Commander of the Kingsguard. Rise."

And the Lord Commander arose.
 
The Lost Lord II (Part 1)
-----------------------
The Lost Lord II
-----------------------



Two days had passed since the beginning of the march. They had made progress, but not what Jon expected or wanted. They were not yet out of the valley. They'd lost men, and supplies, but they seemed no closer to the end. Time was pressing, and Griff felt it with every passing day. Even with strict rationing, their supplies could not last forever, and there was no way of foraging in this place. And an army of ten thousand men and all of those camp followers could not march on an empty stomach. When pressed to the limit, even the most disciplined man could break.

Then what?

Men who were desperate and hungry, with no one to defect to or a place to flee. Armed men, with the fickle hearts of sellswords. Jon did not trust sellswords, even in Volon Therys, when he had more assurance of their good behavior. What if they turned on Aegon, sought to attack him, or to mutiny against their captains? And the captains are no more trustworthy either. Men who had fought for gold all their lives would cease to be king's men as fast as they donned that mantle, when that king failed to deliver on his promises. What then stopped such a man to say that he could do better leading the Company than the Captain-General, the Hand or the King?

Time was pressing in more ways as well. Another fingernail had started turning two days ago, and the one next to it the day after. Faster than it had been in the days before, the grey plague was creeping its way up his hand. Was it the fatigue, weakening his resistance, perhaps the injuries he took in battle? Or was this damnable land urging the poison inside his body onwards? When he looked at his hand, it was not the first time he felt the temptation to sever it. Jon ran the edge of his knife against the tip of his index finger. Already it was numb. Whatever little sensation was left was distant, like an echo. The flesh down the joints was beginning to lose its color, cracking and flaking. Before long, it was like to be hard stone as his nail. Again, he felt the temptation. If he were to sever it, then perhaps the disease could be stopped. It would be as easy as taking a sword or an axe. Hacking his hand off. It would be painful, but he would live, the rot would… No. Crippling himself would not help Aegon. It might not even cure him, and bring them greater danger.

No, he had to keep his gaze to the road, to Aegon's safety, not his. No matter how.

He shifted his attention to the jug of wine by him, putting the knife aside. Jon dipped his hand in the wine, soaking it. Vinegar was recommended to halt the spread of the disease, but he would make do with wine. He was not sure how much good it did, but it was better than arousing suspicion by asking for vinegar each day. Jon counted breaths as his hand soaked in the wine, clutching and moving his fingers until he was satisfied. He put his glove back, his hand carrying the stench of wine. Good. Perhaps the shameful lie of him dying a drunken sot in a Lyseni brothel would have use once more.

After that was done, he sat, in thought. Mulling over what they had seen thus far. After the ambush and the fight after, Jon understood that these were not mere beasts. Little more than a week ago, he would have dismissed the idea of such a creature as a tall tale, or a fable meant to frighten children. But Griff knew war, and understood battle. No beast, not even the most ferocious pack of wolves would display such cunning, or gather in such numbers. They had watched them, waiting for when they would be at their weakest, tired from the day's march. This would be like fighting another battle. The idea pleased Jon little. Battles and ambushes and skirmishes would sap the Golden Company's strength, and all of it would be sorely needed to win Aegon his rightful throne. Aegon himself would need to heed Jon's words as well. He had fought his first battle, and had shown bravery and quick thinking. Jon was proud of him for that - he had not raised Aegon to be a coward. And a king needed to assert himself, for the Iron Throne did not treat weaklings like Aenys of old kindly. But he put himself in danger, disregarding Jon's instructions. Rolly paid the price for that. And then he named him Lord Commander of the Kingsguard. Another misstep. Duckfield was a solid man, and true yes, but not for the Kingsguard. He was the son of an armourer, been a wanted man and a sellsword. A fair fighter yes, but 'fair' would not suffice. Upon bringing that to Aegon's attention, he responded with the example of Ser Duncan the Tall - had he not struck a Prince of the Blood, and been born in the slums of Flea Bottom, squiring for a knight of little fame? Yet he'd become a knight and Lord Commander loved and respected by all, most of all his king, another Aegon.

But Aegon the Fifth safely sat the Iron Throne then. Aegon the Sixth does not. The Kingsguard was a prestigious brotherhood, and could attract lords and knights in Westeros to their side if they were to see Aegon attended by the greatest knights of the realm. Would a lord's son see an armourer's get as his Lord Commander?

The sound of a horn boomed, coming from the camp. Jon quickly slipped outside of his tent, to see what the cause for the commotion was. He had ordered the three Peakes - Laswell, Pykewood and Torman to scout the road ahead with two hundred and fifty picked men, and they were now returning to camp. Jon headed towards the Captain-General's tent, close to his own. There, he awaited outside for the Peakes, with Flowers and the Lyseni, Maar. First came Laswell, the eldest of the three, who styled himself Lord of Starpike. He was broad, but of average height, with dark hair that he cut short, and a pointed beard was on his chin. He bore on his surcoat the old arms of House Peake, three black castles on orange, but they were each crossed with a red line. No doubt a sellsword's statement; the Peakes were an ancient house, one that arose many times for the Black Dragon, and had for that been stripped of two of the castles they once held. Or all three, for this branch of them. And where else would the scattered supporters of the long-gone Black Dragon flee to but the Golden Company? After Laswell followed Ser Pykewood, a tall man whose full beard reached down to his chest, and a long golden cloak was on his shoulders. Ser Torman was last, the bulkiest of the three, with a wide belly, but a brawny build. All three looked tired, but there was more to their bearing than that.

Jon narrowed his gaze. "Report, Ser." he said bluntly.

"Lord Connington, we've returned from our ranging." Ranging. Like those of the Night's Watch beyond the Wall. Perhaps it was appropriate for this place. "We found more than we'd wagered to. North of the road, we found tracks, leading to the steeper hills in the upper part of the valley." Jon clenched his jaw. He had ordered them not to divert from the road, and return to camp as soon as they were able.

"The tracks were human, not from the spiders. Fresh as well." 'Lord' Laswell continued. "We followed them, and in the hills, we found them, but so had the spiders. No more than a dozen, they fled as they heard our approach."

"Any of 'em alive?" Flowers asked. Jon instead remained silent. Whoever those men were, they were also hunted by the spiders. But what kind of humans could live in this land?

"Aye, some at least." Peake answered. "Doubt they'll last long, but we brought what we found back with us all the same." He signaled Pykewood, who along with Torman and four others soon returned, with four bodies. "The others were dead already. These we found wrapped up in webs, fought over by the spiders." they let the bodies down, and Jon called for healers as well as the Halfmaester. Until then, he thought to examine Peake's 'findings'. All had traces of slimy, sticky webbing on their clothes, and bodies. An older man was the first, older than seventy, his hair white and his face weathered and wrinkled, with a thin beard on his chin. His brown eyes were glazed like glass, frozen in a grimace of pain. The elder was wrapped in a thick sheepskin cloak, and blood had pooled on it, as well as his hand. Jon knelt and undid the clasp of his cloak - beneath it, there was a grisly wound on his stomach. The old man was likely dead by the time Peake had found him.

Next was a woman, that Jon estimated at five and thirty. She was also wearing a cloak and a thick woolen garment, and her build was broad and hardy. She had light brown hair, her skin darker than the old man's and her eyes a dark grey. After her was another woman, of a similar age and looks, though thinner at the waist and her hair was darker. Sisters, most likely. And finally a boy, no older than seventeen. The tunic he wore beneath his cloak was a deep blue, embroidered with patterns of leaves and flowers, and his belt was good leather. His clothes were the finest of this family. Perhaps slightly darker skinned than Aegon, but all color had drained from his face. His face was beaten and swollen in places. The youth had been thin - Aegon was lean, but he had muscle from training and was taller than this boy. On his head was unkempt tangled dark brown hair, reaching down to his neck, and there were hints of unshaven fuzz on his cheeks. Nevertheless, the sight of him made Jon's stomach turn. On his face he saw that of another boy instead.

He did not have time to look at them closer as the healers arrived soon after, accompanied by Haldon, the Halfmaester following them at a brisk pace. They started placing them on stretchers, to take to the tents where the wounded were kept. He did not follow them, and instead chose to wait for Haldon to be done. It did not matter - Laswell was right, they would not last long, if there were any life still left in them.

But their presence changed matters. If there were other humans, then these would not be alone. These were not soldiers, they were smallfolk, and Jon doubted four shepherds could come to this valley alone. If any more are to be found, they will be interrogated. We must know where we are.

He did not expect the news to remain hushed for long. The captains needed to know, as did Homeless Harry. Doubtlessly Aegon would take an interest in them as well. For the rank and file of the Company, he was uncertain. Perhaps morale would improve, but such knowledge might also encourage defection, or brigandage if they were to find a settlement. Jon had no intention of becoming a bandit, stealing from the smallfolk. Aegon was the true king, not a vulture like the Starks, Lannisters and Baratheons ravaging Westeros. When he came to his throne, he would bring justice and peace, restore what the Usurper had broken, not join the carrion that trailed his path.

Jon turned towards Maar and Flowers. "We gather the officers later." He stated, commanding, not requesting. "The Captain-General as well." Strickland had survived the battle mostly unscathed though Watkyn, his squire took grave wounds in the fighting. The Captain-General had taken an interest in his recovery, asking for Haldon to look after the squire's injuries, and visiting the tent where he was kept. Would Blackheart have showed such softheartedness? Somehow, Jon thought that he would not. Toyne was a father to his men and cared for them, but he knew well enough how bloody the business of sellswords could be. Strickland did not have his gumption. As he left, he saw more men gathering close, perhaps having heard talk of what the Peake found, and hoping to catch a glimpse. Flowers barked at them to return to their posts lest they be given the lash for neglecting their duties. Connington walked away, leaving them to their duties so that he could attend his own, to speak with the King.

He approached Aegon's tent, with the Targaryen banner standing outside, fluttering lightly. Aegon was already outside the tent, dressed in a red padded jack, with a greatsword blade held in his hands. He had no sparring partner, instead looking to be practicing with his fencing forms. While Aegon was tall, taller than Jon himself, he had not managed to achieve the desired balance with this larger blade - Jon saw as he watched him shift his guard from low to high, and swing at the empty air. His footwork could be better, as Aegon sometimes let the blade's length and reach draw him one step forwards too many, or expose too much of his torso, leaving it unguarded.

Perhaps it was simply not suited for him. Aegon showed greater skill with the lonsgword, and it was his favored weapon, though Jon had Duck instruct him with mace and axe as well. Rhaegar also could wield the sword well, but was better with a lance. He had proven it in tourneys, from Storm's End to those fated lists at Harrenhal. Yet he enjoyed the harp and song better than either of them.

By Aegon's side was Duck, the knight wearing a coat of mail that reached to his knees, his sword resting by his side, and the long white cloak of the Kingsguard was on his shoulders. Aegon had requested a fresh one for Duckfield.

When Jon looked at the lowborn, shaggy-haired Lord Commander, no older than five and twenty, standing shorter than the King he protected, he could only compare him to the men of his own past.

Aerys had the greatest knights about him, the White Bull and Sword of the Morning, Barristan the Bold and Prince Lewyn, Darry and Whent. And the Kingslayer. For his Hand he had Lord Tywin, and Prince Rhaegar was everything one could ask for in a man or prince. Those were the days of Jon's youth. Now he was old. What Rhaegar's son had to make with was sellswords, adequate knights and a dying griffin who had lost his lands and honor.

Aegon saw Jon, and quickly finished the exercise, before sheathing the greatsword. Duckfield stood still. "Griff?" Aegon asked. "You called for Haldon, and he left in a hurry. Was it to do with the Peakes?"

"It was urgent, and that is why I am here." Jon replied. "There are other humans in this valley, besides the Golden Company. Peake found four of them, dead or dying" as soon as he spoke those words, he saw Aegon's expression changing. Initial curiosity to wariness.

"What were they like?" the young king asked. "If they're dead, why send Haldon?"

"They were smallfolk, a family of shepherds, mayhaps. I sent Haldon to study them and their belongings more closely." Haldon was a learned man, and maybe could find something of use.

Aegon scratched at his beardless chin for a moment, then declared. "I would like to see them."

To Jon, it seemed like frivolity, when there was much still uncertain. But there was no harm in it here. "As you wish then. You can accompany me."

"Ser Rolly will follow me as well." Aegon added. In this, Jon approved. If Duck was to be Kingsguard, he should act the duties of one as well, and protect his king. Aegon left the sword he was practicing with by a table, and put on a cloak.

Aegon already knew where the infirmary tents were, and needed no directions from Jon in finding them. He had been taking care of the wounds Duck had taken. Rolly seemed to be healthy enough, though the knight walked with more weight placed on one leg.

They walked through the camp, Jon taking care in inspecting its state as he passed through. They heard the sound of hammers and whetstones coming from the quarter of the smiths, no doubt repairing damaged equipment from the last battle. Close by, fletchers were working on arrows and quarrels, and woodworkers with spear hafts and shields. They would need to be done fast, if the Golden Company was to continue. Jon had planned on leaving, marching and establishing a new camp each day, but the ambush had delayed their progress. He continued on, past where the horses were housed. The Golden Company had over two thousand steeds for its knights and squires, as well as the spare mounts. Even more, counting the pack animals. If supplies ran out and they were unable to leave the valley, then those would be the first to be eaten. By the earthen walls, he saw Balaq overseeing his archers.

The Summer Islander had been filled with a grim determination ever since they started their march, as one of his nephews had met his death at the fighting. Several in Balaq's family served with the Company now, though Jon only remembered one son in Blackheart's day. Most likely others had come of age since, and took up the sellsword trade of their kinsman.

They finally reached the tents with the wounded and sick. The infirmaries had swollen after the battle, though they were now quieter. Those whose wounds were lighter had returned to their posts, and those whose wounds were too grave had died. Aegon stepped inside. It was a large tent, easily twice the size of the Captain-General's pavillion. Jon followed, and Duck trailed behind. There were many rolls scattered on the floor, stained with blood. A number of putrid smells assaulted his nostrils. The air carried the stench of blood, rot, pus and feces. Jon could bear it, though he saw some discomfort in the face of Duck. There were at least a dozen men inside the tent, and several healers. In the far corner, he saw Haldon, the Halfmaester having dismissed the other healers. The ascetic-looking man gave them a curt greeting, though he did not extend a hand - they were both foul with blood. "Lord Hand, Your Grace." he said, then to Duck with a cocked eyebrow. "Ser Rolly."

The four bodies were there, laid down atop heaps of rags. "The first three were dead before you gave them to me," Haldon said flatly. "But the last one, the boy may have life left in him. He is wounded, but breathing faintly." he pointed to a spot just below the youth's shoulder, which he had covered with bandages. They were red, but the rags below were covered in blood that was a deep, dark red, almost black or purple. It was clearly fresh, and not dried. "There was venom inside him. I did my best to clean it out, but I promise you nothing." Haldon concluded, before going to wash his hands in a basin of hot water. That was good news. If one of those men could speak, it could be of great use.

"These are the ones Peake found?" Aegon commented. Jon kept silent. "They look like a family." he said, some pity in his voice. "Not wealthy, or noble. What could have brought them here?"

The cry of a bird was heard from outside. It was a hawk, like it had been in the battle. Jon turned around towards the exit of the tent to follow the sound, but before he could do so he heard Aegon's voice. "Griff!" he shouted. "Come here!" Jon rushed back, to see the injured boy breathing more often, and more loudly. His fingers were twitching, like those of someone trying to force himself back to waking after falling deep asleep. Haldon moved him upwards to a seated position as the boy's mouth opened slightly, before placing a flask of wine to his lips. The liquid poured, some of it swallowed and some spilling outside, as the boy regained consciousness.

He stared at them with terrified eyes, almost shrinking back down to the pile of rags, looking like a cornered animal more than anything human. "Talk." Jon said simply, narrowing his eyes.

The boy looked at Jon and Duck most closely, before starting to speak a strange language. It was slurred, and the voice speaking was hoarse, dry and panicked, but it still sounded little like any tongue that Connington understood. Jon glanced at Aegon and Haldon, both of whom knew more languages than he, and looked as perplexed.

"Drink." Aegon said, offering a sip from his flask. He tried speaking in the trade language of the Free Cities. "Can you understand?" The boy glared, but took the flask anyway, drinking in long greedy gulps. "So long as you can talk, drink." Aegon continued in another tongue, attempting to get a response.

Jon instead turned to Haldon. "What is he saying?" he asked. "Is it any speech you recognize?" he asked.

"It does not sound like any form of Valyrian I was taught, or the Ghiscari dialects. Nor is it Ibbenese or Dothraki." the Halfmaester said, with some annoyance. He did not like it when his extensive knowledge came up short. "Lorathi, perhaps?"

"They do not look like any Lorathi I have met." Connington grimaced. Lorath was well within the known world. If there was any place like this valley close by it, then it would have been known.

Haldon nodded. "And no Lorathi shepherds would be too far from the Free City's borders, Lord Connington. But we have no choice but to try. There are certainly men within the Golden Company who are familiar with the tongue of Lorath." A choice, yes, but what Jon saw was another hope presented to him only to be dashed away as he was about to grasp it.

Aegon meanwhile seemed to have kept his attention fixed towards the boy as they were talking. The king bade Duck to help him to his feet, but seemed intimidated by the brawny man's mail and the sword resting on his hip. More words he spoke in his strange tongue, demanding something. Aegon extended his hand to help him up, but was met with more muttering. The smaller boy's eyes narrowed in suspicion, as he looked at his surroundings. Suddenly, he bolted up, his steps clumsy and unbalanced.

He looked at the rags and straw nearby, and the broken bodies laid upon him, letting out a shrill scream of pain as he fell down on his hands and knees. He shouted and screamed at the others for a few moments, shaking and shoving at them, but with no response. A brief silence set, before the sound of sobbing tears and wailing began.

We do not have time for this. Jon thought. "Ser Rolly, take this boy. He can mourn later, but we need answers now." Rolly nodded back, but was met with angry, choked shouting as he tried helping the youth to his feet. He tried punching at Rolly, but to no avail - the knight was far stronger and larger. With some annoyance, Duck grabbed him from the wrist and pulled away. Aegon looked struck, and did not say a word. Too much softness would not serve Aegon's cause, just as it did not serve Prince Rhaegar's all those years ago.

As they left the tent, Jon pulled Aegon aside. The blue dye was starting to fade from his hair, the silver roots beginning to show. His hair was growing thicker and more messy. Griff too had left his beard to grow, after shaving it for years. Now there were the beginnings of one on his chin, thick with short red hairs.

"You were not pleased with this, I take." Jon said to him.

He fixed him a harsher look than he was used to. "It was not the kingly thing to do." But there was something else there, he felt. Jon pressed it.

"I saw you stand back as that boy wept, before I gave Ser Rolly the command." Jon noted.

Aegon looked at him directly. "I have seen orphans, yes, and beggars and the poor. The Free Cities had no lack of them. But not this close. It made me think of Princess Elia. My mother. Rhaenys too... and my father." There was an unease in Aegon's voice as he referred to his family. His gaze too became more downcast, peering away from Jon's own, looking away.

I failed them too at Stoney Sept, as I did my Silver Prince. He is right to fault me for that.

Jon pursed his lips. "We're not to blame for that boy's misfortunes. Peake saved him from being devoured, and Haldon from poison." Jon reminded him.

"Fishermen catch fish with the bait before they reel the hook. I will not have him treated like a captive." Perhaps it was his age, and seeing him close that made Aegon take a liking to that boy. Griff had not taken a soft hand with the dwarf, and Young Griff did not raise a complaint for that.

"And he will not be. But I will not put his comfort above your cause, and you too know better than to do so. A king should neither be too harsh nor overly soft. The throne judges tyrants and weaklings both, your Grace." he said, reminding him of his place in the world. "To rule, one needs a firm hand as well as the helping one." Perhaps he had trouble applying the principle, to one for whom he felt pity. But if the bells were to be silenced, then Aegon too needed to learn soon enough. There would be sacrifices before the end. And if the Gods were kind, then they would be Jon Connington's to make.
 
The Lost Lord II (Part 2)
------------------------
The Lost Lord II
------------------------


Another day had passed, and the Golden Company marched deeper through the valley, setting up another camp. Still their progress was slow, and their flanks were assailed on the road by the spiders. However, there was no ambush inflicted on them this time - the Golden Company had taken greater care, but it also did not march as far.

Jon watched the camps, illuminated faintly by the light of torches, campfires and night pyres scattered around the grounds. Fresh shifts of guards were making their rounds around the perimeter, a deep ditch dug outside of it, lined with stakes around the earthen walls. Some stones they had also taken from the road, to reinforce those defenses. Each patrol was given a short shift, before being allowed to rest as new men replaced them. With danger so close by, they could not afford to have tired or lazy lookouts.

He felt his limbs aching and his feet sore, the growing weight of his eyelids. They had ridden for hours, and Jon had to keep himself ready for battle all that time. But it was not time yet to rest. Turning, Jon faced Haldon, who had the serjeant Malo Jayn by his side. The fatigue was visible in the Halfmaester's face as well, though the march had been easier on him. The Lorathi was of unremarkable height, standing shorter than Connington himself, and Jon estimated the serjeant to be in his fourth decade. His dark hair was shorn short, but he had a bushy moustache and whiskers. The day prior, after they found that wild boy, Connington had summoned for men of Lorath or who could speak its tongue, with the promise of good silver - and Jayn was best suited. He and the Halfmaester were tasked with interrogating the boy, understand the language he spoke, and perhaps they could obtain a guide. Even if he had no use as a guide, then any information he could provide would still be of use to Aegon's cause.

They had little gain thus far. Hoping he spoke Lorathi was vain. Even if the Halfmaester noted there were some similarities between the two tongues, it was not enough to get any information out of him. Neither would torture have any point. Starving or beating one who could not speak was less than useless. Nevertheless, Jon put the survivor under the supervision of Haldon and Jayn, as well as under guard by two men. It was better than him attempting to escape, or even stay behind and attempt to die with the rest of his kin.

"Lord Hand," Haldon addressed Jon. Even tired, he still retained his sharpness and officious air.

"How fares the survivor?" Jon asked. "Did you make him talk?"

Malo Jayn spoke up, in heavily accented Common. "A boy made more sobs than words. A man could understand but little when he spoke." Jon wrinkled his nose in frustration. The speaking pattern of the Lorathi in Common was peculiar, flowery, and an easy way to tell them apart.

"No more than we managed yesterday, my lord." the Halfmaester replied, blessedly direct. "His Grace however saw it fit to try and approach him as we were on the march. He offered food, and his name, but received but a few words in response. I took care to memorize all I heard, of course."

"Write it down. Send it to me on the morrow." Jon said, dismissing them, then made for his tent, opening the flap before settling inside. Across from his own tent, the cloth-of-gold pavillion of the Captain-General glittered under the light of torches, as did the gilded skulls resting atop the spears, Bittersteel's standing highest above them all, with a shining golden grin. Closing his tent, Jon Connington removed his cloak and mail, then laid down on the hard cot, joints and legs aching still from the tiredness of the day. Before long, he drifted off to sleep.

This time, he found himself in a war council, inside a rich tent, lined with silks and cloth-of-gold. Many men were inside, clad in gold and mail and forged helms but their faces were shrouded by shadow. A large table, littered with papers, reports, maps and letters was at the center of the room. Blackheart, he thought, remembering Myles Toyne. He looked around, expecting to see Blackheart, his jug ears, the crooked jaw, his nose, his scars but most of all his smile. But his old commander was nowhere to be seen. Instead, someone else sat at the head of the oaken table.

He was a large man, who even seated down loomed tall over his fellows. Lean, but with muscle and broad across the shoulders. His coal-black hair was cropped short, grey at the fringes and temples, peppered with many streaks of salt white. He had a full beard and moustache, though the hair on his face was cut as carefully as that on his head. Much like it, there were many grey and white hairs across it. His skin was hard and leathery, tanned dark from a harsh sun, bearing the lines of age and the scars of war, but he must have been handsome in his youth. One of the man's eyes he intermittently covered with his hand and a wet towel, the whites of it flushed red. But the other eye was visible, and colored a deep purple. Across his shoulders was draped a great tiger's skin, bound with silk. His armor shone bright gold, forged in the pattern of Westerosi harness, and beneath it he wore dark mail rings and scales of beaten red. On the table in front of him was a sheathed scimitar, its hilt bound in fine leather and a bright red ruby shining at the pommel. At all those he seemed to look with distance and contempt, or perhaps sorrow, much as he did at the faces sharing his table. All of those seemed to fade into shadows the more Jon tried to look at them, all except for the one at the head of the table.

Jon had never known nor seen such a man in the years he served with the Golden Company. He looked at him, to see something that he might recognize, but saw nothing familiar on his person. Instead, he looked around the tent. Scattered across were trophies, marks of old glories of war. Ivory and gold, silk, gems and fine samites. Beautiful swords and bright spears. But closest behind him stood a heater shield. It was near as old as the man, and as beaten, but Jon knew the sigil on it. Any knight would have recognized it, for it loomed large in the history of the Seven Kingdoms. A red stallion, with black wings, snorting a gout of flame.

A broken man, in an alien land. Defeated, and alone. An exile, who forever sought to return to home but was denied it. Who founded an army to seat the sons of his lost brother on the Iron Throne.

Jon did not know what he had expected of Bittersteel. A cunning monster, casting his shadow over history? A hero, as those elderly besotted few who yet longed for the Black Dragon would have it? The Aegor Rivers he saw seated on that table was neither. He saw a man, tired and old. Older than himself, still holding onto a distant hope of restoration, a man looking at the faces of foreign shadows that slipped away. Did the sound of warhorns still stir Rivers' blood? Did he boil with hatred for old foes, the same storied heroes of Jon's childhood? Or had the years sapped at his being, making him forget all the faces and voices of his youth, but keeping all the failures fresh in memory?

Bittersteel opened his mouth, hard set. The stories were true. He was not a man prone to smiling, harsh and judging. He spoke of battles, with Tyrosh and Myr, for archons whose names were long forgotten. Gold as well, gold to finance another fleet, gold enough to buy allies across the sea. His voice was low and old, but still clear like a ringing bell.

Bells. Jon heard them again, and now heard the sound of arrows crossing the air and striking flesh. Men shouted and died and warhorns sounded from the rear, as others chanted the words of the Golden Company. Warhorses whinnied and elephants trumpeted their cry. The clash of swords, cruel and beautiful. Jon heard the sound of flowing rivers, storms and waves, deserts, and felt the bite of winter winds as flame spewed from Aegor's shield and wreathed about his face, swallowing it whole. The flesh melted off, gold taking its place as it transformed into the gilded skull atop the Golden Company's standard. Frozen in time, still and unmoving, no vestiges of the man that used to be remained, no more than they had with Blackheart. No voice was now heard, it was silenced, but the sounds of bells and battle kept ringing at Jon's ears. They tolled and tolled, again and again. The faces in the tent grew clearer for a moment - other Captain-Generals of past years, as well as captains and knights who served, but then slipped into shadow.

The flames rose again, once more lapping at the golden skull that sat at the head of the table. They started to consume the tent, banishing the shadows away with their light. The gold began to melt from the skull of Bittersteel, dripping down to the table, marking it golden. It fell too on Jon's hand, but he felt no pain as the molten gold passed through his fingers. For a moment bone remained but flesh returned. It was not the flesh of Aegor Rivers, but the face Jon could not see. The bells tolled again, as the skull's grin transformed into a man's sad smile.

Jon Connington awoke within his own tent. His head was pounding, and a chill ran up his spine. Feeling his throat and mouth dry, Griff blindly reached for the flask by his side and drank deeply. He hoped the wine would make the pain in his head subside, at least for a moment. Connington did not like to drink heavily, even in the most painful months of his exile. Wine offered false comfort, drowning good sense as much as sorrow. From outside the tent, the sounds of the soldiers going about their duties were already starting. There was no point in lagging behind, hoping to steal away some few moments of rest more. Jon exited his tent, joining with the rest of the Golden Company. The sky was a dull grey, but the sun's vague shape rose to the east, as a ball of light surrounded by mists and shadows, yet some few rays managed to pierce through the veil.

The officers' tents were busy with activity, squires carrying out the tasks of the day, preparing food by crackling fires, cleaning out dishes, or fitting and cleaning clothes and armor. The smells of smoke and food filled the air. Jon instead sought for the tent where Lemore and Haldon remained. Duck shared it as well, but he now kept watch over the King, and slept in the same tent as Aegon did. He saw Lemore occupied with her prayers. Haldon however saw Connington, and approached him. He handed him a slip of parchment. Sheepskin, he saw, hard and durable. On it were written several words in ink, with Haldon's neat and tidy hand.

"Lord Connington, I did as you bade me." Haldon stated. Jon looked at the parchment, and the writing on it. 'Beor', 'Lorn'. 'Luin'. Strange words. Perhaps names, perhaps not. He looked to Haldon.

"Some were perhaps addressed to the King. He seemed to find his Grace's hair deeply compelling." the Halfmaester noted with a slight smirk. He did not reply to that. When Blackheart had first sent Haldon to Griff, it was almost a world of difference between him and the maester that he best knew in Westeros. In the Red Keep, when he squired with Prince Rhaegar, in his stay at court and for his brief time as Hand, he had met the Grand Maester himself. An old, doddering sycophant, and a Lannister creature through and through. Of Aerys Targaryen's Small Council, only the eunuch was more rotten. It was men like that who were to blame for the decay in the court.

"What more you are able to get out of him, send to me." Connington replied simply, and left.

Jon broke his fast on hardtack, aged cheese and cured lamb, and washed it down with black ale. Many of the officers were gathered around in the mess tables. Captains, knights and few squires as well, though most served their food and drink. Homeless Harry had offered his seat at the head of the table to Aegon, and the young king now sat there, with Jon at his right hand and Ser Rolly behind, watching. It was a fairly solemn and quick affair, their pressing duties leaving none tarrying overlong. Strickland remained for a while longer, mulling over his tankard. It was a strange sight. In Myles Toyne's day, Strickland would trade japes at the table, drinking with fellows. It was perhaps that nature of his that made the genial former paymaster Captain-General. Now, he stood lonely. The officers turned to Jon Connington for leadership instead. Jon felt little sympathy. Had Strickland acted the part of a Captain-General and done by his duties, he would not have been set aside by his own captains. Fear had numbed his sense, more than those blisters of his ever had his feet.

"Make your preparations." Griff told Aegon, after the table had quieted down, and the squires were cleaning out the plates and tankards. "We march again today."

"Aye." Aegon nodded. "It's a strange thing, marching with an army. Different than I imagined it. Filthier too." he japed. Young Griff had read of wars and campaigns and armies, and had been taught in arms. But to read of it was one thing, and another thing entirely to experience it. "But it's a king's duty. And I'll have to do a lot more of it if I am to reclaim my throne."

"Indeed." Jon acknowledged. "Your father would say that as well." he said, his voice softening. He remembered the prince, one year his elder, and himself, the son of one of the Stormlords. All the splendours of the Red Keep paled in comparison to the awe Jon felt when he learned he would squire alongside him. "Prince Rhaegar would read books, and loved the high harp." Jon continued. He loved the high harp as well, when his Silver Prince would play it and fill the halls with music. "But he also knew that a Crown Prince should fight, though he did not love the song of swords as he did his own. One year younger than you, your princely father was knighted." Jon had told the story once before, though not like that, when the boy asked him of his father. "A great king does his duty, even if it is not his heart's desire."

"I understand." Aegon replied solemnly, and left. "I will go and prepare." He quietly examined Jon before he turned around and left to prepare.

The preparations proceeded without issue, overseen by the keen eye of Gorys Edoryen, and put to order by the Company's lesser officers. By the time that the sun seemed highest in the sky, they were almost ready to march. Jon looked at the emptying camp, the carts packed with equipment, the refuse piling in the pits and latrines and the men waiting. The smell was almost overpowering, together with the rot of this valley. He could see the fear and wariness of the sellswords, and heard it in their talks as he passed by. The camp followers had been far worse for wear. Unlike the men of the Golden Company, they had little means to fight. Traders who wanted a profit, washerwomen and 'washerwomen', healers and servants as well. But no slaves, as frequent as they were in Essos. The Golden Company held no slaves - Jon remembered Blackheart telling him. When Bittersteel founded the Company, it was with the goal of one day returning to Westeros to take the Iron Throne. The proud Westerosi exiles had no wish to break that law of their home, and it would draw the ire of the lords of their homeland if they returned with men in chains. If a sellsword were given a slave as a reward or stole one, they would either have to free or sell them immediately.

In his years serving, Jon had seen freedmen in the Company's ranks as well. Marq Mandrake was one such, the gruff knight's face bearing the scar of a removed slave brand, but he was not the only one. Yet such men would fight in the pikewall alongside those who frequented the flesh markets of Essos.

Horns blasted from the outskirts of the camp, and before the first blast was silenced, there came another, more distant. Riders rushed into the camp, bearing the standards of the Golden Company, Torman Peake at the forefront of the formation. Peake, as well as his brothers and Ser Tristan Rivers had been sent with outriders to prepare for the road ahead, and report any enemy sightings to the captains.

"Lord Hand, Paymaster!" The youngest Peake exclaimed, to Jon and Edoryen. "There is urgent matter outside." The knight did not bother to dismount. "While out on patrol we heard horns, and not from our riders."

That could only mean one thing. Those shepherds were not alone, and there were others nearby. A village, perhaps, or a holdfast, unlikely as it seemed. At worst, it would be an army. "Did you see them from closer?" Jon said forcefully, almost shouting.

"Aye, Lord Connington." Peake replied. "We rode closer to where the horns came from, and saw no banners. If it's an army, 'tis a poor one. The mist made it harder to see, but there may be a few hundred."

"A group of bandits, or perhaps peasants." Edoryen remarked. "Where are they?"

"To the south of the road, and further up ahead than we are, but they encamped close by." Jon's thoughts went to the boy, the survivor they had found two days prior. Perhaps it was what he was headed towards, or fled from.

The Volantene scratched his beard. "Were you seen?"

"They'd have heard the sound of horns, and our horses on the approach. They know we are here, most like." Ser Torman replied. Both Edoryen and Peake then turned towards Jon, deferring the decision to him.

"Raise an alarm, and keep the men alert. Send for more outriders, and prepare the vanguard to head out. Ser Franklyn Flowers is to join me in the van, and so is Marq Mandrake." Jon commanded. "Tell the Halfmaester to bring his charge along too. We will find what these men are before the day is done. Ser Torman will accompany us."

With a good number of horse, light or heavy, they could assault the camp swiftly and break the spirit of the defenders if it came down to fighting, or withdraw in haste if necessary. Franklyn Flowers and Marq Mandrake were both stalwart and experienced, able to help keep the vanguard in order. Jon could trust both to not fall into an ambush, or lose heart and rout. The ones left behind would be more than capable of holding the camp.

He asked for a horse to be prepared for him, and the squires swiftly obliged, bringing him a gentle, bay-coated Sarnori mare. She was already caparisoned, bridled and saddled, her chest protected a barding of scales, in the fashion of the Essosi. Jon climbed up the horse's back, and readied to join with the rest of the van, gathering by the exits of the encampment. Four hundred riders were ready, near half the Golden Company's mounted strength. Knights and squires, armed with lance, sword, mace and axe. Behind them was the foot, fewer than usual in comparison, about five hundred men, but all experienced veterans. Speed was of the essence, and Jon Connington would not bring men along who would tarry or slow their progress on the road.

Mandrake was already ready, and Flowers and Torman Peake soon joined. The clarion call was sounded, and the men began their march, streaming out from the camp and onto the road head. As they left, the light of the pyres and torches from the camp receded, becoming smaller and smaller in the distance, before they were finally swallowed by the mists. The world became darker and greyer, lit only by the distant veiled sun and the pinpricks of light from their torches.

Ser Torman led them through the road, and as the hills grew steeper and rougher around them, they had to march in narrower file. Quiet settled in, drowning out all noise except for the sound of marching feet and the clopping of the horses' hooves upon the paving stones. A steady beat, it continued on and on. Jon kept himself alert. If there was a place for an ambush, this was it. In this narrow part of the valley, the spiders could be upon them from the hills, and they would be incapable of forming up properly. Marq Mandrake saw it as well, and instructed the crossbowmen to be at the ready. They passed through the narrow curve in the road, all waiting for an attack, ready to spring at the first sign of an ambush.

It never came.

Silence reigned in the foggy defile, as they passed through and the valley opened again. In the far-off distance atop a small hill, they saw many lights. It was past the road, though if it were not for the mist, it could easily be seen. Jon looked towards Peake. They had been deceived by the false lights of this valley before.

"That's the encampment, Lord Hand." Torman Peake rumbled. "Do we approach?"

"Form up first. I want the infantry at the ready. The archers and crossbows in front, at the highest place you can find. Our light horse high as well, to look upon both the road and that camp. We suffer no surprises. Ser Marq will hold our rear. Ser Franklyn will command the heavy horse." At that, Franklyn Flowers gave a satisfied grin.

"And you, Jon?" the Reachman asked.

"I approach after the scouting is done, with that boy alongside." Connington answered. "If these men attack, we destroy them."

The orders were carried out, as Jon gave them. As they approached closer to the hill, they found signs that spiders had come. Some had been slain, their stinking carcasses left to fester. They had been shot with arrows, or killed by javelins and spears, yet many weapons and shields lay broken or abandoned on the ground. Few human bodies were about however - Jon presumed that they had been dragged off by the creatures, or retrieved by their fellows. He ordered that they raise a flag of truce, hoping that whomever was inside that camp would understand the meaning, and for horns to announce their presence. The boy's gaze was downcast, glaring at Peake, who held him close, and then towards the encampment.

They waited outside for a response. From atop his horse, Jon saw the camp. It was nothing like the extensive, well-organized camps and earthworks of the Golden Company. It looked to be poor and hastily erected, tents strewn about, with little in the way of defenses except for a circle of carts around the edges. Connington judged that there could not be more than a thousand inside, maybe less.

As the vanguard's horns sounded, he heard a horn boom in alarm inside the camp, thrice. Figures sprang up to the outskirts, wreathed in shadow. "We come bearing a banner of truce!" Peake shouted, and gripped the boy, who was waiting in silence. "We found one of yours!" he declared. At that moment, Connington regretted leaving those dead behind. If they came with the boy and the remains, perhaps it would be easier.

Several figures emerged outside the encampment, no more than a dozen, but there were more behind, standing atop the carts. He could make out the outline of spears and bows, of that he was certain. Jon moved his hand closer to the hilt of his sword as the figures approached. For a moment, Connington thought back to his dream, and the shadow captains at the tent. Then the fog cleared, and they became flesh and blood.

Those he saw were women, the men about them too young or too old. They resembled the ones Ser Laswell had found in clothes and features. At the head was a woman, perhaps five and fifty. She was short, with dark hair that was going grey, her face worn and lined, with a large nose that had been broken. She wore a long fur cloak, clasped over her shoulder with a copper brooch, carved into the shape of a deer. Beneath the cloak she wore a cuirass of hard, dark leather over a red tunic. The woman looked at the boy, then turned a more judgmental gaze towards Peake and Jon Connington. He returned her gaze, and she spoke in her strange language, pointing to the boy.

Another man moved from besides her, quick and slender. Jon could not see him clearly, as he was obscured by the men and women before them.

"Friends! Have you come to treat with us?" a man's voice declared, loud and clear. He spoke in fluent Common, with almost no hint of an accent. "If so, you have brought many companions by your side."

The man emerged from the crowd. He was of middling height, standing shorter and leaner than Jon Connington, but his movements had an ease and grace to them. He wore a blue-grey tunic that reached down to his knees, and a white sheepskin cloak. On his head was an embroidered bird skin hat. Though he looked to be younger than five and forty, his hair was already silver, tied into a tail by the back of his head. He had a beard, bushy and tangled. His features were handsome despite his strange appearance, and his nose was elegant and aquiline. Jon last saw his eyes - they were a warm brown, glinting with awareness.

"He speaks our tongue?" Peake said surprised, gripping his sword. Jon was also surprised, and led his horse closer, though still keeping a wary distance. It makes no matter how he learned it, merely that he can speak with us.

"Our scouts happened upon your camp earlier in the day." Jon replied. "We came here to find out whether you were friend or foe."

"An army then." the man said sadly. "There are many in these days, though few dare pass by this place. And what are you, lord? Friend or foe?"

"I would first have your names and purpose." Jon demanded. The man smiled in response. Griff did not like those who smiled overmuch.

"I am named Amarfion," he said. "And these are my kinsfolk of Bëor's House." Jon recognized one of those words, from among what Haldon wrote for him. Perhaps it was a noble House? "We are but refugees, fleeing from war in our homes at Ladros to the north." The man - Amarfion continued. "I believe now would be time for you to tell us who you are, lord."

Ladros.. The name was foreign to him. He had not seen such a place in any map of the known world, nor had he heard it spoken of. "I am Jon Connington." he announced, his voice reaching all nearby. "Hand of the True King, Aegon Targaryen. We march with the Golden Company, and found ourselves in this valley." If Amarfion could speak Common, then he would recognize the name of Targaryen, at least - few men in the world could know Common, but not the Dragons.

Amarfion turned towards the woman, and spoke with her for a few moments. There were murmurs among the "The lady Medlin does not know of you." That was apparently the woman's name, though she did not much resemble a lady in Jon's eyes. "But neither do we wish to fight you. You number more than us, and are girded for war."

"We have been attacked by the creatures of this place, as you have been." Jon said. Connington then glanced towards the survivor. "We found this boy, two days ago, among three dead. He is one of yours, then."

"We were attacked more than once, and many died on the road." this Amarfion said, sadness in his voice. "And others we were split from. We would like to see him returned."

Jon saw the opportunity in this. "We need guides," he stated. "And any who can speak our tongue would be compensated well for their service. We would even extend our protection to your people, if you help us find a way out of this place." It would be more mouths to feed, but it was worth finding a guide.

At that, Amarfion's eyes lit up. "Do you have more men, then?"

"Be happy for the offer!" Peake thundered. "Not too many questions either. For all we know, you could be scouts!" While Jon doubted these people were scouts, he would not divulge more information than necessary.

"The greater part of our strength is behind us, encamped on the road. If you give us aid, then on my honor as a lord, you shall be safe from the spiders." Jon said, waving his hand, motioning Ser Torman to keep silent. There was merit in wariness, but there was little reason to think ragged wild folk were scouts or spies for an enemy. No wise commander would choose such scouts, nor place them on a dangerous place such as this.

"They will need to discuss this matter among themselves, Lord Connington." The man lingered on Jon's name. Amarfion gave a courteous bow, and the group left to their camp. It must not have been longer than a few minutes before they returned.

Amarfion approached Jon's banner. "It is decided." he said, his hand stroking his beard. "I shall serve as your guide, if you and your men are to protect us." While the looks of unease from Medlin and the others of her party did not cease, Jon also saw relief in their faces.

"Ser Torman, give them the boy. We have no further need of him." Jon ordered, and Peake and his men let the survivor leave. He did not turn back as he ran towards the camp of his people. Jon then sent for Marq Mandrake at the rearguard, and ordered him to return to the Golden Company's main encampment with two hundred men, and the news of what had transpired. The Golden Company was to march for this place as soon as they were able. Jon would remain with the rest of the van, and meet the rest as they arrived. Soldier to the bone, Mandrake did not question his orders, and departed to carry them out, leaving Connington with Peake and Flowers.

Peake he sent to watch their rear and the road, and their remaining six hundred and fifty men reformed, assuming defensive position around the encampment of the refugees. Flowers rode up with his heavy horse, and dismounted, as did Jon.

"Glad to see you're still the same man, milord Jon." the Reachman laughed. "A dozen years dead, and still keen as before, even if you don't look it. Homeless Harry'll be so pleased to hear he might just stop shitting his golden tent."

"We have yet to find a way out." Jon replied. And Homeless Harry may as well stay put, for all he has been of use.

"Aye. But 'twas well done, to find a guide. And it would have sat poorly in my stomach to burn that camp. The spiders are bad enough alone."

"I did not expect nobility from you, Flowers. Did being knighted bring out Symeon Star-Eyes from within that gut of yours?" In truth, Jon was pleased enough to have secured aid. He remembered Stoney Sept, and how all the threats, cages and promises of gold had not helped bring out the Usurper. I failed the father, I will not fail the son.

"Ha!" Ser Franklyn snorted. "Japes from the griffin lord? Did the Seven Hells freeze over?" the knight took a drink from his flask. "I'll have you know that I was a right fool hero when I first joined with ol' Blackheart. Slender, with a full head o' hair and two whole ears. Promised me sweet ma that I'd come home with a lord's ransom in golden rings an' a bushel o' ripe red apple heads." he paused, more somber than usual. "I got the arm rings an' a knighthood aye, but the apple I wanted to pick most rotted long ago."

Jon understood that, better than most. It was two years ago that news of Robert Baratheon's death had reached him, sooner than they had most in Essos. The eunuch had written of it almost as soon as the Usurper's body was cold. Griff's blood then boiled with anger. For over fourteen years, he had hoped of avenging the Rebellion, washing out the mark of his failure. Yet Baratheon's end was not that of a traitor, but of a drunken oaf. Slain by a wild boar while hunting. It was small comfort to learn that the Usurper's brothers and son soon began to fight among one another, each grasping for a throne that they had no right to sit.

"No use dwelling on my bugger of a lord father." Franklyn said after a pause. "Here's hopin' the Five Kings left some Fossoways for me. If not, the king can hand me Cider Hall." The War of the Five Kings had claimed the lives of many lords and knights, from what Jon knew. Even Great Houses were not spared. Eddard Stark's brood was cut down by Ironman blades and Frey treachery, and so had the Usurper's youngest brother, by one of his own knights.

"If your service is worthy, you will be rewarded suitably." Jon replied. "But King Aegon has higher standards for his men than Homeless Harry Strickland."

Flowers took another swig from his flask before grinning, a golden tooth glinting in his mouth. "If I can survive Blackheart an' Jon Connington, then no dragon scares me." He paused again. "Had you stayed with the Company, you could have made Captain-General instead o' Homeless Harry, you know. Been another Bittersteel. Had enough gold to die a lord again, and given us more victories than Harry ever did."

"I know well enough." Jon replied. "But gold and a lordship in exile mean little." Myles Toyne had treated him well, and Jon had proven himself many times over. Blackheart believed he was the best-suited for succeeding him, and though few men loved Connington, none had doubted the exile lord's skill. But there were deeper, older loyalties. He could not ignore the son of Prince Rhaegar when he had need of him. And while the lie of a shameful death prickled, and he never saw the smile of Myles Toyne again, he had no regrets for the road he chose.

He heard the sound of footsteps, and raised his head. One of the serjeants that he did not recognize was approaching. "Lord Connington," he reported. "The main force of the Company is approaching, our banners have been sighted."

It was not long until the Golden Company's banners were visible from the hill Jon's retinue was on, hundreds of men and horses slowly emerging from behind the hills, then thousands. In the camp behind them, many of the people headed outside to gaze at the approaching host. In their faces, Jon could see apprehension and worry, but awe as well, when they looked at the orderly formations of the sellswords, or the unfurled golden banners fluttering in the wind. Then the elephants came fully into view, and the grey behemoths with their trunks, ears and long tusks were met with hushed whispers and gaping stares.

Lady Medlin was clearly astounded by the sight, though Amarfion while fascinated, kept a steady expression. "You live up to your word, Lord Connington." he said. "This is a mighty host of Men. The great grey beasts, do you use them for war or burden?"

"The elephants are used in battle, yes, though they are not now fitted for it." For the moment, the elephants merely bore their rider, but in battle wooden platforms like small battlements would be fitted onto their backs, and blades onto the tusks. Faced with the stampeding charge of the Golden Company's elephants, all but the hardiest horses would flee from the field.

Amarfion smiled. "I do not take my words lightly either. With the might of your host, we have hope." he promised.

There was still much left to do. "Make certain that your people know what is required of them." Jon said. "They will be protected, but our supplies are limited, as are the hands. If any are lost, we do not risk men in the mists to bring them back." Some of their own would need to be watched closely as well. Discipline had to be maintained at camp, and Jon Connington did not doubt that there would be some within the ranks who would try to rob or rape. Sellswords could not be trusted. "You will be sent for later."

Their guide nodded, understanding, and Jon mounted his horse to join with the rest of the Company.

By the time the afternoon came, the Golden Company had prepared its camps, and was at work with setting up the cruder tents of the refugees within its structure. That had some difficulty, even with the help of Amarfion in giving instructions to his people, and took up the better part of the hours until dusk. The sun sunk into the west, plunging the valley into deeper darkness. The majority of the company's officers had been gathered about the Captain-General's tent, along with Jon. He had called for their guide to present himself to them.

Amarfion entered the tent, escorted by two footmen. He looked at the faces around him, studying the room carefully before he spoke. "That is the guide you found, Lord Connington?" Tristan Rivers said, the Riverlander captain seated on a stool, idly touching the pommel of his blade. "One wild man alone?"

"Alone, but he knows his Common." Lysono Maar spoke up. "I have seen stranger scouts and guides."

"Captains!" Amarfion spoke up, and all eyes shifted to him. "I understand your wariness, but I would ask that you give me leave to speak." Jon nodded, and so did Flowers, Maar as well as the Coles and Mudds. There was no reason to delay.

"He seems to have given himself leave.." Connington heard Edoryen mutter in Low Valyrian. Amarfion glanced towards the Volantene paymaster, for a moment making Jon wonder if perhaps he understood Valyrian as well.

"Then tell us about this valley, to start with." Rivers said. "None of our men have seen or heard tale of it."

"The valley is called the Valley of Dreadful Death in your tongue," Amarfion began. "It is a near straight way from west to east." The appellation was more than fitting, as they had found out.

"What of the north and south?" Old John Mudd asked, his arms crossed about his chest.

"The south of the valley is nigh-impassable, and leads into deep forest. To the north are the mountains. But there are more spiders than here, and far worse lurk in those peaks." There were mutterings among the officers, some loudly wondering what could possibly be worse.

Jon stood up and waved his hand to silence them. "Where does the valley end?" he asked. "That is our concern."

"The road leads to exits east and west. The western mouth of the valley is closest to us." Amarfion replied. "Then, it ends at the river Mindeb. Crossing it leads to Sorrowhome - Dimbar as my people call it." Jon had never heard of Sorrowhome. He glanced around to the others, to see if they were perhaps more familiar to them. But Jon saw the same confusion that he felt in them as well.

"Pleasant and unknown names all." Maar observed drily. "Do the spiders dwell in that place as they do here?"

He shook his head. "No, they do not. These creatures rarely venture past this valley or the mountains to the north in great numbers. The heaviest mists fade by the riverbank."

Harry Strickland spoke up for the first time - the Captain-General had remained silent before. "Then it is clear, we make west for the river!" he said with some enthusiasm. "I give you my word, the Stricklands and the Golden Company will be in your debt if you help our men."

Hells, he is being commanded by fear, Jon thought. Homeless Harry could not wait before they were finished questioning their guide. "Spoken too soon." Jon said. "What is past the valley to our west? Other foes? Armies? Will we be able to forage for supplies?"

"There are but few dwellings there, and scattered. But the land is open and there is game to be found." Amarfion replied easily. "And to the north, there are also passes that lead to the fertile highlands beyond the mountains."

Edoryen raised his voice, seeming unconvinced. "If you know all this, why not lead your own people out of the valley? We found your lot stranded and lost. How can we trust your ability to find us a way?" In this, the Volantene was right. The fact that he could speak Common by itself did not make this Amarfion more trustworthy than any other wanderer.

Amarfion turned towards the Volantene Paymaster, his gaze darkening. "Lord, we did not have a great company of fighting men by our side, merely ill-armed men and women who suffered great loss. We could not force passage as you can." he said. "But if you do not trust me now, let me prove myself tomorrow. If I do not, feel free to punish me as you will."

"That will not be needed." Strickland said, and Edoryen looked towards Homeless Harry, his expression sour. "Paymaster Gorys Edoryen is looking out for our men, as am I, and no doubt you do for your own folk." And you Harry, seem most concerned with your own safety.

Jon's mind could not help but wander to Aegon. He would no doubt be curious about these people and wish to learn more of them. Perhaps he would try to speak to Amarfion, to question or try to learn their language from him. But Jon could not let this unknown drifter close to Aegon, even with the presence of guards and Duckfield.

The discussions continued for some time, going over supplies, and questions over potential paths. By the time they left, chill night winds blew into the tent from the outside, and he felt his hair stand on edge. The night was blackest by the time he went into his tent to sleep.

He was woken by the sound of alarms and horns, and men shouting. Casting his covers aside, Jon bolted to his feet, grabbing his sword as quickly as he could. He stepped outside, to find men gathered about the officers' tents. It was the hour of the nightingale, and there were shouts in the distance. "What is happening?" he demanded of the closest serjeant, Humfrey Stone.

"Spiders were sighted to the rear of our camps, m'lord. In great numbers too." the Vale-born serjeant answered.

"Protect His Grace's tent, now! And bring our guide here, on the double!" Jon barked the orders, shock having shaken off the grogginess of sleep. "Where is Tristan Rivers?"

"He is already up, and with the rearguard, Lord!" Stone answered. That was good, at least. Jon returned to his tent to put on his hauberk of mail, before leaving again. After a short while, the commotion began to die down as men readied themselves. Rivers came back, leaving temporary charge of the rearguard to Brendel Byrne, reporting that while spiders were amassing at their rear, they had not yet attacked. When the news of the spiders came through, many in the ranks began to panic, and it reached the drifter camps as well.

A council between the present captains was put together, with Amarfion being brought to advise them. The decision was made quickly enough, to place a strong rearguard of two thousand men under Rivers' command, and for the rest of the Company to prepare for the day's march. "Ser Tristan's force will guard our backs until we know the road is safe for them to join us." Jon concluded, once the plans were drawn. "Then they will join with us at camp. Our guide," he paused. "Will be with the vanguard."

By the time the vanguard was ready, dawn had come. This day, the sun seemed brighter than any before in this valley. The fog was less dense, and the shadows receded. Though the mist was not truly gone, it seemed to almost gently part before the vanguard's standard as it proceeded through the valley. It reminded Jon of the sign a few days before, when that wandering hawk flew, and the darkness scattered before it. Connington had not forgotten that sight - was it from the Seven, as some claimed? A sign of support for the True King's cause? Whatever it was, he had not seen that bird the day before, or this one.

Jon turned his head to Amarfion. Their guide had been given a horse, and rode with the rest of the vanguard as easily as he spoke Common. While he had not spoken much, Amarfion never sounded like a common man. His ease atop a horse was also unexpected, and none of his people could speak Common. Perhaps this Amarfion was a noble, or had been raised in one's household. Or he could be a spy, sent against Aegon, the thought passed through Connington's mind. I will not let him approach Aegon unless he proves his loyalty. If they were to spend more time with these people, Aegon might need to learn their speech, but Jon would prefer if it were from someone he could trust. But whether local, friend or spy, Jon was certain there was more to Amarfion than what he saw on the man's exterior.

Their progress was faster this time, the spider sightings before dawn and the clearer weather helping to urge the men onwards. "Think the mist might finally be clearing, milord?" Jon heard Caspor Hill, one of the Company's men say.

"If it does clear," Connington replied. "Then by night we might be able to look at the stars, and see where in the world we are." At sea, sailors would use the stars to guide them through unknown waters. And while in the Shy Maid, Yandry and Ysilla knew the Rhoyne like the back of their hand, Jon had learned some of the basics of navigation, in case the need ever arose, and the Halfmaester too had some knowledge of it.

"It will not." Amarfion's voice sounded in reply. "The mists here never truly abate, for there is power that creates them. They might scatter as they have now or by some intervention, but they will be back before the sun sets. If you wish to look at the stars, you will only be able to do so past the Mindeb."

"What kind of warlock created this gorge?" asked Jaqho, the Dothraki gripping the hilt of his blade.

Amarfion narrowed his eyes and shook his head. "No man created this place. It is said a demon that the light refused to touch made her home in the Mountains of Terror long ago. And that these spiders are her brood, spilling from the north onto here." he paused. "But we should stop this discussion. To speak too much, so close will bring unwanted attention on us."

The Dothraki agreed. "It's foolish to speak of demons where they can find you."

Jon thought on the man's words. The story of a demon seemed difficult to believe, but they had all seen the spiders that infested the valley, the tainted waters, and the mist. In this place, the story was no less real than the Doom of Valyria. Mutterings were heard among many of the men, chattering among themselves.

From there, they rode ahead for hours before they set their encampment in the early noon. It was lesser progress, but Rivers' rearguard had to be taken into account. Even if they were not attacked, then they would need to follow the rest of the Company. But until that time, there was no way of knowing the state of the rearguard, aside from sending more men to locate Rivers. Laswell Peake volunteered as the two men were friends, but Jon was hesitant.

"We were on the road for hours, Lord Laswell," Jon argued, as he sat on one of the camp stools. "Any men you pick will be tired, and fewer than Rivers' rearguard. Your party will have to make the distance we just crossed twice over, the second time with two thousand more men along. It will take hours, and it will be night by then."

"We could take a smaller party, less than a hundred, with spare mounts-" Peake made to retort, but Jon cut him off.

"-And then you would be putting yourself and your men at risk. We will not have a repeat of what happened on our first three days here." Jon replied, sternly. He had no wish to hear any more of Peake's requests. "We wait for them to return. If they do not do so within the day, we must continue, no matter what."

"Lord Connington, you are a capable leader of men, I will not deny,." Peake began, his tone polite, but his eyes betraying his anger. "But you have not ridden with the Golden Company for a dozen years. You are Hand of the King, but not Captain-General. Our men, and Ser Tristan are in danger out there!"

Peake worries more about his friend than for the army. Rivers can find his way to us. If he cannot, then we cannot risk more men trying to find him. But as Jon made to reply, another voice spoke up. He turned, and saw Amarfion.

"My lords," their guide said. "Allow me to turn back, and I will bring your men to you. Give me spare horses and a small escort if you are too worried for my safety, but I know this place better than your men - and if I do not make it with Rivers' men by night, then you are free to move on."
 
The Lost Lord II (Part 3)
------------------------
The Lost Lord II
------------------------


Amarfion had turned out to be as good as his word. While Jon had been unwilling to send him out, not wishing to risk their only guide, the officers decided to go with the man's advice. During the waning hours of the day, he had returned to the camp, Tristan Rivers' men following close behind him. And while the Riverlander bastard had been skeptical of Amarfion's skill as a guide, now he all but sang his praises.

He and his men had been engaged by the spiders more than once after the main force of the Golden Company departed, and had suffered losses in the process. They held for hours, but eventually Rivers sounded the call for retreat. It was during the retreat that Amarfion had found them, as they followed the trail of the rest of the Company. "And the mists abated in front of us, on the way here, like waves afore a ship's prow." Rivers had told them. "Either the weather was good to us for a change, or this scout of yours brings luck wherever he goes." he laughed over a tankard of ale as he told them of what had transpired.

He is happy for a man who fought this morning, Jon thought. It would not be the first time he saw such a thing. After battles, some men were still caught with their blood hot, and Rivers must have been glad to have made it through safely with his men.

Their casualties had been light, with few men dead, though more were wounded. But the relative ease with which they'd returned had raised the spirits in camp. There were toasts for Ser Rivers and Brendel Byrne, and not a few cheers for Amarfion too. Their guide seemed to take them with grace, smiling and giving thanks instead of boasting. "It was their strength that led us here, more than my knowledge." Amarfion had said simply. "We still have days ahead before we are truly safe." he assured them.

Homeless Harry was pleased nonetheless, his cheeks flushed red from the ale he was drinking. "You'll be given good silver once we leave this valley." Strickland said. "Our word's as good as gold. Those are the words of our Company, and it goes for those who help us as it does for employers."

"Mayhaps Amarfion should join." suggested Lysono Maar, his painted nails idly scratching at one of the amethysts hanging from his ears. "He'd be useful if we are to spend longer in this land, would he not? My men do not know the language spoken here." Jon had learned of the men he was referring to. Among the Company's scouts, there were the Lyseni's spies. Most of them knew to speak at least one tongue, as well as reading and writing. When needed, Maar would dispatch them to bring him information that the sellswords and outriders could not find. Despite his distaste for the foppish Lyseni, Jon had to admit some respect for his methods. While the Company had a spymaster twelve years before, old Dagos Pyke was not nearly as fastidious nor diligent with his duties like Lysono Maar was now. Whatever else could be said about the man, he served well.

"There's gold to be made with us," said Peake. "More for a good tracker."

But Amarfion merely shook his head in response, and smiled. "I have little use for gold, lord. Guaranteeing my people's safety is recompense enough." he replied. "After that is done, perhaps I will return to other duties."

Jon watched in silence, waiting for the chatter to die down before he spoke up. "It was well-done." he acknowledged. "But we have not yet left the valley. How long until we reach the river?"

"Less than a week, at a faster pace. Longer, at the one we are taking." Amarfion replied calmly, taking a drink from his cup. "Perhaps four days, if you do not care for your men to rest." Once more, the man's sense surprised Jon. He had certainly marched with an army before. Perhaps a knight or outrider, if his skills were any indication.

"Then we make it in five." Jon declared, looking to the faces of the officers. "With each passing day, we grow more vulnerable. Even if it tires the men, we make our way as fast as we can. No matter how dangerous the spiders are, if we tarry then we only put ourselves in even greater peril." From the looks, Edoryen seemed to agree, as did Rivers. Surprisingly, so did Homeless Harry. Then, he would opt for what spares him from danger, even if it hurts those blistered feet of his.

Others did not seem as confident, but whatever concerns they had, they did not raise them loudly, with the Hand, Paymaster, Captain-General and one of the higher captains all agreeing. "If we're to make a final push, then give the men some joy before we put 'em through seven hells." suggested Flowers, and Maar concurred.

"The men would be happy if we, their officers gave them a feast before they set off on the final stretch." Lysono said, steepling his fingers. "And they would know that the worst is almost done."

The Volantene seemed more skeptical. "You say a feast, but what I see is a waste of valuable supplies. The water here is tainted. Unhappy men can walk, but parched men collapse and die." Edoryen retorted, his voice grave. "We must keep our supplies of drink ready, until we reach fresh water. Then we can be as merry as you would like."

"Then perhaps we do so on the last day." offered Homeless Harry. "When we are certain that the end of the valley is near, then we give the men a feast and raise their spirits. We can make up all losses in supply the day after." Flowers looked towards Strickland, and remained in thought for a moment.

"Aye. Sensible." he agreed. "You have the right o' it, Captain-General." Lysono Maar seemed pleased too, as did most other officers. Even Jon felt that there was no reason to disagree.

"Then we are decided." he said. "After all this is done, we head to the Seven Kingdoms once more, and seat Aegon upon the Iron Throne." Thank the gods, the nightmare is near its end.



The following days were at least as grueling as the previous ones had been, but there was nonetheless a sense that the worst was almost behind the Golden Company. They were closing in upon the end of the valley, and with Amarfion as their guide, the steps ahead were more certain than they had been before. And while at night the mists returned as they ever did, at day they abated, parting before the banners of the Golden Company.

For four days, they made their way through the dark valley, at the end of each day encamping on new ground, then moving ahead at the next dawn. While the men of the Golden Company were accustomed to marches through harsh terrain, the past few days had driven fear deep into the hearts of most. Discipline was at a low, with the officers struggling to keep the men in order. As Jon had expected, the camp of the Bëorians - Amarfion's people had been a source of trouble. The refugees had struggled keeping up with the pace of the sellswords. They were poorly-fed, and many among them were injured, ill or simply old. And some of the sellswords themselves proved to be the problem. On the second day, three of the men under the command of of Caspor Hill attempted to steal from one of the drifters. Another two attempted to force themselves upon a young woman before being pushed away by four of her kinsmen, who threatened them with knives and spears. In the end, it almost came to a brawl before it was broken up by Franklyn Flowers' men. It had been the Dothraki, Jaqho that had dragged the men before the officers for judgement.

The King's laws were clear on the matter. The punishment for rape was gelding, for theft, the loss of a hand or imprisonment. Jon would not tolerate lawbreakers within the ranks, nor would he see Aegon's army turn into a gang of bandits and rapists. "The law is clear," he stated. "The Golden Company are the King's men, and thus are subject to his laws. This is not the Disputed Lands."

Other officers insisted that the men be shown more lenience, and while he counted on Hill to advocate sparing them, Jon had not expected Flowers to join his voice to the Westerlander's. "Aye, but neither is it Westeros, Lord Connington." Flowers said. "The men are pushed hard every day. We can't expect 'em to hold forever."

"And if we let these first few men unpunished, then a score more think they can break the King's laws and escape facing the King's justice." Jon replied, his tone firm and uncompromising. Flowers merely grinned in reply.

"Who said to let the scum go?" the large Reachman laughed. "We make an example for others without cutting off their arms or stones. Lash 'em, in front o' all their fellows. That'll put the fear in them. Thirty for the rapers, five-and-ten for the thieves."

Jon was not certain if it was the right punishment, but he thought on it, and relented. "See to it, Ser Franklyn." he said. "And inform the men that any such transgressions will be punished. The King's law rules here, not that of the sellswords." Flowers nodded, and Caspor Hill left, giving a foul glare to Jon Connington. If he does not keep his men under discipline, then he should expect to see them disciplined, the Hand thought.

There were men in both Westeros and Essos who did not care for such. The Ironborn reaved as they wished. Tywin Lannister was said to send his swords to pillage and destroy the smallfolk. In Jon's time in the Golden Company, they had fought the Brave Companions, who had an evil reputation. And the less that was said of what the Dothraki would do to a fallen city, the better. But in his youth, Jon had squired with Prince Rhaegar, and saw how Arthur Dayne had carried the men under him. Rules were strict, but his men kept them. He had resolved to follow such an example. And saw how little it availed at Stoney Sept. The smallfolk of the town had refused to aid him in finding the Usurper, and neither bribes nor crow cages could convince them otherwise. But it was his fault also. Too young, too vain, too hungry for glory. I wanted the Usurper's head to deliver to the King, and got naught but the mark of failure.



By the third day, it seemed that the example made by the public lashings had discouraged further misbehavior from the men. Amarfion had come to say that his people were satisfied with the swift punishments dealt to the sellswords, and thanked Jon for his intervention. Yet that was not the only business of the day. Spiders were once more seen by the outskirts, gathering in larger numbers. Perhaps they had seen that the Golden Company was heading towards the valley's end, and thought to follow behind in the hopes of pouncing upon the stragglers.

Since the ambush on their first march, the spiders had followed, but only would attack smaller groups, or attempt to catch them unawares. Amarfion had said that the spiders would attack only if they believed themselves stronger. Prey that had a chance of fighting back was prey best left alone. "They attacked your patrols, but fled once your army appeared in great force. They will not attack those that outnumber them, nor will they skewer themselves upon your spears. They may not be mere beasts, but the spiders want prey, not glory."

It was as Jon had suspected. The spiders were intelligent, not beasts. "Your boy," Jon asked. "Are your people satisfied with his return?" he had gladly made the trade, once Amarfion had been found, the boy had little use left. Better to use him to help win over his kin. He tried not to think of the surviving boy's eyes, or the state in which they had found him again.

"His name is Lorn," Amarfion replied, almost offhandedly. "Some were well-pleased by his return, though he spoke of ill treatment at your hands, lord." Whatever Amarfion thought of those accusations, Jon could not know. His face was expressionless. "He says that his kin were not given proper rites or burial, and were left instead behind."

Jon Connington pursed his lips at that. He had not known what had been done with the bodies - it was of little interest to him. When Lord Armond Connington was laid to rest, it had been as befitted a lord of Griffin's Roost. "We had our own to care for." Jon replied.

"I understand," the guide said sympathetically. "We had to leave many of ours behind as well. The boy's - Lorn's family was one of many separated from our camp during our flight from the north. Unfortunate, but not our only losses. Perhaps some kin of his family remain to take him in, or friends." Amarfion paused. "He also spoke of another - a boy he named Luin, who talked to him while in your custody."

Does he mean Aegon? Jon considered. "We have no squires of that name." he dismissed the man's words. Amarfion chuckled slightly.

"My apologies, Lord Connington," he said, stroking his bushy beard, twirling a silver whisker around his finger. "In your tongue, 'Luin' would mean 'blue', he named him that for his hair. He said Luin was with more men, when he awoke." Jon's eyes narrowed, and he clenched his right hand into a fist as Amarfion spoke. "I did see some of your men with hair in blue, as well as green or even purple. Perhaps it was one of those." He is observant, and canny. Jon thought. He regretted allowing Aegon to approach this boy. If word spread, who knew what one of those refugees may do for the promise of gold?

Amarfion looked towards Jon, his brown eyes almost examining him. Connington merely frowned in reply. "In the end, what Lorn said was merely that this Luin was kind. Nothing to risk the safety of your men, my lord." the guide said simply, idly adjusting the birdskin hat on his head. "But I must away now, lord. I wish to scout the road ahead for tomorrow's journey." he said, and with a polite bow, left. As he left the tent, Jon remained wondering if the guide truly knew as much as he claimed, or if there was more that he did not let on.

After his discussion with Amarfion, the Hand headed towards Aegon's tent. There, he found him studying with the septa. Lemore was giving an explanation to the finer doctrinal points of the Visitation of Hugor, and the discussions around the gifts bestowed upon him by the Seven. Jon grimaced as he heard the name of the ancient king, being reminded of the dwarf that the fat man had foisted them with.

"The Seven did indeed visit Hugor," Lemore said. "But not all the tale needs to be read literally. There is meaning to it beyond the surface."

Aegon smirked. "I don't think there's been a girl that could bear four and forty sons." he said. Lemore raised an eyebrow.

"I doubt that part myself, Your Grace." she smiled in response. "But the tale of Hugor, along with telling us of the revelation of the Seven to the king, also speaks of a Faithful king's duties. Hugor was crowned by the Father, but with his crown of stars he also gave him the task of bringing justice to the people of old Andalos, and to ensure he had sons that did the same. The Warrior gave him strength and the Smith his arms, but it was Hugor's duty that he spread the word of the Seven to his people, and protect them from their foes. And when they promised the Andals kingdoms beyond the sea, it was not merely a pact to grant land as a reward if the Andals kept their faith, or a place to shelter them from foes that would come. It was also the task of the Andals to spread the word of the Seven to Westeros."

"A king brings justice to his subjects, and protects those he rules over." Aegon recited. "So says the Book of the Father." Lemore had taken care in tutoring the king in the Seven-Pointed Star since he was a young child. A king would need to deal with the Faith on equal ground, even if he were not pious himself, Varys had insisted. Lemore had done more than that. The woman had a way with words as well as children, and explained the Faith better than many ordained septons could. When the time was right for Aegon to learn the deeper mysteries, he was eager to do so.

"Indeed." replied the Septa. "And one who is to rule as you are should take it into heed. Some septons in Westeros speak more to their flock of the passages that urge the smallfolk to be loyal to their lords and to the king, and to deliver their harvest. But they forget that there are strictures for kings and lords as well as those beneath them. The Seven are One, and so are all Men. Father, Mother, Warrior, Maiden, Smith, Crone and Stranger. We all carry parts of each, and make the whole. As the Seven are incomplete if you remove or exalt one above the rest, so does the world suffer if one part of man is placed above others. Each carries duties to their fellow man."

Lemore and Aegon then looked towards Jon. "Septa Lemore, give His Grace a moment's rest and join me outside." he told her, and Lemore stood up, following him.

"My lord," she said courteously. "You required something?"

"If our guide is correct, two days from now, we will be leaving this valley." Jon said. "I have not been able to watch Aegon of late, and will not be able to do so until we are safely away from here. Until that time, watch him, and those he associates with."

Lemore nodded. "He has his white knight to guard him, but Duck is Duck, and he will not become a true Kingsguard within a week. The sellswords, then?"

"The sellswords, the refugees, and all the rest." Jon said. "They may be of help, but we cannot trust them." He remembered how in Volon Therys and before, the septa had advised against joining the Golden Company. Griff had disagreed and the choice was his to make, but he had not expected Strickland to reveal Aegon's identity to the officers before they arrived. And I expected this least of all. The gods smash all plans awry.

"All are desperate men." she agreed. "I saw the people you found, and their conditions." the septa did not seem pleased as she talked about them. "They are afraid, and isolated even now."

"And they would be dead if we left them." Jon replied. "They aid us, and we help them find their way to safety."

"I do not question that." said Lemore. "You punished the men who broke the law, and I pray that they find their way. No one deserves a life in flight. But was there more you wished to ask of me?"

"To watch Aegon, and another thing. To ask Haldon to watch our guide also. If he continues with us, we will need his knowledge of the local speech."

Lemore's expression shifted. "I heard of your guide. Many of the men spoke highly of him these past few days." Jon nodded.

"They have. But he seems to know many things." Lemore looked askance at him. "He speaks our language, when no others of his people do. He dresses like a common man, but rides like a knight. There is more to him, I am certain."

"Highborn, then?" Lemore suggested. "Or do you think he may be a spy?"

"Truthfully, I do not know," Jon said. "But watch him closely, or we may regret it as we did with the dwarf." before he left, he turned to Lemore again. "Two days from now, Aegon will break his fast with the officers and I. I expect him to be prepared." Jon recalled how Aegon desired to be privy to more of the proceedings. If so, then this was a good chance for him to do so safely.



When the fourth day came, another incident arose, with Amarfion and the scouts. In the early morn, he joined the outriders as he had the past few days, to teach them of the road ahead. However, mists separated them, and they could not find the man, despite an hour of searching. Before they made to return to camp without Amarfion however, Ser Uther Osgrey, the man in command of the outriders claimed they heard the cry of a hawk, much like the one that they had seen days before. It disappeared into the mist, and following its trail they found Amarfion, according to the knight. The guide was safe and sound, despite being on his lonesome.

Tristan Rivers reprimanded Osgrey harshly upon learning of that on his return. "You near lost us our sole guide Ser, and it was no skill of yours that found him again." he said to Uther, his tone stern and accusatory. "You're no more fit to lead a patrol than you are a mummer troupe."

"Be not overly harsh on Ser Uther, Captain." Amarfion himself said steadily, to calm Rivers. "It was my error in part, to wander too far ahead from his men. We should instead be grateful for the good fortune that kept us safe." he smiled.

Yet it was that very thing which remained in Jon Connington's thoughts, far more than Osgrey's blunder. Armed men had died by the score when isolated in the valley's mists, but Amarfion did not have a single scratch to show for it. Mutterings quickly began to spread around the camp, some claiming that their guide was blessed, others that he was a sorcerer (and from those who claimed the latter, many were torn on whether it was evil or not).

By dusk, upon setting camp, the Captain-General came to speak to the men. Harry Strickland was flanked by a score of the Company's knights, clad in steel from head to toe, as he often was these days if he exited his tent. Many men, officers and common troops alike were seated by the fires, drinking down the day's wears, or eating their allotted rations. Others were taking their breaks, cycling back from guard duty. The Captain-General bade a man sound the clarion, and call the gathered men's attention towards him. "Men of the Golden Company," Homeless Harry spoke up in the loudest voice he could muster. "We have been here for many days, and suffered more losses. We bled and toiled together, trying to find our way to safety. We pushed to our limits. But tomorrow, we leave this valley for good and all!" Strickland declared.

A cheer came from those closest to the Captain-General, and the men behind cheered also. "The next morrow, we will give all you men a chance to drink and feast to your hearts' content. You'll have full rations of food and drink, and by nightfall, we'll be under clean skies, gods be good. Now, I want you lot to rest well this night, for tomorrow we have our final stretch of the road ahead!" More cheers and laughter came from the rest of the men, as runners were sent out to inform the men in other parts of the camp, as well as those officers currently occupied in their posts. Strickland himself returned to his tent, as did Jon to his.

Before Jon slept his thoughts were occupied by Amarfion. The guide was not only knowledgeable, but managed to survive, on his lonesome in the darkness of the valley. Jon was suspicious of him, but he had helped them to the best of his abilities. Without Amarfion's presence, their path through the valley would have been far more perilous. Yet despite all that, part of Griff could not help but wonder if the whispers about sorcery had some truth to them. The land itself here was unearthly and poisoned, and the spiders that haunted it were all but demons. Was sorcery truly unbelievable here? These same questions continued to chase Jon's thoughts as he closed his eyes. This is foolishness. He thought. The following day would need all his strength. It would silence all his worries, when they saw the clear sky again. And once we leave this valley, we find ourselves a way to Westeros, and seat Aegon on the Iron Throne. Then, Jon Connington could die peacefully.



The fifth day finally dawned, the early morning's chill jolting Jon awake. He rose to his feet, and went about putting his clothes and armor. They had a foul stench to them, but so did he, and every last man in the camp. The water here was foul and undrinkable, and none dared try to use it for bathing or washing. What supplies of water they had were too valuable to be wasted on frivolities. Finally, before he put his gloves on, Connington looked at his hand. The taint had spread, faster than he thought it would. Most of his index finger was now grey and hardened, cracked and stony. The other fingers that were infected also had began to turn. Of five fingers, three had blackened nails, and the rest would no doubt follow. He put his glove on again, once more to hide it from the world.

Outside, the men who had awoken were making themselves busy by the fires, eating and drinking. The knights were already breaking their fast, served by squires. Jon instead headed towards the king's tent. Aegon was being prepared by Lemore. His blue hair had been combed backwards, and he was wearing the same fine boots and black, silk-lined cloak that he had worn when they first arrived at the Golden Company's camp. On his neck was the black iron choker with three rubies gifted to him by Illyrio. Aegon fidgeted as Lemore fastened his belt and the sword sheath on it, upon seeing Jon approach. Duckfield was there also, struggling to suppress a smirk. Once Jon fixed his gaze on him however, the knight quickly stopped, and stood straighter.

"Well enough, Lady Lemore," said Griff, and patted Aegon on the shoulder. "Ready to leave?" Aegon nodded.

In the Captain-General's tent, the highest officers had gathered. As the Hand and Aegon entered, there were acknowledgements of the King's presence. 'Your Graces', and some respectful bows, even. Perhaps it was inevitable. While the Golden Company had served the Blackfyre pretenders before, the days of Maelys were long past, and Aegon was the first true king the Golden Company fought for. Strickland had reserved the seat at the head of the table for Aegon, and sat to the King's left, with Jon at his right.

Soon enough, the wine began to flow and conversation was joined. Jon said little, and busied himself mostly with breaking his fast, and watching Aegon. For his part, the king seemed to enjoy the affair, and listened in as the younger Mudd told the story of his part in the defeat of the Stormcrows and Gallant Men, when the Golden Company were besieging a Myrish fort at Lykaro's Chain - a series of fortresses that had been built at the coastal border between Myr and Lys - explained Strickland. "Blackheart then led the Company, and Toyne had placed me and father in the troop that was meant to strike at the weak point of the fort. 'Twas the latrines, you see. They were exposed, and a few men with climbing spikes and rope could climb upwards, by Toyne's reckoning." Young John Mudd paused to catch his breath for a moment. "And so it was that Blackheart decided to make us Mudds crawl through the mud while the rest made a fine mummer show of preparing to strike at the walls."

"Tell, so that his Grace knows the worth of King Tristifer's descendants!" Old John Mudd said. The Mudds had been with the Golden Company as long as Jon could remember, and while a man could use any name in the free companies, those two were truly devoted to that lie.

"And if your lot did not make it up there, we might have had to try and storm them for real. Starvin' them out was impossible." interjected Franklyn Flowers.

"Aye, Ser Franklyn," said John Mudd with a smile. "The Myrish fleet resupplied their pet sellswords by sea, Your Grace. The Lyseni who hired us could not drive them out the waters yet for all their trying. Either way, once father and I approached with our men, we saw the Myrish were smarter than we thought. When they first took the fort from the Lyseni, they blocked and barred their latrines." Already, there were knowing smiles and chuckles at the table. Clearly, Mudd had told the story more than once before. "But father thought that we needed something to show for ourselves. Turned out that there was a small route into the harbor, a wall that'd been broken and shoddily put up again. If we were to scout it out, then perchance we could strike at the foe without them knowing. Through the wall, we found ourselves in the small harbor, lightly guarded as it was. One of the men there was this prancing blue-haired twa-" the sellsword stopped abruptly, and looked to Aegon. There was a pause, and Aegon looked back towards the sellsword.

Aegon raised an eyebrow, and then laughed. "Continue with your story, Ser." he said. "Your king commands it."

"Aye, as the King wills," Mudd said, his previous confidence abated. "We found our way to the harbor. The one with blue hair turned out to be a Stormcrow captain. The bastard took a man's life before we knocked a tooth out his mouth and dragged him with us." Mudd smiled as a gallant knight, holding his head high. "Left me a wound with his dagger too, but the healer saw to mend that. After their harbor was set ablaze, one of the captains captured, and Blackheart closed in outside, the Stormcrows turned, and the Gallant Men did not live up to their name." Mudd finished, and Aegon smiled in response.

"I hope that you show such cunning again Ser, when we reach the Seven Kingdoms and I raise my banner." he said.

The conversation kept on, until the metallic din of mail clashing with steel greaves interrupted the officers. The tall man that entered the tent was 'Sourface' Vyrr, the Captain-General's standard-bearer, as well as guard on his tent and on the battlefield. The dour Lyseni said that Amarfion was demanding to speak to the officers, urgently.

"Tell our guide that I shall speak to him." Said Jon. Strickland waved his hand.

"No reason to, let him here, to address us directly." Connington turned his head and fixed a cool glare towards Homeless Harry.

"The king is here, and you wish to let inside a man whose motives we do not know?" Jon sharply questioned. Strickland might be afraid to fight, but he thought Harry at least possessed more sense than to expose the king's person. He already revealed his existence early once before, what is a second time to such a man?

"Lord Connington," Lysono Maar said smoothly "If your guide is a spy sent against our king, then he could have left us here. There is little sense in a spy to aid us, no?"

"Let him in." came a voice from the head of the table. It was Aegon. "I am in no danger - if this man wishes to harm me, I am certain your blades will be true, as will my Lord Commander's." he said, and looked behind his shoulder towards Ser Rolly. Franklyn Flowers laughed in approval, as did others, whose faces Jon could not see. Jon frowned, but there was no point in objecting now. Does the boy want to show strength in front of the officers?

Amarfion was let inside, and there was hurry in his steps. "There is urgent need, my lords." he said gravely. "We need to move, and at haste. I spent time scouting outside the camp, and the last leagues of the valley ahead are clear. But behind us, the spiders amass. We must move before they close in upon us."

"They did not attack us in force for days, and preferred to harry our flanks." asked Black Balaq. "What made those creatures do so now?"

"And if they are so close that you could see their position, how have none of our lookouts?" Laswell Peake demanded.

"I did not see the spiders," Amarfion answered, his hand raised. "But I saw shadows and mists darkening behind us. It is a sign that we should not ignore. The creatures of this valley want to devour as they can before we escape."

Tristan Rivers raised his voice. "I say we leave. The last time they attacked, it was my men who bore the brunt, and I will not see it happen again. Our guide is correct - we tarry, and men die." Amarfion looked towards him, and nodded his head slightly. Jon agreed, as did the rest of the officers gathered.

"It will be hours on foot until we reach Sorrowhome. But I promise, you will see clear skies before the day's end." Amarfion said, and looked around him. For a moment, Jon could swear he saw his gaze linger at the head of the table.



The Golden Company set out for the last leg of its journey through Nan Dungortheb. When looking around them, Jon Connington truly understood what Amarfion had meant when he said that they needed to leave. Behind the Golden Company's camp, it seemed as if all the mists and shadows of the valley coalesced, forming into a dark mass that no light could pierce through. Like the body of a beached leviathan, it writhed down from the mountains in the north and moved slowly forward as if it would swallow the land within its grasp. The air around them grew even damper and heavier, and a chill wind blew through the depths of the valley and into camp with a shrill shriek, setting the golden banners aflutter. The wind wailed hideously, pulling the hanging bolts of cloth back and forth, and Jon felt his own cloak being almost torn from his shoulders before he gripped on to it. He could see the dread on the faces of many men as they looked at it, and Jon felt his blood run cold as well, and his heart beat faster in his chest. Amarfion seemed to be worried as well, from the expression on his face.

"Gods help us." Harry Strickland muttered, and Amarfion's expression turned even graver.

"The spiders will use the darkness as cover." he said. "Leave no men behind as you did with Ser Tristan. They will be no use delaying what is approaching." Jon doubted that there were any men who would willingly stand there to begin with.

Soon, the Golden Company marched in haste, men and beasts proceeding ahead as fast as their feet could carry them, in fear of what was slowly trailing behind them. Around them the hills and crags seemed to stretch forever onwards before disappearing, wrapped in a haze of darkening mist. The sun had already risen, but there was almost no telling of its whereabouts in the sky. It had been swallowed whole by the black mist. With the sun out of sight and the mists around them, Jon felt his head and eyelids grow heavier, a sense of drowsiness overtaking his senses. It was like looking at the world, but through a blindfold, tied in place as the darkness closed in.

"This is the way of Nan Dungortheb. To wear you down, and allow the spiders to make a meal of you." came Amarfion's voice through the haze. "Hold yourselves. Defy it!" he shouted loudly, and his voice carried through the pass.

Jon's thoughts went to Aegon. I failed the father. I will not fail the son. No sorcery would stop them. "Sound the horns!" Jon commanded. "Keep the men steady!" The horns and trumpets sounded loudly, as if in defiance of the darkness around them, their sound discordant and loud, but pushing back the heavy, still silence of the land.

Amarfion pointed the way forward, his horse racing ahead of the rest, before vanishing out of sight. The vanguard followed behind. The place where they'd encamped the night before now lay far behind them, lost within the mists. Forward, the road winded ahead out of their sight and over a series of hills and slopes. They went forward, marching over miles of road, over steep and craggy terrain, the darkness looming steadily behind them. The past few days, it might have been slower, more cautious. But now, there was no time for caution, not with the darkness descending upon them. Eventually, the harshest terrain began to soften. Crags and rocks gave way to lower hills. The ground became softer, and they began to see smaller streams ahead, coming down from the north. Amarfion returned, his horse galloping back towards Jon. "We are close to the valley's end," he said. "but we must still remain cautious. We will only be truly safe after we cross the river."

The wind wailing again at their back, the Golden Company reached a point where the hills themselves came to an end, and the mists began to thin. The world became clearer around them, and in the far distance, the hazy form of an onrushing river. The river Mindeb, as Amarfion had named it. It was perhaps less than three miles forward and with it, their salvation from this hell. As the banners of the Golden Company crested the slopes of the final hills and the path down to the riverbank became visible, a great cheer went up from the ranks, drowning out all noise before the horns sounded again to alert the rest of the company. They cheered once again, hundreds of voices, then thousands more behind them. They began marching ahead once more, with greater fervor than before.

Though the black fog was still behind them, Griff felt his spirits rise. The sun could be seen through the haze, now in the late hours of the afternoon. This valley was not to be their death, but another trial on the road to seat Aegon on the throne.

But celebration would be for later. Danger was still pressing close to their heels, even as the fog began to clear in front, the black mist still darkened the road behind, closing in with a dreadful wailing of the wind.

"Put your hearts into it, men! On the double, now!" Marq Mandrake was heard shouting, riding up and down the length of the Golden Company's marching formation and yelling orders. "Before we see the Stranger's cloak up close!" As they marched the last mile, some of the men began to hum. Before long, the hum grew into a murmur, then a song. It was a grim tune, and one popular amid the ranks of Westeros-born sellswords and exiles in Essos. It was a favorite of Blackheart Toyne's, and he would hum to the tune when ahorse, or girding for battle.

The Stranger rides on a coal-black horse
And wears a transparent cloak
When sellswords march into the field
He lets his horse gallop along


The grim chorus of the sellsword continued onto the next lines, throats shouting, as the sound of feet treading the dirt and horses' hooves trotting ahead.

The Stranger rides on a bright grey horse
As pretty as the Maiden in the sky
When girls dance their roundelay
He wants to glide with them aye aye


Horns blew as they continued onwards, and finally the vanguard reached the riverbank of the Mindeb, the rest of the Company following behind it. There were the remnants of a stout bridge of stone, long-fallen into disrepair, with parts of it having collapsed. If they were in lesser haste, they could perhaps have bridged the gaps with wood. Yet now they might not have that time, and even if they did, Jon did not know if such hasty repairs could endure under the weight of the elephants. Jon turned his head towards Amarfion. "Is the water from the river safe?" he asked their guide. Amarfion nodded.

"It is. The Mindeb's waters do not flow down from the Mountains of Terror, unlike the streams of Nan Dungortheb." That was good, they needed more water, and they could not cross the river if it meant poisoning the men. Jon turned towards the officers alongside him, and began to give his orders.

"Call for the King and his escort, they cross the river first after our outriders secure the opposite bank. The elephants and spare mounts are to be brought to the front and the narrowest part of the river; let them stem the river's flow for our foot to ford their way across." Jon ordered. "The rearguard will hold this bank, until the rest of the Company is across.

"Aye, Lord Connington. Like with the Noyne." Ser Marq agreed. "I'll get the men to it." As the preparations were made, Jon turned his horse about towards the land beyond the Mindeb, seeing the first parties of outriders riding there, their guide among them. Sorrowhome, Amarfion had named it. Little of it could be seen from this bank, except that it was not the valley. There were reeds by the opposite bank, green moss upon the slick stones and tall wild grass growing. What few reeds and grass were on this side of the river were small, stunted and sickly things. Aegon and his escorts followed the outriders before long, the dragon banner of House Targaryen billowing in the wind as he crossed the river. Jon could see the white cloak worn on Rolly Duckfield's shoulders. The red dragon of Targaryen, above an onrushing river, and a white cloaked knight. For a brief passing moment, he thought of the Trident, the battle he never saw and what he'd heard they named the Ruby Ford. Griff let out a breath of relief as the banner made its way across the river and onto the safer ground beyond.

Eventually, the elephants were brought to the forefront, their riders guiding them ahead. As soon as they sighted the water, the beasts were barely kept from stampeding, and the ranks of the men parted in fear of their trumpeting approach.

For days, they had been fed from what water the Golden Company had taken stock of at Volantis. They drank from the river's fresh waters, as they were carefully led to its narrowest part. There, with their legs thick as tree-trunks dug in the riverbed, the behemoths withstood the water as it lapped at their legs and hides, slowly managing to stem the river's flow. After them followed many horses, the spare mounts of the Company, that barred the water that the elephants did not. A shallow ford was made, and again the sellswords let out a cheer. The first of the foot began to step into the riverbed, water lapping about their feet, marching under the sound of horns. But the wailing of the wind urged them onward more effectively than any officer could. The mist still approached, closer behind them than before. Before its approach, the world once more sank into darkness.

Following behind the first foot came a number of their horse, and then the drifters - Amarfion's people - who made their way across. Six hundred refugees, crowding about each other, and regarding the armed men around them with suspicion. Amarfion said they and their lady Medlin had been satisfied with the punishment of the sellswords had harmed them, yet they did not seem any more willing to trust them now. Nonetheless, it was no matter. Jon did not intend on letting six hundred refugees trail behind them on the way to Westeros.

The winds were becoming stronger by the moment, and now carried a foul smell with them. Not the stench alone. With every moment, the dark cloud was closer to enveloping them. To the rear of the Golden Company's formation, horns began to sound in warning, and the shouts of men were heard. "Formation! Keep formation!" ordered Mandrake.

But it was in vain. More and more of the sellswords began to cross the river in greater haste, as Jon remained to oversee the retreat. His hand went to his sword, and gripped the hilt. The shadow was all around them, the blackest mist mere miles away. Jon felt his horse once more move nervously under him, as if the mare wished only to flee. He bade it stand, holding the reins tightly. Others were not so fortunate, and some horses began to flee towards the river in fright, carrying reluctant riders or throwing them from their backs. Jon clutched at the reins, and attempted to peer into the mist, to perhaps see what was beneath the haze.

He saw nothing. Not the mist, nor even spiders. Jon peered into that shadow, and saw only darkness, like what must have been in the void between the stars. It sent a cold shiver down his spine and he stood almost fixed in place as the Golden Company's order began collapsing about him.

It was the sound of a gallop that moved him, a horse running towards him. It was the small, grey mount ridden by Amarfion, its rider standing atop like a small pinprick of dim light in the surrounding darkness.

"Lord!" he shouted. "Lord Connington!" his voice called in the dark. "To me!" Jon looked around him. As far as his eyes could see, few men were left on this side of the river, most having fled across. The elephants and horses stemming the water were also beginning to move away, as Jon followed Amarfion's form through the darkness, the roaring waters and the cries of men, elephants and horses all about them. Beneath him, his horse moved almost on its own, Griff barely managing to keep it under control.

Though it seemed like hours, in truth it must have not been but a few moments for them to cross the river, the beasts and the last few men began to emerge from the waters. It seemed that despite the chaos, much of the Golden Company had made it safely across. Atop a hill, Jon saw the golden banner and the skulls, and next to it, the three headed red dragon. Under it, was Aegon, looking towards him. As soon as he saw Jon, he rode down the hill to meet Griff.

"You worried me, Griff." Aegon said, clearly relieved, concern in his eyes. "I thought you were lost in that fog…" the boy had been distressed. Jon gave him a tired nod, and stepped down from his horse. He was sore everywhere, and deathly tired. Aegon gave him a helping hand. "I ordered that someone go after you."

"We made it, Your Grace." Jon said, catching his breath. "We're out of the valley. Under clear skies. We can continue - to Westeros." he promised. "We did not fail." I failed the father. But not the son. Griff said to himself silently.



It was now the hours of the evening. Away from the valley and its reach, the dread mist began to dissipate, as the Golden Company set its camp for the night. Sorrowhome was a wide land, but lonely. As far as Jon could see, there were plains, trees, hills and streams. Wild animals roamed throughout, and Balaq's men had already set themselves to hunting game. Others were gathering water from the streams, and fodder. Amarfion had spoken to Jon and the other officers, promising them that past the river, they would be safe from the valley's creatures. "Keep watch, but they will not dare to leave their haunting grounds." he assured them.

Lonely, but after the torment of Nan Dungortheb, it seemed like salvation. But despite all their pains, they could not lose sight of their goal. When night falls, we look at the stars and find our way, if all is well.

The hours passed, and the sun sank into the west. Its setting seemed the most beautiful that Jon had seen in years, painting the sky in vivid shades of orange, reds, and purples. In these past days, he had forgotten what the dusk looked like, or the dawn. They had seen only cold imitations, hidden in a haze of mist and shadow. Then night came, and the first watches were set, with torches lit. It was cold, but a relief, and a peaceful respite when only those sounds of the camp were heard.

In the tents and campfires, the men were weary and frightened from what they had seen, yet they began to drink and eat as usual, as the officers mingled among them. Homeless Harry raised toasts in the Captain-General's tent, in honor of the King, his Hand and the men of the Golden Company but Jon left it early, to look at the night sky, hoping that the stars could be seen this night.

Gazing up into the night sky and the thousands of lights scattered across the firmament, Jon's eyes searched for the familiar stars. King's Crown, the Ice Dragon, Crone's Lantern, or the Sword of the Morning. Those would lead them to Westeros, and home.

But he saw none of them.

When Jon Connington looked into the heavens, only foreign stars stared back into his eyes, and the sound of bells once more rang in his ears.
 
The Warden of the Tower
-------------------------------------
The Warden of the Tower
-------------------------------------



From the top of the watch-hill, Orodreth gazed down. The Plain of Nargothrond was spread out below him, stretching far into the horizon, thick with trees and forests. Now in the early months of autumn, many of those trees had their leaves turn shades of red and orange - some would lose them entirely, while others would remain green for all winter. Such is the way of Beleriand, change and endings. the Prince thought with some sorrow.

The green plains of grass were dotted with mounds and sloping into hills. Those hills became taller and harsher the further south one went, closer to the banks of the river Narog.

Many of those mounds were like the one he was standing atop of, hollowed on the inside, meant as towers of earth from where the scouts of Nargothrond could keep watch over all the ways to the city, and gather to ambush any intruders. There were more such fastnesses throughout the open plain, and by the lonely moors to its north-east, though now was the first time in many years that they were manned.

But now, the city of Nargothrond lay behind Orodreth and his host, as they made their way northwards past the Narog river, headed to a place that Prince Orodreth had not seen for many months. Tol Sirion, and the stronghold of Minas Tirith. Orodreth remembered how long ago, he had been named Warden of the Tower, and appointed to watch it and the marches beyond by his uncle, Finrod Felagund. Uncle and king, though once I only knew him as the first. In those years, Orodreth had tried to make a home of the distant tower, in what way he could.

That was before the Siege was broken. In less than a year, what had taken centuries to build shattered. After so long keeping watch, the Enemy had struck all the same.

Orodreth had been in Nargothrond at the time, away from Tol Sirion. News came from Dorthonion and the marches, of flame spewing from the Thangorodrim and the northern plains reduced to ash. The lines of the siege, the fortifications, and the hosts keeping the leaguer collapsed in less than a week's time. It was then that Aegnor fell, alongside thousands more. His younger uncle, and the one his father was closest to. When the news first came, it seemed like a dream. Aegnor had stood resolute for so many years, but was slain in a single day. Never to be seen again as long as I live. The edain woman he loved outlived him. More news followed soon after - father had retreated to Dorthonion in the face of the fire that spewed forth from Angband with what troops were left to him. But even those defenses began to fail, as armies of Orcs and worse began their advance southward. Orodreth had volunteered then, to lead men to aid his father. But Finrod forbade it - as the King's nephew, he would remain in Nargothrond, and take up its rule if he were to fall in battle.

"Sire! Sire!" came a voice from his left. Orodreth turned his head around and saw the face of Suilor. The retainer rider stood tall, his long brown hair tied into a knot up his head, some strands falling loosely about his freckled face. On his shoulder was draped a fine azure cloak, and he wore an armor of fine mail, bearing on it the sigil of Orodreth. On one hand, he carried his helm, its plume of yellow feathers pressing at his side. "Riders sighted on the north-western road, they bear Prince Gwindor's banner at their head." he said with some enthusiasm. "They number at three hundred, lord."

"More than we expected, then?" Orodreth asked. Not a few troops remained by Nargothrond, and garrisoning the Talath Dirnen. He had been given fresh and bloodied men both, some from Nargothrond and others who had returned from the war with the king. More Finrod had left north by Tol Sirion, to protect the new border. Orodreth turned his head to the north-western route, and in the distance saw the gathering cloud of dust. Above it were several banners, the largest two bearing the device of Finrod, and that of the House of Finarfin. Behind the green and golden standards of the lords of Orodreth's House was the standard of the House of Guilin, pale blue silken cloth, bearing four spearheads, that spread outwards into points, signifying him as a prince.

The unit of horse rode closer, and Orodreth saw three hundred of them, as Suilor had. Fifty of them were heavy cavalry in Ñoldor harness, their horses bearing barding of scales on the front, their hind draped with cloth, sewn with the sigils and colors of Gwindor. On their heads, the riders had tall helms with high crests, decorated with flowing patterns of gold and brass. Their armor was mail and scale, some others clad in shining small plates of steel, splendid cloaks of green and gold, white and azure flowing in the wind. On their hands they bore long lances, pale blue pennants flying beneath the spearpoints. Even from where Orodreth stood, he saw the glint of the sun on them, and reflecting on the polished metal of their rounded shields. Nargothrond had less in the way of horse than Orodreth's kinsmen in Hithlum, or the Sons of Fëanor in the east, much less heavy horse, but there were still knights under their banner. The ones that followed behind them were more lightly armed, with throwing spears and swords, shields and axes. All were helmed, but their armor was lighter than those that rode at the head of the formation. They wore hard, lacquered leather or light scale shirts, underneath their vibrantly colored surcoats.

The lead rider approached Orodreth and his own company, his standard bearer trailing close behind. Orodreth recognized him as Prince Gwindor, son of Guilin. As he gripped the reins of his warhorse before Orodreth, he set his lance down straight upon the ground, the pennant waving in the wind. On his shoulders and down to his waist over his armor, Gwindor wore a pale blue fur-lined cloak, embroidered with patterns of the sun in golden thread. Beneath it could be seen the gilded steel of his harness. Dismounting in a single swift move, he raised the visor of his helm before removing it. His hair was the same black color as his father's and many among the Ñoldor. While born in Beleriand, black-haired Gwindor was strong and valiant, renowned as one of the finest riders and fighting men in Nargothrond's domain.

It has been a long while since we last met. Orodreth remembered - it was as King Finrod declared his intent to campaign in the north, and that Gwindor would join him as Captain of the Cavalry. Orodreth had hosted a small dinner between himself, Prince Guilin and his two sons that would head to war, as well as his own daughter Finduilas.

Gelmir never returned, Orodreth thought with some consternation, remembering the face of Guilin, and his friend's response to the news. Now, Gwindor returned from Ivrin and Nargothrond's domains to the west and north, where he had gone to muster more troops.

"Hail, Prince Orodreth!" said Gwindor, his head standing proud. "How fare my sire Guilin and sweet Faelivrin?" he asked. Faelivrin. It had been the name Finduilas was given by Gwindor, some months after they had been betrothed, as she had told Orodreth excitedly. She was as happy as any girl would be. Was there a more fitting match?

Orodreth smiled. "Your father is well, though he misses his son. And my daughter waits for you to return to Nargothrond once we are done securing the northern frontier, Prince Gwindor." Gwindor's expression darkened at that, but he nodded his head nonetheless.

"As you say, lord." he replied, before turning to Suilor. Suilor was younger and stood shorter than the tall prince. "You've grown since I last saw you." he said, putting his hand on his shoulder. "I did not expect you to be on campaign with us."

"I would fight for my lord as any other under his banner, Prince Gwindor." he said proudly. "And I am eager to fight by your side."

"For all our sakes, I hope so." Gwindor said curtly, before turning to Orodreth. "My riders are ready, and we await your orders." he said to Orodreth. "Let us waste no more time."

Thus they set off to the north, following the curve of the river Narog before turning east towards the plains, then towards the Teiglin, seeking to ford at the crossing. When this route was last made by a host of Nargothrond in the previous year, it was led by Finrod Felagund, with eight thousand at his back. They marched urgently, but with confidence of victory under the banner of the king. Now, Orodreth led a mere fraction of that, no more than two thousand, and was expected to reinforce those left behind by his uncle, and the few that managed to flee from Dorthonion with their lives.

Of the King's campaign north, Orodreth knew that it went poorly. In his haste to come to the aid of Dorthonion, his army was caught between the forces of Orcs that swept down from the north, and waylaid. Word told that he had only been saved from death by Barahir, the Lord of Ladros. While eventually the attack had been blunted for the moment, it was only with great loss of life. Before the year's end, the King of Nargothrond returned, his banners tattered, seeking to rebuild his forces. The highlands of Dorthonion, held by Orodreth's father and uncle had fallen to the Enemy and been overrun beyond saving, as had Ladros. Lord Barahir returned to aid his people, but no word had been heard of him since. Nor of the House of Bëor. What little news came from the east was scarcely better, and whispers spoke of the Father of Dragons bringing fire and ruin to the Gap.

It was their third day on the way to the Teiglin, when the riders saw smoke rising in the distance, over the hills and the tall grass of the plains, but still a fair distance from the woodlands of Brethil to the east. "It could be Orcs," suggested Gonodor. He was one of the lords of the western lands under Finrod's rule. His father was one of the Falathrim as was evident in his eyes and shorter stature, but his mother a lady of the Ñoldor. "This is too far from Brethil to be a forest fire, and far too small."

"This far south? Nay. Tol Sirion still stands under our control, and the Haladin in Brethil have their own patrols. No warbands would get past the Teiglin, much less into the Talath Dirnen." said Gwindor. "I will lead our cavalry ahead, but I expect we shall find no battle."

It was not long before they found out. Their force crested the hill, and saw bands of other Elves, numbering in the dozens. They were on foot, both men and women. They had carts with them that were filled with some scant few chests and baskets, but no beasts of burden to move them. Orodreth's retinue blew their trumpets, hailing the encamped people on the plain.

"Prince Orodreth commands in the name of King Finrod!" Suilor shouted. "What is your purpose here?" One of the men came forward. He was slender, and wore simpler clothes now. His light brown hair was cut short, to his neck. Nevertheless, Orodreth recognized his face.

"I am Herenion," he said. "And we're under King Finrod, as you are, lords." Orodreth rode ahead, towards Herenion. He knew the man's father, as one of those that dwelled by Tol Sirion. Herenyo and his son and daughters were in possession of farmland that Orodreth had granted himself. Why would they be abandoning Tol Sirion?

"Why do you flee, Herenion?" Orodreth asked, riding closer to them. "We have heard no tell of the Enemy attacking again yet." he was met with a fierce glare.

"It was no orcs that did this, lord." Herenion replied. "It was our own, soldiers under the King's banner. They said that there was no place for us unless we were to join the defense. That our farmlands were now under direct authority of the tower, as were all our crops and animals. That they were needed for the troops." he continued. "So ordered the captain at the tower, they said. They left us a few carts, and what few belongings we could gather, before ousting us from our homes. There were others we met who were not so lucky. They said the soldiers took their treasures too, leaving them with only the clothes on their back." Orodreth looked at Herenion, barely able to restrain his horror at the words he was hearing. He turned to Gwindor, and spoke.

"Have a few horses turned to them to draw the carts, and men to escort them south. Make sure that King Finrod hears of this." Gwindor raised an eyebrow.

"I share your sympathy for their plight, Prince. But we cannot spare the men. Every last one will be needed if we are to hold Tol Sirion and Minas Tirith. And our warhorses," he paused, seemingly trying to find the correct words. "Are not for bearing burden."

"These people swore fealty to me, when I was made Warden. I will not have them be repaid like this." Orodreth retorted. Gwindor's reply was more withheld.

"Hardships are part of any war." he said simply. "For those who fight as well as those that do not. Repay them by seeing to the men at the tower, and let them on their way."

Orodreth was not pleased with that answer. He motioned to Tandir, the chief officer of supplies for their host. "Give them some of our own spare mounts, if so. Let Prince Gwindor's company keep all of theirs, if they prize their steeds so highly." At that, Gwindor pulled down the visor of his helm, and rode ahead with his men. He has turned grimmer since last I saw him. Orodreth thought. Haven't we all? Another part of him wondered, a part that was longing for brighter days, in a distant land beyond all hope of return. Days that seemed without end, where time meant little and tomorrow held certain promise.

He turned to Herenion and his companions. "Once I arrive to Minas Tirith, I promise you - I will have words with the Captain."

Herenion thanked him for the horses, and they rode onwards. Before nightfall, they had reached the Crossings of the Teiglin. At this time of year, the Teiglin would swell from the autumn rains and its waters met those of the golden Malduin shortly before these fords. The river's rushing waters filled with the red and orange leaves shed in autumn towards the eaves of the woods of Brethil. As Anar's rays shone down in the late hours of the day, they reflected on the flowing river water and painted it in shades of orange and crimson. Over its waters stood a sturdy bridge of stone, wide enough for six horses to ride through abreast, its stone arches more than enough to endure the river's swelling. The road to Tol Sirion was ahead of them, thickets of forest surrounding it both to the west and east, as it cut its way through Brethil. The blocks of stone that paved it were cut cleanly and it showed few signs of wear. Any water from the rivers or rain would be drained efficiently without impeding travel, and stones indicated the distance from Tol Sirion. It had been built by his uncle to make travel to the fortress easier, and until recently it was well-trod by both travelers and warriors on business of war. Efficient, and clean. Yet in Aman, the roads were paved with gemstones and shone with light.

Orodreth's gaze moved to Gwindor, who rode at the head still, atop his horse, untiring and restless. Like so many others - like Finduilas - Gwindor had been born in Beleriand. Those younger generations, born in the wild, rustic lands east of the Sea did not know what they had lost, nor how little this land they dwelled in compared to it. Their eyes did not carry that same light that those of their fathers and mothers did. The places they knew would be transient and mortal, as all else was here. They were closer to the Umanyar and the Aftercomers than they were their sires. But was it Beleriand and its ways that made them so, or did something else change them? Would they have been gentler had they been born and raised in Valinor?

Night came, and the stars of the firmament shone above them, lighting up the heavens. The sight made Orodreth glad, and he let his mind rest as his body carried on with the rest of his retinue. The Prince fell into the paths of dreams. It was a dream of Aman, of a harbor in the twilight where the Light of the Trees only faintly shone. He saw the face of his mother Eldalótë, with her dark hair and fair skin. She was short, but beautiful to look upon. What did you leave home for, my son? he remembered his mother ask. Had you a place among the proud rebels? Were the bounds of Valinor too small for you?

Next to her Orodreth saw his grandfather, with the golden hair all his family had inherited, and gentle grey eyes. Orodreth had always been closer to him than with his own father. Next to him, he saw Eärwen, his grandmother, pearls and sapphires adorning her silver hair. He saw the tall, well-muscled form of his father as well - standing motionless, frozen in time, as was his uncle Aegnor by his side. He was as imposing as in life, his wild golden hair standing like flames. They wore the loose, airy silks and linens of daily life, but they clung tight on them like armor.

Orodreth saw others as well. To his left was Finrod, a crown on his brow. He never wore a crown in Aman, Orodreth thought. To his right was his aunt, her hair shining like spun gold. She towered over both Orodreth and her eldest brother.

All their eyes looked towards him. All those eyes had the Light within them. They seemed to judge him, each and every one. They opened their mouths, and spoke; "The hour of Doom approaches, and the time of the Ñoldor draws near. Beware the East." they said. The voices grew deeper, bubbling like seawater. They carried the sound of the sea - waves crashing on the shore, and the ringing of seashells. "Beware the East, Prince Orodreth." they spoke again, more urgently then they had before. "Though the air may choke and the land lies poisoned, the waters run true. Trust in them." It was as if Orodreth's head had been submerged within the sea, hearing only the music of the deep ocean as its cold waters swirled about his head. Saltwater filled his mouth and ears, as a final sounding of a horn echoed within the depths. "Remember, son of Angrod."

Conversation and the movement of his horse beneath awoke him. They were now further ahead on the road, though not yet quite out of Brethil, and the sun had not yet quite risen. It was the cool early hours of the day, with the sky being a deep blue that slowly paled. He felt little rested, the dream having shaken him. Orodreth sank into his saddle, and unclasped his helm in a hurry. He needed to breathe unburdened, and his fingers slightly shook as they gripped the reins.

"Sire?" he heard Suilor's voice speak up in concern. "Was there something that disturbed you?"

"It was nothing." Orodreth replied, shaking his hand. "Merely the sound of the horses." he lied. If only we were closer to Nargothrond. Perhaps he could have asked the King for his counsel - he had founded the city as he was told in a vision by Ulmo. Ulmo. But why would the Dweller of the Deeps send him a vision? Why not Finrod, whom he had spoken to before? He was the one who ruled, not Orodreth. He could follow the Vala's words, as he had done before. And what of the words themselves? What was there to beware in the east, when all of Morgoth's strength was in the north? Doriath and Thingol? They were friends, though they had not marched to their aid. Still, Orodreth doubted the King of Doriath would attack his kin. The Sons of Fëanor are east also, with all their fiefs and hosts. The House of Fëanor was not to be trusted. While his father and uncle had fought alongside them at the marches, they never were friends. Could Ulmo have been referring to them? According to all news they heard, the east was under siege.

Yet if they were driven from their lands, perhaps they would seek refuge in Nargothrond. Doriath was closed to the kinslayers, and that would never change even if Elu Thingol were beseeched by the Elder King himself. If their lands were overrun, that left them Nargothrond and the south alone to flee to. They desired authority in Aman too, and Orodreth doubted Fëanor's brood was gentled since last he saw them, or that their hunger for power had been sated.

And the waters. Were they a reassurance from the Vala, or did they carry meaning of their own as well?

Orodreth left his thoughts rest for the moment. There would be time enough to ponder their meaning in Tol Sirion, and perhaps to send a messenger with a missive to his uncle. He could explain it all, of that he was certain. Finrod was wise, wiser than him. Surely he would be the one to know.



Less than two more days passed, and Orodreth's host made its way through Brethil's woodlands. They went past the Brithiach, and the dried riverbed that led east to Dimbar, the lonely lands that passed to Dorthonion in the north. The Haladin of Brethil would now need to watch those passes, as would King Thingol's forces, if they stirred themselves. In that time, they had met more groups of refugees upon the road, now in the hundreds, perhaps more.

"With Dorthonion fallen, what will become of the eastern passages into our land?" observed Bameldir, one of the knights in Gwindor's following. "Perhaps it would be for the best to make fortifications here as well, lest we find ourselves flanked. A wall by the banks of the Sirion, guarded by the Crissaegrim as well..."

Gwindor turned to the retainer, and waved his hand. "It is too late for such a venture. We cannot now spare the men or resources." he pointed to Brethil, now south of them. "The Men of Brethil shall be our wall - any attack on our flank must pass through their land also. A force garrisoned upon Tol Sirion will be able to ride down to their aid more than quickly enough."

"And if an attack also comes from the north, my Prince?" questioned Bameldir.

Gwindor's gaze hardened. "That is why Dorthonion's loss hurt like it did. That frontier was a shield that guarded the hinterland of our kingdom. With Eithel Sirion to our north-west, and the highlands of Dorthonion northeast, no attacking army could breach it. They would be surrounded on all sides and destroyed. Make no mistake - we're at the weakest we have ever been. Even a Bameldir can see it, and no doubt Morgoth's lieutenants do as well."

"If only the Ironhand were with us still." Gonodor said. "Or his brother." Orodreth's father Angrod had been given the name Ironhand in the battlefields of Beleriand. "I remember how they turned aside the Enemy's offense in Dorthonion, nigh four centuries ago." he smiled. "It was my first battle, and none since have been so terrible - or so glorious. Prince Angrod was everywhere that day, even as his brother fought in the thick of battle. He would ride everywhere in the field, golden and white banner in hand. Whenever a part of our army faltered, the Prince there rode to encourage them onward, though orc-spears were everywhere and the arrows fell on us like hail. Through the highlands and the moors, they turned each and every host to flight." the half-Falathrim lord said, nostalgia overtaking his voice.

"I was not yet born." said Gwindor. "And my father has never had much appetite for war, to tell any stories of it. But I heard the songs."

Gonodor laughed loudly. "The songs do the day little justice. Prince Orodreth fought as well. Did you not, my lord?"

"I did," he replied simply.

Orodreth had indeed fought in that year. They called it the Dagor Aglareb, the glorious battle. But his uncles and father saw most of that glory - I led the companies that chased the retreating orcs, after the hardest fighting was already done in Dorthonion. He had thought that he would win his share in the push northwards, but from the west and east came the armies of High King Fingolfin and Maedhros, having already won their own battles. It was a forest of lances and arrowpoints, gleaming under the sunrise like a thousand stars. Hundreds of banners, blue and red and silver, and thousands of horsemen rode beneath them. The thunder of their hooves filled the air, the sound of their war cries rising loud and clear above the din of battle. By the day's end, Morgoth's armies lay broken on the field. Bodies lay as thick upon the ground as the autumn leaves were now beneath their feet.

"The High King placed the banner of Finwë upon the tallest hill of the Ard-Galen." Gwindor said. "A challenge to Angband, and a reminder of his sire's murder at the Dark Lord's hands." He speaks of a man he never knew, was the first thought that came to Orodreth's mind. How many now in his company had been born in Aman, and knew Finwë? How many more had been born in Beleriand, long after his great-grandsire was slain? And now Fingolfin too has passed, the only High King they knew.

"I saw that banner when I rode to the siege lines for the first time, over thirty years ago." Gwindor continued. "Though it lay at the center of one of the forts of the leaguer around Angband."

"It makes me glad to speak of better days." Gonodor said, more sombrely. "It has become too easy to forget that they ever existed." There were mutterings of agreement all around, and they rode on.


Before the week's end, they had reached the vale of the Sirion. The sun had fallen by the time they were past the bridges. Soon, Tol Sirion itself would be in sight, once the dawn came.The Ered Wethrin loomed in the far distance, black peaks standing before the dark blue of the night sky, Ithil illuminating the snow silver upon the highest reaches. Below them stretched forests of pine and spruce and ash, thick upon the high hills. Yet the area watered by the river Sirion on the plain was green and fertile. Already they could see plots of land and fields, as well as pens and stockades for herds of animals. These lands had first been given for use to the soldiers of Minas Tirith's garrison, so that they need not rely on supplies from Nargothrond or Hithlum to the west. They were called saintost, fortified fields. As the centuries passed and the siege lines around Angband became more certain, Orodreth had begun to invite others - men and women that would not serve in battle, along with the families of those under his command. I wanted a realm. I wanted more than to be warden of a fortress in the frontier. He had wanted a home, even one built far away from his true one.

Yet even in the night, Orodreth's company could clearly see - most of these farms were abandoned, and the fields were bare. Some buildings now lay in ruins. Had their occupants destroyed them before turning away? All the land was now silent, when once these places would have been awash with the light of fires and lamps. Some fewer, larger ones they could see, but all were clustered close together, near the banks of the Sirion. Farthest and highest above all the rest, he saw a distant light, faded but still discernible. It surely was the Tower. His mind now traveled to Herenion, and the others like him that they had met on the road. All said that soldiers from the Tower had driven them away from their homes. But how? The captain placed by King Finrod was Sarad, one of his father's lieutenants in Dorthonion, born in Aman, as Orodreth had heard of him. Whatever it was, they would find out once they reached their destination.


Night was ending, and the dawn fast approached as Orodreth's company closed in on Tol Sirion. The sunlight illuminated the green plains of the vale, with their many flowers and tall grasses as they sped along the road. It was not long before they sighted banners, and patrols of armed men approaching. They bore the devices of Nargothrond and King Finrod, as well as that of Orodreth himself. The rider at the lead of the patrol saluted in respect, and approached the Prince's banner. "My Prince, the tower awaits you and your host." he said, before turning to the tower.

They rode ahead, closing in upon the southwestern bank of the Sirion. It was the largest river in Beleriand, its wide waters stretching down from Hithlum to the north, past Doriath, to Arvernien in the south. Here, its waters ran wide and deep enough that the island of Tol Sirion stood in the middle of the river, standing tall over the vale and waters below. The island was cragged and full of rocks, with a high promontory upon its edge. There were no fords around it at this time of year - the river ran too deep and swift. The only ways to the island were by ferrying across, or through the bridge on its southern side. It was a narrow causeway, stretching from the island to the closest shore, and both ends of it were guarded by sturdy gatehouses. At its middle, Finrod had designed it so that a drawbridge could be withdrawn by the defenders if an enemy were to pass through. I have spent so many years on this tower that I could find my way with my eyes closed.

The fortress of Minas Tirith stood atop the isle, the greatest of its towers having its foundations embedded within the rock, reaching deep into the earth. Below it lay strong walls and battlements, carved out of large slabs of granite, in darker and lighter tones, polished and cut to high sheen. They rose over sixty feet high, and half of that in width. Even from where he stood, he could see guardsmen standing atop and watching from the battlements, their mail and helms reflecting the light of the Sun. The walls were strengthened at their edges with stout towers, lined with openings for the defenders to throw shot and arrows from. The gatehouse to the fortress was twice as thick as the wall, the doors themselves reinforced with steel. Àbove them, Orodreth saw the familiar sight of the marble frieze carved by his uncle, depicting the device of their House - below it were carved figures of the king and his kinsmen, and that of Orodreth's grandfather Finarfin standing at the middle. At the sides were reliefs of men and women, the soldiers who guarded Minas Tirith, and those who labored to build it. All their names were inscribed into it in golden leaf.

Orodreth's company passed through the camps by the riverbank, and then over the bridge into Tol Sirion itself. Over them, the shadow of the tower that the fortress was named for loomed above them. The tower of guard's base was set at the peak of the promontory, the masonry curving upwards smoothly as the tower rose, was like it was carved out of a single large stone. There were windows that rose across it, looking towards every corner below it. Just below the tower's summit there hung a white and golden banner as long as the walls stood tall.

Trumpets rang as Orodreth and his company approached. There were some cheers from the soldiers, many commenting on their banners, others on the fighting men that they brought. "The Warden is here!" some cried by the gates, "The Warden of the Tower is here!". The cheers continued as Orodreth made his up the island from the outer gate for a time, before quieting down as the last among their number crossed the bridge.

"I thought we'd have a warmer welcome." Suilor remarked. "You're the master of this fort, and heir to Nargothrond now, my Prince."

"We are too few." Prince Gwindor said in reply. "They expected greater numbers. When King Finrod turned back to the south, there were perhaps two or three thousand in Tol Sirion. Now, we bring two thousand more. Last year, the king came here with more than twice all our number. Dorthonion had more as well before it fell."

"Why? With less than that, we can easily hold Minas Tirith." said Suilor. In that, he was correct. "We're worth many Orcs each."

"There are things worse than Orcs. But I promise you by my lance, we will hold the tower - few or many no matter what comes." Gwindor answered, and talked with the younger elf no more.

All around them they saw the garrison going about its duties on the isle. There were guardhouses and barracks beyond the causeway, as well as watchtowers close by the gatehouse. Some were wearing their armor on patrol, whereas others were clad in lighter clothing and going about their daily tasks. The smithies were bursting with activity. There were also newer lodgings, cruder than the fine stone and wood he'd left behind. They were cramped, little better than tents, or hastily erected structures of wood. But for all the life, there was something more that Orodreth could see. The men and women of the guard were tired and beaten. I am no warrior like father was. But I can recognize the face of someone who has seen defeat.

Elves and Men they were, some in tattered clothes, with worn shoes and torn cloaks. Some wore helms that had been scorched or battered. Chipped swords and broken spears. Others still bore wounds and bandages. The Men he recognized as Bëorians, from their dark hair and grey eyes. Men of Ladros, who had decided to remain here, rather than follow their liegelord back to their wartorn home. Many of the Elves looked to be from Dorthonion - in their faded banners were the colors of Orodreth's father and uncle. All looked at him with wariness and expectation. To the Prince, it felt like their long, haunted looks were watching and judging his every move. They looked at their fellow soldiers in Orodreth's company also, with their clean clothes and shining armor marching by. Perhaps such men and women were the ones who had harmed the people in the fields they had passed before, Orodreth thought.

He heard yells from another part of the island, away from the road. It was close to one of the new camps. There were yet more shouts, in both Sindarin and the tongue of Men. Some he recognized as curses. Before long, fifteen men in armor burst towards there, led by an officer shouting commands. Orodreth looked towards them, and saw the sordid sight. It had been a brawl between the troops, and the men had come to break it up. Some walked away disarmed, others with wounds and bruises. When the officer was done enforcing order, Orodreth approached him. "What was the cause of this quarrel?" he asked, as the elf stood startled, recognizing who was in front of him.

"It was over the arms of some of the men who fell recently, my lord." he replied. "Friends of theirs argued who they should pass onto, and it came down to fighting after the first insults flew. It's not the first quarrel we've had to break, nor the pettiest. Things turned for the worse after the Ironhand passed, and the King left for the south. Sometimes, it is almost as if we're in camp with Orcs, not Eldar and Edain." the guardsman paused, then looked to Orodreth. "But now you've come, with fresh men and Prince Gwindor at your side! You're Warden of the Tower, surely you can put it all to right."

Orodreth smiled, but felt his stomach churn. He said nothing more.

As they approached the keep, Suilor rode ahead to the gates and blew a loud blast on his horn. "Hail to Prince Orodreth, Warden of Minas Tirith!" Another cheer went up, and Orodreth rode the route to the tower, his horse easily moving up the stone paving. He dismounted as he went past the gatehouse, where he was welcomed by a two score of soldiers in burnished mail, with long spears and wide shields bearing the colors of Minas Tirith. They raised their spears upwards and thumped the brass butts on the flagstones. Thrice they cried "Welcome Warden! Welcome Warden! Welcome Warden!" before Gwindor raised his hand to give them the command to rest.

"Where is the Captain of the Isle? I was expecting him to be here to greet his Warden." stated Orodreth, his voice commanding. The head of the men who welcomed him stepped up.

"Captain Sarad awaits you within the Tower, my Prince. He was indisposed this morning." she replied. Orodreth recognized her as heavy-handed Tirinde, one of the tower's guardsmen last he saw her. Now her helm bore the gilded crest that marked an officer.

Orodreth's brow twitched in annoyance. Sarad gave his men free license to drive out the people of the fief under his rule and seize their fortunes, failed to maintain order, and now he disrespected his superior? He would have words with him, once he reached his quarters. Father always spoke of him as loyal and truehearted. Had Orodreth's father been sheltering a snake all this time?

"What happened to Glamren?" Orodreth asked before he left. "Last I saw him, he was lieutenant of your company."

"Slain on the field of battle last winter, sire." Tirinde replied, standing straight. "I was appointed to replace him by the late Prince." Orodreth nodded his head. Glamren had been leader of the tower's guards for the past three centuries, and a friend to him for all these years. Pausing for a moment, the Warden entered his tower.



It was in his old dining chamber where he found the current Captain, with the doors closed. The guards standing in watch opened it immediately as they recognized their Warden, and the escort that followed behind him. The chambers themselves had been changed since Orodreth left them. Many of the decorations inside had been removed. The tapestries had been taken off the walls, and many of the larger windows had been barred shut. The hearth was cold, and the table sat as bare as the walls. Of the chairs at the table, most were empty, save that by the left hand of the table's head. A man sat on it, attended to by a woman in the vestments of a healer. His hands were on the table, but his brown-haired head was turned away.

Before Orodreth could say anything, he spoke up. "Prince Orodreth, Warden of Minas Tirith. I am Sarad, son of Alimo, appointed Captain of the Isle by our liege, King Finrod of Nargothrond. Before, I served Prince Angrod of Dorthonion, your father, as adjutant and knight both." his tone was terse, and his voice sounded low. He also noticed the brooch of his heavy cloak, made of iron and in the shape of a clenched fist.

"We have met before, captain Sarad." Orodreth replied. "It was in the leaguer around Angband, over fifty years ago." It had been a visit to the front lines of the Siege, where his father was also present. The High King had been making another attempt to convince the princes of the Noldor to commit to storming the Dark Lord's gates. Orodreth was there, both to assess the situation and inspect their hosts. In the end, the High King's plans fell through, and no assault ever happened.

"Sixty-five," Sarad corrected, and dismissed the woman by his side. He turned to face Orodreth. He had grown thinner, and gaunter since the last time they had met. "My apologies for being unable to welcome you in the courtyard. My injuries constrain me and every step is labor." The injuries, Orodreth could see well enough now that he was closer. Sarad's face was a scarred ruin - one of his ears was almost entirely missing, his lips were split, and his right brow was swollen. On one of his hands, he wore heavy bandages, and his legs were covered by a blanket. There were many bandages on his side also, that looked fresh and clean. Yet in his eyes, Orodreth saw determination, and the same light of Valinor that was in his eyes, and those of his father for all the ugliness of his bearing.

"It seems that you found some courtesy, captain," Orodreth remarked. He had not forgotten what he'd heard on the road, and what he'd seen within Minas Tirith. "Yet when I came here, I found the fields abandoned, and the men in the worst conditions I have seen." the Prince narrowed his gaze.

"Regrettable, but inevitable." answered Sarad, shifting in his chair. He drank from a small vial of dark, thick draught that he had by his side before speaking. "I will not hide it from you, lord. The host here is unrestful. All have suffered, and the people from the frontier not least. We all saw defeat and retreat. Nonetheless, I have tried to maintain military law in our ranks." the Captain said, his voice steady.

Orodreth had no patience for this. "There is more and worse. On the road I encountered our fleeing kin - they said that they had been ousted from their homes by men bearing the King's banner, given orders by the Captain here - you."

What Sarad spoke next made Orodreth clench his fist. "To that, there was no lie either. But I defend it."

"You would defend your men acting as outlaws? You would defend them breaking the laws of the King?" The Prince glowered. By his side, Gwindor said nothing. He merely stood close to the hearth, watching silently.

"I would defend them acting upon their Captain's orders." Sarad's voice grew colder. "And my orders were not for seizing wealth like bandits, but for securing our defense. If the tower is to withstand a siege, we need to fill our stores. Come winter, we will not be able to harvest. Worse, if we are attacked our enemy might seize them for themselves."

"I granted that land to the people your men drove out. I have no need to hear of the harvest from you." Orodreth raised his voice.

"Then hear this, lord - those who do not bear swords can still be slain upon them. If they would not fight here, and yet chose to remain, then the Enemy's forces would slaughter them. We drove out a weakness in our defense and secured grain for our stores in one stroke." Sarad stated flatly.

"And we were told there were men under your orders who took more than grains and animals. That they took treasures from the homesteads they ransacked. Was that in your bidding too Sarad, Alimo's son?"

The Captain waved his bandaged hand. "Whether they did or not bothers me little, lord. There's a host and a tower to command, and they come first. Your people had little reason to be here, Prince Orodreth. In Dorthonion, Princes Angrod and Aegnor brought only those who would fight. And the same was true in Tol Sirion as well, before those men and women settled the saintost."

Orodreth remembered his father's missives from Dorthonion, once the news had come to him. He'd said that these lands were a bulwark against the North, not a realm for their Warden. "Do not talk of Prince Angrod." He snapped. "My father would never have let this happen. You shame his name and friendship."

Sarad's voice rose in reply, louder than before but still even. "Prince Angrod considered it before his death. I do not know whether he spoke of it to the King, but he did with me. I fought by his side since we left Aman, and crossed the Ice." His voice grew heavier. "My Prince knew war, and I knew him. Now he has passed, but I am here to continue his work."

The words of the man on the table shook Orodreth more than his callousness. He felt his stomach turn once more. Would his father have truly considered this? He heard no deception in Sarad's voice. "Enough. I shall decide what to do later, Captain. As Warden of the Tower, I command you return to your quarters until you are called upon." He struggled to keep his voice even as he gave the command. "Prince Gwindor, follow me." He needed to calm himself after this. With Gwindor, they left the chamber, and headed for the stairs.

They exited at the door to one of the taller windows, near the tower's pinnacle. The sight of the north stretched before them for miles and miles ahead. Orodreth felt the cold morning wind and the autumn sun on his face. His hands gripped at the stone in front of him. "What am I to do here, Gwindor?" he asked.

The younger Prince was behind, pacing. The steel at his feet made a repeating metallic sound as it touched the stone floor. "Sarad speaks insolently." he said. "And he has made errors." But Gwindor seemed to have more to say.

"And I suppose you will now follow with a 'but' or a 'yet'?" Orodreth muttered, chuckling slightly. It was what Guilin would have said if he were here now. "By my authority here, I could exile him at the least."

"He aided Prince Angrod in the retreat from Dorthonion. He is the last and highest ranking of his men. Many of the Dorthonion soldiers know him. And he was appointed by the King." Gwindor answered. "Removing him will inflame them." Orodreth sighed at Gwindor's reply. Did it have to be so difficult?

"And?" Orodreth asked. I will have words with the captain. Those were his words to Herenion, before they parted ways. "I do not remember you showing much sympathy to those we found."

Gwindor's eyebrow twitched at Orodreth's words for a moment, but he calmed himself. "Quarreling among ourselves now only helps Morgoth." Gwindor approached forward, and he pointed to the far distance, at the edge of even his and Orodreth's eyesight. It was far away, and hazy, but Orodreth could make out what he pointed to. Beyond the marshes of Serech, there were large clouds of smoke in the north, and the ruins of what had once been the forts and walls of the Siege of Angband. He had heard the news as it came, but no words could do right by the sight before him. Those lands had once been green, hundreds of miles of grassy plains stretching from the west to east. Now all of it was dead. Nothing would grow on the Ard-galen again. It was a desert of ash, as horrible to behold as the desert of ice far to the west.

"You were not here last year, sire. But I saw what the Enemy could bring to bear firsthand. If we fail here, then our lines collapse. The Orcs and worse will raid into the Talath Dirnen. Perhaps they could reach even Nargothrond." Gwindor paused for a moment. "The King gave us a task. I would sooner die than see this fortress lost."

"And you mean to say that Sarad is important to keeping Minas Tirith." Orodreth said. Gwindor nodded.

"I do. Or what he stands for with the men and women of Dorthonion. Do not heed him, even demote him, but keep him here in Minas Tirith." Gwindor said, confident in his words.

Orodreth sighed again. "Have it that way. I will judge his actions once Minas Tirith is truly safe." As he said the words, he rested his hands on the stone balcony, leaning over. Nevertheless, the idea of doing so rankled at him. Is that how things should be? When he arrived this morning, he planned on doing more. He planned on being decisive in his words, to take action. To do right by the wronged as he promised. And now he let them down, for the sake of convenience.

But there was something else. Sarad's words about his father stung as badly as this compromise. That this outsider would presume to know more of Angrod than his own son.

But is he wrong?

It had been years since Orodreth saw his father last. He thought little of it at the time, but now he knew that he would never see him again, not unless he were slain too. I came to Beleriand for him, even as mother stayed behind. It was a son's duty to be loyal to his father, no matter what he felt was right. He gave up peace and comfort for his father and followed him to exile. Orodreth gave up what he'd spoken for, and saw the faces of those that had listened to his words as he seemed to change his mind. If they remember still, they must think me a liar. Or weak-willed and dull. A Prince of the House of Finwë changing course. Those who wished rebellion never welcomed me either. A latecomer, and a loiterer.

For that decision, he never saw glory or praise, though it was the hardest in his life. He did not see the respect granted to his father and uncles, or even his aunt. King Finrod gave him Minas Tirith and its Wardenship, but was that for his loyalty, or because he needed to honor his nephew in some way? It was not for your feats. You have none to your name.

And he never heard his father commend him for taking it. Would he have preferred him to never have followed? Besotted with wine. Those had been Angrod's words, years later. Did he consider his own decision a mistake? He never told Orodreth, and now he would never learn.

"Lord." Gwindor said behind him. "We have work ahead of us." he then turned around, back to the inside of the tower. Orodreth followed him, and as he did, a wind blew from the west. He remembered his dream, and the words he heard.

"Beware the East".
 
Ser Rolly II
----------------
Ser Rolly II
----------------



The Lord Commander stood by the side of his King. It was the early morning, two days since they had first arrived in Sorrowhome. Two days since they finally left that valley. Rolly shuddered as he thought back to their last day there, and their mad dash across the river. He'd remained close by to Aegon throughout, and they were among the first to cross, but that did not make it feel like he'd stared into the Stranger's face any less.

If it was that bad for me, I don't want to know how it must have been for Griff, he thought. In those last moments, they could only watch as the Golden Company's rearguard broke. Rolly remembered Aegon's face, as more and more companies crossed, but Griff was not with the. He thought he would have had to keep him from dashing off across the water, trying to help Lord Connington. But when he looked at Aegon's eyes, he could see the terror there. Whenever he tried bringing his hand to the reins of his horse, he would stand still and tremble. This was not like their first battle, when they had ridden ahead to the vanguard. Nobody among the Company dared to try and cross again. Most probably wanted to flee even further away, and never look back. Part of Rolly screamed at him to do that. Another said to hold. To protect his king.

Not until Amarfion approached them did that first voice truly stop. While the guide rode close by, Rolly felt like there was a commanding voice in his ear, telling him to stand in place. When Aegon gave the order to go after Lord Connington, Amarfion galloped forward before he even finished speaking. When he returned, Griff was with him, along with the stragglers from the rearguard.

Duck looked back to Aegon, before glancing at their sides and behind them, to see if anyone was close. The young king wore a sword on his hip, much as Duck did. But if he is ever in danger, then my sword's being drawn first. It was strange. Rolly had always been expected to guard Young Griff if he were in danger, so what was the difference now? What made him sleep uneasy and look at everyone who approached Aegon with suspicion? Was it just the white cloak on his shoulders? Any fool can put on a white cloak, it doesn't make him a Kingsguard anymore than a horse makes a knight.
Was it the vows then? He meant the words he spoke, it was true. But now, whenever he was awake he felt more alert, and when he slept within his bedroll at night, it was almost always more lightly, like he needed to wake up at a moment's notice. Duty's good, but I miss the Shy Maid for all its quaying and buckling. He tried not to think of the fact that he wouldn't know any maids besides that one again.

Aegon shot Duck a glance. "Ser Rolly," he asked. He was looking outside the camp's walls, towards their south. "It's odd, isn't it? When I look into the distance, it's like I can see further away than ever before. If it weren't for the clouds, I think I'd be able to see the forests that I heard the scouts talk about." There was a hint of unease in Aegon's voice, and his fists were clenched so tightly that Duck could see his knuckles turning white.

Rolly looked into the distance to their south. The king was right. He'd noticed something similar before, but couldn't find the right words for it. "Aye, your Grace. Makes me feel ill to think about." Duck replied. Had they come so far away that the world went strange? Rolly had heard stories to that effect, in taverns and docks, from sailors who claimed to have been as far as Ulthos. Tales like men who walked on their heads and spoke from their feet, or somesuch. Haldon had dismissed them as the drunken ramblings of sailors who wanted to scare a man who'd scarcely been at sea before. "I'd rather take ill than the valley, though."

To that, Aegon nodded. "Sorrowhome's strange. It reminds me of some place by the Rhoyne. Those parts where we saw nobody for miles and miles." Duck knew what the king was referring to. There were still many places along the Rhoyne's long leagues which had been overrun by nature, abandoned by all humans except for maybe pirates or wanderers. Some were the ruins left by the old Rhoynar, not as bad as the Sorrows, but empty and lifeless nonetheless.

"Can hardly fault them for that, your Grace. Wouldn't want to live here knowing what's across the river either." Duck said in reply.

"Aye. But I heard the scouts found tracks. Either someone is close, or passed by recently." Aegon paused for a moment, thinking. "Maybe it's refugees. Amarfion spoke of people fleeing from the north, and his being separated from them. Or it could be whatever was pursuing them." he noted, his tone darker. Duck's thoughts turned to the boy, whose name slipped his mind - did I ever hear it? - that they'd found half-dead. Aegon had tried talking to him, offered him food and drink. The boy took the food and drank the wine, but didn't say anything they could understand. After Griff found the camp of his people, they had not seen him again.

Duck did wonder if these Bëorians would remain with them, or leave. They had not left yet, their tents and campfires were still with those of the Company, though in the furthest, most isolated corner of the camp. He mustered up the courage to ask the king what he thought. Aegon looked back curiously.

"I don't know." he admitted. "I can't speak with them, as much as I might want to. Only Amarfion knows both their tongue and ours."

The guide that Griff found was a strange man. By now, half the men in the Golden Company seemed convinced that he was a sorcerer. The other that he was blessed by the Gods. Duck wasn't sure which ones to believe.

"Perhaps I could ask him to teach me." Aegon sighed. "If we are to stay long here, then I should know."

"And Lord Connington?" Rolly asked, wondering what Griff would have to say to this.

Aegon looked down for a moment and scratched at his hand, before turning to face Duck, a slight smile on his face. "Ask him for it later, and request that Haldon follow along if he can. I am King. I make my own choices. Besides, he's proven himself trustworthy, hasn't he?" Rolly did not feel at ease with the prospect of facing Lord Jon Connington. Griff had always been a stern and demanding man, if a fair one, but at the time they arrived in Volantis, his looks had become harsher and his demands more pressing. Like he was always pressing forward, and he'd drop dead if he ever were to stop. Perhaps it's being Hand and marching with the Company that does it, Duck thought. Somehow, he doubted that being made Kingsguard by Aegon helped, as he thought to the harsh glare that Griff fixed him when he first saw Duck with a white cloak on his shoulders.

"Aye, your Grace." Rolly said regardless of his doubts. "I'll talk to Lord Connington." The sun rose higher in the sky, darker blue giving way to a pale blue-grey, thick with clouds. Might rain soon, Duck thought, looking past the clouds and at the cold sun as they walked. Autumn was truly here, with its rains and chills, not like Volantis where a man could still mistake it for Summer. And after Autumn, Winter would surely come as well. Duck hoped it would be a short one, though Haldon thought otherwise. Long Winters followed long Summers, or something of that sort. Who's to say they don't work different this far away? Maybe it'll ruffle the Halfmaester fierce. The knight chuckled at the thought of Haldon turning his nose in annoyance and his eyes twitching at the indignity of being wrong.

But Duck doubted he'd be speaking much to Haldon. The Halfmaester had been hard at work ever since they arrived here, with all kinds of instruments. He would look at the sky at night and before dawn. Griff had instructed him to try and find where they might be. Duck wondered about that as well.

On their first night in Sorrowhome, Griff spoke to Aegon and Haldon, that he saw the stars were strange, and what it meant. Duck had stood outside the King's tent, and heard some of the words. 'The officers will not take long to find out,' he heard Griff say. He did not see much of the elder Griff after, but the younger one was in a foul mood. mood. It did not take a maester to guess at why.

If they were this far from Westeros, it might take years to get there. Perhaps never, the thought passed by for a second. Best not to brood too much on it, Duck shook his head. He did not much like the thought of being away from Westeros, even Essos, for the rest of his life.

As Aegon left for his pavilion, Duck made for the Hand's own tent. When he parted the flap inside, the smell was the first thing to greet him. The entire tent smelled of wine, and Rolly wrinkled his nose to try and ignore the sour stench. He saw a large flagon on the Hand's table, and a small clay basin next to it. Some of the wine had spilled down onto the ground, and on Griff's clothes. That took Rolly by surprise - he had not known Griff to drink much, and he'd never once seen him drunk in all the years he'd known the exiled lord.

"Ser Rolly." he heard the Hand's gruff voice. He was sitting on a camp stool, behind the table. Rolly tried not to stare too much around him, and focused on Griff. Much of the blue dye on his hair was thinning, or gone, many red hairs peeking through like those of his eyebrows, and some longer streaks of white. While on the Shy Maid he would shave his face, Griff now bore a red beard and moustache, peppered with more white hairs than Duck expected to see on him. Both of Griff's hands were on the table, covered with the same gloves that he always wore, and the Rhoyne wolf cloak was on his shoulders.

"Milord." Duck replied, as he saw Griff's pale blue eyes glare at him. There were dark circles and wrinkled skin around them, and the whites were shot red. But for all the stench of wine in the tent, Rolly did not feel like he was looking at a drunken man. Jon Connington's gaze was as harsh and focused as ever. "I was asked here by His Grace, to speak," the knight inwardly cursed himself for his stumbling. "To ask you of something he wanted to know. About the guide, Amarfion. His Grace wants to talk to him."

A Duck isn't fit to carry a Dragon's commands, he could almost hear the words. But they never came. Instead, Griff continued looking at him, his expression barely shifting. "And why does His Grace wish so?" he asked, his mouth barely moving.

"His Grace wants to ask him what they speak here, milord." Duck replied, wondering if this was the right way for a Ser of the Kingsguard to speak at all, much less to the King's Hand. He was sure that Lord Connington would be judging him for it in his head, even if he did not say a word aloud. "I'll be protecting him, and Haldon will be with us if he can." Rolly continued hurriedly afterwards.

Griff stood in thought. "His Grace wishes to speak to Amarfion?" he remarked. "He is free to do so, so long as you do your duty by his side." He looked once more to Duck, and the knight tried not to look away from him. "Before you leave, Ser Rolly, there is something else. No one but the King, Haldon and Lady Lemore are to hear of it from your lips."

Rolly remained where he was. "Aye, Lord Hand?" He asked. A chill ran through him. It would not be the first time Duck had to keep secrets for Griff, but why such secrecy in the midst of the Golden Company? You're meant to keep the King's secrets, not ask why he has them.

"You are to keep an escape route for the King," Griff finally said. "I do not trust the sellswords here, not when we're far from the fat man's gold and Westeros both. Nothing matters above this."

"Do you think they want to betray the King? They swore vows. And say their word's as good as gold besides." Duck asked. He did not like the idea of having to flee in the night, with Aegon behind, and chance the pursuit of so many sellswords. My blood I shall trade for his, the words of his vow came to him. He'd do it if he had to.

Griff pursed his lips, his mouth a straight line. "Words are wind." said Lord Connington. That stung at Rolly, remembering how Griff had said the same, when he found out about Aegon naming him to the Kingsguard. "The words of sellswords less than that. Did the usurper's hounds know of Aegon's existence? He was hidden from them all the same. The Golden Company's officers are dangerous men. If we are not wary of them, they might well make us wish we were. Now go." he commanded, brooking no argument. Rolly obeyed, and left the Hand's tent. If Griff thinks the Golden Company's officers unreliable, then he must have good reason for it, the knight thought as he walked outside. The Griffin lord was clever, and far wiser than Duck.

From there, he went to find Aegon in the royal tent. In the end, the knight did not need to look there. Outside the pavillion, the black and red dragon banner remained still. Beneath it by one of the campfires, he saw Aegon seated, hands resting on his knees. And not too far away, he saw a man with him. He was slender and bearded, with long silver hair tied at the back of his head. It made Rolly think of an older man, or perhaps one of the Lyseni. A thick sheepskin cloak was over his tunic. Rolly recognized him as Amarfion, the guide that Griff had found. He had come to know his form, in the few times that he had seen him up close. While there were more garish or impressive men within the ranks of the Golden Company, there was something about Amarfion's presence that drew Duck's eyes to him, even putting aside what he saw him do when he returned Griff to them.

Aegon looked at Duck and nodded, acknowledging his presence. "Back already, Ser Rolly? What did the Lord Hand say?" The knight did not fail to notice the words Aegon used, or the change in his voice. He's putting on the King's face, he realized. Better not act the duck.

"Aye, your Grace. The Lord Hand's approved." Though whether or not Griff approved, Amarfion had found his way to the younger Griff very quickly. Perhaps he was not with his people at the time, or scouting for the Company. And who could deny a king's command?

"My thanks, Ser." Aegon replied, and Rolly took his place behind Aegon, standing ready to protect the King. He looked closely to Amarfion, and for a passing moment, Rolly felt the guide's eye was on him.

"If I may have your leave to ask, your Grace," Amarfion said, addressing Aegon, who merely nodded in reply. "You care greatly for Lord Connington, and value his counsel. Yet you are not kin."

"Lord Connington was a friend of my father." Aegon told him. "They squired together."

Amarfion smiled. "It is heartening to see such loyalty to the friends of one's blood, even from a King." he however paused for a moment, his eyes looking towards the fire. "Yet there must be more to it. You are King now, your Grace, so your own father must have passed on. And the men under your banner speak of claiming thrones, not sitting upon them. A king inheriting the crown of his father would not need ten thousand men in the panoply of war to escort him to his seat." Amarfion spoke. His tone was friendly, but Rolly wondered if he meant to pry.

"My father was slain on the battlefield years ago," the king said. "And my grandfather, the king was murdered. The Golden Company will lend me their swords to take back the throne of my ancestors from the usurpers that stole it."

The guide looked to Aegon with interest, stroking his beard. "I wish you fortune in your wars, your Grace. But for the moment, the business of kings interests me less than that of fathers and their sons." he said. "Do you remember your royal father then?"

"I do not." Aegon replied. "He died when I was a babe."

"Then it must have been your mother who raised you." Amarfion stated. Aegon shook his head.

"My mother and elder sister were both murdered not long after my grandfather was. I remember nothing of them. Lord Connington raised me since I was a boy - to reclaim the throne of my family." Aegon said.

"Pardon me then, your Grace. It was my error." Amarfion said apologetically. "And did your kin's foes not pursue you?" he asked.

"They did not, because they thought I was dead." Aegon replied as if it were obvious. Then, to most in the world it is. Duck thought. "He hid himself and me for years. He was Griff, and I was his son, Young Griff. " Duck had never seen Aegon reveal so much before. But then, we were on a poleboat. Now he's with ten thousand men who've seen that banner. What's another one?

Amarfion crossed his arms about his chest, before moving them down to his knees. "Then Lord Connington has been a father to your Grace, even if he did not sire you." For a moment, Duck saw his brown eyes looking to the king more closely. The knight's heart beat faster, and he watched the guide's hands for any suspicious movements, but saw none.

Aegon turned his head slightly, looking away from the guide. Was it boyish sullenness? Anger? It looked like neither to Duck. Amarfion spoke up again. "You need not feel shame. You yourself said that Lord Connington has been with you since you were a child. He has raised and guarded you. Protected you from those who would do you harm. And princes have many enemies." he said, his voice warm, but calm and confident. There was no fear or wariness of Aegon in Amarfion's eyes either, none that Duck could see.

Aegon turned his head toward the guide. "You show a lot of interest in a king's life for a guide. And speak of the enemies of princes as well." he commented, though he did not sound affronted. Instead, he seemed curious. The king reached for his flask.

"Perhaps." Amarfion admitted, chuckling lightly. "I also spent most of youth and achieved my greatest growth with someone other than my sire." he admitted, his voice more solemn now. "But I doubt it will interest your Grace. Still, it is a strange thing." Amarfion noted with some sadness. "How one can yearn for a distant sire. A home they never knew or one they lost. Things they have never seen, but they feel they're due. Those are true for princes and sheepherders alike."

Aegon took a breath, and looked to Amarfion, his blue eyes meeting the guide's gaze. "Do you mean to say something then, Amarfion?"

"Merely that we do not always know the value of what we have with us. Many of those with me hold it in their hearts to return home, though it is now lost to us. But I wonder if perhaps it would be better for them to look elsewhere instead."

"Your people." spoke Aegon. "They are why I summoned you here."

Amarfion then looked at him intently. "Did you know that one of them has given a name to you?" he commented, almost casually. Aegon seemed puzzled.

"A name? I have not spoken to them." the king said. "I cannot speak their language."

"Is that so?" Amarfion replied, calmly stroking at his silver beard. "You spoke with one, or so I heard."

Aegon looked back at the guide. "Lorn." he said. "The boy we found in Nan Dungortheb." Duck looked around them, briefly. Within the tent they shared, he saw Lemore. The septa was occupied, but the tent was not too far away, and she would sometimes pause what she was doing, or so it seemed to Duck. Trying to eavesdrop? Is she observing Aegon? Duck wondered.

"I tried talking to Lorn - the boy we found." Aegon admitted. "But he never spoke a word we could understand." So that was the boy's name. Rolly had only heard it once in passing from Haldon, and then forgotten.

"Perhaps to your Grace. But in our camp, he spoke of one named Luin, who offered him food and drink, and spoke kindly." Amarfion replied calmly as ever. "In our tongue, the word 'luin' means 'blue." he said, and looked at Aegon's hair. The king let out a slight chuckle as he heard.

"Then he understood some things?" Aegon wondered aloud. "Though it isn't hard to understand food and drink."

Amarfion nodded. "That he understood well enough. He also understood that your Grace treated him better than most of the men here." At that, Duck saw Aegon's expression become more downcast. "Your pardon, but you show more concern than I expected."

"I was raised to treat the people under my rule with kindness. And his family were dead next to him." Aegon replied. "He did not deserve to be treated harshly." Aegon waved his hand. "The reason I called you here was to ask two things. First is to know what your people shall do now."

"Now that we have left the Valley, perhaps Lady Medlin shall head south. There are more of her people there."

"More of her people?" Aegon asked, interrupting Amarfion.

"We were not the only ones to move south. There were more, and perhaps they shall be on your path as well." Amarfion answered. "But if it worries your Grace, Lady Medlin shall not remain with the Golden Company for long. Her people grow restless even now, feeling alone between so many armed men."

"And you, Amarfion? I'd guess you want to follow them." To that question, Amarfion did not reply as quickly.

"Perhaps." he eventually said. "Yet perhaps not. The most dangerous leg of the journey for them is done."

"If you do not follow them, then there is the second reason that I called you here." Aegon spoke, with confidence. "I would ask you to teach me the language of your people."

If Amarfion was surprised by that, then it did not show on his face. He looked at Aegon. "I am honored, your Grace!" he said. "But why do you feel the need to learn our language yourself? Do you not have scholars in your service? Master Haldon seems a learned man."

Aegon grinned, crossing his arms. "Did you see many scholars in this camp, guide?" he asked. "Most men speak the trade tongue, Common or Low Valyrian, depending on where they are from. But if I am to remain here for some time, then I must learn the tongue of your people. And you are the only one I know who can talk to us. I would have you teach Haldon as well, if you have time."

"Many kings and chiefs would not care so much." Amarfion said. "Then, what choice do I have? Kings do not brook denials. Perhaps his Grace may have my head for it." he laughed, the silver hair of his moustache reaching his cheeks. Aegon let out a chuckle as well, and Duck covered his mouth to hide his smirk.

"Only if you teach it poorly. Then I shall have you fed to the elephants." Aegon japed, a smile on his face. "King Maegor killed more Grand Maesters than some men here have fingers."

"I can only hope your Grace is more merciful than he. Still, I will teach you what I am able to. You and master Haldon. I could come here, or you may find me in Lady Medlin's encampment with your Ser Rolly." As he spoke those words, he gave Duck to the side a glance. The knight looked back at the guide, but did not say anything. Is he a lord too? He wondered. For all of Amarfion's ragged appearance, his way of speaking didn't sound at all like a common man's to Rolly.

"I am glad you agree. I'll send for you later to begin the first lessons." Aegon said courteously, and stood up. Amarfion did the same, and bowed deeply before the king. Despite that, and standing shorter than either Aegon or Duck, when looking at him, Rolly felt that he was looking at someone far more imposing.

"As his Grace asks of me." the guide replied. "But before that, I have other duties to attend. Until our lesson." he said, before turning to leave.

Aegon then turned to Rolly, a satisfied smirk on his face, like when he'd best the knight in a practice match with a longaxe or mace. (Those times were rare enough, and always hard-fought. Rolly never let Young Griff have easy victories, prince or not)

"What did you think of him, Duck?" Aegon asked.

"Clever little man." Duck said. "Good with words. Liked him well enough. But you're a better judge of that than I, your Grace." he paused, and wondered what Griff might have said in his place. Then, the exile lord's instructions for the king returned to Duck's mind. "The Lord Hand told me to speak of this. But your Grace is to keep it secret, except from Lady Lemore and Haldon."

The younger Griff cocked a fading blue eyebrow, and looked at Duck. "Jon said this? Keep your voice lower then, Ser." he ordered, looking to see if there was anyone close by, before Duck told him everything that Jon Connington had spoken in private, about the Golden Company, its officers, and his fears about their loyalty. The smile that he had before disappeared from Aegon's face.

"You want me to run?" he asked, eyes widening. "Because Griff is afraid?" Aegon said, pacing in circles. "We came this far to.. To flee? And how does he expect us to avoid ten thousand men, if they do pursue us? They know who we are, and they won't be fooled no matter what we dye our hair." Duck did not miss the anger in his voice, as low as Young Griff may have tried to keep it.

The king continued his questions, and Rolly thought how he might go about answering them. I'm not Griff, I can't think like lords do.

"One moment he advises to trust those who earn it, and the next he sees turncloaks everywhere." he clenched his teeth. "These men have fought for me. We went through that valley together. Because we are lost? Whenever we earn a victory, we have to lose it because he's afraid?"

"You're the true heir to the Iron Throne, your Grace. If you die, there's none else after you. Lord Connington wants to protect you. My vows say the same. And if you're to be protected, his lordship wants me to do it. It does not mean you'll need to flee, not any more than being hidden before now did." Rolly said, and was surprised at his own words. Never used words that nice before. Must be all the lords I'm around.

Aegon must have shared his surprise, with the way he looked at his Lord Commander. "I know that well enough!" Aegon said, and his gaze lingered on Rolly. The way he narrowed his blue eyes at that moment almost reminded the knight of the older Griff. "I've been told for years now." his voice was calmer now. There was a long pause, as if Aegon was thinking on what he'd say next. Finally, he spoke. "Go. Do as the Lord Hand commanded you, then." he said grudgingly. "But remember this - we only leave the camp if I command it. Not Lord Connington, not Haldon, nor Lady Lemore. Nor you either, Ser Rolly."

"Aye, your Grace." he answered, and Aegon turned his back on him. Rolly wondered whether Griff would be pleased to hear that. Somehow, he doubted it. "His lordship will not like this." he whispered, more to himself than to Aegon. Is it my place to question? My oaths say to obey the king. But Duck was uncertain. Before, it was easier to talk back to Aegon. Then he could see him as a boy, not that much younger than him, prince or not. Now, sometimes it felt that by doing so, he might be doing something to dishonor his cloak.

Nevertheless, the Lord Commander carried out the orders of his king.




Two more days passed by silently in Sorrowhome, at Aegon's side. It was perhaps half a week since they finally left the valley. The Golden Company had not moved its camp since, but the Bëorians had done so. Their chieftain had decided to keep away from the host, encamping further into Sorrowhome, out of sight of the river. From what he saw, the men of the Golden Company and most officers did not miss them too much. However, Amarfion remained closer to the Golden Company, regularly moving between the two camps, to talk with the officers as well as tutor Aegon. With all that, he made Duck wonder whether their guide ever slept at all.

But now, he and Aegon were the ones riding towards the camp of the refugees. It was at the king's insistence, as he wished to see Amarfion's people for himself.

They rode over the dirt and grass, growing thick and tall, tall enough to reach up to their knees ahorse. Further to their east, he could see the river, its banks obscured by fresh mists. Duck turned his head away from there as soon as he looked, feeling a shiver through his body. Some things he never wanted to think back to again. Before them, some few hundred feet ahead lay the encampment of Amarfion's people. Some few dozens of tents, strewn around the plain, and small campfires that let their smoke in the air. If one were to compare it to the Golden Company's camp, surrounded by a ditch and a wall of stakes, all the tents and pavillions arranged in orderly rows, watchtowers at its bounds, it was like the difference between a castle and the houses in the town by Bitterbridge.

Aegon dismounted from his horse outside the bounds of the camp, and after a few glances to their sides, Rolly did the same. In that passing moment, he felt dreadfully alone. While he was still stepping off the saddle, someone could have drawn a blade and attacked the king, and Rolly would be as useful then as the ducks Griff named him for. The Dragonknight wouldn't ever be so foolish, nor Ser Duncan or Arthur Dayne. But they had six brothers along. I've not got a single one.

As soon as they dismounted, Duck saw Amarfion's now-familiar form. On the guide's face was an easy smile, and his beard now seemed less wild. "Your Grace," he said respectfully. "Welcome to our camp, though we did not expect you to come here." Duck looked at Amarfion. The man had only helped them all this time. Even if his tribe were unfriendly, then they could count on him.

"I wished to see it for myself." said Aegon, glancing around him, at the people gathered around the tents and campfires. Though Duck had heard there were many women and children, he had not seen them this close before. There were babes at their mothers' breasts, young children thin as reeds, huddled close by grown women around the fires. Some women, and older girls carried weapons on their hands. There were greybeards too, and white-haired women, working alongside their children and grandchildren. He saw boys as well, younger than seven-and-ten, many looking little older than twelve, carrying crude bows, some shields too large for them, or the same spears and daggers their mothers and sisters did. But in all that number, Rolly saw no men. Had they been called to fight by some lord, who lived within a fine walled castle? Were they young boys that wished for glory, and to see some other place than the one they'd known all their lives? Whoever they were, Rolly wondered if they knew what happened to those they left behind. The thought of a sweltering, smoky smithy passed through his mind briefly.

Amarfion merely nodded. "I am afraid our camp is not fit to welcome a king." he said almost apologetically (though Duck wondered if there was any wryness on his answer), but Aegon dismissed that.

"This is your camp, and your people. I've seen worse places before, and one camp isn't too different from another." he replied confidently. "You have been teaching me your language. I want to see your people as well. And there is another matter too."

The guide stroked his beard, and motioned ahead. "Lady Medlin is tending to the sick. It may be best not to approach them."

"The sick don't worry me. I know how to bind a wound." said Aegon, and Duck followed both further into the camp. "Tell me more about your lady. Is she from a noble house?" he asked.

"A noble house? She is from the House of Bëor, as all others here." he answered, with some puzzlement.

Aegon crossed his arms. "You said the House of Bëor is what you call your people, after your first chieftain. Don't you have noble houses? A lord in your homeland?"

"Oh, there were lords indeed. But Lady Medlin was not one of them. She never ruled land, or was wife to a chief." Amarfion replied. Duck saw that Aegon looked with some puzzlement. "She is a distant kinswoman to the Lord of Ladros, our home. But she became leader because of her deeds, not birth."

In front of them, Duck saw a larger tent, covered with roughspun cloth. He could see some small pricks of light to the inside, from small, unpatched holes in its canopy. A smell emanated from it, sickly and foul like an uncleaned chamber pot, but Rolly also thought he could smell a gentler, sweet odor. Most like to be herbs, if this was a tent for the wounded. He remembered how some days back, he woke up in one himself, with His Grace poking holes at his side with a hot needle.

Standing outside the tent, Rolly saw a girl. She wasn't like to be much younger than him, or much older than Aegon. She stood slightly shorter than the knight, with long dark hair that she had bound in braids, tied with red string. Tall for a woman. Her eyes were a light grey, and her skin was fair. Duck wouldn't hesitate calling her pretty, for all the dirt on her clothes, or the shield by her side. He even regretted that the heavy cloak she wore did not help him get a better look. It'd been too long since he last was with a girl, and when they walked in cities, most girls' looks were only for Aegon, not the big knight by his side, with his messy mop of orange hair. Rolly thought to his vows once more. If he was to keep them, then he'd never be with a woman in his life ever again.

The knight tightened the grip around his sword, for a moment, as the girl looked at him and Aegon. There was no fluttering or blushing with this one though, only suspicion. She addressed Amarfion in their own tongue. The guide turned back to face them. "Your Grace, Lady Medlin is busy. She does not wish to be interrupted."

Aegon looked displeased at that, but relented. "Then we go to your tent until she's not. And ask after Lorn." Amarfion let out a hint of surprise.

"The boy? I will call for him, then." he replied simply, before leading them to his own tent.





They did not spend long alone outside Amarfion's tent. It was small and squat, barely large enough for one man to sleep within. Inside it, Duck saw almost nothing, beyond a waterskin, and a small pouch. For all that the guide had been important to both his people and the Golden Company, he did not seem to possess anything of his own besides the clothes on his back.

Amarfion came, with the boy at his side. Duck guessed that little had changed since last he saw the boy (Lorn, that was his name). He looked slightly less pale, but as thin as he did then. When he looked at Duck, he glared at him accusingly. No matter what Aegon had been learning from Amarfion, Duck needed no guide to tell him what the boy thought of him. He supposed he had no reason to be surprised. He'd dragged him away from his dead kin, for Griff to demand answers the boy couldn't understand. To Aegon, he looked with curiosity. "Luin." the boy said, and Amarfion softly spoke a few words in their own language.

Aegon looked at them both with interest. "I was told your people would be leaving us." Aegon spoke. "But Amarfion said he wants to follow me for some time longer. I know that you could not understand what I said before, when we first found you. But now you can."

Duck wondered what Aegon might want with him. It was a nasty thing to see that was for certain, but why had the king taken such an interest in this boy?

"He wants to know why you ask him questions. You gave him food and drink, and he did not say anything then. If you took offense, he apologizes." Duck heard Amarfion tell Aegon.

The king shook his head. "I wasn't slighted!" he said with a laugh. Once more, Duck wondered if this puzzled Aegon as it did him. "I merely want to know more. About where you came from. If you've found any kin of yours."

"Amarfion could tell you where we came from." the guide relayed to them, a slight smile on his face, that faded as he continued to speak. "On the second, he says no. All that your 'sour red' and you found with him were the kin he had left. His grandsire, mother and aunt."

Aegon looked to the fire. "The 'sour red'... he means Lord Connington?" Amarfion nodded, and Rolly had to suppress the urge to laugh. Griff was sour enough to be vinegar, not just a plain sour red. "Tell him I that I feel sorry for those gone. I have lost family as well."

Another moment passed, Amarfion talking to Lorn in their language, and hearing the reply. "Lorn says that most in the camp have lost friends or kin."

"His father then?" Aegon asked. Duck saw Lorn's gaze turn harsher again, and his words to Amarfion soon changed tone as well.

"He went to join their lords in battle," Amarfion spoke to them. "When the war started. He'd always wanted to see them up close, as did Lorn."

Aegon seemed surprised. "Lords? I thought you told me that the lord of your old homeland lived among you."

Lorn spoke in his own language, the words that Duck did not know sounding all the harsher each passing moment. "There were other lords, above him. They lived further to the north and west, and Lorn had never seen them. And he says that now he's glad he never did. They settled Bëor's people, and had them fight for them for years."

Amarfion paused, and looked at the boy sideways. Rolly could not tell if it was anger in his brown-eyed gaze. "When war came again last year, his father left eagerly. He was happy to join, and took the sword of his own father along, when he left with most of the men of their village. Yet when the enemy was approaching, they had left already, leaving their subjects to burn. Lorn never caught sight of them, and none of their swords ever protected his grandfather or his mother. What manner of lord abandons his people to die, so they can save themselves? Where were those that promised to help and protect them while his people were crossing the Nan Dungortheb?."

Duck barely listened anymore. He thought of Bitterbridge, and another lord altogether. An old man, with a happy smile, and a brat of a son.

"And the enemy? What about them? Where did they come from?" Was Aegon's answer.

Lorn made to reply, but only a few words in, Amarfion's voice rose. It was the first time Duck had heard their guide raise his voice in anger, and the suddenness and fierceness of it shook him, even if he did not understand a word of what he said. He turned down and watched the fire, that seemed to simmer down, burning less brightly than before. Aegon turned to look at Rolly, seeming worried.

But that moment passed as quickly as it came, and Amarfion turned to them. "My apologies, your Grace. I spoke the words Lorn said, so you could hear the answer. But they were foolish words, and disrespectful. He is a boy, and one who has lost much in little time."

Aegon did not speak immediately, and waited. Most like he wanted them to calm themselves. "I understand what you - and your people - have lost. And there is something I wished to give him." the king pulled from his pouch a small bronze brooch, like the clasp used to fasten a cloak. It depicted the form of an eagle taking flight, crafted from twisted wire with a small precious stone for an eye. Lorn's eyes seemed to recognize it. "I did not steal it." Aegon said, slowly, but with confidence. "I took it from your grandsire's cloak to give to you, because someone else may have kept it for themselves." At that, he extended his hand across the small campfire, and offered Lorn the brooch. The boy grasped it, carefully and slowly, but wasted no time in fastening it to his own cloak once he had it in his hands.

"He thanks you for returning it to him. His grandsire said it was meant to pass on to him when the time came."

Aegon smiled faintly. "You said that there are no kin of yours left with lady Medlin, yes? If you do not wish to follow them to the south, then I have another offer for you. Join the Golden Company. If you wish, you can march under my banner. I do not know what kind of lords there were at Ladros and Dorthonion, but I swear that I do not neglect those who fight for me."

Lorn looked back to Aegon, looking both surprised and confused. "He says he's never been to a battle."

"It makes no matter. There are more tasks than that, and if he wishes to fight, he can always learn. If no, and he would prefer to remain with lady Medlin and her own, he still can follow them. That is my offer."

The boy looked torn, while Amarfion seemed almost impassive. At last, he mumbled a reply. "Why do you want him to you join you, then?" Amarfion said, and Duck was uncertain if it was the guide's own words, or Lorn's. Aegon looked at them both.

"You are close to my age, and other than Amarfion, the only one I know from here, with your people planning to leave." he spoke. "And from what you say, you have no kin left in your camp. With the Golden Company, you can have gold and a knighthood, even a lordship. If you do not wish to fight, there's still places for you. Besides, you were done a wrong turn, and I wish to repay it."

Another pause followed, longer than the last one. Aegon looked towards his audience expectantly, waiting for an answer. Finally, Lorn broke the silence. His reply was slow and unconfident, but he looked up towards again. Duck heard the word 'Luin'.

"I will follow you then, Luin. As long as there's a place for me." Amarfion translated. Aegon grinned widely, and stood up, offering his hand to Lorn. The boy clasped it, and Aegon lifted him up to his feet, patting the dirtied fringe of Lorn's blue cloak with his hand, sweeping the dust away. Next to Aegon, though they looked about the same age, Lorn seemed far smaller.

"Gather all your things, then, and remember any farewells. You'll be following us to camp with Amarfion before dusk." Duck could not help but wonder what the king's purpose was with all this. He needed to ask him.

"Your Grace." Duck said, and approached Aegon. He pointed further away from Amarfion's tent, and Aegon followed him. "Not that it's my place to question the king, but why'd you decide to ask that boy along, your Grace?" Rolly asked, far away enough from Amarfion that he probably wouldn't hear it. He did not like the idea of the guide skulking about.

"What I said, Duck." Aegon answered. "There was no reason to lie. That boy lost his family, and I offered him a chance at a better life. The Bëorians will leave us soon either way."

"And what will he do with us? He can't talk without our guide telling us what the words he says mean." Aegon smiled again.

"I'm learning their tongue, aren't I? But you're right about that. He won't be much good serving with the soldiers." the king replied, and Duck nodded in acknowledgement. "But he could be a page, or a squire for you. You could teach him to fight, and Amarfion could instruct him in Common. Become a knight, or even join you in the Kingsguard if he so wishes."

To Rolly, the idea seemed funny. Lorn was a wisp of a boy, and from the look of him, he probably hadn't picked a sword in his life. Then, a blacksmith's son being Lord Commander must be a funny jape as well. "As you say, your Grace. Merely wanted to know." Duck acknowledged.




By early evening, they were ready to leave the camp of the Bëorians, Lorn and Amarfion joining with them. Before they rode away, Lady Medlin had shown herself, emerging with a flock of her armed girls to bid Lorn farewell. Duck felt as strange seeing them as he did before, with their shields and spears. It reminded him of tales he'd heard of wildling women, and how they'd kill men for sport. In Lady Medlin, he saw little of Lord Caswell's meek and his thin-faced wife, Falia. The leader of these Bëorians was lean, with a hard expression to her, like an old fishwife, who'd bargain down to the last groat. Or Lady Korra and her crew of pirates up the Rhoyne, maybe.

"Do you feel discomfort, Ser Rolly?" Came Amarfion's voice, with the friendly, slightly playful tone that Duck had grown to expect from the man.

"At what?" He asked back. He wasn't sure what the guide ought to be called? He was no knight or lord. Master, perhaps? He remembered that some in Bitterbridge called his own father 'master Karl'. Maybe that would do.

"You seem to spend long staring at the women." he pointed out. "Is it the spears, then?"

"Part of it, aye." Duck admitted. But seeing young women made him think of his vows too, no matter if they had spears or fish hooks. Amarfion chuckled.

"I heard that your brotherhood swears not to marry, for as long as they live. Is that part of it, perhaps?" Rolly was surprised by how Amarfion seemed to know. Part of him wondered if it was a wizard's trick, a way to sneak into his thoughts. He probably heard around the camp. Most Westerosi know. No need for fool thoughts about warlocks.

"Aye, that we do. Why does it interest you, master Amarfion?"

The guide scratched at his beard. "Worry not, Ser. I do not mean to make light of your vows. I never saw the need to wed in all my years myself." he said warmly. "Instead, I chose to pursue other things of this world."

Like talking? The knight made to speak, but cut himself off. The king would be displeased if he'd said that. Amarfion moved ahead, towards Medlin and Lorn, but before he did, he approached Duck. "Tell his Grace that once we return to camp, I will speak to Lord Connington." the guide said. "By day's end, he might have important news to give the king."

Though Rolly was puzzled by the guide's words, he made sure to remember them.




It was night when Griff came to see them. They had returned to the Golden Company's encampment long before, and Aegon had spent much of that time occupied, while Lemore was to find Lorn a place in the camp. Griff was with the officers, or in his tent - which of those, Duck did not know for sure. Among some of the sellswords, there were grumblings, and others said that the officers were ill at ease too. Reluctantly, Rolly thought back to his talk with Lord Connington, and the way he doubted the Golden Company.

Griff's gloved hand parted the flap of the king's pavilion, the inside still lit by a lantern. A cold draft of wind hit Rolly as Jon Connington looked at him. There was a determination in his pale blue eyes, and his tone was urgent. "Duck." he spoke. "I must speak to the King." Duck moved to the side, letting him in.

Griff approached Aegon, and looked at him. "Your Grace. We need to talk."

"Jon? Is this about the Bëorians?" Aegon asked. The Hand shook his head.

"This is more important than any wanderers." Connington stated bluntly. His expression hardened, and he seemed to speak more slowly, with greater uncertainty than Duck knew him to. But the lord's words shook him all the same. "We go west. We go to war."
 
The Lost Lord III
-------------------------
The Lost Lord III
-------------------------


The smell of wine and ale was all around the Captain-General's tent, flowing freely from gilded pitchers and silver horns. The splendorous pavilion of cloth-of-gold was filled with men, all of them officers of the Golden Company, their arms adorned with golden rings. It was two days since they'd escaped the valley, and while the common sellswords were still celebrating their good fortune, the gathering of their captains was a far more sober affair. This time, it was Harry Strickland who sat at the center of the gathering. Jon himself was given a seat of honor, as befitted the Hand of the King. But he did not miss the glances aimed towards him.

It had not taken long for others to see the strange stars they were now under, and even less for them to understand what it meant. It meant that they were further away from the known world than any of them knew, that fate had thrown them into a place even further away than Ulthos. Jon's hand reached for the goblet he'd been given, and he drank deeply, closing his eyes even as his fist clenched around the gilded neck tightly. It did little to soothe his raw nerves.

"We see it clear enough, my lords." grumbled Laswell Peake, with the nodding and 'ayes' of his younger brothers in accompaniment. "We march from the fishing net straight to the dining table. Whatever warlock's curse took us from Volantis to that valley has left us away from both gold and Westeros, that's plain as day."

Many of the other officers shifted in their seats. Jon looked at the men around him. Flowers seemed discontent, but silent, while Homeless Harry was almost slumped, his feet resting in a tub of warm water. They were spotted with raw red sores and bloated blisters along his toes and soles. The Captain-General winced as his squire, a young man taking over the injured Watkyn's duties, pressed at the blisters. "Gods be good." Harry complained. "Gentler, boy! They're not horse hairs." Jon looked away. He did not have time for Homeless Harry's senseless braying.

"Mayhaps the Yunkish would've been a better bet. Lord Connington's dragon's brought us only misfortunes." said Caspor Hill. "We broke our contracts for their sakes, and what do we have in our hands to show for it?"

"And what do you propose then, Hill?" retorted Ser Tristan Rivers, eyebrows narrowing as he looked at the Westerlander. "The Company broke one contract in all its years. To break another would sully its honor!"

"You can't make a fucked girl into a virgin again, Ser. No matter how pretty the silks you put on her are." the Westerlander laughed bitterly, and Jon struggled to remain calm.

"Silence!" Black Balaq rumbled. The aged Summer Islander stood up, towering over Hill, the many gold rings on his arms glinting. Even Homeless Harry stirred from his seat. The knives have come out, Jon Connington thought. It had been like he'd feared in Volon Therys. Sellswords would remain sellswords, even the Golden Company. It would not be long until their greed turned them against the king.

"Enough, men." spoke Homeless Harry. "Bickering won't help us any. All the same, we must ask our Lord Connington, to give us his counsel. He is Hand of the King." he said, turning towards Jon. Griff raised his head.

Damnable old woman. Now he understood what Strickland wanted to do. Whatever answer Jon gave, Homeless Harry would profit from. If Connington was correct, then Strickland would have been the man that spoke in the Hand's favor. If not, then it was Jon Connington's choices that harmed them, not the Captain-General's. The Hand of the King, but a King they would leave behind if he proved inconvenient. All the same, he had to answer them.

"We continue onwards. This has not changed our purpose, merely delayed it." Jon said, in the most confident voice he could muster. He did not know if he believed it. "Gain our bearings, and find where we are. It may take years, but we'll find Westeros again, and seat Aegon on the Iron Throne." Even if it was true as he prayed, he would never live to see it, the thought came again.

The officers were not pleased with that answer. Even Flowers looked away, his face sour. Strickland did not yet say a word, but Gorys Edoryen did. The Volantene paymaster ran a hand through his blood-red curls. "And in those years, what do we do, Lord Connington? With what supplies do we feed our men? How will they be paid? Do you expect us to remain in this camp for years? It is not winter yet, but we will feel its bite soon. And when we do, it will not be inside a city or one of your Westerosi castles."

Others joined their voices to Edoryen's in approval. Jon gritted his teeth. He understood all those concerns. What was worse, he did not know of ways to answer them. "We ask the locals. Amarfion guided us through the valley, he must know more." he offered. It was a meager answer, but there were few he could give.

"He is most skilled," said Lysono Maar, attempting to sound conciliatory. " - but one man all the same. You cannot ask us to place all our hopes on him, Lord Connington."

"I do not. But he knows more than we do, and we have none else to call upon." Jon admitted.

"No friends or allies, m'lord. Not since we were cursed here." Said Old John Mudd.

Jon could not help but let out a sigh.

"For all we know, there's wars here too. And gold to be made fighting them." offered Brendel Byrne. "The Lord Hand's guide helped mine and Ser Tristan's men when we held the rearguard. I say he may give us another turn of good fortune."

Franklyn Flowers grinned, the smile almost reaching the ruin of his ears. "If not for Lord Connington, we wouldn't have made it through the valley half as safe as we did." he added to what Byrne said. "Mayhaps Caspor Hill is buggering our ears with his complainin' because his men were lashed for being rapers." Hill's face flushed with anger, but it was another man who had the next word.

"Aye, gold." spoke Peake again, almost scoffing. "But if we're to fight for it here, what of the gold and land in Westeros? What of the promises made to us?" While the man dared not disrespect the king or Jon as Caspor Hill had, there was no missing the veiled question. If they were to have gold in this land, then what use did they have for Aegon?

"You will have them, when we reach Westeros." replied Jon. "The Golden Company says its word is as good as gold. So is that of His Grace. And if it is not enough, you have my promise as well."

"We have Lord Connington's answer, then." announced Harry Strickland. He waved his hand, motioning the squire at his feet to leave them, and pulled his legs out of the water bucket they were resting in, the man's plump face reddening all the while. "We will gather again later." he said. One by one, the officers began to leave the Captain-General's tent. In the end, only Jon and Homeless Harry himself were left, surrounded by empty chairs and a table. Above them hung another of the Company's banners, woven in thread of cloth of gold. It lay still, but cast its shadow beneath.

Jon thought of the words that passed through the lips of the officers. Strickland had not silenced even Hill at his most insolent. "We would not have seen such a thing under Blackheart." Jon observed. Harry turned to look at him.

"Myles Toyne is dead, Lord Connington, has been for years." Strickland spoke. "And I'm Captain-General now, not him. I won't have my men punished when they have good reason to complain."

"I would have you order them to be silent when they speak against your king." Jon replied, as evenly as he could. "You swore to see him on the throne, and now you let men like Caspor Hill disrespect him?"

"Gods help us all, Connington, what would you have me do? Lash him in front of all the camp 'til his back is raw? Take his head?" I would have you do something, rather than sit outside, waiting to back whomever wins. Jon thought. Strickland paused, and grabbed a ruby-encrusted goblet, filling it with wine. He took a long drink before he spoke again. "I was not privy to whatever contract it was that Blackheart made all those years ago. That was between you, him, and the Spider in King's Landing. But I sent you Duck when you wanted a sellsword to school your prince at arms, and Haldon before, when you wanted a learned man to teach him letters. I turned down a contract with the Myrish that could have given me good, certain gold, all for that promise Myles Toyne made when I was paymaster."

And I gave up my life and honor, Strickland, like the eunuch tittered I should, Jon wished to reply. Until now, men remembered Jon Connington as a lord turned thief, who betrayed those that took him in and died a drunken sot in Lys. And if we never make it back to Westeros - He did not finish the thought. He had no desire to. "And had it not been for Toyne's word, you'd have been pleased enough to fight the petty wars of the Free Cities until you yourself became a gilded skull, Strickland." Jon said.

"And why not?" he replied with a shrug. "The Free Cities pay well. Who am I to scorn them for that?"

"A man whose house has been gold for four generations. That was what you always boasted, when I rode with the Golden Company. When your ancestors fled across the Narrow Sea, they dreamt of coming back."

"I never have been to Westeros, Lord Connington." Harry smiled, and drank again. "Oh, you're an exile. So am I, but only because my ancestors fought for the Black Dragon. But we're not the same. Essos is all I've known in this world. Same as my father did, and same as my son now. Head to Westeros when the opportunity presents itself, yes - I am man enough to honor my forefathers and their wishes. But if I made gold in Essos for the rest of my years, I would have no cause to complain. Better than dying in Westeros. You on the other hand, want to return to your castle, and your lands."

"The opportunity Aegon gave, and Myles Toyne seized before you. If you had been Captain-General then, you would have denied it for safer contracts. Even in Volon Therys you were reluctant to commit." Jon remembered how among the high officers, Harry Strickland always brought up concerns - of dragons, or the Lannister gold, or Mace Tyrell. Any excuse to avoid fighting as he pledged to.

The Captain-General brushed his thinning hair back sideways as he used to, covering up his bald spot. "Are you questioning my leadership then, Lord Hand?" Strickland asked.

"I'm questioning your courage." Jon said. "When we were at the valley, you abandoned the Golden Company, out of fear. Now, you let Hill and whomever else question the king as they will, never intervening. Would Blackheart have done the same? Would Bittersteel?"

The usually amiable Strickland's face turned red with anger, his mild grey eyes widening. "You look at me and see a coward, then." Jon gave no answer - none was needed. "It's true, I'm no warrior like Myles was, and I'll never be half the commander you are in battle." Harry admitted, his voice rising higher. "And Myles Toyne did favor you when you were with us all those years ago. A score of years ago, Lord Connington. A score of years." Harry repeated. "Then you left, and when Blackheart died, I was the one elected Captain-General, not you. I earned my place, and I won't see you try to steal it from me."

Seven Hells. He thinks I want his place? Jon thought. "If I wished to be Captain-General, I would never have left the Company." Jon said, with gritted teeth.

"You were the one holding counsel with the officers in the valley. I see your looks Connington. You look at me, and think that there's a coward you can replace if he does not do as he's told. I've heard men whisper that you're better suited for my place, while we were there."

"I led your men because you hid in terror within your tent. You'd have waited for all our supplies to be exhausted before you roused yourself to moving, and by then it would be too late for all of us." Jon replied. He had no time for this foolishness.

"And now that we've safely escaped?" asked Harry. "What now? We do not know where we are, Connington. But you'd lead these men - my men all the same."

"If you mean to say something, speak plainly." said Jon. "I'm weary of this."

Strickland frowned, and set his goblet down on the table. "I do not wish to make enemies, Connington." he said. "Especially not of the men I'm marching with." Harry was always amiable, perhaps too much. "It is not good for one's health."

There was no humor in Jon's reply. "If you wish for friends, you should have become an innkeeper, not a sellsword. But in command, you discipline those who break orders."

"And you don't know my men." Harry replied, his voice louder than it had been. Jon had never seen Strickland trying to be firm before. It was unsuited to him. "You do not care for them, or the Golden Company, Lord Hand. Your worries are for yourself, your king and Westeros. And to get him to the Iron Throne, you'd fight your war with my men, and use them like firewood."

"They are paid to fight." Jon narrowed his eyes, remaining still.

"Paid, but with whose gold? We are further away from Westeros than ever before. Worse, we're far from any known land in the world, so we cannot return to Essos either. When my men complain, I say they have the right of it. This was a fool's errand from the beginning." he grumbled. "But we're bound to your ship, whether we want it or not."

Jon doubted that. "By your words?" The Golden Company broke a contract for Aegon. For all his crassness, what Hill had said terrified Jon all the same. They could well break that word again, with that precedent in mind.

"We have our own traditions to uphold. But more than that, we know this land as much as you do. What do we have to gain by breaking a second contract?" Freedom to pursue another. No matter what Strickland said now, he was almost certainly making plans. Even if he was not, then others would in his place.

"Then keep your men under control. That is all." Jon said, and rose to his feet, making to leave the tent.

"Listen to me for once!" Strickland protested. "You'd fight your war with the Golden Company, but ignore its Captain-General?"

Jon thought of the disease poisoning him from the inside. He thought of what time he might have left in this world. "When you muster your courage and wits, Strickland, I'll take your words into account. But not before." The Hand stated coldly, turning his back to the Golden Company's leader.

"If they follow you, then we won't be alive by winter, Seven Hells take your arrogance." Harry said behind him, but Jon ignored him. He had nothing more to say to him for now.




Jon Connington left the golden pavilion, and was greeted by the cool autumn wind. He felt a slight stinging in his eyes as the breeze touched them. The grass was wet and soft beneath his boots. He hadn't felt that in days - the valley had been all hard, bare soil and stone. But Jon could neither rest nor sit under the sun, not like the men gathering about campfires all around him. Not in this place, and not now. The words spoken by the officers and Harry Strickland rang in his head as he walked to his own tent. He may be a coward, but he's still a dangerous man, Jon thought of Strickland, and cursed himself for his outburst at Homeless Harry. Another error. He seemed to be making more each passing day.

Before he entered the tent, he took one last look at Sorrowhome. It was not the horror that surrounded them before, but it now made him feel ill all the same, when he gazed into the grassland that stretched without end, to an invisible horizon.

He thought to their first night here, when he looked at the stars, only to find they were under a foreign sky. Jon had felt his stomach tie in knots, and his knees almost giving way, but he told Aegon, and their companions from the Shy Maid. Haldon had still not returned with answers as to where they might be, and part of Jon Connington began to doubt there were any, no matter how hard he tried to silence it.

Now within his tent, Jon gracelessly sat, almost slumping down on a chair. He felt tired - tired and lost. There was a dullness behind his eyes, a numb sensation in his skull. Even thinking was difficult. In truth, Griff wanted nothing more than to close his eyes, and attempt to rest.

But he could not, no matter how his body urged him.

Slowly, he removed the glove on his right hand. By now, the motions had become familiar ritual, but he had not had the chance to look since they had arrived in Sorrowhome. Jon Connington bit his lip, and forced himself to look. It was like a stranger's hand was in front of him. The disease had spread, even faster than before. All five fingers in his hand now bore the signs of greyscale, and it had began creeping down his palm. All sensation was dulled there. Pressing with a knife into his palm, Jon was numb to the point touching the hardened skin even as he tried to drive it deeper. The knife's edge pierced the skin, drawing blood, but it was barely a pinprick of sensation. Looking at his hand, he saw blood flowing from where the knife made its mark, thick, slow droplets of deep red. Faster, he thought in horror. It was spreading faster than it did in the valley. If it continued like this, then it would turn black to the wrist before the month's end. And after that, would he live to see the end of the next year? Perhaps if he were to take a sword to it - Too late for that. How would I explain having lost my right hand? Most likely he would be mad, before they ever reached Westeros. No, not mad. He would rather take his own life first than become one of the Stone Men.

With his good hand, Jon grabbed the jug of wine he kept within his tent.

If the disease were known, then the Golden Company would surely turn on Aegon. They cannot. He would not let that happen. And what happens to the king without you? Who led him here? The Spider was the one who planned to come into contact with the Golden Company, him and the cheesemonger. But it was you who brought him to Volon Therys. When Aegon proposed heading to Westeros, who had supported him? The questions rang in his head again and again.

I was tired of waiting, sick of caution. He found about the greyscale, and he wanted to see Aegon on his throne before he died. To see home again before his last breath. And if I had not, then we would not have found ourselves here.

Jon's hand shook as the wine poured into a clay bowl, almost spilling over. Wearily, he put the jug down, and placed his right hand on the bowl.

How could I have expected that? No man could. Jon tried to argue to himself. But he knew better. Like in Stoney Sept, it was his errors, his mistakes and foolish pride that were to blame. I failed the father. And now- he could not bring himself to finish the thought. His fingers clenched into a fist, and Jon Connington slammed his hand down in anger, tipping over the bowl of wine. It spilled on the table, and stained Jon's clothes.

Fool. He needed to collect himself. The officers had begun pulling out their knives, and if he sat lamenting his fate, then they would fall upon the king like a pack of hounds. Aegon needed to know - and if the Golden Company turned on them, he would need to escape. If ten thousand men were after him, then how could he escape? Jon thought. It does not matter. If there was a chance and a need for Aegon to flee, then Connington owed it to the boy to try.

Duck was loyal, and he could trust Lemore, along with the Halfmaester. None else would know. With horses, they could attempt to escape the Golden Company's camp, and flee into the wilderness. They knew nothing of it, but the same was true for Strickland and his men, if it came down to that. And Aegon? He remembered how Aegon reacted when he told him of the stars, when he learned that they were far away from all they knew. Jon did not relish the possibility of telling him to flee, to live in hiding again. But he would see Prince Rhaegar's son safe.

Hearing footsteps outside of his tent, Jon quickly gloved his hands once more. It was Duckfield who was standing outside, wearing his white cloak. If he had come to the tent, then it was on business from Aegon. Good, Jon thought, and bade him to enter. The king needed to know of the seriousness of the situation, and he would before the day was done. "Ser Rolly." the Hand spoke gruffly.

A pause followed, and Jon noticed the young knight glancing about, trying to avoid looking him in the eye. For a short moment, Jon felt a pang of fear. What if Duck saw his hand before he had a chance to cover it?

But it passed as swiftly as it came, when Jon noticed Rolly looking at the wine and stains. He's more like to think I have been drinking. For the better, then. No man could know about the greyscale. "Milord," Duck finally spoke, stumbling with every other word. If this is how he speaks to the man who gave him a knighthood, how does he expect to address lords? "I was asked here by His Grace, to speak. To ask you of something he wanted to know. About the guide, Amarfion. His Grace wants to talk to him."

Jon was surprised by that. "And why does His Grace wish so?" he asked.

"His Grace wants to ask him what they speak here, milord." Duck replied, with some uncertainty. "I'll be protecting him, and Haldon will be with us if he can." the knight added hastily. At least he took Aegon's safety into account, for all that Duck's skills were lacking for a man of the Kingsguard. Aegon's request, that was not unwise either. He might be here for years before he reaches Westeros. When they headed to Meereen, he learned the Ghiscari tongue. This was not any different. And if he needs to hide here… another thought came.

And Amarfion. "His Grace wishes to speak to Amarfion?" The guide's aid had been a boon to them so far, a greater one than they could ever have expected. But could he be trusted near Aegon? More than most men here. Jon reflected. He remembered two days ago, when they crossed the Mindeb. When the mists closed around them, he felt his horse buckling under him, and his limbs were too heavy to move, Amarfion had galloped across the river, through the darkness when no one else dared to. Had he not been there, Jon doubted he would have escaped with his life. "He is free to do so, as long as you do your duty by his side." Connington finally said. Duck could use a reminder of what his duty was as well.

Jon looked once again at Duck, and the knight seemingly turned to leave. "Before you leave, Ser Rolly, there is something else. No one but the King, Haldon and Lady Lemore are to hear of it from your lips."




After Duck went away, Jon was once more left alone with his thoughts. The knight had taken to the new orders well enough, regardless of whether he liked them or not. Perhaps he thought Jon calling the sworn words of the officers wind was an insult, meant to cast doubt at the oath Rolly himself had sworn so hastily. Whatever Duck felt, it doesn't matter. So long as he did the job that was asked of him. There was a tool for every task, and a task for every tool, and the young knight had his uses.

Jon Connington stood up from his chair, and paced around the tent. His thoughts wandered to Amarfion and his Bëorians, now that he heard of Aegon's intent to learn their language. Ever since they had crossed the Mindeb, Lady Medlin had taken her people and separated their camp from that of the Golden Company. It was not a surprising move - many in the ranks of the Golden Company did not much like their presence in the camp, and the public punishment of Hill's men had not helped matters. Likewise, Connington doubted that Medlin's group were particularly fond of the sellswords. He would not have cared much for their departure, except for one matter. That of Amarfion. He had no assurance of where the guide would go, and while the officers of the Golden Company had made overtures to him, he had neither accepted nor denied any of them. Once more, Jon thought of the crossing of the Mindeb. If it came to a rift with the Golden Company, would Amarfion make for a useful ally?

He was interrupted from his thoughts by the sound of soft footsteps on grass outside his tent, followed by the now-familiar voice of Amarfion. The guide opened the flap of the tent, stepping inside with an easy grace. This time, he was not wearing his birdskin hat, and silver hair flowed down his shoulders in loose waves. He wore a satchel with his clothes as well. "My lord," he said addressing Jon, respectfully as ever. Jon nodded his permission. "I just now spoke with His Grace, and thought to inform you."

Briefly, part of Jon felt a pang of worry at the thought of Amarfion being with Aegon. He waved it aside. There were far greater things to worry about. "If it is my permission you ask for, I already gave it." Jon replied curtly.

"There is something else, my lord." Amarfion said, his voice calm and courteous. "While Lady Medlin will be leaving us, I am thankful for the aid you gave us in Nan Dungortheb. I thought that a gift was fitting." he reached into his satchel, and pulled out a bottle, with a golden amber liquid inside. "I had to request it from the cook, but I hope that you make use of it." The guide headed to the table, and opened the bottle, pouring some of its contents inside the empty bowl.

Jon approached it, wondering what the purpose of it was. If he wanted wine, he could request any they had in the camp. But then the sour, sharp smell of vinegar reached him, as did Amarfion's next words, spoken as softly as silk but sharp as steel. "It will be more useful than the wine you are using, Lord Connington."

For a moment, Jon Connington was taken aback, but only for a moment. He reached for Amarfion with both hands, and grabbed the guide from the wrist with a low hiss. "How do you know?" he growled at the guide. Nobody knew. Not Aegon, not Lemore, nor Haldon. He had kept it a secret from everyone all this time. I should kill him on the spot, before he speaks. he thought hastily. Nobody must know.

Amarfion looked at him, seeming almost tranquil, despite Jon's hand in a tight grip around his own, and the other by the fringe of his cloak. "My lord," he spoke. "Please, don't act in haste. I only wish to help you." Jon did not relent. "If I wished you ill, would I have come here like this?"

"You want to threaten me?" Connington tightened his grip, pressing harder, driving the guide against the table. "Hold us at ransom?" Perhaps make demands, all while threatening Jon with revealing the disease. He thought of the Spider, and his underhanded ways. Right then, he did not care how much they might need the guide, only to silence the danger.

"Never. Only to cure you." for all the pressure, Amarfion's reply was still not strained, and there was an unshaken confidence to him, an intensity to his gaze. The smaller man must have been stronger than he appeared. "Lord Connington, I implore you. Calm yourself. Give me a chance." Jon narrowed his eyes, but loosened his grip, letting Amarfion free. Killing him would not improve matters, only make things worse. It would invite questions, not just from the officers of the Golden Company, but from Aegon as well.

"Tell me how you learned first." Jon gritted his teeth.

"Two days ago, when I crossed the Mindeb for the third time, on the orders of your King. Do you not remember my lord? The glove slipped from your hand for a moment, and I saw the blackened finger underneath." he said, with a wave of his hand. Jon did not remember the glove slipping then, but in the confusion and darkness of the fog, could it have happened? "You spend long hours in your tent, lord, and come out smelling of wine. But I have only seen you behave soberly. Yet my lord, how I found out is not important - only that I want to help you."

Jon looked away from Amarfion, and let out a long sigh. He thought on Amarfion's words. How could he help him? There was no help for the grey plague, no cure. Yet how many things had he seen these last few weeks that he hadn't seen before? "No man has found a cure for greyscale." Jon replied. Amarfion was a wanderer living among refugees, how could he know something that had eluded every maester, septon or healer in the world?

"Not yet." Amarfion retorted. "How are you to know if you never try for yourself, lord Connington?" Amarfion asked, stroking his beard. Jon still saw that same light of confidence in his brown eyes. "Mayhaps I am wrong. You may kill me then, keep your secret. Nothing changes. I am right, and -" he paused, letting Jon look at him. If he was right, then he would have time. Jon breathed in. If he is right, then I can live.

Over ten years ago, Varys had come to the exile lord Jon Connington, revealing that Prince Rhaegar's son yet lived. It was seeing the dawn again after spending years in darkness.

I will live. For Aegon. For my Silver Prince.

He looked at Amarfion, nodding. "Do it." Jon said, his voice shaking. He sat down on his chair, and removed the glove from his right hand, exposing the grey, diseased skin. "Do it now." Jon growled. Before I regret my decision.

Amarfion answered with only a slight smile gracing his features. Jon's arm shook unwittingly, and he bit his lower lip - he did not like exposing the diseased flesh to anyone. To Jon's surprise, Amarfion did not seem disturbed by the sight. To Griff's eyes, he seemed focused, curious even. With a single smooth movement, he took Jon's arm and lowered the diseased hand into the basin he'd filled with the vinegar.

Jon silently watched as Amarfion soaked his hand into the vinegar, touching the mottled grey skin, and the black, dead nails without a hint of worry in his expression. The sight of greyscale, and the fear of being infected by it reduced men grown to children. But Amarfion showed no more fear of it than he did of anything else. How can he not? Jon thought. One touch from the Stone Man was enough to condemn Jon. Did the guide not care for his own life?

As Amarfion touched the stony fingers, Jon suddenly flinched away, feeling his hand burning. Burning..

Jon looked then at his hand, and saw the vinegar seep between the stony cracks in his flesh. Amarfion's touch was searing, hot as a live coal, and Griff felt it scorching his skin. He saw the grey, stone scales on his hand soften, some falling away, giving way to raw red skin beneath as they were washed off, falling to the bottom of the bowl. He felt another jolt of pain as the boiling hot liquid touched the exposed skin, but he did not care for the pain. Jon felt again. He lived again.

He let out another breath, more frantic than the last. Amarfion turned his head to look at Jon. "Breathe freely again, my lord." he spoke, a glad smile on his lips. Jon looked at his hand again. It was hard to believe that what his eyes saw was even real, but there was no denying it. The diseased flesh was not all gone from his hand yet, but it was swiftly retreating, like a foeman who had lost his weapon. "It may take longer for all the symptoms to fade, Lord Connington." Amarfion continued. "But it is certain. You are free of the plague." he declared, and a great warmth seemed to surround him.

Rising up from his seat, Jon removed his hand from the basin and gloved his hand once more, leaning against the table, his feet shaking. He still struggled to believe what he had just witnessed. A flurry of questions swam within his mind. "How?" he asked, awed. It was all Connington could bring himself to ask. No man has ever cured greyscale, but he had seen it crumble before his eyes.

"Knowledge, Lord Connington." Amarfion answered. "I have lived long, and seen many things." How many times had Jon heard the men wonder if their guide was a sorcerer? He had not believed them before, but now that he had seen him defeat the grey plague like that, he could not doubt them.

"Some of your men may call it sorcery," Amarfion spoke again. "A common name for something else. It is craft, and knowledge." he said, before Jon could ask again. He raised his hand. "I ask no recompense, not for a gift freely given."

Jon caught himself before he spoke again. No man has ever cured the grey plague. How could he know that this was not deception? "Sorcery, then." Jon said with gritted teeth. "Is that what you offer me, Bëorian? This is a trick. A li.. a glamour." he spat out, hand still shaking. This drifter would come and feed him fat on lies? Jon thought. To benefit, by exploiting his own foolish error? He remembered the dwarf, how he saved him because he thought the Lannister trustworthy after he stepped ahead of Aegon.

Amarfion looked surprised for a moment, his eyes meeting Jon's own. But only for a moment. "You know the truth as well as I, Lord Connington. If you wish, take the knife from your belt. Touch your hand with it, and see how it bleeds, as you felt the heat in your hand earlier. You'll tell I am no liar." Amarfion said softly, calm as ever, returning to his usual expression. "A glamour deceives the eyes alone."

Jon reached for his knife, meeting Amarfion's gaze. Like earlier, he pressed the point at his finger. Why? He felt the heat before, and now the coldness of the steel. Did he need to prove it to himself? No. With shaking hands, he pushed the tip of the knife into the flesh. Jon winced as the knife pierced into the raw skin, drawing blood. It is clean. The red droplet flowed down, falling into the bowl of vinegar to join the mottled grey flakes of stone as Jon breathed deeply.

Amarfion was right. There was no deception. It should have been impossible, but the truth was in front of him.

I misjudged him, Jon thought. A long pause followed. "I apologize." he said finally. "I thought that you wanted to harm- to threaten us." Even words did not come easily now. "You have my trust, Amarfion."

Amarfion nodded, and bowed his head in respect. "You are right to be suspicious, my lord. Other men would have used my knowledge against you. But I want your friendship - not enmity between us."

"We shall reward you well, once Aegon comes into his throne." Jon said. "For all your services."

Amarfion let a slight smile at that. "We shall see, my lord. But the greatest reward would be for you to see the time that has been given to you. Use it well, Lord Connington." Then, after another respectful bow, Amarfion turned around and left the tent.

Outside, Jon heard the wind blowing colder and louder, shrilly screaming across the camp. It was one of winter's early winds, Jon was sure of that. Jon Connington did not heed it. When he'd woken up this morning, he was a dead man still drawing breath. But now? He had defeated Prince Garin's curse. The gods had given him time again. Time enough to see past the end of winter. To find Westeros, see Aegon ascend the throne, to guide him as Hand and make all wrongs right. See Griffin's Roost again, and when Aegon's reign was secure, the Targaryens restored, and Westeros had forgotten that the Usurper ever ruled over it, then he would join his ancestors in the crypts beneath the keep with honor.




The next two days in Sorrowhome came and went, in a dreamlike haze. The Bëorians had gone even further away from the Golden Company's camp, and according to Amarfion planned to head further south, to the forests that had been seen by their outriders in the distance. When Jon asked him why, Amarfion merely replied that there were kinsmen to Lady Medlin there, and she sought refuge with them. A more withheld answer than Jon would have preferred. Amarfion did not much like to give details of Medlin's future plans, for all the help that he was otherwise. Likewise, while he told much and more of the lands around them, he did not speak of any realms, castles or towns.

For all that he did, Jon reflected as he thought of the plague. He would need to get more out of the guide.

The officers of the Golden Company continued their grumblings. No matter what else had happened, they still posed a problem, and as much as Jon Connington disliked Homeless Harry's halfheartedness, they needed lodgings and supplies for the coming winter. Franklyn Flowers had given his own suggestion to Jon - ask that 'slippery wonder' of a guide for aid again, and perhaps he would tell the Company of a war to fight and gain coin in, then find their way to Westeros with the King once winter passed. Bittersteel's designs come again. Aegor Rivers had built the Golden Company to keep his fellow exiles united and keen on the Black Dragon's cause. But what served the Black Dragon will not serve the Red. This was a sellsword's ploy, and as long as Aegon was a king at the head of a company of sellswords alone, he would seem a sellsword as well. Aegon could not fight for coin, and Jon had little desire to do so again, nor to be another Bittersteel.

Aegon himself, Jon had spoken to but little. He knew that the king had met with Amarfion twice over, under the eye of Duck, alongside his other lessons. But Jon himself had little and less time to see the lad. He would have more, once they found their bearings. The Halfmaester had been unhelpful in that regard, however. Queer as it seemed, Haldon could find his way through the meanest streets of the Free Cities (and lose dwarfs there as well) but not through the stars in the sky.

On their fourth day in Sorrowhome, Jon was surprised by Lemore, however. The woman was wearing her white septa's garb, marred by dirt and smoke from the journey, a rainbow belt about her waist, but there was none of the cheerfulness Griff had come to expect of her when she spoke to him.

"Lord Connington, we should speak alone." she said. "His Grace is outside the camp, with Duck." Jon frowned at that.

"I wasn't told of this, Lady Lemore." he replied. "Where are they headed?"

"To the camp of the refugees, I would imagine. His Grace wanted to see Amarfion there, along with his people." Lemore continued. Jon was not pleased by what he heard. There was little and less reason to trust any of Amarfion's people besides the guide himself. What if they decided to attack the king, and hold him hostage?

Yet would they dare do so, if Amarfion were there? "Were you told of this?" he asked Lemore, frustrated. He expected the septa to be more reliable than Duck.

"I was not told until they were already leaving, and I doubt I'd be listened to." Lemore said ruefully.

"If Amarfion is with them, then this can be tolerated." Jon said, more to calm his own worries than Lemore.

"That is the reason I wanted to speak with you." Lemore answered sharply. "When we were in the valley, you asked me to watch that man. Now you trust him?"

Jon pursed his lips. "He has helped us greatly." he answered. "And that is all you need to know, Lady Lemore."

"This might have come out of Duck's mouth, but I never expected such words from you, my lord." Lemore replied. "How many times have you worried? It was secrecy that kept Aegon safe. Not this.. carelessness."

"He cannot always be kept secret." Jon said. "And Amarfion earned my trust." Once more, Lemore did not seem satisfied with his reply.

"You say this, and at the same time worry if His Grace ever leaves his tent without you knowing. We've long known each other. Such a lie might fool a peddler or a bravo, but I'm neither. I know that men do not easily earn your trust. No matter how skilled they are as trackers." Lemore's tone was sharp, sharper than he'd ever remembered it being towards him. She presumes too much. Jon had found himself appreciating Lemore's company more than that of Duck or Haldon, but she had come with them to teach Aegon, not to give instructions. First the officers, and now Lemore?

"Do you question that, Lady Lemore?" Jon asked coldly.

Lemore did not back down. "I do. Because I am here to care for His Grace, same as you are, my lord. And I am not blind. You've not been acting like you used to. Even before… all this, happened." Jon narrowed his eyes. What was the woman aiming to say? "You were always careful to act, never reckless. But since we left the Sorrows behind us, you changed."

How am I to respond to this? Did she suspect anything? Even now, the knowledge of the disease was dangerous. Jon turned, and walked away, inside the king's tent, Lemore following close behind. "All these years, I was cautious," he answered. "Ever cautious, always slow to act. We could wait no longer."

"I was below the deck when the Stone Men attacked." Lemore said quietly, but her dark eyes shone with determination. "I don't know what happened. After all was said and done though, you did not let me examine you, or ask for help. I thought little of it at the time." Lemore's gaze now turned judging.

"I- was wrong." she said, slowly and hesitantly. "Wrong to ignore it. Then the wine. I have known you for years, but you never drank, and then you came out of your chambers, smelling of wine. The gloves you never removed. At first, I did not know what it meant. But now I understand. There was something you wanted to hide, that nobody was allowed to know. Something happened that day in the Sorrows, and you were infected."

"I saved the life of a man who did not deserve it." Jon clenched his hand. He looked at Lemore. "How long have you known?" he asked. There was no point in hiding. Not from Lemore, not now. "And what will you do with this knowledge?"

"This week I became certain." Lemore's expression was hardened, but Jon heard sorrow in her voice. "Aegon must know, Jon. I am sorry."

At the idea of Aegon knowing, Jon felt something twitch inside him. "He will not." he said in the steadiest tone he could muster, and removed the glove from his right hand. Lemore took a step back as he did so. "He will not, because no one is to hear of this. He will not, because it is healed." he said, holding up the once-infected hand. What few specks of grey still clung to it were swiftly healing, replaced by hale skin.

The septa looked at it, like she had just laid eyes upon the Stranger's cloak. "How?" She asked. "Was it Amarfion?" she said, suspicion in her voice.

Jon nodded. "He came to me two days ago. The disease had been spreading, faster than ever before. I do not know how," Jon's voice was slow, uncertain. "But he healed it. No man has ever done such a thing before, Lady Lemore." he whispered quietly.

"Sorcery." Lemore said gravely. "Prince Garin's curse is born of the magic of the old Rhoynar. If there is any power in the world that can defeat greyscale, then it is magic." Jon remembered the tales spoken by Yandry and Ysilla, of Prince Garin the Great who cursed the dragonlords that conquered his home with the greyscale. "Perhaps you don't believe them, but I think otherwise. The Shrouded Lord rules the Sorrows, and no mere man could defy his mark. This guide, Amarfion, should not be trusted. He is a maegi, I'm sure of it. We don't preach against magic because of blind zealotry, Jon. We do so because sorcery's power comes at a price. A price that is all too terrible."

It is craft and knowledge, Amarfion's words returned to him. Perhaps Lemore was correct, maybe Amarfion was indeed a sorcerer, for all his assertions to the contrary. Even if he is, that man gave me another chance to live, saved me from dying a mad wretch.

"Mistrust him, dislike him if you so wish." Connington retorted. "But he has been of use to us. To Aegon's cause. And these days, he has done more to earn my trust than the Halfmaester did, or Duck."

Lemore gave him a sorrowful look. "I pray you reconsider." she said.

Jon did not answer that. "You have leave to go, Lady Lemore. But remember that nothing we spoke is to leave this tent." he replied coldly, as Lemore departed.

Walking through Aegon's tent, Jon saw the well-worn copy of 'Ten Thousand Ships', the account of Princess Nymeria's great journey. But instead of Nymeria, Jon Connington found himself thinking of Prince Garin. Garin the Great, Garin who had defied the Dragonlords of Old Valyria at a time when there were as many dragons as stars in the sky. The tales said his armies even managed to slay three. Yet none of that availed him in the end. Prince Garin lost all he had, and returned to his home a captive. Perhaps the proud Prince had thought himself unstoppable as the Valyrians were fleeing the Rhoyne. He had thought himself unstoppable too, when he knocked Hoster Tully from his horse, and hacked deep into Denys Arryn's shoulder with an axe, driving the Valemen from the walls of Stoney Sept. Yet the bells tolled, unheeding of men's deeds.




The sun was setting when Jon Connington heard Amarfion's voice. But when he looked at the man who spoke, he almost failed to recognize him. All these days, Amarfion had worn the ragged, colorful garb that almost made him look a mummer. His silver hair and beard were wild and unkempt beneath that hat of his. But now, as Jon looked at him, all that was gone. The man before him wore fresh garments, cut in a fashion that Griff did not recognize. Though they were clearly made of fine materials, some fabric of silk and samite, the long white garment bore no embroidery, save for golden scrollwork at the hem of his sleeves. Above it, he wore a darker overcoat that reached to his knees. His hair had been washed, and now the silver hair tidily flowed down below the base of his neck. The guide had cut his beard as well. What once was a wild, angry thing had been cropped close to his chin, revealing more of Amarfion's face.

He looked younger than he did before, though the lines about his eyes and the laughing wrinkles about the guide's mouth showed that he was perhaps but a few years older than Jon himself. Amarfion rather than a ragged wanderer, now looked lordly, like a wise king unbowed by the passing years. If not for the brown color of his eyes, Jon would almost have mistook him for another man, who had been taken long ago.

"I have returned, Lord Connington." Amarfion spoke softly. "His Grace is safe and sound, he has returned here with his sworn knight." there was a pause, as Amarfion seemingly collected himself. "I have been teaching him as he asked of me. His Grace is remarkable, for his youth." the man added with a gentle smile. "Well-spoken, courteous and intelligent. A perfect prince - or king, in the flesh."

"It is in Aegon's blood to rule." Jon replied. "But he has been raised to rule wisely once he retakes what is rightfully his."

"His Grace told me some things of his ancestors. How they conquered your land of Westeros, and imposed order on the petty kingdoms that squabbled over it. How the descendants of the men that resisted House Targaryen forgot the small kingdoms of their forefathers, and instead came to bow to one realm, and a king whose throne was forged by Dragonfire." Amarfion remarked, almost admiringly. "If you may allow me to ask, has Halfmaester Haldon returned to you with charts?"

Jon thought to Haldon. He had asked him earlier in the day, if he had made any progress in charting the stars. But though Haldon had resorted to consulting older scrolls from his trunk and accounts of distant voyages, it had helped them little. "He has not." Connington replied.

"And he will not." Amarfion stated, his voice grave. "I visited your Halfmaester myself yesterday." That surprised Griff - Haldon had mentioned nothing of the sort.

But before Jon could make to reply, Amarfion spoke again. "Lord Connington, I truly regret to tell you this. But Halfmaester Haldon will not return with a path, for there is no path to be found. To try and chart the stars of another world to return home is an admirable effort, but futile."

"Another world?" Jon Connington asked. "What do you mean?" But as he spoke those words, Jon felt his legs freeze, and his stomach churn. Some instinct inside him guessed Amarfion's next words before they were spoken.

"You will never return to Westeros." Amarfion's words resounded clear like the ringing of a bell. "You cannot return to Westeros, Essos, or any land of the world you knew. Fate has brought you, the Golden Company and your young king to a different land, another world." his voice was calm and patient, as if he were apologizing to an old friend. "I know this may sound like a jape to your ears, but it is not, lord."

As he heard Amarfion's melodious voice, Jon wished that he lied. That this was a dream, all of this, all the past weeks. Gods, he would wish that he still was infected with the greyscale, rather than this.

But wishes and prayers did not matter. Not here. Jon had somehow known, suspected this, but he never wanted to believe. He never wished to let the thought in his head. It was something he first thought when he looked at the sky above the Mindeb, their first night in Sorrowhome - Nay. It was in the Valley, when the mists blotted out the sky.

"You know that the stars are foreign to you already, Lord Connington. But look at the horizon alone." Amarfion said, and opened the flap of the tent. Through it, the last few rays of sunlight illuminated the inside, and Jon saw the sky, painted in many hues of dark blue and violet, and the swiftly receding light.

He peered into the distance, to the mountains in the north, standing as dark masses that blocked all light, but without disappearing into the clouds, no matter how far they were.

"Did none of your men ever wonder why you can see further away than you ever could in your homeland? Or you, my lord? If the stars are not enough, then the shape of the world itself should sway you."

Jon Connington let his head sink into his hands as Amarfion spoke. He felt tired - worse than tired. Outside, the tent, the sun finally sunk into the west, and plunged the world into darkness. Though Amarfion had not yet ceased to speak, Jon did not bother to listen. In his ears, he could only hear the bells of Stoney Sept again. A maddening cacophony, as clear as the day when he'd first heard them, as clear as in his dreams when he chased the Usurper. They rang, and chimed and tolled.

Tolled for the lost lord, and his foolish pride. For the Silver Prince that he'd failed twice.

For the boy whose future he denied.

And as the chimes sounded again, and again and again, Jon Connington knew that the work of all these years was undone. That he failed, completely and utterly. There would be no redemption, no great restoration. Not for him, and not for Aegon. Stoney Sept would be his last battle, and failure his only legacy.

It should have been my grave. Better than dying an exile. And now Aegon would suffer for his errors, because Jon Connington had not the decency to die at Baratheon's hand!

"I failed the father. And I have failed the son." Jon said sadly. He closed his eyes, and felt them wet with tears. In the darkness, he saw the face of Aegon. How could he tell him? How could he tell him that he failed? That he too, would spend his years in exile?

But then, he felt the weight of a warm hand on his shoulder, and a soft, melodious voice in his ear. "You have not failed yet, Jon Connington." the voice spoke reassuringly. Amarfion had not left.

Jon turned his head sharply. "Leave. Leave now, and leave me be." he told Amarfion.

"No." came Amarfion's reply. "I will not leave, because not all is yet lost. There is hope. For you, for Aegon, and for the ten thousand of the Golden Company."

"Hope? What kind of hope is there?" Jon spat bitterly. Was Amarfion mocking him with this foolishness? "You said it- we cannot return to Westeros. Are you so eager to walk back your own words, guide?" What was the point to this? He would never return home, Aegon would never be king.

"No, once more." Amarfion whispered. "I meant my words, and there is victory in heeding them. There is no victory in despair, Jon." he said softly, his hand still on Jon's shoulder. "You cannot return to the world you know, that is true. But in the days I have known you lord, I saw that you wish for more in life than to wallow in despair, suffering the pity of others. I saw a man who braved the Nan Dungortheb, who had the will to keep fealty to his passed liege for years, that raised a prince any man would be proud to call his son. That is why I healed the disease that ate you from the inside, that is why I gave you more time, time you did not have. And that is why I beg you to heed me now, for the disease of despair is one I cannot heal. You have time. You have the strength and wisdom to become a lord among men once more. To make Aegon king again, beyond just name."

"A king over spiders and wastelands?" Jon asked. "Spare me the flattery." Amarfion's words were spoken well. They stirred at something within Jon. But there was no point to hearing empty promises wrapped in silk.

He laughed in answer, and smiled gladly. "There is more to this land than that, I promise. Beleriand." he spoke. "That is the name of the land on which we stand. It stretches far from the Great Sea to the west, and to the mountains in the east. It has room enough for many kings and princes to call it their own. With you by his side, Aegon could do as his forefathers long ago. He could be a king, of his own kingdom. Make his own home as he wishes it, even if you cannot return to your own."

"And you'd have us in a place we do not know, to win land for Aegon. The Golden Company's officers wouldn't even march, much less be trusted to help."

"They would, if they were told there was battle awaiting." Amarfion replied. He truly does not know sellswords.

"Battle with whom? Speak plainly, before my patience grows thinner."

"They are to the west, as well as the east that we left behind us. Years ago, the Ñoldor crossed the sea. They are not men like you, or those of Medlin. They are proud, cold princes that seized Beleriand for themselves, founding many kingdoms."

"And you propose that we fight them, in an unknown land. How would these kingdoms be conquered?" Jon said, resting his hands upon the table. "With what men?"

"With the ten thousand men here. I was told the Golden Company was founded to win a throne upon their spears. They have sworn to your king, and they will fight for you, will they not?" Amarfion continued, looking at Jon. "Aegon can yet conquer, as a true Targaryen."

All these words were foreign to Jon Connington. Yet Amarfion spoke them so easily and readily. Would you rather sup on failure and despair for the rest of your days? For the rest of Aegon's life? Would the king wish for that, because Jon hungered for a home he now knew he would never see again? There is no point to promises alone, he assured himself. "Not without pay, and they have lost that. Nor without supplies. They are as likely to side with these Princes you speak of." Harry Strickland would leave them with nary a moment's thought. Others might slay them.

"Tell me what you wish for," Amarfion said slowly, but with easy confidence. "And it will be granted. Gold? Lands? Supplies, as well. All of these things I can give you, and the officers of the Golden Company. As readily as I healed your greyscale. As easily as I helped you out of the Nan Dungortheb." The greyscale. Amarfion knew about that also. What if he were to head to Strickland after?

"I am not alone, Lord Connington." Amarfion continued. "I came here as a messenger, to offer you a chance. A chance at employment - or an alliance."

"An alliance with whom? Lady Medlin, and her refugees?" So this was what this was. Amarfion's noble speech, the refugees he walked alongside - he wished to win over Aegon and the Golden Company, to fight these Ñoldor. They must have been the ones that drove him to exile.

Amarfion smiled, his eyes shining brightly. "I am sorry, my lord. For in that alone, I deceived you. Yet perhaps it is something you are familiar with - Amarfion is not my name, and never was I one of Medlin's people. Much as you were not truly Griff, nor a sellsword for all these years. But there will be no more lies. We shall call ourselves by our true names, not guises. And mine is Mairon."
 
The Warden of the Tower II (Part 1)
---------------------------------------
The Warden of the Tower II
---------------------------------------



Orodreth looked up. Below his feet, close to Tol Sirion's edge was a small pile of dry earth and rock, hidden beneath the shadow of the walls. To his consternation, he had to ask Sarad for its location.

It was in that small, unmarked mound that his father lay. He had been buried there by Sarad, in silence from what he'd heard, with little ceremony. A sword was lain there as well - one of many that Aegnor, his uncle owned, for his body was lost to the flames of Angband. It was an undeserving resting place for them. 'He did not wish lavish burial, nor distraction from the work of defense. A tomb will be easy for Orcs to find and ransack, if the Tower falls.' had been the Captain's words.

Yet that was little comfort to Orodreth.

"There long shall ye abide and yearn for your bodies, and find little pity though all whom ye have slain should entreat for you." Those had been the words spoken all those years ago.

Would Angrod be among them in the Halls of Mandos? He slew no kin at Alqualondë. Yet he wished to take the ships that Fëanor and his won with the blood of the Teleri. Orodreth's grandfather had seen that, knew that they could not march alongside kinslayers. Many times over the years, Orodreth would wonder if he should have followed Arfin (No - his grandfather was to be called Finarfin now, as was a king's place, Orodreth reminded himself), returned to Tirion.

But a good son was meant to follow their father, even if they came to discord. And Orodreth followed, after his father and uncles rather than his heart's desire. Now he saw where that path ended.

This mound contained the last vestige of Angrod and his brother in this world.

Once this is done, I will take them to Nargothrond. Orodreth swore to himself. There, they would receive proper burial. Finduilas needed to see her grandsire as well, one last time. The Prince gave the mound a last look, and turned around, beginning to ascend the winding stairs up to the tower.

At the top, Gwindor awaited for him. He had removed much of his armor as well as his blue cloak, but not the rough silk garment underneath it, and he still wore a sword. Gwindor bowed his head respectfully as Orodreth came up to meet him, though he still stood slightly taller than him. At full height, the younger Ñoldo was almost a full head taller than his senior. (It was less than two centuries ago when Gwindor barely reached up to Orodreth's knee) "You could have joined me down there." Orodreth said.

"I knew Princes Angrod and Aegnor," Gwindor replied solemnly. "But they are your father and uncle to mourn. Not mine."

Orodreth laid a hand on his shoulder. "Soon enough, they will be your kin as well. When you and Finduilas wed, and we join your father's house and mine... If only they were here to see it." And what would Angrod have said? Would he have approved of the choice? Why would he not? Guilin was a friend to Orodreth since they were both children. Now, he was a living reminder of the refined ways of Valinor in a rougher, crueler land.

Gwindor nodded. A shadow of sorrow seemed to pass across his face, or was it guilt? "Soon." he said. Perhaps he was thinking of his younger brother, Gelmir. "Come, sire. We're awaited at the tower." he finally said.




In better days, perhaps this could have been the site of a feast, where friends could talk to friends with ease, and sit in comfort. But now, there was no wine, nor any music heard in the halls - the ugly business of war left little room for such distractions.

The old dining chamber in the tower was now filled with people, all of them the host's knights and officers, as well as those of Minas Tirith's garrison that Orodreth was better familiar with. Only the Edain were not among them, none of them holding high enough rank to attend. However, he had not expected matters upon his return to nearly be as fractious as they were.

Gwindor's men are hungry for battle. The garrison is at odds with the Dorthonion men who have come to their keep, and Sarad at odds with everyone else,
thought Orodreth.

Orodreth was seated at the head of the table, as was the rightful position of the Warden. To his immediate right was Gwindor, as Captain of Cavalry and Orodreth's second. To his left was Tandir, officer of supplies - while such a position would have been reserved for Sarad normally, Orodreth had no wish to honor him for his actions. Near the wall, behind Orodreth himself was young Suilor, brought to attend, but his position not allowing him to participate. Only to observe, and learn. Learn how his elders bicker, perhaps.

As the Warden sat down, Gwindor spoke.

"My scout riders have returned," Gwindor stated. "The Enemy is on the move. An orc host was sighted marching down from the north-east. They have already passed the Ard-galen, and will be upon our outer defenses in less than a week's time."

Orodreth bit his lip. He had hoped that perhaps there would not be another attack so soon after they reached Minas Tirith. "And what are their numbers, Prince Gwindor?"

"Over twenty five thousand - perhaps more." Gwindor said gravely. "Five times what we have at the least. But not insurmountable. We've prevailed against worse odds, and Tol Sirion's defenses stand firm. If their aim is to besiege us, then they will have to cross the river as well."

With so many, they could force a crossing. Orodreth thought with wariness. The tower's stocks were full at least, Tandir had reassured him, and they could withstand any siege for a long time. Yet a siege would hardly be to their advantage, even if the walls held. He did not relish the thought of looking helplessly from his battlements as the Enemy waited outside, or headed south to raid and slaughter.

Sarad sat at the table too, his scarred body still bearing bandages, as Orodreth had first seen him with. Behind him stood two others, both wearing the colors of Dorthonion, and similar iron clasps for their azure cloaks. Proud men, like his father and uncle had been, who had lived in the walls outside of Angband for centuries. "And we've lost with better odds as well." he said, his voice low and tired. "Do not be too confident, Prince Gwindor. You were with the King last winter, and saw what happens when our commanders are caught unprepared."

Orodreth glared at Sarad, but Bameldir spoke up without permission. "And you fought in the Bragollach, Captain." the young knight glowered at Sarad, and was met with a glare from one of the Dorthonion men. Tandir spoke up, interrupting the remembrance of lost battles from the two parties.

"What if they were to unleash fire at us again, like they did in Ard-galen?" Orodreth had not been there at the Bragollach, yet what he had heard of it was more than enough to make him worry. The entire plain of Ard-galen had been set aflame, the siege camps and fortifications engulfed in fire that raged for days and days around them - most of those inside them never managed to escape. And after the flames had died down, the Dark Lord's hosts were sent forth from Angband.

The Captain turned his head. "Fought? If only it had been that, child. There was little fighting in the Sudden Flame." Sarad said, almost ignoring Bameldir before he turned to Tandir. "Those flames came from Angband itself. Not the orcs. If they did, they would have driven us off Dorthonion all the quicker." Though Bameldir seemed displeased, he silenced himself as soon as Gwindor raised his hand, motioning him to be silent.

Gwindor then turned his gaze to Orodreth. "Bickering helps none save the enemy bearing down on us. My Prince, you are the Warden of the Tower. We are yours to command." he said.

Orodreth knew that. He knew it all too well. Hold the isle. Halt the Enemy's advance. That had been his uncle's command.

"The crossings," he asked. "Can you contest them, Prince Gwindor? Perhaps you could stop them from ever approaching the isle." It seemed like long odds to Orodreth, but if there was a man in Nargothrond valiant enough to do it, surely it would be Gwindor.

"He could." Sarad interjected. "But it would be bloody. And to place all your hopes on contesting one ford is folly, no matter how valiant you might think Prince Gwindor is. The Enemy can lose troops. We cannot, Prince Warden. Instead, we should trust in the strength of our walls. Winter will be here soon, and they will either need to storm the walls or retreat to replenish their supplies. That is why we destroyed the roads through the mountain passes in our retreat from Dorthonion."

To Orodreth's surprise, Gwindor nodded in agreement, instead of arguing. "Indeed. Sarad, Alimo's son has the right of it," he said with some hesitation. "On one regard at least. Simply contesting their fording would be costly. With the river aiding us, I could give us a victory - but we would lose more than needed. Instead, we take advantage of the enemy's numbers, and use them against the orcs. A defense on the crossings, supported by our camps, that will prevent them from investing the isle. My cavalry are already stationed beyond the gates, ready to ride out at my command."

Tirinde, who was touching the gilded crest of her helm with her hand now stood at attention, waiting for permission to speak. How ready is she for her new place, I wonder. Orodreth gave it, with a quick nod. "The vessels that we were tasked with building are readied as well."

"Vessels?" Orodreth asked, surprised. "I was not told of this." More and more it seemed like he did not know half of what happened in his own tower.

"My apologies, Prince." she replied. "It was on Captain Sarad's bidding before your arrival. Prince Angrod ordered for a number of covered ships to be built, to use against the orcs."

Did his father mean to use them to sail down the Sirion, if the fortress were lost? Orodreth could not help but wonder. "Pick the boldest men from the garrison to man them, we will need them for the battle." said Gwindor. "If the orcs establish a foothold by the river, they must be ready to strike on my command." he commanded, and Tirinde bowed her head in acknowledgement.

"As you command, Prince Gwindor."

There were mutterings of approval at Gwindor's words, by many in the chamber. The loudest were to no surprise to Orodreth, from the Prince's own eager retinue, but even the soldiers from Dorthonion were pleased. Sarad however, seemed inscrutable. Orodreth looked at him, at the Captain's scarred face, and tried not to think of the abandoned saintost, or Herenion and his household fleeing south, chased from the lands he'd given them.

He should be grateful to Gwindor. Had it not been for his counsel, Orodreth would have punished him for his actions, whether or not his men were displeased. Yet instead his father's old aide doubted Gwindor's every other word, and his own as well.

"There is another matter, Prince Orodreth." Sarad said, addressing him specifically, but his grey eyes fell on Gwindor also. "With Dorthonion's fall, our flank is secure no more. That concern was one the late Prince Angrod was conscious of. You have yet to account for it in your plans."

"The enemy is coming from the north, not Dorthonion, Captain Sarad." Orodreth said. There are greater threats to worry for, Orodreth thought. Besides that, all the closest crossings for the Sirion were within view of Minas Tirith. All save one, the road from which they had come.

"If a host comes from Dimbar and crosses the Dry River, then they'll strike at our rear, while we're busy with the orcs across the river!" spoke Bameldir. It was a similar concern to the one he'd raised before, as Orodreth's host passed Brethil. The same concern that Gwindor had addressed then.

"It could be so." argued Gonodor, more calmly than the younger knight. "But I don't think it is in the enemy's designs. Brethil guards that route, the Haladin will harry the orcs if they ever attempt to cross their lands. And they know it well enough - that is why they are coming from the north."

"What if they instead took that road, and struck there?" retorted Bameldir. "Then they could make way for the Talath Dirnen, bypassing us entirely." Orodreth raised his eyebrow at that. The idea seemed unlikely at best. Any host that left Minas Tirith at their rear would be caught between Brethil and the forces in Tol Sirion, and annihilated.

"For if the enemy were as foolish as you, child, then we'd have broken the walls of Angband long ago." Aeramath raised his voice. Another of his father's people, standing besides Sarad. He was shorter than him, however, but more heavy-set. His hair was a light brown, tied into a tight braid close to his skull, a style that many older Sindar men of the north once used.

Gwindor looked at them, and Orodreth wondered what it was that his friend's son thought this moment.

"Allow Prince Gwindor to speak." Orodreth commanded. "What is your counsel on this?"

"It is perhaps so that the enemy may make a feint as you suggest, I admit, honored warriors." Gwindor began smoothly, and he seemed to Orodreth almost a shadow of his father's famed eloquence. "But we can expect otherwise. Though Morgoth's armies are many, the greater number of his lieutenants on the west are laying siege to Barad Eithel. It has not been too long since Dorthonion's fall, and the orcs have yet to fully subjugate it."

"Captain of Cavalry," Aeramath said, addressing Gwindor by his full rank. "There were forty thousand orcs attacking us at Dorthonion. More, even. And our enemy now only sends half his strength? When it has fallen? Is that what you mean to tell us?"

"Less of his strength because what else they have is occupied. In Ladros, and in your old lands." Those lands were not yet empty, that they all knew. Barahir, the lord of Ladros had returned there the previous year with an army of loyal Edain. But they'd heard no news of them since. Could the Secondborn truly pose an issue for Morgoth's armies, without the Eldar leading them as they had all these years?

"None left there will resist as we did." Aeramath stated bluntly. "Men are more like to scatter without a firm hand to lead them, now that they've lost their homes. Don't rely on them to hold the orcs for you."

"The enemy shall be the judge of that, not we." Gwindor said in reply. "Regardless, our enemies will wish to tighten their grip first. This force we face has the numbers to hem us in until the rest are ready, or more come to join them from Angband. Then we shall see their full strength."

But by the new year, after the winter was done, then his uncle, the King would surely have prepared a new host, ready to come to Minas Tirith's aid. "But," continued Gwindor. "We have little choice but to focus all our efforts on the enemy across the river. To spare troops to watch the road from Brethil would weaken our defense here. We must trust in their strength, and let our own arms carry the day here."

"The Haladin are hardy," said Gonodor, raising his voice in support of Gwindor's. "To defeat them would require the orcs to come in great strength, many thousands at least - and they would not send most of that strength on a feint, not with the host we see bearing down upon us."

Orodreth nodded in agreement. "You have spoken well." he said, acknowledging the words of them both. He turned to the rest of the war council. As he spoke, Orodreth felt a creeping shiver - a sense of weight to his words, like he was standing on a precipice, close to the cliff edges of Alqualondë, with only the wind and sea before him, and the distant light of the Trees behind him. Many children would dare each other to dive from there into the sea below. Beleriand is harsher than any part of Valinor, however.

It was a strange feeling, and one that hadn't grown any easier on him since the first time he felt it, one dark night in Tirion many centuries ago. The knowledge that others listened to his words - truly listened to them - was exhilarating. Yet that they could mean life or death, that the lives of others depended on his decisions.. Did his father feel it, in every battle he fought, or had the years hardened him past that? It was enough to make Orodreth hesitate, want to regret his every spoken word, take it back and think on it again lest it be a mistake. He remembered the vision he dreamed of, and the warning. "The hour of Doom approaches, and the time of the Ñoldor draws near. Beware the East." the words remained in his mind.

But the precipice stood before him, a yawning gap waiting for him to plunge. It is not your position to hesitate, not now. It's to defend. This time, this once, he had a chance to lead in battle, to win if Gwindor was right. Win where Angrod Ironhand, Aegnor the Fell and Finrod Felagund had all failed. True victory, not pursuing after hosts that his father and uncles had already beaten on the battlefield.

"Then as Warden of Minas Tirith, I approve of Prince Gwindor's plan." Orodreth said. "We meet the enemy in battle, and send them fleeing back to Angband."




Yet more time passed - time used planning the details of the defense, with many providing their own input on how the troops shall be deployed, or where they should anticipate the enemy, or how they wished for their armor to be shined. The younger ones clamored to be placed in the heat of battle, to 'win their share' of glory once the time came. By the time the war council came to a close and the attendants began to retire from the chamber, Orodreth wished nothing more than to hear no more word of walls, soldiers, or swords until the next dawn.

He was left alone with Gwindor, and Suilor attending him. Standing up, Orodreth turned to his friend's son. "It is weary work," he told Gwindor, smiling slightly. "Had it gone on for any longer, I might have gone mad."

Gwindor had borne it with more grace, or so it seemed during the council. Though his plans had been met with doubt by some in the gathering, he remained calm throughout. "Sarad and his men are wary, lord." he said, after nodding in agreement. The way he enunciated the last word made Orodreth certain that he meant something else by it.

"Wary indeed, Gwindor." He said, barely suppressing a smirk. After all this time of bearing their complaints, Orodreth was in little mood to be overly respectful towards them. "But they are your elders."

"My elders, and more experienced. But age and defeat has made them overcautious." Gwindor replied. Orodreth remembered how in the years before the siege was broken, his father and uncle, alongside the High King often would urge the princes of the Ñoldor to gather their forces for another offensive, rather than trust in the leaguer set around Angband. Curious now, that his father's men were so cautious. "Prince Angrod said they were the finest, boldest warriors in Beleriand. Perhaps that's why they're now content to sit and defend a wall, offering complaints rather than sound counsel. If they could not stop the enemy on the field, then who are we to think we can try?"

How long had these men and women taken pride in their victories, believed they were the most valiant, the strongest and most skilled? And what happens if you lose? What becomes of the greatest warrior after he is defeated in battle?

"Then it is time you show them your mettle." Orodreth said. "Once we return to the Tower victorious, all doubts will be silenced."

"This will not go like Serech. I promise." Gwindor replied, and Orodreth made for the door. "And they will see it too."

"I have been here too long. Will you walk outside with me, Gwindor?" He wished to clear his head, after all this time inside. As long as he remembered, Orodreth preferred the outdoors - and Nargothrond's cavernous halls, deep below the earth he never quite managed to get used to. Orodreth then turned to Suilor. "Send for a meal to be sent to my chamber. I will take my supper there."

He then left, Gwindor following behind him. They walked down the long steps, leading outside of the Tower. It was already in the early afternoon, Anar beginning her slow descent towards the west. His mind passed to its first rising - then, it had risen from the west behind them as they left the Ice, the first dawn unlike all others to follow it. The world came out of darkness, as Anar filled it with light, painting the heavens themselves azure and blotting out the stars. Light and warmth, such as he had not felt in years. Such as none of them had, not since the Two Trees withered and the world changed forever.

As it rose and the trumpets rang, and all cried out in awe, I turned west. Turned his head to face the light. Before it, no brightness in the world could compare - not the torches and lamps, not the pyres of Nevrast glimpsed from afar, nor the stars in the sky. No light in the world could compare - save two, and they were vanished into memory. Anar was bright indeed, but somehow hollow. Its light consumed, not nourished. And at the end of each day, it sank into the west, leaving naught but night.

Orodreth looked down. In the courtyards below them, he saw the garrison busying itself within the walls. What had already been an active island was now almost crowded, as the walls were filled with more and more men and animals. Gwindor already needed to station his cavalry outside Tol Sirion, as the stables on the island could not house all the horses of his troop.

It will be worse, once winter comes. Orodreth thought to himself. Tol Sirion was too far north to be spared the heavy snowfall that afflicted northern Beleriand in the time from the end of the Fading season, to mid-Stirring. And unlike Hithlum to the west, Tol Sirion would not be protected from the worst of the fell winds that came from the north by the mountains. Until the beginning of Spring, they would need to be housed. Would the saintost have been able to bear some of the toll, had they not been abandoned?

Best not to think further on it now. There were more than enough worries already. The hour of Doom approaches, the voice had said. In the time since he arrived to the tower, Orodreth had not seen another dream like it, but he dared not forget the words he heard.

"There is something on your mind, sire." Gwindor raised his voice after a pause. "If it is the battle - I swear it will be a victory."

"No," replied Orodreth with a sigh. "I told you, I had enough talking about battles for today."

The younger man crossed his arms on his chest, and looked ahead, into the bright vale of the Sirion. "What is it, then?" he asked.

At that moment, Orodreth hesitated. He did not know if he could tell anyone about what he saw, if he trusted anyone with the meaning of the dream save his uncle. He looked at Gwindor again. His jaw was hard-set, and there was a determination in his eyes.

Yet for all that determination, beneath it he could not help but see Gwindor's youth. Youth, and rashness. If he were told of the warning, how would he respond? Worse, he was young. How many of the children of the Ñoldor now had seen nothing of the Valar, knew nothing of the peace of Aman? If he were to tell Gwindor of the vision, would he lose his confidence, or deny it, cursing the Valar? (Though he was certain Guilin would never raise such a son)

No matter what. He would first ask King Finrod, and trust in his greater wisdom. Then, if anyone else had need to learn, Guilin and his son would be first among them

"I was thinking about what happens after this is done." Orodreth replied, after a pause. "I want to see Minas Tirith return to how it was. To have all the folk that fled return to it. And if there's peace again, perhaps Finduilas could call this island home as well." It was a less confident answer than it had been in his thoughts. In truth, he doubted all of these words, for what good they were.

And they were not truly his heart's desire. "And you, Gwindor? You have much ahead of you, in Nargothrond." he said, with a slight smile. "Your father will want to see you. King Finrod will welcome you. So will my daughter - no doubt she is waiting to wed." That was a hope that Orodreth truly held, no matter what else worried his thoughts. If he was to live past the coming battle, to see Finduilas wed and happy. To be kin with a man that was as his brother even before he left Aman.

Gwindor shifted slightly, bringing his hand up to his chin in thought. As he did, Orodreth thought he saw a hint of a smile. Had it been the mention of his father, or Finduilas? "I will return to Nargothrond," he said, his voice almost a whisper. His expression hardened once more. "But I don't intend on staying there overlong, Prince Orodreth. I will ask the King to give me command of a new host, come the spring. Then, I will return to the field, and remain here until all the orcs are driven from this land."

Any hint of a smile faded from Orodreth's face as he heard those words from Gwindor's lips. "And then? Will you have had your fill of war, and see time to return home?" Orodreth asked pointedly. "Or do you want to re-establish the Siege, all on your lonesome?"

"No." Gwindor said simply, and clenched his hand into a fist, pressing it so tight against the stone of the battlements that the knuckles turned white. His voice rose as he spoke more. "There will not be another Siege. What I want - what I truly want is to smash down Angband's gates. To throw all its dungeons and pits open, the Dark Lord's might to be laid low for all within Arda to see." he continued. "Then, I will be worthy to return to Nargothrond, to my father and Faelivrin. Not before."

"Why?" he asked. "Finduilas loves you all the same. Nargothrond would welcome you, no matter the deeds or glory to your name." Deeds that would be the matter of song until the ending of the world, that was what Fëanor had promised long ago.

And now, those promises made Orodreth doubt his own words. Though they had never known Fëanor, the men and women - the children born in Beleriand loved songs and glorious deeds better than Orodreth did. Would they love Gwindor had he no deeds to speak of? Would they truly welcome him so gladly?

Gwindor frowned as he looked back at him. "You think it is glory I want, Prince Orodreth? Glory that keeps me awake at night?" He seemed taken aback by what Orodreth said. "The others at our council likely think so. That because I don't have their years, I must hunger for songs to be sung of me." the younger prince paused. "But they see only themselves, thinking that I am like they were once. No. And you are wrong as they are sire, if you think that is what keeps me away from home."

Orodreth looked straight at Gwindor. "Then what keeps you, Gwindor, if I am wrong?"

"I keep myself away from home," Gwindor said. "Glory and song might come to me through my deeds. I only care so long as they give me what I want. Last year, I rode out at my king's side with a younger brother. If I'm to return to my father alone, then.." he continued. "Then I will take recompense from the Enemy first." the Prince's hands remained tightly gripping the battlements, his fingers now as white as marble stone.

Gelmir. Orodreth closed his eyes. The young boy that had trailed behind Gwindor wherever he went, and Finduilas would play her pranks upon. Who had loved the sun and wilderness better than Nargothrond's caverns. When Orodreth last saw Gelmir, he was eager to campaign with the king, to see his mighty brother fight, and win glory by their side. In that last dinner with Guilin's family, he would joke with Finduilas about Gwindor, driving her to laughter in front of their father.

Before leaving, Gelmir left Orodreth with a promise, that he would avenge Aegnor, and make the orcs pay a hundredfold for his death. That with King Finrod, they would ride to Dorthonion, and relieve Angrod Ironhand's lands. The pride of youth, who had never been to such a campaign before. And would never be again. Elbereth guard Gelmir, if he still lives. Orodreth prayed silently, hoping that in high Taniquetil, it might reach a merciful ear.

Orodreth had no brothers, nor sisters. He could not know Gwindor's loss. But he had a daughter. When the King returned without his son, Guilin had stood still, unmoving for all the procession. "Gwindor," Orodreth spoke, gently putting his hand on the younger prince's shoulder. "I pray that Gelmir lives. But please, do not forget all else for him."

Gwindor looked towards Orodreth for a moment, and then back to the tower. "I thank you for your concern, sire. But there will not be another Rhudol made of my brother." he said, his lips a thin line, and walked away.

As he did, Orodreth felt only sorrow.





Four times did Anar trace her path across the sky, and three times Tilion followed her fiery wake. In that time, all Minas Tirith braced itself for the coming battle. Every day, Orodreth joined with Gwindor, inspecting the readiness of the troops. More preparations were being made outside the isle and around the river crossings, as the troops labored to fill trenches with stakes and raise yet more stockades, all while Prince Gwindor rode out to survey their work. He slept outside Minas Tirith now, in one of the camps alongside his cavalry.

Within the tower, that left Orodreth to deal with Sarad, his father's old adjutant one of the few among the Dorthonion men to remain inside. Orodreth tried to ignore his presence, as much as his rank allowed him to, only addressing the man when necessary.

"Do you think he wishes he were out there with Prince Gwindor, lord?" Suilor asked Orodreth, after Sarad had left his presence. The young herald's voice was full of caution, as it ever seemed to be towards Orodreth. Caution or deference. It made Orodreth feel pity for Suilor - and remember when the only thing that made the young respect their elders was propriety, not the law of war.

"I doubt it, Suilor." Orodreth replied. "And even if he were, Gwindor would have to fight to keep his place, or be driven mad by his every word being questioned." Sarad had proven himself enough trouble infirm as he was - what the knight would be like whole was something Orodreth had no wish to see.

"Pardon me lord, but perhaps that's the reason. Captain Sarad sees Prince Gwindor out on the field, hale and strong, while he's confined to a tower. I'd be envious too." replied the youth.

Perhaps Suilor was right. Broken body, crooked words and mind. How many years had that man spent on the lines of the Siege, by his father's side? Now, he was with Angrod's son. But I am not like father, Orodreth thought. As Angrod Ironhand never forgot. And the men here would rather I was.

Orodreth was in little mood for that. "Are you envious of Prince Gwindor then?" he asked Suilor, with a smile, to distract from his own thoughts.

Suilor's cheeks flushed red, and he shrunk back. "No, lord! Prince Gwindor is the best o- the finest man here." he replied, with a slight stutter. "Why would I be jealous?"

"Not at all?" Orodreth questioned. "And you say he is the finest man here, while in my service, Suilor? Perhaps when I return to Nargothrond, I shall find a more respectful man to be my vassal." he spoke, and watched Suilor's face turn pale white.

"Sire! That's not what I meant!" he replied apologetically.

Orodreth furrowed his brow. "Now you question my judgment." he said gravely, his voice steady, almost a whisper, before rising from his seat.

He let out a chuckle, laughing as Suilor turned from white to red again, looking relieved, but also trying to conceal his annoyance. "My apologies," Orodreth said with a smile. "It was a jest. You have been nothing but dutiful all this time in my service." It had been a favor to his father, that Orodreth gave Suilor a place in his retinue and household. Since then, he had not disappointed, serving with dignity and diligence.

"Thank you, sire." the young man muttered. "I'll resolve to serve you even better in the future."

Orodreth smiled. "These are ill times, Suilor." And an ill land. "You are young yet, and have been spared the worst of this war. I'm not so great that you should spend your years forever serving me." As Orodreth spoke, the sound of horns blasting and alarms being raised came from outside the tower. Louder and louder, like onrushing waves. He could bring himself to smile no more.

Even before the watchman entered the room calling for his attention, Orodreth knew it meant only one thing. The Enemy had come.
 
The Warden of the Tower II (Part 2)
---------------------------------------
The Warden of the Tower II
---------------------------------------



Orodreth rushed outside, past the stairs and to the tower's pinnacle, to find Sarad already there with cane in hand, a few watchmen by his side. He saw Tandir too and Tirinde too, but Gwindor was not present. He must be in the field already. Anar was descending to the west, and the hour of twilight was swiftly approaching. Below them, the sound of horns and war-drums and stirring feet convulsed the tower whole. Without a word, Orodreth moved past the captain, to the edge of the balcony and peered to the north.

South of the fen of Serech, and marching down the north-road, Orodreth gazed at thousands upon thousands of orcs approaching. From Minas Tirith's tower, they seemed like a dark mass of insects creeping from the north, a myriad encroaching feet covering the ground they trod upon. To their east was the river, and to the furthest west the steepest part of the pass, shadowed by the leaves of tall pines and fir trees in their thousands.

He looked closer. Over the years, small groups of raiders, little better than brigands might have slipped past the leaguer around Angband, to prey upon what they could before they were ridden down. But these orcs were no rabble. At the head of every battalion in the host there were banners, flying high upon tall spears. But these were unlike the bright colors of the Ñoldor. They were pure black with no mark or ensign, like the starless night sky from when Ëa was yet young, and that Morgoth Bauglir still remembered. Below each banner were hundreds of orcs. Orodreth looked closer upon them. They carried spears and swords and cruel axes. Many wore simple armor, hides, leather and sewn iron scales, yet others were covered in iron. Among their numbers were large canopies of hide and thick cloth, almost like walking tents. And there were yet more to come.

Besides the foot battalions were orcs mounted upon wolves and other creatures, beasts of horn and hideous hide. The orc riders were lighter and weaker than Gwindor's troop of cavalry, yet there were many of them. Then there were others - wolves, but unlike the ones that the orcs mounted. Those were even larger, and more ill-tempered, with iron claws and fangs like swords. Above the host there flew a cloud of winged creatures like bats, heralding the army's approach. Gwindor's scouts were right - the host arrayed against them numbered well over twenty thousand strong.

"Look there, Warden." came Sarad's voice, almost a hiss. He pointed to the center of the host, and a flurry of banners. Below the largest of the black flags there flew a smaller ensign. It was that of a snarling wolf, its teeth red with blood. "I know that banner. It was at Dorthonion, and the Bragollach." he then turned to one of the men, who bore the colors of Aegnor. "Go down, and tell the men who the Enemy has sent at us."

Orodreth frowned. "I command here," he said. "What is this banner you're speaking of?"

"That is the banner of Gorthaur." he spoke in answer. "One of Morgoth's lieutenants, and the same one that now holds Prince Angrod's land." Orodreth had heard the name before, spoken by those who had escaped from Angband - or had been let out. Sauron. A shadow that trailed close behind the Dark Lord, a spirit of will and malice that ruled the pits of Angband as the Balrogs commanded Morgoth's armies. But he had never heard of him leading orcs into battle before.

More and more orcs streamed in from the north, until finally Orodreth could see the trailing tail of the host. He saw yet more beasts, of a kind he did not recognize - taller than a horse and twice as wide. They were covered in heavy, shaggy fur, and their heads were crowned with horns like those of oxen, yet wider, and there were many whereas oxen had only two. Behind them they dragged large carts and wains, driven forward by orcs with lashes. Orodreth had seen creatures like that before - once, as he pursued the retreating orc hosts before the Dagor Aglareb. They had slain many of those pack-beasts, on the road north. The Enemy had thought to take Dorthonion then, and had sent many hundreds of wains to follow in his armies' train.

Now, Morgoth had achieved the victory he sought four hundred years ago, and his servants marched further south than they ever had before.

"Too many." Sarad muttered. Was it the orcs? They were as many as the scouts had said, and Orodreth doubted that a man who talked so often of his knowledge of war could not see it.

"The enemy are as Prince Gwindor expected." Orodreth said.

"Your Prince was right, Warden. But I was not looking at the orcs. These are not half the number of the host that seized Dorthonion. Yet the train of wagons behind them is greater than a host this size would need."

"They aim to encircle and starve us out then." Tandir raised his voice. Truly, we should have heeded your wisdom, great captain. Orodreth thought to himself. Then we would wait long enough to give the orcs hungry men to fight.

"Perhaps." Sarad replied flatly. He did not seem to regard Tandir's opinion much higher than he did that of his commander. Or I his. "Regardless, the Captain of Cavalry risks his men. If the battle goes ill, he'll find himself stranded beyond the Sirion.

For all of Sarad's baseness, if Gwindor fails, it will be a siege. Orodreth thought, and his hand wandered down to the hilt of the sword that hung from his belt. It has been long since I had to wield a brand.

Anar disappeared behind the Ered Wethrin to the west, the orc-host continuing its advance while the last rays of light gave way to darkening sky. As they closed in upon Minas Tirith, the sound of the army began to reach Orodreth's ears. Marching feet and hooves stamping on the ground, while the screech of the orc horns carried across the air, shrill and harsh. Then came the drums. Great drums the size of a man each, carried in the midst of the orc ranks, beating steadily, urging the vile mass forward. It came closer, ever closer, the booming drowning out all other sound.

But it was met by another call.

From the riverbank, the sound of the horns of the Ñoldor rose to meet the challenge of Morgoth's minions. Gwindor's pale blue banner flew high, its four speartips woven in cloth-of-gold glistening in the day's last light. Next to it stood King Finrod's emerald banners, and those of his father's House. The guard of Minas Tirith was gathered around them, as Gwindor had placed the vanguard on an upraised hill, just beyond the riverbank of the Sirion. He spotted Gonodor there, in his silvered armor and sea-green scales. Around the hill, the ground was set with stakes and carved with trenches, the sides guarded by a short wooden stockade. Atop the hill he had formed a line of archers, three hundred strong. Half their number wore the colors of Minas Tirith, but the rest were of a different kind.

The bore the insignia of the Annûnfen Gwaith, and the pure white cloaks of that company. They were of the host of the West-Gate, one of the few battalions from Nargothrond that King Finrod could spare. Their helms were decorated with dark blue feathers, and they wore lacquered corslets of dark yellow iron above their sturdy mail and scale, with long swords at their belts. In front of their line they had placed down the tall shields they before carried on their backs, and readied their warbows with calm precision, undaunted by the cacophony of sound that raged around them.

Orodreth remembered long ago, when his father talked to him of the bows the Teleri and Doriathrim favored - he had forgotten most of what he heard, remembering only that they were taller, simpler than the bows of horn and sinew that the Ñoldor crafted. From what he knew, these were more like the former than the latter.

Behind and around them stood the foot of the vanguard, arrayed in ranks, shields tightly interlocked with one another, tall spears jutting outwards. They were some eight hundred in total, and with the archers together formed almost a hedge. At the rear and on the opposite side of the river stood Prince Gwindor's cavalry. Orodreth could not help but wonder if this was a mistake - how could they take part in the battle from there?

Then further back, beyond the Sirion lay the bulk of the host, though still small when compared to the army bearing down upon them. Companies of spears and archers formed up in their ranks, as well as the Edain. Though there were lanterns with each battalion, the Men needed many more, and one man in five carried a torch. The Secondborn fear the night, Orodreth remembered hearing after his uncle first discovered them in the East. The orcs have no such fear.

Now with the shroud of night covering them, the orcs finally were beginning their assault. In the distance, running towards Gwindor's fort, were thousands of eyes, glittering in the dark. The shadowy shapes of the orcs marched forward like ants, and Orodreth could see their spears and axes. They first marched at a steady pace, before finally pausing. Then the great drums began their sonorous beat again, faster than before, and a great roar erupted from the battalions behind.

"These are merely the lesser orcs, their slaves and weaklings." Sarad said. "They will not commit their shock troops yet. Not until they see your prince's intent." Looking more closely, Orodreth saw he was right. Though they had helms, they wore little armor, and shields would be little protection from the marksmen of the Annunfên, who could hit as surely in utter darkness as in broad daylight. Did they then want to weaken and tire out Gwindor's men? "The greater orcs will miss their absence even less than we will." Sarad said, contempt in his voice.

The first of the orcs then began their charge, beginning to run as they entered the range of bowshot. Horns came again from the vanguard, and in the light of lanterns Orodreth saw the first arrows let loose.

They found their mark, and orcs dropped as they were hit. Some that carried bows with them tried in vain to loose their own arrows in return, but the fort was well beyond their range. Those with shields cowered beneath them, hoping for protection from the pitiless hail that scythed through their fellows. If orcs indeed have those.

The arrows continued, the archers slaying and wounding as they wished, and leaving those they spared with every missed shot in terror. The few larger, stronger orcs among this rabble tried to cajole their lessers onward, with threats and barked commands - only few obeyed, and many of those that stood taller were cut down in turn. Others threw down their arms, and were killed as they fled. Orodreth tried not to look too closely, and clenched his hands. Even with orcs, this was an ugly sight.

But then the horns blew, and the arrows ceased. Gwindor had given the command. The remainder of the orcs that yet stood and had not turned pressed forward once more. Another horn sounded - this time signaling the infantry. Their ranks parted and then closed once more, revealing troops clad in lighter armor, carrying smaller shields, and bearing swords and short spears and axes. Emerging from the fortifications onto the open field, they let out a loud cry, and yelled as they charged. Another flight of arrows was let loose into the air before, and just after the arrows descended onto the enemy, the foot collided at them with a mighty crash.

What followed was butchery. What little will was left to stand among the orcs was broken, and they fled. The troops of the vanguard cheered, and slammed down the butts of their spears in triumph as the forward troops returned back to their lines.

Atop the tower, Tirinde raised her first in joy, and cheered for the victory. Sarad meanwhile, remained unmoved, and raised his hand. "Don't be quick to triumph." he said. "Now comes the true battle."

Not a true battle, but a victory nonetheless. And more than you've been able to claim.

Not long after, the drums began their beat once more. Boom-boom-boom. Upon three beats of the drum, the enemy host began to move again. Almost like a bird, it began to extend its wings as it could, in the confines of the river valley. Battalions of fresh orcs were still ready for battle. These stood taller than the rabble that came before, still shorter than the Firstborn, but large and strong all the same. They carried halberds and others bore wielded spears. Their feet were shod in iron, and many wore mail hauberks reaching to their knees - others thick iron scales sewn together. Among their numbers were the torog - massive beings of muscle and hide like stone, larger than any Eldar, armed with hammers and with large clubs of wood and iron. The largest ones had plates of steel and iron, to guard their weak spots from any foe that dared approach. And moving by the flank, the wolves made ready for battle as well.

"They're letting their shock troops loose now." Tirinde commented gravely.

Sarad was as impassive as ever. "Let us see how your Prince handles true fighting, then."

Orodreth felt his stomach lurch. He thought of Gwindor, and the men across that river that would have to face these beasts. Surely, the fort of wood and packed soil could not stand against all this. Gwindor needed to see that. He needed to turn back, and fast.

Yet whatever Orodreth believed, it was clear that Guilin's son thought otherwise. His forces did not retreat, only returning to their prepared positions as the orcs made their approach. The phalanx tightened its ranks, as the archers of Minas Tirith began to loose their arrows once more. Some found their mark, but at this range, many more were little use against the shields and thick armor of the orcs. All except the Annunfên Gwaith. They had still not loosed their flights, but prepared in silence, nocking their tall warbows.

What are they doing? The enemy is approaching! Orodreth thought, desperate. But then he heard. The sound of spears raised high, then butted against the ground by the hundreds, and voices crying.

"Alagos! ALAGOS!" Storm, STORM!

The first of the orcs came closer than any had before - and fell over in an instant. From so close, even their armour was little protection against the withering hail of heavy arrows.

"Alagos! ALAGOS!" Storm, STORM! The cry went up again and another volley of arrows alongside it. This time, Orodreth saw not only orcs, but also larger, darker shapes falling down. Yet they kept on coming closer and closer, striving through the darts. Behind the first battalions came orcs with bows, numbering in the hundreds. As the orcs in front made for the fort, they instead aimed their bows upwards, letting loose against Gwindor's men. The darts climbed upwards and fell down like rain upon the defenders. The Annunfên took cover behind their tall shields, while others sought shelter among the spearmen. Though some were wounded, most of the darts fell short, or clattered uselessly against the shields and armor of the spearmen.

Yet the shock troops of the orc-host now were at the foot of the hill, the boldest among their number already starting to climb through the trenches and trying to unearth the stakes from the ground. Above them, Gwindor's troops pelted them with rocks and darts, while others used their long spears to deter the approach of the orcs. The ground was already soiled with blood and corpses, yet many more approached the hill, enough to replace the routed and the slain. And on the flank, the wolves awaited, with howling jaws of fanged teeth.

It cannot last forever. They have to retreat. Orodreth thought, as the foot in the fort continued fighting against the orcs. Many of the torog now had abandoned their weapons, and instead used their large fists to move aside earth and stakes alike, while their large bulk shielded the orcs laboring behind. In response, the defenders used their spears to present the torog with a wall of steel, to stab at eyes and even the thick hide while the archers still loosed arrows. Some of the creatures flinched in the face of the spears and darts, while others fell over dead, struck in the eyes.

With a blood-chilling howl, the wolves of Angband finally moved, running to the flank of the hill, that was unprotected by the river, as the assault continued. They were followed by a battalion of eight hundred orcs clad in heavy mail, and carrying axes. Horns sounded from the fort, as a battalion of spearmen began to march down the slopes and outside of it, archers loosing arrows in support as they could.

Orodreth watched the phalanx move and come to a halt, a beast of tightly interlocked shields and bristling spearpoints. Yet they were outnumbered - for every four orcs, there was only one of the Eldar to match them, and the wolves were a greater terror than any orc. As the first line of orc warriors crashed into the wall of spears like a wave upon the shore, the wolves dove between the clashing lines, biting and dragging those unfortunate enough to be caught by their jaws out into the open, to be butchered by the axes of the waiting orcs. Slowly but surely, the phalanx began to fall apart, the tight formation breaking as bolder orcs forced their way into its ranks, and began to attack it upon the flank. Even the fire of the archers from high atop the fort was little aid, as many more were focused against the attack to their front.

"Northo! Northo! Batha i goth!" A loud voice cried out. It came from the west, by the river, and it was accompanied by the blowing of horns and the neighing of horses. It was Gwindor and his cavalry, finally joining the fray. Knights clad in steel, even the horses, and close behind them lighter horse. As fast as the gale in a storm, they sped across the plain and charged the orc flank. Gwindor rode at their head, his lance already bloodied, and banner flying tall. At the face of his charge, the orc lines crumbled, and even the wolves fled.

The faltering phalanx rallied, and with a loud cry charged. What had been a winning engagement for the orcs, seeming ready to take the flank and assault the fort by the rear turned into a rout, with hundreds fleeing, only to be ridden down, trampled beneath the hooves of the onrushing horses. Orodreth saw that the orcs assaulting the fortress faltered, their captains shouting and beating drums, to ready the spears to turn about.

They never had the chance.

Gwindor shouted commands, and the horsemen behind him split, half following behind him, and another half circling around the flank. A line of orcs readied their long spears, but as the cry of "Northo!" came once more and the knights charged with lowered lances they scattered, the wedge of horsemen driving through them like a ship's prow cutting through the waves. The orcs found themselves trapped, facing the hill while Gwindor pressed them ever closer to the defenders. More footmen came down to join the battle, shouting "Dago in yrch! Slay the orcs!"

Orodreth saw Gwindor drive his lance through one of the orc captains, and found himself feeling glee inside. This was working. They had slain many and the orcs fled. Slaying is not victory, he had to remind himself, while Tirinde and Suilor's cheers rang in his ears.

"Run them down!" said Suilor, with a grin, before chastening his expression as Orodreth turned to look. "Lord, this is a victory worthy of song already. Hundreds of orcs slain, and they have not even reached the river."

"Lord, perhaps it is time to signal our reserves to cross." offered Tandir. "The enemy are in disarray. With a decisive strike, we could rout them all."

Sarad raised his voice. "It would be a decisive strike, but for the enemy, not us. You'd be offering them lambs ready for slaughter. Prince Gwindor might hold a narrow crossing, but if he took the fight to the enemy, he'd be enveloped and crushed before dawn."

"Enough." Orodreth said. "We hold to our plans." Though not without grumbling, the others swiftly stopped.

The orcs retreated, with Gwindor's cavalry pursuing behind them. But they did not chase them too far north - it seemed that he had no intention of provoking the larger host. Instead, the horsemen returned to their lines, and once more drums and horns sounded, giving orders. At a steady pace, many of the foot began to march, departing the fort, and turning westward. But this was no disorganized flight - they kept formation as they left, and while crossing the Sirion. First, the most weakened men left, and the wounded, with the strongest and best-equipped still arrayed for battle. Yet more soon followed, until less than a third of the men and women that Gwindor had stationed across the Sirion were left.

However with the pounding of drums, the reprieve came to an end, and the enemy host returned to the offensive.

In the darkness, Orodreth could see more orcs than even before, moving ahead. At the head of their formation were the wolf-riders, followed by many more beasts out of Angband's pits, leaving the orcs trailing behind. But Gwindor did not stand to give them battle, or hold his fort. He rode alongside his horsemen, following the last of the retreating infantry, banners fluttering in the wind as they made to cross the Sirion. Now closer and closer approached a troop of beasts and their riders, howling for blood. They numbered more than twice Gwindor's men, who were now caught mid-river. "Form up!" Gwindor cried out, his cavalry gathering about him, but the infantry struggled to find their footing even in the shallowest part of the Sirion, the cold dark waters raging all around them. From the western side of the river, he heard calls and cries, and a company began to rush to Gwindor's aid, their many lanterns standing above them like banners in the dark.

The beasts reached the banks of the eastern shore, and came to a pause. The main host was yet behind them however. Wolves lowered their heads, sniffing at the cold river water and shrunk back. The smaller animals were struggling under the reins of their riders, twitching and buckling in fear. With great struggle, and the crack of whips did the wolves obey the command of their riders, entering the raging river.

"Northo!" Gwindor cried out, the infantry behind him now formed into a line, their spears facing the east bank. As the foe hesitated on the rivershore, the young Prince lowered his visor and lance, springing forth like a wild cat that found its prey. The tall steeds of his knights proved the faster, the shorter wolves of the north struggling to move as the water splashed and foamed. But there was something more.

When the knights galloped forward, the waters parted slightly beneath the horses' hooves, instead flowing towards the eastern bank, enveloping the wolves. Their riders struggled to make them obey, much less face against the charge of the horsemen.

Though the air may choke and the land lies poisoned, the waters run true. Trust in them. That was what the voice in his dream had said. The Lord of Waters had spoken! "You have not forgotten us, o Dweller of the Deeps!" Orodreth whispered in awe.

With an echoing crash, Gwindor's lancers collided into the panicking beasts. His lance shattered, its point buried deep with the skull of a wolf, and swift as a striking snake he drew his sword from its scabbard, striking down the rider in one stroke, cleaving from the mail down to the bone. In as many blows, he struck down three more foes. Another wolf leapt towards Gwindor's mount, trying to bite at the horse's neck, but the thick barding of scales that hung down to the hock turned its teeth aside. Striking with his sword, he slew the wolf, almost hacking off its head in that one blow. From the west bank came reinforcements, a company of infantry five hundred strong. They rushed into battle, while the last remaining of the vanguard's foot crossed the river. Seeing their approach, the wolves finally retreated, giving up the fight.

Gwindor did not pursue, but instead withdrew his cavalry, joining the rest of the host. He was welcomed with many cheers from the troops, who had seen the fighting across the river. The five hundred that had come to reinforce Gwindor now retreated as well, with their shields raised to protect them from the arrows of the orcs, who had come within range too late to stop the routing of their beasts. On the western bank, more companies formed up for battle, both infantry and archers, ready for the orc host to make the crossing of the river.

But no onslaught came. Instead, the orcs pulled back, leaving troops to watch the river fords. For a moment, Orodreth wondered if that meant they retreated - but he soon saw otherwise. They had begun to erect tents and stockades, setting towers and sentinels. They cannot take both banks, so they'll settle for making camp on one.

"They will be back later." Sarad said. "This setback will delay them, but it's not yet enough to rout them." Yet, Orodreth caught the word from his father's adjutant. Could it be that the battle had impressed even him, and he was loath to admit it? Orodreth found that amusing, if it were true. And if we succeed, then it will be all the quicker that he can be punished for his transgressions.

With the battle seeming finished for now, Gwindor took a small retinue of five, leaving the rest of his cavalry on the field, and galloped back towards Minas Tirith. Orodreth went inside, to welcome him.



"Tûr ernil Gwindor! TÛR ERNIL GWINDOR! TÛR ERNIL GWINDOR!"

The halls of Minas Tirith were filled with shouts and cheers. Though Gwindor's escort was small and many were still afield, the welcome was warm indeed. The guardsmen lining the hall butted their spears against the floor with every cheer. Just behind him, Suilor was silent, but his eyes full of admiration as he stared at the knights, fresh from the battlefield.

"Tûr ernil Gwindor! TÛR ERNIL GWINDOR! TÛR ERNIL GWINDOR!"

Victory, Prince Gwindor!

And when Orodreth stepped down the stairs, the cheers rang once more. "Hail Prince Warden! Hail Prince Warden!" Was this really a victory to merit such cheers? He let himself smile nonetheless. It was no time to be grim. How long had it been since they had seen a celebration unmarred by sorrow?

Gwindor smiled as well, curtly nodding at any who saluted him as he walked up the steps to Orodreth. "Hail, Prince Orodreth!" Gwindor shouted, his voice carrying above the clamour, striding ahead with an easy confidence, his azure cloak stained with black blood trailing behind him.

"Hail to you too, Gwindor, son of Guilin. Nargothrond and the King shall rejoice to hear of your valor, and that of your men." Once more, cheers rang through the hall, so loudly that one would think they had already routed the orcs back to Angband.
From so close, Orodreth could smell the acrid odor of blood and sweat on Gwindor and his knights. At the corner of his eye, he caught Suilor twitching his nose, looking downwards in embarrassment.

Gwindor followed behind Orodreth, as they entered the old dining chamber once more. The remaining officers in the tower were already seated. Tandir greeted Gwindor eagerly, saluting the younger man, as did Tirinde. Sarad did not stand up, merely leaning on his walking staff. Unsurprising. Gwindor showed no signs of displeasure, however, and took his place at Orodreth's right hand.

"Though I am grateful for your praise friends," he spoke easily. "I have not truly earned it until our foes have been driven back north. They will be upon us again soon. Though they took losses, the opposite bank is now theirs. Our battle has only begun." Gwindor then turned to Orodreth.

"Sire, I have come to ask for your command once more." My command? You've done well enough without it, and know it as much as I do.

Orodreth nodded all the same. "When do you believe the next attack will come, Prince Gwindor?" he asked.

"Before the dawn, perhaps, or the next night. Most likely the second, and not the same ford." Gwindor replied.

Tandir spoke in agreement. "They must be weary from their march, and setting camp, as well as the battle. How many were slain, Prince Gwindor?" he asked.

There was a scratching metallic sound as Gwindor crossed his armored arms, and laid them on the table, and his steel-shod feet touched the marbled floor. "A thousand, maybe. And many more wounded. Our own dead are less than fifty." In truth, Orodreth had expected more. A thousand were barely a fraction of the host across the river. Tandir seemed to share that disappointment, as his features turned downcast. But it was a worthwhile trade, so many of theirs dead, for so few of ours, he tried to remind himself. To Orodreth's surprise, the next to raise his voice was Sarad.

"Tell the host it was four thousand slain." he said simply. "It will encourage them to fight all the harder if they think victory that much closer and their captains so valiant." the older Captain then turned towards Tandir. "The enemy did not commit his full force, and the Captain of Cavalry was wise enough not to pursue them."

Immediately, Orodreth turned towards him with a glare, Tirinde and Tandir both appearing to be against this too. "You are saying to lie to our own soldiers?" Yet, while he had come to expect baseness from Sarad, the knight had only ever spoken against Gwindor before. Had the battle indeed changed his mind? It couldn't be to win Gwindor's favor.

"Truth and falsehood are both weapons to be used, Prince Warden." he told Orodreth. "And a man that thinks victory is in his grasp swings his blade all the harder."

"It is not unwise." said Gwindor, sounding more reserved. "This is the first victory these men have seen in a long time. You remember how they were when we first arrived." Orodreth had no need to be reminded of that - soldiers fighting one another over the scraps of their fallen companions, or the destruction of the saintost. But he could also not forget who it was that commanded then, and that he still stood next to them.

Yet Gwindor knew the ways of war better than him. Perhaps he is right, no matter how ill it sits with me. "If you deem it necessary, then do so." Orodreth finally spoke, with a heavy heart. Already, any cheer from before had faded.

First I spare Sarad, now we follow his counsel. How long before we steal from our people because it is 'wise'? Came the bitter thought unbidden.

"When the next attack comes, it will be at the south crossings." said Tirinde. "After tonight, I don't think the orcs will want to bleed here again. And soldiers from the third company saw scouts prowling there, with bats flying above them." There was more than one place where the Sirion was shallow enough to be forded, and though all had been fortified, the northern crossing where Gwindor had fought tonight was the largest and least dangerous. The south crossing was narrower, fraught with sharp rocks, and the river currents flowed fiercer there. If the orcs were to attack in force, it would be easy to throw them back.

"The third company? There are many Edain in their ranks." stated Gwindor. "Send the second to reinforce them, and have the Aftercomers moved to the rear."

"The Edain are strong enough to hold the fords, lord." Tirinde replied. "Why move them?"

Gwindor did not seem much bothered by the question. "Because the orcs attack at night - and the Aftercomers fear it. I will not have our flanks fall if they are ambushed while asleep. The Edain may be stronger than orcs - and the strongest among them might perhaps match one of us - but our best will leave them trailing behind."

Those words reminded Orodreth of another debate, years ago. It was not long after his uncle had returned from the East, where he had found the Secondborn - the second race that so much had been whispered of in Valinor, and those whispers were instantly reignited like a flame watered with oil. In so many ways, the Secondborn had been unlike what they expected. Short, and weak. Most of them plain, or ugly, even. Few in number, the first tribe that his uncle had found was not even a fraction of those that dwelled in Nargothrond alone. They had tools, and even weapons, but nothing like the Eldar. Even the Laiquendi, who had no cities or walls of stone had more lore. The Edain seemed to know so little of the world - of its beginnings, of the Valar, or Ilúvatar. They feared the night, and loved Anar too well. And they were so prone to hurt, to weariness and sickness.

In Valinor, many - like Fëanor himself - had feared the Second Children. They had talked of a second race that the Valar would bring. To take our place, and all that we love in the world. But Fëanor died before the Edain ever walked Arda. And now that they did, it was hard to see what he might have been so fearful of.

But yet, his uncle Finrod thought elsewise. The King truly believed that the Aftercomers had some great part to play in the Music, that they were meant to succeed the Firstborn in Arda. In truth, Orodreth nursed doubts about that. His uncle was wise. But even the most wise could not see all ends. Guilin was no lesser a scholar, and he had not agreed with the King.

"It may be that our place is to teach and guide the Secondborn. But to inherit from us, friend? If Ilúvatar so wished, why were we given our knowledge by the Valar and not the Edain instead? Why not make the fëar and hröar of the Aftercomers stronger than our own? They are visitors in the world, while we are eternal. Our kingdoms are mighty, and they have none." Guilin had said.

"Fëanor believed the Valar evil, that was why he thought they would have the Aftercomers take our place."

If it was that the Secondborn were to inherit from the Firstborn, then why need the Firstborn be at all? Merely to pave the way for them? Whatever part the Edain had, surely it was something else.

Now centuries had passed, and many generations of the Aftercomers born and left the world. They were many now, though still not nearly as numerous as the Ñoldor alone. They had proven themselves brave, and in the eyes of many Orodreth knew, that was enough. And for Aegnor, it was more than that. His uncle had loved an Edain woman, though he never took her to wife. It was for the best that he did not. Father and I agreed it would bring him only sorrow. And how often was it that Angrod Ironhand saw eye to eye with his son?

The sound of Gwindor's voice brought Orodreth back from his reminiscing. "The orcs have not pressed us yet, but there is no reason to let them be. When the sun is highest," he turned to Tirinde. "take the men you picked, and the vessels. When you are signalled, attack their camps."

"In the noon, we'll be easy to spot." retorted Tirinde. "And if we are, then we lose all surprise, lord."

"The orcs fear the daylight, and their sentries will be more like to try and shield themselves from it than watch. But you are right, lieutenant." Gwindor admitted. "I will lead an attack on the opposite bank. Harry the orcs, and distract them from your force."

Satisfied by Gwindor's answer, Tirinde did not raise another objection. "As you command, lord." she answered. Two years ago,Orodreth would scarcely have thought heavy-handed Tirinde would be in a position to sit in council alongside him, or argue with any princes. Glamren had commanded the guards of Minas Tirith ever since its foundations were laid down, and he showed no signs of ever wishing to stop. Orodreth wished that if he had, it had been of his will, not in battle - and he would choose the replacement, not his father. He was a good man, strong, yet wise enough to know strength is not everything. And with a wit as sharp as a blade. Tirinde was a different sort. She was younger - Glamren was of an age with him, but Tirinde had been born in Beleriand. A strong warrior but disorderly, and it was rare to see her out of duty without a drink in hand. But now, he saw that the past year had changed her, like it has all of us.

"Do you give us leave, sire?" Gwindor said to him. Orodreth nodded in answer, sinking into his seat. It felt narrower around him. This is a courtesy. He knows full well what his plans are.

"Proceed as you have planned, Prince Gwindor." With a slight smile, Guilin's son turned to the others.

"I thank you for your time, friends." he spoke. "The battle has only begun, but we can already see the fair end. We persevere, and we win. We persevere, and send news that will shake Angband's deepest pits. We hold, until we smash down Morgoth's gates!"



It had all gone as Gwindor planned. On the midday when Anar reached its highest point, Gwindor led a force from the southern crossings, while Aeramath and his Dorthonion men advanced on the north. Though they did not advance far beyond the river, they overwhelmed the enemy sentries quickly. As the orcs roused themselves from their camps, Tirinde set from behind Tol Sirion with a company of picked troops. By afternoon, flames had engulfed one of the orc encampments, setting tents and towers alike ablaze, black pillars of smoke rising high above the plains like battling serpents.

Three more days of fighting followed the assault on the orc camps. Night after night, Orodreth watched from the isle as the enemy host tried to force its way across the Sirion, only to be thrown back to the eastern bank, diminished every time. But the battle did not take its toll on the enemy alone. Every day, more men and women would be returned to the island wounded, and others would never return at all. Yet despite the enemy's numbers, Gwindor and his men held.

On the dawn of the third day, a rider came galloping from the south-road. He was one of the Secondborn, tawny-skinned and auburn haired, wearing a green cloak and an iron cap on his head. The badge on his cloak was that of the Haladin of Brethil. As Orodreth looked at him, he judged he could not have been old, even by the measure of the Edain judging by his lack of a beard. Bowing before Orodreth and his council, the rider introduced himself as Ebor of Brethil, in the heavy, mangled accent that was typical of the Haladin when they tried to speak Sindarin. "I've news from Lord Halmir!" he announced loudly.

"Be calm." Orodreth said, and motioned for Suilor to give the man a cup of water. "There's time enough to relay your master's news calmly." Though now it fell upon Brethil to defend Nargothrond's eastern flank, the Haladin were no subjects of King Finrod, and the lords of Brethil were closer to Doriath, as far as they were close to anyone at all. They left the East for good reason. The word of Fëanor's sons is worth less than the breath it takes to speak it. Yet even after their arrival west, the Haladin had little eagerness to extend their service to any lord of the Eldar, even Orodreth's uncle, who had arranged for their settlement in Brethil.

Ebor grasped the goblet Suilor offered him, and drank eagerly. Orodreth braced himself for the Man's next words, whether good or ill. His words were slurred, and the messenger stammered with the longer words. "Lord, a great host, thousands strong came outside Brethil's bounds a few days ago. They had the banners of the lords of the East, and asked for passage through our land. They wanted to fight alongside their lords' kin of Nargothrond, and my lord let them pass, before sending me here to inform you."

Orodreth was taken aback, feeling like he'd been hit in the stomach, and a chill spread through his limbs. Once again, the words returned to him, bubbling like sea-foam from his mind's recesses.

Beware the East.

He looked around him at the table. This time, it was almost full, only Gonodor and a few others of Gwindor's company missing as well as Tirinde, all of them occupied in the camps and sentries. The news had left the others surprised as well. How could the Sons of Fëanor have gotten an army to Brethil? They could not have passed through Nan Dungortheb - that is suicide.

Aeramath was the first to break the silence. "Their banners, what was on them?" he asked, leaning forward, his eyes peering straight into Ebor. "Did you see their troops?"

"A star over red." Ebor responded. "I did not see them myself, I was ordered here by Lord Halmir before they passed through. What I give you are my lord's words. If you doubt them, be that on your own honor, not his."

A silver star on a field of red. That was indeed the device used by the Sons of Fëanor and their armies. In Valinor, it was a different one that they painted on their shields and carved upon their swords.

Bameldir was the one to speak up next. "How were they equipped?" The knight had taken a wound to his arm the day before, and was forced to stay within Minas Tirith until it healed. "Is it an army, or are the Fëanorians sending their dregs to us?"

"I was told they were Men, like my people, but many did not speak our tongue. But they did bear long spears, and had many horses."

That was a surprise to Orodreth. There were Edain in the service of the Sons of Fëanor, but not so numerous as to be a host themselves, from what he knew. But horses and long spears were both well-used by the soldiers of the East. Had the Fëanorians found another tribe of Secondborn and pressed them to their armies? Or perhaps it is the Edain that dwell in Estolad? Whatever it was, it made Orodreth feel uneasy.

"You have our thanks, Ebor of Brethil." said Orodreth, struggling not to glower at the Aftercomer. This is no fault of his, he had to remind himself. "You may return to Brethil tomorrow. For now, you'll be provided quarters here, as we can give them."

"Aye lord, you have my thanks, and that of Lord Halmir." Ebor replied. Seeming grateful enough he departed the chamber, leaving Orodreth and his council alone.

"Then the battle is won." announced Tandir. "The orcs must retreat, or find themselves outmatched. They cannot hope to lay siege if more men join us. We need only hold, and wait." There were nods of agreement around the table, many by Gwindor's retinue.

"The soldiers of the east are hardy." agreed Aeramath. "A few thousand more, and we can hold not just now, but next year." Sarad said nothing yet, but Orodreth saw a cold, hateful flash in his eyes, and the twist of his lips.

"They may be of use." he told Aeramath. "But kinslayers are not to be trusted." Were it any other situation, Orodreth would have laughed at the absurdity of it all. It was only Gwindor that had held him from punishing Sarad for his deeds, but now his father's aide was the only man in the chamber to agree with him.

Sarad was one of very few in there that understood what the House of Fëanor were, who had seen their treachery firsthand. Tandir was too young, much less Gwindor and his knights, and Aeramath a Sindar of the north. How many clans of Aeramath's people had joined the Sons of Fëanor eastwards?

"Whatever their masters did was long ago, captain." Aeramath argued. "I wouldn't turn down men for that, not when we need them."

"Long ago? You were not there, Aeramath. You would not speak these words if you were." Sarad retorted, like a fire had been lit inside him. Orodreth had never seen the man react like that. Sarad always spoke more by implication than he did directly, rarely showing emotion. "The Teleri were kin to your people. To us, they were once friends. Never forget that. We should do as Prince Angrod. Fight by them if need be, but do not trust easily."

Orodreth remembered how his father would fight by the Sons of Fëanor, but was never pleased to do so. 'If it were not for the needs of war, I would leave them as they left us.' father had once told Finrod. Angrod - Orodreth too, lied to cover their crimes, when they first came to Beleriand. They had called it 'reconciliation'.'The House of Fëanor slay, and we lie to hide the shame.'

It was his father that found the courage to reveal the truth of what they'd done. Not Orodreth. It was after the Sons of Fëanor scorned Angrod once more, despite all his sacrifices, that he went to Thingol of Doriath.

"The Teleri were kin, yes, though as distant to me as Thingol of Doriath." Aeramath said. "But I also remember the orcs ravaging Mithrim, when you Ñoldor first came across the sea. And we both remember Dorthonion." the Sindar's voice was heavier now, and lower. "It was the orcs that took our homes, that slew Prince Aegnor and Angrod Ironhand. Captain Sarad, you always take the surest course, even if it is hard. As our Prince did. So now, I say we take the help offered to us, even if we don't like the hand that does it. For our homes. And for those that were taken from us."

Just as he had never seen Sarad, son of Alimo show anger before, Orodreth had never seen him smile. His father's man nodded at Aeramath, silently.

"Finely spoken, Aeramath." Gwindor spoke up, like a lord himself. "And I agree. Whatever the House of Fëanor may plan, their troops will give us an easy victory. What happens after is for our Warden, and for King Finrod to decide."

"If they now came to Brethil through Dimbar, it will take them two days, maybe more to arrive here." Tandir said. "They must have passed through Nan Dungortheb. I doubt they would press too hard, not if they are still recovering from losses."

If they were too slow to come, then Orodreth had no reason to be unhappy. Gwindor was doing well repelling the orcs - even better, perhaps the orcs would hear of the approaching host and retreat, seeing the odds against them. Perhaps the House of Fëanor wanted to win his uncle's gratitude by coming to the rescue of Minas Tirith. But another thought niggled at Orodreth's mind. Or they think the East lost, and want to claim the West instead.

No matter what it was, if they had no part in the victory over the orcs, then it would be all for the best. A victory unmarred by kinslayers, and whatever plans they had thwarted.

He said none of that, when he raised his voice. "No matter when these Men come, the orcs are here, and they are not. Focus on them first." With a nod, Gwindor agreed. Hours passed by, spent in discussion and argument. But at the noon, the sound of trumpets and alarms shook the tower.

"Telir yrch! Telir yrch!" The orcs were seen moving across the river, readying for an attack. They must have heard of the reinforcements coming! Orodreth realized. They needed only send their bats south and find out. Gwindor and his retinue rose, to prepare for battle. Orodreth himself motioned to Suilor, and headed for the door.

Only Aeramath remained for longer, and Orodreth saw him speak to Sarad as he left.

"Today, we avenge them. All of them." he said. "I only wish you were there to fight with me one more time." Aeramath said, a smile on his face. "I'll make sure to mark some orcs for you, old friend."

Sarad laid back. On his ruined face, it was difficult to tell what his expression was. But his voice left no doubt about it. "Go, and honor our memory."



Orodreth made his way up the tower. A day that had started off bright had now become dreary and grey, Anar giving way to heavy, brooding clouds. To the south, a thick fog had risen from the river downstream - unusual, Orodreth judged. It was the fading season, and neither fog nor grey days were unheard of. But for fog to only cover the part downstream? But that is why the orcs are attacking now.

It was day still, but with Anar hidden by the clouds, the orcs must have grown bolder. "They must truly be desperate." Orodreth said, more to himself than any others.

"The desperate are oft the most dangerous." Came the reply from Sarad, unasked for. Orodreth thought of torches, and a starlit bay by the ocean. He shook himself, hearing the beating of drums.

Looking down, he saw the orcs already crossing the river. A sight that had become familiar in the night, but did lost none of its menace in the daylight. Beneath black banners, over six thousand orcs were approaching, with yet more behind them. At the vanguard was a force of wolves and beasts. Already they had taken the defenders at the fords by surprise. The garrison had little time to prepare, and before long they were pushed to retreat behind the stockades. Behind the wolves followed the first lines of orcs. The archers hastily arrayed by the riverside loosed their arrows, hoping to stem the advance. But more and more orcs came from the river, swarming the western bank like another wave. These were the largest and strongest of the orcs - the Enemy clearly hoped to overwhelm the shore, sending his finest first. Orodreth saw that some among them had abandoned their heavy armor, settling only for their helms and shields, rushing towards the archers at great speed as the wolf-riders moved to sweep them from behind.

Surrounded and outnumbered, the first defenders fled, chased down by the victorious orcs, the great wolves howling. But from the forts and the island, reinforcements joined the fray. Gwindor galloped ahead, joined by two score knights, the gilded steel of his armor visible from afar. More horsemen came, ready to confront Angband's wolves.

But they did not give chase. Abandoning the few survivors from the river, they returned to the riverbank. Over four thousand of the orcs had already made it across, foot and archers. But more battalions sat on the same hill where Gwindor made his stand on the first day of battle. They bore the standard of the snarling wolf.

"It is him." Sarad said, his voice cold. Orodreth looked, and saw it. A great wolf, larger than any of the rest. It was accompanied by many orcs, set about it like a bodyguard.

"Their leader?" Orodreth asked, and Sarad affirmed.

"In Dorthonion last year, he came in the form of a fell wolf. And that beast now sits under that banner, in their final assault. It could be nothing else." It is a bodyguard, it dawned on him, as the wolf turned his head towards the tower, eyes filled with malice. Sauron. The master of the enemy had come to face them at last.

On Gwindor's command, the guard of Tol Sirion gathered to give battle. His trumpets blew, and troops gathered around the forts. Archers formed up around the foot, gathering behind the earthworks. With little time for respite, the orcs fell upon them with all their strength, seeking to break all resistance. The lines of defenders buckled and struggled against the onslaught, and fell orcs with great axes strove into the ranks of the spearmen. Orodreth spotted the figure of Tirinde on the front ranks, spear in hand. Each of the defenders had to contend with many foes, even as reinforcements came from the flanks and rear - and there are more orcs across than we have troops at all.

Yet Sarad looked unfazed. "The enemy's troops are strung out from the crossing still." he pointed out. Many of their companies were indeed thinly spread. The front of the riverbank, further enclosed by camps and earthworks left their front ranks concentrated but their flank. "The Captain of Cavalry can see it."

At those words, banners were waved, and horns sounded. Another battalion came to join the battle.

Aeramath stood on foot, wearing his mail and plain helm, only a spike decorating it on the front. His cloak was blue and green, patterned with golden thread. The colors were a tribute to Princes Aegnor and Angrod. On one hand he held a tall shield, and on the other the banner of Orodreth's father. Behind him were the soldiers of Dorthonion, those frontier veterans of Orodreth's father and uncle who had held the highlands and the Siege of Angband for centuries. They stood by each other, all in heavy armor, javelins in one hand, shields on the other, fur-lined cloaks on their back. The finest soldiers in all Beleriand, his father had named them proudly. Once there were many, now all we have here is a mere eight hundred. All these days, they had been held back by Gwindor, but now the signal was given for them to engage.

In a loud voice, Aeramath roared to his company. "Not one orc in Dorthonion!"

With one cry that echoed all the way to the Tower of Guard they answered. "NOR IN THE WHOLE WORLD!"

At that, they charged onto the orc line, shouting all the while. "Angrod! Aegnor!" Though archers tried to let loose on them, arrows clattered harmlessly against their mail and shields. "Blood-stained earth and slaughter!" They drew closer and closer, still as undaunted as in the beginning.

They threw their javelins at the orcs in front of them, and with a mighty yell Aeramath threw the banner into the enemy's midst, taking upon his hand a heavy axe. "Acharn! Acharn! ACHARN!" Vengeance. Orodreth looked to the side, and saw Sarad faintly smile, but also the worry in his eyes.

With no hesitation nor delay, the fighting men of Dorthonion all drew their blades, rushing into the orc host, slamming into them with full force. With great fury they hacked and hewed. Heedless of fear or pain, they drove deeper and deeper into the enemy like a relentless wave, the orcs buckling at the face of their charge. Gwindor did not miss his chance. As the enemy reeled, he ordered the rest of his foot forward, to drive them back across the river.

Banners waved and over three thousand men advanced, abandoning their defensive positions. Sprinting towards the vanguard of the enemy, they forced them onto the backfoot, while Aeramath's men pierced deeper and deeper. Gwindor bid his cavalry split into two wedges, and from the flanks they swept around the orcs. The beasts of Angband rushed to meet them, and quickly Gwindor found himself in the midst of enemies. Orodreth looked on with worry, as one of the knights by Gwindor's side was dragged down from his horse and slain.

But his friend's son proved undaunted, and no foe could stop his charge. With his spear he slew, felling first one wolf, and then another - a savage horned beast the size of a wild boar came running towards him, but it also met its fate, impaled through the eye by the point of Gwindor's lance. The vengeful soldiers of Dorthonion were pressing forward through the chaos of the enemy lines, while Gwindor was heading east. East, straight towards the standard, and Sauron.

He wants to slay him. Part of Orodreth pressed him. Call to Suilor, he thought. Tell Gwindor to retreat from this madness.

But before Orodreth could say anything, the standard moved. Gorthaur and his guard were moving towards the battle, the lieutenant of Angband at the head. He had taken Gwindor's challenge. It is too late. Nothing could be done now, except to brace for what was to come. To the side, he heard Sarad wonder why the enemy commander took only a small guard for the fight - whatever it was he said, Orodreth did not listen. There were more important things at stake than the questions of captains.

With the sickening sound of steel on flesh, the forces collided at the middle of the Sirion, fighting raging all about them. With the beat of a drum, the orcs at the rear moved, surely to surround Gwindor's men and slay them. Retreat. Retreat! Damn your pride and live!

The great wolf leapt, unhorsing one of the cavalrymen, the fall breaking his neck in an instant. Man fell into the river, and his horse galloping off in terror. Chaos raged all around, waters stained black and red from the blood. Orodreth struggled to find Gwindor in the maddening flurry of the battle. But next he heard a loud howl, and saw the wolf facing against Guilin's son, who brandished his blood-soaked spear. Lord of Waters, aid him as you did before, he prayed silently. With a loud cry, Gwindor spurred his horse onward, lance lowered, aimed at the snarling wolf's head. He missed - but only the head. The lance found itself buried deep in the wolf's sides, and it let out an anguished howl. Orodreth heard his thumping heartbeat, and clenched his hands. Gwindor drew his long blade from its scabbard, not letting the beast recover. It shrunk back, trying to move to the side of Gwindor.

But it was too slow. Gwindor charged again, and the force of his horse hit the wolf full onto its wounded side.

With a cry of triumph, Gwindor struck at the wolf's neck, and found his mark, between its shoulders. Wildly, the evil creature buckled and struggled, fangs dripping blood. And then it stopped.

It fell to the ground, slain.The battle raged still, but as Gwindor dipped the fallen standard of the snarling wolf into the blood of the very creature it depicted, a cry of cheer went up from the ranks. The orcs on the western side began to break, and flee, the defenders giving chase. Those on the eastern bank started to run too, making for the camps.

"Chase them!" Gwindor roared. "The foe is broken! The foe is fleeing! Slay them all!" Followed by more than three thousand troops, cheering for victory, he began the chase.

"Send them screaming to the North!"

"Gwindor! Gwindor! Gwindor!"

Just like that, Gwindor had put an end to the Lieutenant of Angband, sending him screaming to his master. Against all thought, Orodreth found himself cheering alongside his men. The Warden of the Tower looked to the sky, in hope and thanks.

The fog began to recede from the south, rolling back like a torn veil. From deep within the shadows rang the echo of horns and trumpets blowing. First it was faint, but then the call resounded once again, louder, clearer, accompanied by the sound of thousands of feet, stamping the ground in unison. Orodreth turned his gaze south, and saw from the mist emerging first the shadows of crimson banners flowing, with a silver star of many points. Red waves beneath a starry sky, it taunted.

They were followed by companies of infantry in massed ranks, marching in lockstep. Their long spears pointed forward and above them, like the canopy of some great forest shadowing the phalanx as they advanced. Even from the tower, he could see that the infantrymen were all helmed and armor-clad in mail and scale or corslet, bearing small round shields strapped on their forearms as they held their spears with both hands. At the front ranks every man's helm was peaked with a tall crest, adorned with plumes and feathers or wrapped in colored cloth, and cloaks of gold and yellow. When he looked closer upon the soldiers, Orodreth saw that they were indeed Edain, as Ebor had said. But their faces were strange and foreign - he could not place them as any of the Edain he knew. Some were blonde like the folk of Hador that served the King of Hithlum, yet others dark like the Bëorians. Some were pale and others swarthy, bearded and beardless, younger Men and older ones, with rings of gold shining on their arms.

There were also bowmen, dressed in lighter armor, with tall bows like those of the Sindar, and others carrying in their hands odd instruments of wood and metal, quivers tied at their hip. Can these be bows of some strange make? Orodreth thought with worry. Fëanor had made many strange devices in his day. Perhaps this was another. The strangest among their number was however a small company of Men. They were tall, taller than many of their comrades, with skin darker than that of even the darkest Bëorians or the Sindar of southernmost Beleriand. They carried great bows taller than Orodreth had seen Edain use before, constructed out of golden wood. The scales they wore were also gilded like the tall helms on their heads, and they all wore cloaks with red, green, blue and many more feathers. The sight of them made Orodreth think of the birds that would fly in the gardens of Valimar.

On the flanks of the host, a cloud of dust and the sound of galloping hooves heralding its arrival came a great host of cavalry. Orodreth could count over a thousand already, and there were yet more coming. They were dressed strangely, all in golden livery, and in heavy armor. Some horses were lighter and unprotected, others barded in golden cloth or mail. He counted hundreds of heavy horsemen carried by tall barded steeds, with shield and lance in hand. The most richly clad were even more armored than Gwindor's knights. Over their mail, they wore heavy corslets at their chest and many more plates of steel, glimmering even in the shadow of the receding mist.

Another trumpet sounded, and he looked again. But this was no trumpet at all. Grey feet the size of logs pounded the earth, and Orodreth saw a sight he had not seen in centuries. Andamunda! Their long tusks had steel blades bound to them. Like the horses, they had been armored in gilded steel and bronze scale, and on their backs they carried wooden structures like small houses, where Edain troops stood. But they were andamunda like those in Yavanna's herds all the same.

How could the Sons of Fëanor have amassed such a host of Edain - such an army at all? Orodreth wondered as he looked at the dreadful splendor of the advancing host. Is this a secret they kept from all of us? Still that would not explain the andamunda - and worse, if they could gather such an army, why bring it here when their own lands were embattled?

But those around him did not see it that way. "Victory! Victory is ours!" Suilor cheered, and on the field below the troops let out cries of triumph when they saw the army and the banners flying above it. "Friends! Friends!" they called.

"Come join us!"

"Took you long enough, there are orcs to slay!" more cries and cheers sounded from the camps, and a party of riders headed towards the reinforcing army. The orcs were already in retreat, Gwindor and his men pursuing them deeper towards the north. We're winning. They had no need of reinforcements, even. But we need to deal with them all the same. The Sons of Fëanor had some greater plan at work.

Orodreth sighed, letting his hands rest against the stone of the battlements. Once more, his eyes were drawn to the banners. Red and silver, but the army under their shadow was golden like Anar. He remembered Fëanor, glowing gold and red, awash in the light of a hundred thousand torches at the heart of Tirion. There were no lights in Alqualondë, but when Fëanor and his sons returned, Fingon by their side with the stolen ships, they were washed red also.

And across the sea not long after, Fëanor lit the sky above Nevrast with his pyres. But there was no warmth there, not even in the memory of a distant fire. Only piercing cold and the sting of ice.

Beware the East.

From between the grey bulk of the andamunda there rode another company of horse, this one more richly dressed than all the others. All the riders wore golden cloaks and arm rings, and even the steel they wore was bossed and gilded. All except two, that rode at the head of the formation beneath a tall wooden pole. To Orodreth, it looked like an unfurled banner. The first was one of the Edain, tall and long-limbed. He looked older, the hair on his head and beard flecked with ashen grey, his face worn with deep lines. On his shoulders there was a fur pelt red as his hair - was it a fox, perhaps? His corslet was plain grey steel covered by a white and red coat, depicting two battling beasts, with the head and wings of an eagle but the body of a wild cat. The colors of the Prince of Himring, but the symbols of Edain. Whatever else, Orodreth could tell this was a proud man, even at a distance.

By his side galloped another rider, but the two could scarcely have looked less alike. Where the first rider was aged, this one was youthful and fair to look upon. He was clad all in black steel accented in deep red from head to toe, so wrought that it looked part of his body. A heavy crimson cloak fringed with golden thread flowed behind him in the wind, waving above the hind of his horse, a steed black like the armor he wore. On his neck was a necklace of blood-red rubies. When Orodreth saw his silver hair, he almost froze, before noticing that his skin was darker. He was taller than the other rider, but not tall enough, and his eyes not a storm grey, but perhaps blue? For a moment, he thought this could be one of the Eldar, but as Orodreth looked closer, he concluded it was not. Fair enough to be one of us, but the bearing of a young Aftercomer was plain to see.

They were now close to the southern crossing, close enough to reinforce it immediately. The lines of the cavalry parted and another rider came forth, on a plain brown horse. He was smaller than the other two, and wore a fine white garment that would not be out of place in the court of Orodreth's uncle. His long silver hair reached down below his neck, and he had a beard that was well-kempt on his face. Fair, for the Edain. But there was something off about his bearing, compared to the others. Orodreth could not help but be drawn to that figure, to look at him closer. The lightness and flowing ease of his manners, and the way he sat atop his horse. The lines worn into his face, like they had been carved there by a skilled sculptor. Everything else was drowned out by his presence, the sounds of the army from the south, or the din of battle across the river were now silent and mild. Years ago in Doriath, Orodreth had heard Daeron perform for King Thingol's court. When he sang and played music, the caverns of Menegroth grew dim and silent around him, plain before the glory of the images Daeron's voice conjured.

Then the rider gazed up into the distance. Immediately, Orodreth knew that he was looking at the Tower. At himself. "Artaresto, Angaráto's son. A long way have you come from Aman, scion of the Ñoldor." a voice spoke to him, soft as silk but with the strength of forged iron beneath it, in the perfect Quenya of the most eloquent loremasters.

This is no Aftercomer, Orodreth realized, a chill traveling through his limbs. The rider looked at him again. His eyes pierced straight into Orodreth's being, shining like distant stars. Orodreth saw the ice of the Helcaraxë, and the all-engulfing flames at Losgar, burning and freezing as if he were there himself. His naked body pierced by the blades of kin at Alqualondë, red blood flowing into the sea.

This was no son of Fëanor. Orodreth made to turn, to shout at Suilor, even Sarad. But his scream died in his throat. Transfixed, he saw the rider smile, and turn his eye to the heavens. With a single gesture of his hand the fog began to part.

The clouds burst, letting a single ray of golden light through. A cry issued from the ranks of the Edain host in a strange tongue, and the crimson banners went up in flames. Soon, the fire swallowed the silver star, and new standards were revealed. A tall spear with golden skulls was raised above the andamunda.

But the largest one was black as night, a monstrous winged wyrm in blood-red thread. It unfurled, and all hope went out.
 
Last edited:
The Lost Lord IV (Part 1)
-------------------------
The Lost Lord IV
-------------------------


"War?" came Aegon's reply, sounding cautious, but he shifted from his position and Jon caught the gleam of excitement in his purple eyes. "Have you found Westeros then?"

Griff stood still. Tell him. Tell Prince Rhaegar's son that he has lost his throne for good and all. Lost it before he ever had a chance to see Westeros. Jon Connington looked forward, peering straight into Aegon's eyes and clenched his jaw. He felt like there was a vice tightening around him, a weight preventing him from speaking. "No." he said finally. "And we never will." Bringing himself to speak those words was hard. Harder than it had been to wake up every day, knowing that he was a dead man. But he could not let Aegon live a lie. "We will never see Westeros, nor Essos. The Valley, Sorrowhome - all the land beyond here is some other part of the Seven's creation."

Aegon looked back at him, and sat silent. Jon saw the confusion in the eyes of Rhaegar's son. He thought of the small boy who was sent to him from Pentos years ago, his hair dyed freshly blue. Who had greeted him with perfect courtesy, but shrank back in fear of the cold that same night. I cannot cover him now like I did then. "If you were anyone else, I'd think this was a poor jape." Aegon said finally. He rose to his feet, and Griff noticed the shaking of his feet and hands. "Explain yourself."

"Amarfion came to my tent." Jon continued. "He told me all this. He named this land Beleriand. But that was not all he said. I know you took Duck to the Bëorian camp, your Grace. You know they flee from a war to our north. But Amarfion is not one of them." Jon cursed himself for finding his tongue tied at this moment. "He traveled with them in disguise, like we did for years, under a false name. His name is Mairon, and he's an emissary for a powerful king in the north. He wished to make an alliance with us." With the Golden Company, in truth. "I accepted." Jon Connington said, his voice low. "We tell the officers on the morrow, and march west."

In response, Aegon said nothing at first. He turned his eyes away, and clenched his hand into a fist. The boy let out a bitter chuckle. "No." he declared. "No, Griff." Jon could hear the confusion in his voice. It cannot be easy for him. "That can't be true. He's lying. He has to! You said his name was false!" Aegon's voice rose louder and louder.

Jon placed his hand on the boy's shoulder. Just as quickly, Aegon brushed it aside, and turned about to face him. His purple eyes were alight with fury. For a moment, Jon Connington thought of another king. "You just believed it? When he lied to us once already?" the king shouted, loud as a ringing bell.

Jon lowered his head. "Your Grace, I wish it to be a lie as well! But it is not. The heavens are foreign, and Haldon cannot find any star he knows. Nobody speaks our tongue, save one. None of them have even heard tale of Westeros and Essos. Even the seasons are different." Amarfion - no, Mairon, had told him as much.

"So? You heard him and believed everything in an instant?" Aegon retorted. His voice was as loud as before, but there was less confidence behind it. Aegon could deny as he wished, but the boy was no fool. Surely he could see for himself. Like he had seen when he first looked at the stars.

"Look around us, your Grace. Merely at the horizon. This is no land we know. No place in Essos looks like this." Jon pressed. "I do not know why this happened. Perhaps it was the will of the Seven. We cannot ignore it, nor do we have any other choice left to us. But you will have your throne, even if it is not in Westeros." Another promise. How many had he made?

Another pause followed. Griff heard a noise outside of the tent, leather rubbing against metal, and feet moving on the soil, and heavy breathing. He turned his head, and saw the motion of a white cloak. It is only Duck. The orange-haired knight had moved closer, most like to eavesdrop. As soon as Jon fixed him a glare, Rolly returned to watching outside. There was that as well to consider. What would their other companions do once they heard the news? Or the sellsword captains?

Jon Connington tried to forget all those concerns. Now, he needed to talk to the boy.

"No other choice?" Young Griff said finally. The dim orange lantern light reflected on his fading blue hair. Long streaks of pale silver were showing on his eyebrows and flecked down the roots. The king laughed again. "My throne, my crown, they're in Westeros! Not here!"

So is Griffin's Roost, and all he'd lost. Jon understood Aegon's anger. He thought of the Usurper and his ilk, how they would sit upon their stolen throne while he - while Aegon would be forever in exile. What could he say in reply? That they should forget Westeros? All for a promise?

"I will not leave, because not all is yet lost. With you by his side, Aegon could do as his forefathers did. You have the strength and wisdom to become a lord among men once more. To make Aegon king, beyond just name."

Mairon's words echoed in Jon's mind. That was all they had left. The last hope of not living the rest of their lives in shame and exile. Aegon needed to understand, and he had to understand that now.

"All these years, I was told I'd sit the Iron Throne. You told me that. That's what Haldon and Lemore taught me, what you prepared me for for!" Aegon cried out. "A king has a duty to his people, that's what they always said. To be king is my duty. And my duty is in Westeros, with its people. Now, I might as well be Young Griff."

It was Jon's turn to clench his fists. On his right hand, he felt pain again. He hardened his gaze, and met that of the boy standing in front of him. "This is what a child would say, not a king." he spoke. This was foolishness, Jon thought to himself.

"A child?" Aegon said. "A child is what you've been treating me like, ever since we left Volantis! Saying 'Your Grace' with every breath won't change that, Griff. How many days did I spend in this tent? When was I last asked for anything? You haven't even allowed me to see the officers of what you say is my army. And now you tell me that you have agreed to join a war, without even once asking me. Maybe now that we're in some other world, we can also return the dead to life? Perhaps you're Unwin Peake come again, and didn't tell me." he spat.

Jon's eyes narrowed in anger, but he kept it well inside him. "I've made this decision for your good, your Grace." he said, slowly and carefully. Aegon was being childish. But his anger had a cause, Jon had to remind himself. A cause in my failings. "Like everything else. To keep you safe, and to secure your rule."

"By choosing my fights- my wars? My true enemies are in King's Landing. What manner of king has others make his decisions for him? Even the child in the Red Keep is allowed more say." Young Griff said bitterly.

"It is the only way we have." Jon insisted. "We know nothing about this land. Do you think that the officers bending the knee and swearing fealty made them your friends?" he asked Aegon. "Sellswords swear to naught but gold. The Golden Company hides it well, but they're the same sort. And without the gold paid to them, they will turn on you as easily as they bent the knee."

"We spent years hiding." Aegon retorted. "And I didn't even know who I was most of that time. I spent more time as your son than I did my own father's. If you are truly so afraid of your old friends here Griff, why don't we hide again?"

The words of a child again. Jon doubted Rhaegar's son believed any of that. Aegon knew better, and Jon would not give it the dignity of an answer. "None knew of your existence then, save Myles Toyne and Homeless Harry." The fat man too, and the Spider. "These men now know who you are. There is no Rhoyne to hide in, and we know nothing about this place." Jon said with finality. "When I agreed to join this war in the west, Mairon promised land, for you to rule and the Golden Company to hold. And all the gold they need from Mairon's king." Jon paused. "That will satisfy the captains, and keep them to your banner. But only if you lead, and act like a king."

"Act kingly? That is the sole thing I've done in my 'reign'. Act. I'm more a mummer than I'm a king." Aegon said, his voice dismissive. "And that's the only thing I'll ever be now." he added sadly. "It's over."

"It is only over if you abandon your duty." Jon said simply. Aegon bristled at that.

"My duty? I already told you where my duty is, Griff. It's in Westeros. I have nothing here, and neither do you." Jon thought of Griffin's Roost, of the windswept shores and the frothing waves of Shipbreaker Bay crashing against the rocks. The red cliffs and grassland that his father so prized, and the view of the sunset from the eastern tower. Your father's lands are beautiful.

Aegon was right. Jon Connington had nothing in this place, in this Beleriand. Save one thing only. Aegon, and duty to his Silver Prince. "You have another duty, your Grace." Jon said. "To your father, and to your house."

"My ancestors were kings of Westeros." Aegon replied, his mouth a tight line. He looked back at Griff.

"Aegon the Conqueror was Lord of Dragonstone alone." the Hand of the King retorted. "He made the Targaryens kings." Yet even as he spoke, Jon wondered; Would Prince Rhaegar have wanted to see this boy rule another land? He would have wanted his son to be king of Westeros. Griff talked to Aegon of duty, but could he fulfill his? Once more, he forced himself to cast his doubts aside. Doubt would not serve Aegon. Only certainty.

"Mairon told me that Beleriand is a land divided. There is no one king that rules over it, but many feuding princes. Like Essos, and the Free Cities.."

"... Or Westeros, before Aegon the Dragon united it." Aegon finished Jon's sentence. His tone was guarded, but there was curiosity hidden in beneath it, and in his eyes. "And who is Amarfi- Mairon's king, then?"

"A king Melkor, who rules a realm named Angband to the far north from us." Jon answered, recalling what he'd been told. "He was pushed from the south years ago by the princes that now lay claim over these lands. Mairon named them the Ñoldor. Last year, Mairon's king defeated them in battle and now leads his armies south to reclaim his lost lands."

"And that's why he wants us. The Golden Company anyhow." Aegon commented, and Griff nodded affirmatively. "And if we help with his war, I get a kingdom for it?" he said, less a question, and more like he wanted to assure himself.

"All the lands the Golden Company wins with its spears," Jon told him. "Mairon - and his king - want us as allies, enough that they'd make this offer. You will have a kingdom, like your forefathers."

Rhaegar's son laughed. "It sounds very easy, doesn't it? Win a crown at the tip of my sword. Aegon the Sixth, living up to the conqueror's name. The only thing he's missing is a dragon." his voice rose, but just as soon the bitterness returned. "So easy, you chose it for me."

Once more, it came back to that. A harsh frown crossed Griff's features.

"I serve at the King's will." Jon replied. It was the second time he'd spoken those words in his life. "If your Grace so insists, then this is done. There will be no alliance, nor do we join the war in the west. But if you do, then know you cast our last hope aside. There will be no more such offers. There will be no more opportunities. Your Grace will live the rest of his years in exile. And how long that might last, none can tell once the officers of the Golden Company find out." With the hard words came out guilt as well, an ache in his chest with a sharp stinging bite. Jon Connington did not let himself flinch. He must know, and choose. "You have until the hour of the wolf to sleep on it. And when you make your decision, I will not see it be the whim of a child, but the will of a king."

Jon turned away from Aegon, making to leave the king's tent. But before he reached the outside and Duck, he was stopped by Aegon raising his voice. "Griff! Wait!" Connington turned his head back, to look at the king.

Aegon's gaze met the Hand's. His expression remained unshaken, but Griff knew better than to believe it. "I've made my decision." he spoke slowly, his voice almost a whisper, and Jon prepared himself for whatever it would be.

The pause that followed seemed like a century.

"... You are right." Aegon admitted, his eyes finally turning away from Jon's. "We'll tell the captains come the morning."



Harry Strickland's golden tent was alive with the sound of cries and bickering. Jon Connington had taken it upon himself to be the one who broke the news to the gathered officers. It proved to be easier said than done.

First came the doubts and laughter, quickly silenced by Mairon, just as he himself did with Aegon. Then once the news sank in like a leaf in the mud, anger swiftly followed. All the simmering resentment, all the anger and disappointments of the journey that had been held back by the promise of reward in Westeros broke loose, like a wild beast from its cage. And no discipline could hold it back. Some accused Jon of treachery, others of bringing a curse upon the Golden Company. The valley was proof enough of the gods' ire, and now this news had made it certain. Laswell Peake and Caspor Hill were quick to raise their voices like they had the day before, and now suggest that the Golden Company leave. He was joined by his younger brothers Ser Pykewood and Ser Torman, as well as the two Mudds and Lymond Pease. Jon remembered how but a few days ago, those very same Mudds regaled Aegon with tales of supposed gallantry, and barely resisted the urge to express his contempt for the fair-weather chorus. When it is safe they're free with praise and courtesies, but the moment the wind blows the other way they turn as quickly.

Though some men made to complain about the gold they'd lost, they were quick to be silenced. This once, gold was outweighed in the minds of the sellswords by something else.

"Bugger the gold!" Will Cole, one of the serjeants cried out. "And bugger your dragons too. We can't eat dragons, neither golden ones nor those with crowns. When my men find out, they will desert. All your men!"

A frown formed in Jon's face, and he turned away from the bickering. He looked towards Homeless Harry. The Captain-General had been stunned to silence, so far only motioning for his squire to refill his cup. Already, his face seemed flushed red. Jon noticed Strickland's hand shaking as he moved his cup to his lips, and thought back to the previous day's argument. Perhaps it's fortunate he's so frayed. Strickland was a coward - he'd support whoever had the most voices backing him, but after Jon Connington had seen Homeless Harry fear he'd take his place in the Golden Company? What if fear came to outweigh Harry's caution?

By Harry's side were other men. Men that Connington did not know as well, who would not show their intent so easily, men as dangerous as any sellsword. The paymaster, Edoryen had kept his silence thus far. Jon did not know the man well, but he reckoned the Volantene would say his piece once their new plan was revealed.

Then there was that prancing Lyseni, Maar. Who knew what that bejeweled creature was scheming? However, the news did look to have shocked him as much as it did everyone else within the tent. Lysono Maar had ceased playing with his hair or earrings, and now sat attentively. Black Balaq stood still as a statue, observing the other officers. He had been insistent on the Golden Company's honor, but only when reaching Westeros was possible. Would he falter now? One of his kin had died in the valley, and Griff doubted the old Summer Islander would easily forget that.

"Be silent, the lot o' you!" Franklyn Flowers thundered. Briefly, he looked at Jon Connington, but there was none of his usual amiability in his eyes. "Bloody hells. If you weren't so serious about this shite, I'd have thought I was dreaming." he said, and took a long drink from his silvered tankard. "You've sold a great deal o' promises Griffin Lord, Peake's right about that." he told Jon. "Yesterday, you told us all we'd find Westeros. I raised my voice on your behalf then, but now you an' your guide come telling us we'll never see Westeros again."

Flowers paused again, collecting his words. It was rare for that ruined hulk of a sellsword speak in such a measured manner, without shouting or any hint of mischief, and it only served to heighten Jon's worries. "Some o' us wanted to go to our homes. Others wanted castles or gold. I wouldn't be unpleased if I had more of either, and apples aplenty to pick. We pledged our swords to the king for a reason, an' shown patience. But no more, milord. We cannot march by your side when we've nothing to show for it." Seeing even Flowers speak thus, many added their voices to his.

Jon Connington frowned. He had not felt so alone in Volon Therys as he did now. Franklyn Flowers was friendly enough, but a sellsword like the rest of them. Expecting him to act any better is foolish. Yet seeing it with his own eyes made bile rise in his throat.

Aegon was seated at the center of the tent, Jon by his side. He put on the same fine clothes that he had worn when he first met the captains. A fine cloak and doublet, and the chain of rubies around his throat The place and garb befitting the king. Yet he will not remain one long, not unless I succeed in persuading them.

Jon stood up. "Lords and sers," he started to speak. How could he begin to calm such anger? "Yesterday, I promised that we have not lost sight of our true goal, the one you swore your swords for. I promised that we'd reach Westeros, even if it took us years to do so. I intended to keep that promise." he paused, breathing in. The air within the tent was heavy, rank with the stench of wine and sweat and foul breaths. "None wanted to return to Westeros more than I did, or labored longer to see Aegon sit on his rightful throne. The Gods willed otherwise. That route is closed, lost to us, and so is all the world we knew. But that…" Jon found himself pausing once again. "Has not broken my resolve. I will see Aegon rule, even if it is not in Westeros."

"You'll have to seat him there on your own then, Connington. My men are not marching on your dragon's behalf now." Laswell Peake interrupted. Jon shot a glare towards the self-styled Lord of Starpike, but did not reply to him.

"Westeros is lost. But we have another path left to us." Jon continued, and turned to Mairon, motioning for him to rise. He had not spoken before, except to help explain the ill news Jon had given. With a smile, the emissary rose and gave a courteous bow before moving before the captains, his long garment trailing behind him in a swirl of silk and samite. "Amarfion served as our guide through the valley, and without him we'd have perished. For that, we're all indebted to him. But he's not merely a guide. This man is an emissary of a lord of these lands, and he came to me with an offer." Jon said, and motioned for him to speak.

"You have my gratitude, Lord Connington." he said courteously, and turned to the assembled officers. "My lords of the Golden Company, I will not waste your time, for you know matters are dire. The past days I have helped you as a guide, but now I come before you as an emissary." his voice was calm, yet loud and confident, carrying itself across the tent with ease.

"Whose emissary? Fleeing smallfolk without a single proper soldier among them?" Ser Torman questioned, impatience making itself apparent in the stocky knight's voice.

"Nay, Ser." the man replied with a tone of easy patience. "I traveled with them, but I am not one of them. My true name is Mairon, and I serve with Melkor, King of Angband, Lord and Master of the North. I have come before you on his behalf, for my king wishes to take your king as his friend, and asks for your alliance in the wars of this land."

As they had planned before, Aegon raised his voice in turn. "I already know of this offer, sers. But I have asked Mairon to bring it for you to hear in turn." he declared. "And make your choice."

From inside his garment, Mairon withdrew a large scroll, and placed it upon one of the tables, swiftly unfurling it. It was a map, and upon it he could see many names and words, written in three different scripts. One of them was the glyphs and symbols used by the Valyrians, doubtlessly intended for those in the Golden Company who understood Valyrian better. Then below them were many names in Common, written in a fine, calligraphic hand. Jon could make out some of them - 'Dorthonion' and 'Himlad', 'Sorrowhome' and others. Then there was a third script, with curving symbols that Jon could not recognize. Could these be the letters used in Beleriand? If so, then I will have the Halfmaester learn them, he mused.

"This is the land of Beleriand, my lords." said Mairon. "Even though you have lost your Westeros, Beleriand is wide enough for his grace to find a kingdom of his own, and for the spears of the Golden Company to win it."

"Seven Hells." Marq Mandrake chortled, the ugly mark of the brand on his cheek twisting as he spoke. "One Hand gives us the bad news, the other offers to help us up if we but swear our arms."

"Mayhaps, but the Griffin Lord is right." Tristan Rivers raised his voice. "Without this man, the lot of us would have been fodder for the spiders in the valley. I say we give him a chance to explain his offer."

Harry Strickland waved his hand quickly and nodded, motioning for Mairon to go on. Jon saw a passing glint in the plump man's downcast eyes. Was it hope, greed, or something else entirely?

"My lord Melkor has many foes, princes who have raised arms against him," Mairon began, explaining softly, yet loud enough for all to hear with ease. "But closest of those enemies is the King of Nargothrond, who reigns over the lands of the south Beleriand up to the sea from his hidden city, and has many sworn to him in the west and north."

At the mention of a Hidden City, some murmured of Braavos, comments accompanied with respect, and many more with barely-veiled contempt, especially from the Essosi.

Paying them little heed, Mairon pointed to the western part of the map, to a river valley between two ranges of mountains on its west and east. The river's size was apparent even on the map, its source in the northwestern reaches of the mountains, and flowing down into the sea far in the south. "This is the river Sirion, largest of all the rivers in Beleriand. In the previous year, my lord's hosts won a great victory against his enemies and we have continued our march south, conquering the highlands of Dorthonion, the land north of Sorrowhome. To our west lies Tol Sirion, the last fastness of my lord's foes in the north. It is a mighty fortress raised upon an island in the river, and its garrison is swollen with fighting men fleeing from recent defeats." Mairon paused, and turned to the officers. "And were it to be taken, it would be a formidable stronghold, and a place to strike from at the south to Nargothrond's heartland, or even to establish one's own kingdom."

"And you'd have us take this fortress for your master." stated old Balaq, quick to press to the point. "How do we know this is not part of some ploy? You may have helped us in the valley, but you deceived us as well. How can we trust a man who has already lied once to not withhold the truth again?"

"This is a perilous time, ser." Mairon stated apologetically. "Many bandits and foes of my lord still roam the land, men that would not hesitate to attack one of his vassals, even a messenger. I apologize for deceiving you, but safety required secrecy."

To attack an emissary was a dishonorable deed. But worse is done in Westeros, after the Usurper took the throne. Jon scowled, and tried to turn his thoughts away from home.

Balaq said nothing, but he and the other officers looked to Lysono Maar instead, waiting for what the spymaster might say. "Why are you looking towards me?" he said, a slight smile on his face. "I have no informants here, no spies. But if I were to say, then he seems trustworthy enough." Jon himself was surprised that the spymaster had not shown more suspicion, when it was his one task in the company. But it was for the best - Jon Connington needed the Golden Company to agree, and he needed the captains to decide now. There was no other way left.

"No matter what the Lyseni says, there is more that needs answers." the paymaster interjected, much as Jon Connington had expected him to. "You tell us about conquests and wars, but the Golden Company does not lend its spears for promises alone." Gorys Edoryen declared, a finger twisting around the prong of his red beard. "Our stores will not last forever, and they are already running low. How do we feed our company now, and in the coming winter? How will we pay the men? Our word's as good as gold, but we won't give it for anything less."

Mairon smiled, and Jon knew he was not troubled by Edoryen's questions whatsoever. "These are all good questions, lord." he said.

"Answer them then, and quickly." Edoryen demanded, his tone making it plain that he expected no delays. He is testing Mairon, Jon concluded. The Volantene would press hard, to see what substance there was to the emissary's words. And he would not be surprised if there was anger there as well. No man in the world could take well to what they'd just been told, and Gorys Edoryen would not be the exception.

"The same rewards you expected in Westeros. Lands you seize here, given at the purview of King Aegon of course. For supplies, that will not be an issue. My lord's stores are more than full enough to supply the Golden Company if its captains and king agree to an alliance with the North." Mairon said, glancing towards both Edoryen and Homeless Harry. "Gold can always be won from foes in battle, or found on the field after it is done." Looting. Neither fighting men nor sellswords were strangers to it, but the idea of Aegon's army engaging in such disgusted Jon Connington. In Westeros, the Golden Company would be forbidden from looting, acting like Tywin Lannister's brigands.

But this is not Westeros. These were not Aegon's lands, and these foes were not his people.

Several of the officers made satisfied noises, murmuring ayes. Jon Connington did not let himself smile, but it was good to see that Mairon's words had swayed some already. "Still lord paymaster," the emissary continued. "Is that answer sufficient for you?"

"It is enough for now." the Volantene replied grudgingly, like the words were a bone he had to force from his throat.

"I say we take this offer, and keep the course with our young king." Lysono Maar suggested, glancing first towards the officers, and then to Harry Strickland. "The Lord has given us this chance, and it is the best one we have."

"Aye," Brendel Byrne agreed, chuckling slightly. It was less confident than the sellsword would have liked it to be, underlined with worry. "Maar's got the right of it, and you know to listen when he of all of us starts talking about the Lord of Light. I said so yesterday - if there's wars to be fought and gold to be won, then we fight them."

"Nor are we breaking our sworn word, or our contract." Maar added. "We still fight for His Grace, even if not to win the Iron Throne."

"Our best course?" Caspor Hill questioned loudly. "Connington assured us that Westeros was the best course too, and the richest. Paint a raven's feathers, it'll still be fucking black beneath."

"Do you know any others?" Byrne retorted. "Last I knew, you weren't our guide."

"I wasn't. But our guide now wants to bring us into his war." Caspor complained. He was met by laughter from both Byrne and Rivers.

"R'hllor's light, Hill." the older man laughed. "Are you a man, or have you turned into a wailing girl? Fighting is what the Golden Company does. Would you rather we rot here while you knit your dresses?"

"Enough, men!" came another voice, of a man unused to shouting. It was Homeless Harry, shaking his head. "I knew this was all a mistake," he complained, sounding more like a whining mule than a man. "Back in Volon Therys I knew. As Captain-General, part of the fault is mine. I should have seen His Grace's words for what they were - the words of a youth who knows little of war and desired the glory of battle. But now I know better. All of us should know better, after all we've suffered through, than to take more promises."

Damnable old woman! That this was the hour for Strickland's cowardice to overcome his greed. Jon clenched his gloved hand in anger for a moment, gripping at the hem of his cloak tightly. After all this time, he had forgotten how it felt.

"It is not His Grace's fault that we were pulled astray." Jon spoke, as calmly as he could. " - nor is it the responsibility of any among us." Jon held his anger at bay, for all that he wished to name Strickland craven. "And casting blame will serve us naught."

"Lord Hand, it is easy to speak of not casting blame when it is not your men dying. Your own recklessness paved the road to here, not any deeds of mine." Strickland replied, his voice rising, and his plump face reddening. "We should be cautious, like we weren't in Volantis. No matter how tempting this offer might be, we- we cannot rush blindly. We've already lost enough doing so."

Another voice shouted in reply, and his words quickly made every man within turn their heads. "Caution? You showed us enough of that Captain-General, when you cowered inside here while good men died outside. If I didn't know better, I'd have thought the gold here was your piss staining the tent." Uther Osgrey said angrily. Another of the men who had Amarfion the guide to thank for his survival, now eager to side with Mairon the emissary. "You say the Hand was reckless, but he acted!"

He should have kept his silence. Jon thought ruefully, as Strickland narrowed his eyes in anger, and the Captain-General's tent descended into chaos once more. Men castigated Osgrey for disrespecting the Captain-General, yet others agreed that Strickland had no plan, nothing to offer. He saw Homeless Harry look at him, the Captain-General's eyes filled with anger. Doubtlessly, he saw the worries he gave voice to the previous day coming alive - his own men expressing support of Connington instead of Strickland. His are not the only fears that have come to life. The longer this was drawn out, the less the doubters among the officers would be willing to come around on Mairon's alliance. He could not let this last chance slip by. This foolishness needed to come to an end, and soon. Just as he finished that thought, Jon felt his gaze drawn to the center of the tent, to Aegon, and he heard a loud, resounding voice call. "Cease!" it spoke, rising above the shouting, with every head turning towards it. "These acts are not fit of worthy men!" In the argument that had ensued, Mairon had made his way to Aegon, and now was standing next to the king. "My lords, your king wishes for you to hear him."

Now it was Aegon's turn to rise and he stood up from his seat tall and lean, the morning light making the rubies on his neck shine blood-red, every inch a king. "Sers, captains of the Golden Company. I am as unhappy as you are to hear this. It is my throne I lost, and my father's kingdom. Now you say that you want to break your oaths, to leave my service." he said, but Jon heard no anger in his voice. If the lad felt any, then he was concealing it well. "Leave, then. Scatter as you wish, and see where the wind takes you. I will not think it a slight. Your fellow men will forgive you. But what happens after? When Maelys Blackfyre died, the Golden Company returned to Essos to fight for the Free Cities. They feared your name, and the strength you'd proven many times over. But there are no Free Cities in Beleriand to shower you with gold. None have heard of Bittersteel, nor the Golden Company. Who will pay for sellswords they don't know? They will speak to you as much as the refugees we met. You scatter then, and die slowly. Not slain by swords like men, but slowly, poisoned by doubt and division, starved like animals." Aegon said nonchalantly, a confident smile crossing his lips, and a shine in his purple eyes. Jon's own gaze remained affixed to Aegon, as did that of every man within.

"No matter what you choose, I will join with Mairon. Either I'll be king as my ancestors were, or die a man in the attempt. Any one bold and true enough to join me and my Hand will be welcome. And if the Golden Company swears its swords to me once more? Then Beleriand will come to know your name better than Essos did."

"I would rather die a man, not a beaten dog." said one of the Strongs. "By a dragon's side."

"Keep your valiant dying to yourself Strong," Marq Mandrake spoke in reply. "I'll live and see myself a lord."

"Our Company made its contract." Black Balaq declared. "And I will see it through."

From outside, the sun's rays shone brightly, setting the golden cloth within the tent alight. And from the looks, the hearts of sellswords also. Byrne and Rivers, Mandrake and Balaq took their swords in hand and knelt. They were the first to do so, and soon every man in the tent, even the most reluctant bent the knee as they had in Volon Therys, in a day that now seemed hazily distant.

It would have to do. It must.
 
The Lost Lord IV (Part 2)
-------------------------
The Lost Lord IV
-------------------------


The air was cold, carrying the smell of fresh rain, fallen leaves and pine. The smells of autumn, and the dull grey sky that shadowed this strange land. That same foreign sky that stretched without end. The sky he would now die beneath. Less than a week before, Jon Connington had seen Sorrowhome when they escaped the ordeal of the valley as a relief. Now, the very sight of it vexed him.

Griff's horse trudged through the muddy track in front of him, and he heard the splashing sound of hooves on water.

Rhaegar's son was galloping behind him on his tall black steed, caparisoned and barded for battle, much like its rider. Close behind, Duckfield followed. Aegon had finally washed his hair clean of the blue dye. Jon found himself staring at him, at Aegon's face and eyes. His long hair, reaching down to the back of his neck, shone silver, and the purple in his eyes was clear for all to see without the blue dye masking it. It was the first time Griff had truly seen the boy in his father's colors. Yet the sight left a bitter taste in him all the same.

"What do you think of our new banners?" he heard Aegon's voice, with a slight tinge of amusement to it.

Red and silver-white, Jon thought as he looked upon them. Red and silver-white the banners streamed, fluttering atop the lofty poles. They were large square standards, and at the end of each banner flew long strips of cloth, dancing in the wind behind them. But for all that, they were not unlike those of the royal army many years ago, when the Lord of Griffin's Roost had ridden at its head. Red and white were his own colors then as well. Yet it was not the dancing griffins of House Connington emblazoned upon these flags, nor the red dragon of Targaryen. Instead, what Jon Connington saw flying above the formations of the Golden Company was a star of many rays, resting on a field of red. A star as foreign as those in the sky, a device as distant to Westeros as those dancing bolts of cloth.

The banners had been made as Mairon ordered them, down to the most minute detail. They were the flags of a prince of the east, kin to those that the Golden Company now marched against. They will think us friends and allies, until we turn on them. Some men would call that shameful, men like Arthur Dayne or the White Bull. Years ago, the young Lord Jon Connington would have agreed with them. Now the passing years had taught him better.

"They had better serve their purpose." he told Aegon, in a voice colder than he would have liked. "Beyond that your Grace, I care little for what they look like, as should you."

Aegon's mouth narrowed. In disappointment, most like. Aegon was young, and the young enjoyed such foolish games. But Jon Connington was not Duck, and he had no time for them. "I suppose so." the king replied. That brief look of dissatisfaction passed his face as quickly as it had come. "I have been thinking," the lad said, the reins of his steed held tightly in hand as it swayed under him. Though Jon had taught him how to ride a horse years ago and the boy tried to hide it, Aegon was still more comfortable on the deck of a ship than atop a saddle. "About the battle. And the war after, I suppose."

"Is there something that concerns your Grace?" Jon asked him. Of course, what cause for concern was there, when they would be crossing the river Sirion to the Birchwood and not the Narrow Sea to Westeros?

"Mairon said the enemy - my enemy," Aegon hastily corrected. "are fearsome warriors. Their fortress is strong, and you've told me a single man on the walls is worth ten below him."

Jon nodded in agreement. "That is true. But we will not let them keep the walls." Aegon had been there, when they had discussed the plan of battle with Mairon. He knew they planned to take the foe by surprise.

"What if we fail, then? What if we're stuck for months, trying to starve this island out?" he asked. "I saw the captains yesterday. Even your old friend Flowers would have abandoned my cause, as soon as he found out the truth." Aegon's words had a bitter edge, one that Griff felt for. "What if the captains feel faint hearted again, in a long siege?"

Suspicion, to be sure. But not unearned. "For now, we are bound together." Jon said. "There is no place left for them to run, even if we find ourselves in a long siege." No place for them to run indeed. If the ploy worked, then even if men of the Golden Company were to defect, what man among the enemy would accept those who had already posed as friends before, only to turn on them? "And if the fortress falls soon, then they will see your cause is to their benefit as well."

Aegon continued driving his horse forward, in silent thought. "I was to say that I was thinking on what you said to me before we met them first. About trust. But there is no use dwelling on that now. Still, I'm wondering about the enemy we're riding against." he spoke quickly, shifting the subject. "You know the Usurper's friends well enough, Griff. But these foes?" The king let out a snort. "If you had asked me a week ago, I'd tell you I have half a mind that Mairon's a magi. Now I'm almost certain of it. But the way he spoke of them in Homeless Harry's tent, I would also think he fears them. As much as that man can fear anything. What manner of enemy could make him think so?"

Jon knew full well what the king had in mind. In Homeless Harry's tent, after the sellswords bent the knee to Aegon once more, they had discussed at length what they would do next. Mairon described the defenses of Minas Tirith, the fort that held both the river valley and the tongues of half the men within the tent. But aside from his knowledge of the walls, he shared his knowledge of the defenders too. The Noldor as he called them were fierce enemies, who had maintained siege lines around his king's land for many years. More than that, he had given tales of their ferocity in battle, and the determination of their warriors even in defeat. 'Few are our captives from any battle, for they would rather die fighting than lay down arms.' he had said, among other things.

"Men always make their enemies more fearsome." Jon responded. "I have no doubt it happens here, as it does in Westeros."

Aegon looked thoughtful, but soon after, a bold grin crossed his face. Prince Rhaegar only rarely smiled, came a thought astray. "Then you don't believe the tales about warriors who can take on five men each, I take?"

Jon frowned. "As I said, soldiers tell tales. When I first rode with the Golden Company, Blackheart had been paid by the Triarchs of Volantis to turn the Golden Company against a Dothraki khal that threatened Selhorys."

"Myles Toyne?" Aegon said. "A friend of yours, wasn't he? And Homeless Harry's predecessor. I wonder what he would have thought of the Captain-General's words yesterday."

He would have thought him a coward, one undeserving of leading the heirs of Bittersteel. Jon nodded but did not reply to Aegon's musing. "The Volantenes alongside us told tales of the Dothraki and their screamers, who rode on horses that felt no fear, and were more than the match of any knight." Jon remembered it all too well. It had been the first true battle since he was exiled from Westeros. "But when the time of battle came, they died as any other man." It had been brief, or at least seemed so then. Black Balaq had led the Company's bows across the Rhoyne, while Blackheart held the riverbank against the Dothraki. It was not the wailing of the screamers that Jon remembered, but the bells in their hair, ringing as they charged to meet the wall of spears.

"There is something else as well, your Grace." Jon spoke. "I believe that though he may not speak it aloud, Mairon fears these foes." Aegon was right. It was a queer thing to think of the emissary as fearful, after all that he had dared to do. But perhaps he dared so much because his fear was driving him.

"What do you mean?" Aegon asked, gripping once again at his horse's reins.

"The terms he gave to us, to the Golden Company, were more than generous. A man could offer less than that and still have convinced the officers." he said, lowering his voice. None else needed to know besides the king. "He helped us, putting himself in danger more than once." Momentarily, Jon glanced to his right side. And there are some matters that the king need not hear about. "He needs our aid, as we need his."

Aegon looked at Jon, studying him. "I understand what you're saying." he nodded. "Mairon won't admit weakness, but he needs the Golden Company. He could have given harder terms, and we would have no choice but to accept. Like as not, he fears us joining his king's enemies more." He looked ahead, towards the west. "I suppose I should be grateful for that." Aegon then turned back towards Griff. "What do you think I should do then, Lord Hand?"

Jon Connington felt himself smile. Aegon understood him quickly, and was even swifter to think of what lay ahead of them. He needs to be. Though Jon Connington would never have sons of his own, he had raised that of his Silver Prince well. "Stay your course." he assured Aegon. "There is little choice left. The terms we have are good enough, and pressing for more would not help your Grace." I do not know Beleriand, Jon thought with unease, unease at his own advice.

"My course?" Aegon mulled over the words momentarily, before nodding in thanks. "Aye. That will have to do." From then, they rode over the muddy ground, speaking little. But not in silence.

Alongside and behind them marched the ranks of the Golden Company, thousands upon thousands of feet trudging slowly onwards. Onwards, to another war. Mules and pack horses marched beside them, and the long ash pikes had been split in two, with the men carrying one half of them on their hands like a shorter spear. From the long columns came a hum and then a song, one that the land of Beleriand would hear for the first time. But not the last.

Spears front, forward storm,
Let no foe hold!
Cat, Rose or Crow,
None can stand against the Gold!

From Pentos to Qohor,
None can hold the sons of Aegor!


At the end of every few verses, the sellswords raised their voices in cheer, unperturbed by the muddy ground or the clouded skies above them, continuing instead with their rowdy marching song. When Jon Connington had first signed with the Golden Company, it had been one of many things that had surprised him. In Westeros, songs were reserved for the camp, or inns. And the greatest ones for the halls of lords. It had been Blackheart who told him that it was Bittersteel's initiative, in the days of the Golden Company's founding. 'He'd read of the Ghiscari lockstep legions, and how they'd advance to battle under the sound of flutes, singing paeans to their gods. It helped them march faster, and keep together better in battle. So Bittersteel had singers write paeans for his own legion too,' were Toyne's words.

Gallant man or second son
When to the battlefield you go,
Who's a braver companion,
than the man that wears the Gold?


It was a boastful tune the sellswords sang, mocking the other companies that roamed the Disputed Lands. Old enemies, ones that would now have to be forgotten. They could forget their enemies. They would have forgotten them in Essos too, if the right price were paid. Had they not already forgotten other allegiances?


Spears front, forward storm,
Let no foe hold!
Black or red the dragon front,
but best's the dragon made of Gold!

From Dorne to the Wall,
None can hold the sons of Aegor!


Somehow, Jon Connington doubted that Aegor Rivers would have approved of these verses, Not any more than he'd have approved of the Golden Company swearing to a red dragon. But Bittersteel was long gone, his gilded skull resting atop a pole. Dwelling on dead rebels was less than worthless when his thoughts should be on preventing the red dragon from going the way of the black. Jon turned his gaze away from the marching columns.

The hours passed on, as the clouded morn turned into afternoon, the mountains to their north casting long black shadows. They were very tall, taller than any mountains Jon remembered in Westeros, and their snow-shrouded tops were jagged, jutting from the earth and to the sky like impenetrable spearpoints. Not even a bird's eyes could see past those peaks, Jon guessed. Ahead on their path was a dried riverbed, a deep trench carving through the land, leading upwards to the mountains like a road. Across its parched length were strewn pebbles and smoothened rocks - and on the opposite side of the trench began a road, paved with evenly cut pale stones. It was the first proper road they'd happened upon in Beleriand. Any trails they found before were scarce and broken.

The vanguard crossed the dry river and passed from Sorrowhome, into the west of Beleriand. Into the land of our new foes. Behind it followed the rest of the Golden Company, their red false standards held high. Their true test will not be long in coming, Connington thought as they approached ever closer to the woodlands that Mairon had warned them of. He turned to Aegon, and bade him to approach. Much like when he was Young Griff, Rhaegar's son was quick to respond.

"We are fast making our way to the Birchwood," Jon said. "Your Grace should cloak himself, to avoid catching unfriendly eyes." Griff instructed firmly. He had no intent of men who would come to fight them knowing Aegon's face, not when he was yet vulnerable. Nodding, Aegon pulled his cloak tighter about him and raised up its red-fringed hood to conceal his silver hair. "Have the boy brought here too, we'll need him soon." Jon turned to Haldon when he gave the order.

His Grace had decided to take along the boy they had found into his retinue instead of leaving him with Medlin's refugees. Lorn is his name, as Aegon made sure to remind him. From Rolly, Griff had heard that Aegon wanted the boy as his companion, to serve as a page or squire, mayhaps to rise higher in the future. It was a frivolity, a moment's whim they could ill-afford, same as Duckfield's initiation to the Kingsguard. But Mairon wished for Lorn to remain close to them. Jon now knew that the emissary felt no kinship for him - Mairon was not one of Medlin's people. But she and her band of refugees fled to the Birchwood, the same place that guarded the road to Minas Tirith. If it means that we pass through without a battle or warning to our foes, then all the better. Haldon returned before long, Lorn alongside him. The boy's dark brown hair had been washed and cut, as was the dark fuzz on his face. He had been given new clothes too, a padded red jack and fresh leather boots, finer than the tattered bindings they'd found him with. If not for the deep blue cloak on his shoulders, the same flower-embroidered cloth he wore before, Lorn would look the perfect picture of a King's page. Though knowing how to ride a horse would help him also. Even atop the gentle spotted draught mare he had been given, the Bëorian sat on his saddle with the obvious unease of someone who had never mounted a horse before.

Soon enough, the road led them to the south of the dry riverbed, onto a river's ford. The Golden Company came to a halt, and in the distance Jon Connington could see that men were already formed up by the opposing bank. There were few banners in their midst, and the ones he could see were brown and green in color, depicting some manner of tree and three flowers in bloom around it. The men were ill-armed compared to the shining ranks of the sellswords across the river, most clad lightly in cloth and leather or simply a helm, carrying javelins, bows and simple spears. A few among their number wore mail or lamellar. What their banners lacked in color, their cloaks and shields did not make up for. Most men Griff could see were in plain colors, greens and tans. If there were any knights or outriders in their number, then they must have been hidden well in the forested eaves around them.

By Jon's side, Franklyn Flowers was quick to speak his mind. "They've no knights, no pikes. A good charge across the river would sweep them from the field, I reckon." he said, a gap-toothed grin forming from his mouth all the way to his ruined ear.

"Perhaps so." Jon replied. "But these woods may well hide ambushers." He clenched his jaw. The sight of the Bastard of Cider Hall vexed him now, after his words in the tent. "More than that, we attack now and all our foes will be alert."

"My men saw shadows scurrying about between the trees." Marq Mandrake interjected, in support of Jon's words. "Even if not for the Hand's orders, I wouldn't be quick to send my men there."

"Aye," Flowers reluctantly agreed. "But if your Mairon's ploy fails and it comes to a fight, then we'll scatter those bastards."

"It will not fail, sers." Aegon assured them, sounding confident. "By now, I wouldn't be surprised if Mairon stopped blades from wanting to cut him and halted arrows in the air with a sweet word or two..." he said, prompting laughs from both men.

Trumpets sounded from the rear, putting a sudden end to all talk of tactics. It was the signal of the Captain-General, arriving from behind in the marching column. Harry Strickland was trailed by over thirty knights, each man girded for battle. By Harry's side was Vyrr, the grim Lyseni that guarded the Captain-General, marked out by the bronze visor on his helm, carved in the shape of man's skull, bearing a beard and long whiskers. The eye slits were carved in the shape of an angry scowl. Fitting, for the kind of man that wore it. At his side was a Norvoshi longaxe, its oaken haft bound with engraved brass.

With the king cloaked and following behind, Griff rode ahead alongside Homeless Harry, to join Mairon by the riverside. "Well-arrived, my lords." spoke the emissary, his brown eyes examining Lorn. The boy shrank back even more on his saddle if that were possible, reluctant to meet Mairon's gaze. "The men of Brethil saw our approach." he then pointed to the banners amidst the trees. "The lord Halmir is with them, and I spoke to his messengers. He is awaiting the Captain-General beneath a flag of truce."

Homeless Harry nodded his head, and gestured for his men to move forwards where Mairon led. Griff joined them, alongside Haldon and Lorn, with the King still cloaked. It was decided that as Captain-General, he would be the one to speak on the Golden Company's behalf alongside Mairon. Strickland was doubtlessly pleased by that turn of events - the man always took joy in making a spectacle of his authority, even before he became Captain-General. And his authority came into question not long ago.

From the opposite bank came a small party, no larger than a dozen men. They were armed men, heavily armed perhaps by the standards of the force arrayed at this river, but ill-equipped compared to Strickland's retinue. "That is Lord Halmir of the Birchwood," said Mairon, his eyes looking towards a man at the center. He was short and lean, with long hair that once must have been a light brown now almost wholly grey, tied at the back of his head with a golden ring. His beard was just as grey, full and well-kempt, but he had no moustache. On his head he wore an odd helm, made of bronze, but set to cover every part of its frame were boar tusks, each one arranged to overlap the tooth next to it. At its peak was a tall ridge that parted the helmet down the middle, and two short horns jutted out from the front. The armor of the lord of the Birchwood proved less odd - it was a suit of shining mail that reached down to his knees, and he wore bronze greaves on his legs. The mail was so well-made that when he looked at the crudeness of the hauberks worn by the others in Halmir's following, Jon could not but wonder if it was a gift. By his side he carried a long wooden shield, its core covered with bronze. Strange patterns were painted in bright, bold colors around it, the same colors as on the man's cloak. Jon reckoned him to be perhaps six and sixty, by the lines around the man's green eyes, and on his hard-featured face.

But Jon's eyes then wandered to another figure, far to the rear of his group. He had not noticed it before. It was a short, tawny-skinned man, standing a foot beneath the rest, waddling on short legs like stumps. His arms were long and thick, his pot belly painted with odd, swirling green patterns. He had very little hair, save for thin, black locks on his head, and a few tufts on his broad chin. His eyes were deep and sunken, and his forehead and nose both were broad. For a passing moment, thoughts of the dwarf passed Jon's mind. No, he decided. Tyrion Lannister and those unfortunate enough to be born like him were stunted and ugly, it was true. But this man looked like someone had taken a razor to one of the Ibbenese. Still, looking at men such as these, he could not understand what kept Mairon worried so. If the men they were heading to battle were alike to these, then victory would be swift.

A herald cried out from Halmir's group, speaking yet another tongue that Jon could not understand. Quickly, Mairon relayed their words back to them. "He names himself Halmir, son of Haldan, chief of Haleth's people."

"Your banners are of the East," said Halmir, gesturing up towards the red banners that hung above Strickland. "Our forefathers knew them too. Do you serve the princes of the East, then?"

"Indeed we do." Strickland said, as they had agreed upon. Deception must come naturally to his lips. "Our lords have sent us here to reinforce the valiant defenders of Minas Tirith, for they seek to aid their kinsmen." Duly, Mairon translated for the man the very lie he had authored.

The elder lord looked to be in thought, and turned to one of those besides him. A tall man in fine silver scale, wearing a dark blue cloak fringed in black. His head was fully covered by his cowl, though one could see the shape of a helm beneath the cloth. By his hand was a tall axe, bearing the device of a silver circle, wings furling out by its sides like a blooming flower's petals.

"The princes of Fëanor's House are embattled in their lands. Why do they send a force of Men who do not speak our tongue to aid kin half across Beleriand?" asked the lord. Whatever else he may be, he is not so easily tricked. And if not him, then the man by Halmir's side. "And who are you that speaks on their behalf?"

That instant, the men of the Golden Company began to mutter in suspicion. Worse, some at the back now held their weapons close. Jon narrowed his eyes, looking at Strickland. The old maid had better not act a damn fool now. This mummer's farce of Mairon was bad enough alone.

"They are what their lords could spare." said Mairon, his voice authoritative, yet without sounding threatening. "And they've been through many hardships on the road. Yet these men have proven to be true friends. I am Amarfion of Ladros," he declared. "I joined with Medlin of the Gobel Thonath as our folk were chased from our home. When we were stranded in the Nan Dungortheb, it was them who saved us."

Lorn stepped forward, at Mairon's urging. The boy looked to the emissary, then Halmir's men. Mairon pressed his hand on Lorn's shoulder, and spoke to him in that foreign language. His voice was slow and calm - comforting even, like resting by the fire after a long journey. "Lord Halmir, this is Lorn, son of Baranor. His father serves faithfully with the King of Nargothrond, long a friend to the Haladin. In the flight from our homes, his family was lost in the Nan Dungortheb. These men serving Fëanor's valiant sons saved him from the creatures of that valley, as they did many more of brave Barahir's people." Gently nudging him forward, Mairon bade Lorn to speak to Halmir too.

Even though he could not understand a word that came from that boy's mouth, Jon knew how he talked all too well. His speech was unconfident and clumsy, brimmed with pauses and stuttering. It was when they'd interrogated him, and about as much of use came out of Lorn then. After he was finished, Mairon took over once more, Lorn returning to the midst of the ranks, a moody expression on his face. Halmir turned to his companions, no doubt to discuss the matter on their own.

As the moments silently passed, Jon felt a growing unease himself. If there was to be battle, Aegon was far too close.

But in the end, Halmir turned back to address them, his herald loudly bellowing a declaration in their foreign tongue. "Vassals of Fëanor's sons, Halmir, Haldan's son grants you safe passage through the lands of Haleth's people, on the bond of his word and honor. But you may not remain here overlong, and messengers shall be sent to both Minas Tirith and the King of Menegroth." Mairon so helpfully translated.

"Tell him we've no such aim." Strickland told Mairon. "He'll be rid of us as soon as we pass through." Some of the sellswords further back laughed at the Captain-General's words, though they were swiftly silenced by a glare from Mandrake.

"Lord Halmir, much-renowned for valor, you do honor to your folk and ancestors, and your wisdom is beyond the reproach of any in Beleriand." declared Mairon so that all in Halmir's escort could hear, and Jon noticed the elder lord listening with care, no doubt flattered by Mairon's words. But what impressed Jon was how easily deception came to that man - he never once flinched nor paused. Though he'd seen many men who could lie shamelessly, none were quite so adept at it as Mairon. It is fortunate that he chose to cast his lot with Aegon. "In answer for your generosity, so do my friends make a promise of their own - they swear that they shall leave immediately, and never do harm upon Haleth's folk nor any friends of Brethil in their passage or after. Thus they promise upon the honor of their lords, Fëanor's famed sons."

Halmir's herald once again replied, and a younger man - no, a boy, no more than five and ten - in his escort came forth. Not particularly tall for his age, but broad-shouldered, with honey-gold hair and blue eyes. He was wearing a colorful blue tunic, embroidered with red and grey, and wrapped over it was a patterned orange cloak, its fringe trimmed with scarlet thread. From his ears hung bronze earrings in the shape of birch leaves, and his long hair was braided in silver. Most likely he was a page, or what these people had that passed for such a role - he carried on his hand a long hunting horn, banded with gold and studded with gems along its length. Its mouth was inlaid with shining mother-of-pearl, the iridescent surface worked to resemble the tangled branches of the woods in the sunlight. Jon was surprised to see that the dwellers of this wood had craftsmen who could create this horn - perhaps it was gifted to their lord? (No matter where it had come from, it already made the eyes of the sellswords glint with avarice.)

The man was led forward to Homeless Harry by Mairon, and gave to him the horn, bowing respectfully. Strickland's eyes widened in surprise, but he showed little hesitation in accepting the gift he was offered, perhaps too little. With a smile on his plump face, he turned to Mairon.

"It is custom for friends to exchange gifts," the emissary answered pointedly. "Lord Halmir expects you to return a gift of your own."

Strickland's expression soured at that, despite all the wealth he carried on his person, and the riches within the Captain-General's own tent. How much like Homeless Harry, to clutch at every last coin as if he were one of the homeless beggars at Flea Bottom. Strickland examined himself with some puzzlement, not daring to voice any objections.

"If I may," Mairon suggested softly. "Your sword would make a fine gift, Lord Strickland."

With some reluctance, Harry looked at the scabbard hanging by his side. It was an ornate thing, made of hardened black leather and polished to a sheen. It was fitted over with alternating plates of gold and silver, with golden skulls placed on the silver plates to represent the Golden Company, their eyes set with black agates. Over the golden plates was the Seven-pointed Star of the Faith, carved in silver. Strickland clumsily unbound his sword and turned both blade and scabbard over to Mairon. "Gods be good. Let's hope this is to their liking." Strickland whined.

"You'll get a new blade soon enough." Flowers said, laughing at Harry's dismay. "I'll wager our enemy have fine swords waitin' ta sit in Harry Strickland's hand. No doubt about it."

"Let us hope they are better clad than these ones here." Lysono Maar added with a smirk. "The horn they gifted our Captain-General aside, these Haladin are clearly not men of great wealth."

Tristan Rivers let out a snort. "Mayhaps you can gallop there and ask if they have any horns to gift you, Lyseni." Jon wrinkled his nose in disgust at the remark.

"Quite enough, sers." Griff declared. "Our way is open, and we have a hard march ahead."



The march that followed passed as a dream. They went over plains, rivers and hills with nary a rest or respite. But no matter how many miles they crossed, it had not been as exhausting as their days in the valley. And if one were to hear the sellswords, it was an easier march than any other they'd taken in their lives. Their pace was certainly rapid - fast enough that they covered a distance that would have taken three days to cross in half that time.

The Golden Company laid its camp by the roadside, just north of a stone bridge across one of the river Sirion's tributaries. It was not a long stop, only long enough for the men to rest and prepare for the battle ahead. By the dawn, they were ready to march again, upon the sounding of the trumpets. This land was crossed by many rivers, Jon thought as they rode ahead. The greatest was the one that Mairon had named the Sirion, and while it could not compare to the Rhoyne, it certainly was wide enough to deter any thoughts of easy crossing, and more than deep enough for large ships to sail across at this point. As they marched north, it grew wider and deeper yet, like the forks of the Trident. The river vale shone green under the morning sun, lush with grass and tall pine trees. Jon could see the bounds of what must have once been orchards, fields and pastures. They had been irrigated by water from the river. All of these dwellings had been raised on high places, overlooking the plain and the river, but these hills were too steep and sudden to be natural. They must have been raised up by whomever built these settlements. At the foot of every hill, or passing through fields and pastures Jon could also see wide stone foundations. These villages must have been walled once, though not recently. And all across the plain, they'd seen watchtowers, most of them unmanned. This almost seems less a smallfolk village and more a military camp.

But whether camp or village, it was as silent as the grave. No animals grazed these pastures, no farmhands were there to tend the fields and orchards. Among these fields were houses made of stone, pale wood and bright-colored bricks. The largest could be called manses. They must have been beautiful, not long ago. And about as empty too, their painted doors barred or ripped from their hinges, and no smoke or cooking fires were anywhere to be seen. It was a sight that he could easily have seen in Westeros, but the differences were only made starker by what they shared. "Seems some else's men found this place 'fore us." Flowers snorted. "Looks to me that no matter the world, war makes o' men the same thing."

"Be vigilant." Mandrake ordered the men of the Golden Company. "If the bastard's right, then they might still be around, waiting for us." After their days in the valley, the sellswords, already mistrustful by nature, had begun to see ambushes waiting behind every hill and tree.

Jon Connington said nothing in reply. He looked to Aegon. Rhaegar's son was gazing at those same fields also. "I meant to ask you, Jon, because I'll never see it for myself. Does Westeros look like.. this?" Aegon asked him, his voice barely above a whisper. Had it been any fainter, it would have been lost in the wind.

The question left Jon at a pause. He looked at the green lands that surrounded them, the hills and pine trees. Could this have been mistaken for any place in the Riverlands that had seen the face of war? Not for the first time, Jon Connington's thoughts went to the Stormlands and Griffin's Roost, the same home he'd struggled not to think of during the long years of exile. His lands, and those of his father before him - for so long, Jon hoped that Rhaegar's son would see it when the time was right. But that would never be. This place is nothing like them, he thought, listening to the gale hiss above the long blades of grass. Beleriand was as different from home as Essos was, and even more foreign.

"No." Jon answered. "It does not."

Aegon looked back to him, and gave a swift, curt answer. "I see. Thank you, Lord Connington." he said, sounding as solemn as his father. The boy might not like that answer, but he'll have to live with it, Jon decided. No matter how hard it was. And he will have a longer while to learn than I.

"Once the battle begins," Jon said, aiming to divert Aegon's attention. "You will remain by my side, your Grace, and observe the battlefield." he instructed. He'll chafe at that no doubt.

But Aegon's response surprised Griff. "To be expected. But you led the vanguard before, so why not now?"

"This is not Westeros." Jon stated firmly. "We have foes, but the only thing we know are their names." And not even that, it feels like. Jon Connington knew the names of every house worthy of note from Sunspear to the Wall. And before his exile, he knew every lord and famed knight in the Stormlands, their fathers and the lineages they would boast of in their cups. Here, he was at Mairon's mercy, waiting for the next foreign name that would drip from the emissary's lips. It made him feel weak. Worse than weak, ignorant - useless to Aegon. Made obsolete. How can a Hand guide the king if he cannot command his own fingers? And with every new name, every new prince and lord or land Mairon would talk of, the reminder of Jon's ignorance would haunt his thoughts. In Westeros, he'd be remembered as an honorless exile and a failure - would he be remembered here as a relic? Or fail Aegon so thoroughly as to not be remembered at all? "So we stay and watch."

"And if we're needed there?" Aegon asked. "Do we stay behind then too?"

"If the battle turns against us, then we join before it is lost." Griff answered simply. "But I doubt there'll be need of that, with the enemy caught unprepared." he said as they continued riding ahead. "You've never commanded a battle before, your Grace. In the years to come after-" Jon paused momentarily. The words proved harder to say than he expected. "After you win your kingdom, you must know how to defend it. Haldon might have taught you about battles, but it is one thing to answer the halfmaester how Argilac and King Daeron led their men, to command your own quite another. Many young men like the sound of their warhorns and the glint of lances well enough, and think that makes them fit to lead. Many old men think that because they won battles when they were two score years younger they'll never lose the day until the Stranger takes them."

Aegon let out a laugh, but he could not hide the worry in his eyes. "I should hope that's not the two of us, then."

"It will not." Jon swore to the son of his Silver Prince. "You will not."

All that while and after, the land around them began to darken as they neared the river's edge. A thick fog had arisen from the river, shrouding its banks and the skies ahead. The sky above them was growing dimmer, golden light now veiled by dark billowing clouds. Though Mairon had warned them that river mists would mask the Golden Company's approach, many of the sellswords recoiled as the grey fog began to envelop their false standards, remembering the valley. "Ahead! Look ahead, you daft whoresons!" Mandrake's voice bellowed.

Far in the distance, the shape of a tower began to emerge from the mist, though still some miles away. Immediately, a great cheer went up from the ranks. They knew what would soon follow.

But Jon Connington did not give them heed - instead, his eyes turned to the sight slowly taking form, like the cliffs above Stormbreaker Bay, looked upon from a ship's prow cutting through the frothing waves. A tall tower, its pinnacle shimmering amid the clouds, standing atop an island promontory. From its peak, one could overlook all the lands beneath the fortress' shadow with ease. As they approached ever closer, more of the castle that Mairon named Minas Tirith became visible. A narrow neck leading up to a causeway, a strong gatehouse standing atop a hillside. Griff scowled, but gathered himself. Battle would soon find them, and there was no time to ponder on this new mockery of fate.



Some battles would last for days on end, pitting man against man, army against army, bloodily striving to gain victory. Others would be over in mere moments. The battle beneath the island castle's shadow was looking to be the latter.

When the mists scattered and the false banners burned away, to be replaced by the golden standards of the heirs of Bittersteel, the bulk of the enemy was on the other side of the river, chasing a routing foe and pressing against a far-off camp, with only a few scattered companies left behind to guard their rear. He'd heard the shouts from afar. Even though none knew the language, everybody understood what they meant. They thought friends were coming to their aid. The Golden Company was swift to take advantage of that mistake - quickly, sellsword infantry accompanied by the swiftest horsemen began to assault the camps, swiftly seizing them from the few defenders within, too confused to even raise their blades. Black Balaq led his bowmen atop a hill, while companies of foot sped towards the bridge, to take the drawbridge and deny the enemy any prospect of escape or aid from the castle.

Meanwhile, the greatest part of the Company's strength marched towards the river. Over five thousand foot and a thousand horse, accompanied by the full force of the elephants. The few hundred defenders standing against them attempted to hold, taking a stand amid fortifications that were already strewn with corpses, spearmen and archers seeking to form a solid line, but it availed them none.

When the moving thicket of pikes pressed forward and the Golden Company's knights thundered down the flanks, accompanied by the trumpeting of elephants following close behind, they could not stand before them. Those who were not swept away by the force of the charge fled, only to be chased down by the riders following behind.

Without pause, the Company continued towards the opposite bank, where the main force of these Noldor stood. All that while, Jon stood with Aegon atop their hill, watching the battle as if it were a game. A precarious position, Jon thought. They were safe from the battle, but at the cost of being able to partake. If Jon were to issue a command, then it could only be through messengers and signals. They'd have to trust the captains to carry their own weight.

Yet it seemed that he was right to trust them, at least on this. These were the heirs of Bittersteel, their skill at arms honed by strict discipline and years of campaigning. For all their other flaws, these men were fine warriors, rivaled only by few. And who could there be to surpass them in this world?

"Is this what worried Mairon sick?" Aegon asked, sounding triumphant. "We've swept them away like nothing!" The excitement in his voice was clear. This was not the first battle Aegon saw, but it was the first against human foes, as queer as it would have sounded to Griff but a month ago.

"We took them by surprise," Jon replied. "And neither have we faced most of their force yet." It was unlikely they would lose now, but there was no reason to let Aegon turn careless in victory.

Mairon laughed, the deep, rich sound turning their attention towards the emissary. "Your Grace, you've made one error - thinking that all armies are as fine and valiant as yours. Lions and wolves both hunt for prey, yet the lion is clearly mightier."

"And neither of them can withstand a dragon." Aegon responded with a smirk.

"Indeed, Your Grace." the emissary agreed with the king, laughing heartily again. "None can stand before a dragon."

Jon observed the fallen Noldor more closely. Unlike the men of the Birchwood, who were more wild men than they were soldiers, or Medlin's haggard refugees, these soldiers were well-equipped, finely armed and armored to the last man. And despite that he had seen none of their warriors up close, there was something about their movements, their appearance that unsettled Griff, even though he could not yet place it. It will need to wait. Across the river bank, the comrades of these dead and wounded were girding themselves to avenge them. Banners white and gold were cresting a hill beyond the river, scarred with dikes and palisades. There were flying standards with a golden harp upon a green field also, as well as azure ones. But the men below those flags were in disarray - Jon could count some one thousand, perhaps more already forming up, with even more trailing behind. Their horns and drums loudly sounded, and men ran up and down the length of the enemy line, hollering orders to the amassing companies. Alongside the infantry, some strength of horse was also gathering. Jon could see light horse, with lance and ax in hand, and amid their numbers a small force of heavy horse - men clad all in steel and bearing long lances, their warhorses barded in resplendent scale. They were not many more than thirty, and certainly less than fifty in total. Few in number, compared to the mounted strength of the Golden Company.

Quickly, the reason for their disarray became apparent. There was smoke in the distance, and Jon did not fail to notice the sable banners. Mairon said his king's banners were a pure black field, with no mark or device upon them.. The Noldor men were having to return from their pursuit at haste.

"We should attack now!" Aegon urged. "They haven't formed up yet and there won't be a better time, give the order to cross!"

It was not a foolish notion, though the boy had most like based it on a battle he'd read about. A good charge could scatter the enemy in short order, as it had their comrades on their side of the river, but there would be casualties. Jon waved his hand in dismissal. "No. There's no point for that, your Grace." he answered. "We hold the way to their castle. Let the enemy try and fight their way through the river before our allies rally."

Our allies. They'd heard of them, but Mairon divulged precious little, and they'd caught no sight of them thus far aside from their banners. That, and the bodies on the earth. No doubt there was no shortage of dead men on this field who had served Mairon's king, but Jon did not closely look at them. Nor did he have the time to.

A loud cry came from across the river, and the boom of a dozen warhorns rose behind it. The enemy was beginning their counterattack.

The sellswords responded in kind, trumpets sounding and the fighting men advancing forward, before coming to a halt a few paces before the river's edge. They lowered their pikes, challenging the enemy to come and skewer themselves upon the bristling points.

The Noldor vanguard came forward in good order, the ranks of their phalanx twelve men deep, with archers nested amid the serried spearmen. Undaunted by the river, they marched straight into the raging currents. But when their feet splashed on the water however, the river's current slowed, flowing weaker and weaker until a river that could rival the Trident was reduced to a gentle stream, letting the Noldor cross with ease as the pikes of the Golden Company flinched in fright, beginning to turn back, away from the river. Instantly, Jon Connington remembered the chattering of Yandry and Ysilla, their stories of the Rhoynar water wizards who had faced the dragonlords of Old Valyria.

"What is this?" he demanded of Mairon, glaring at their guide. At the front, the captains barked orders to their men, attempting to restore order in the ranks.

"Back in line! Back in line!" he could hear the serjeants shouting. "You held in the valley, you're not running away here, you coward whoresons!" The threats and cajoling thankfully had some effect - the fighting men managed to regain their composure by the time the foe had reached the middle of the crossing. The Golden Company pressed forward again, golden standards waving above the men. The battle had not yet come to swords, but arrows and quarrels were being exchanged, across the length of the front.

Mairon turned towards Jon, letting out a long, exhausted sigh. "It is as I feared. The Ñoldor command such sorceries, and turn them against their foes to stave off the hour of their defeat. But I had not expected them to do it with such ease."

A scowl crossed Jon's face. Sorcery. Was it so unbelievable, after all they had seen? After what Mairon did to the disease, but only called 'arts'? "You will not hide such a thing from us again." he firmly told the emissary. "Anything these people can do, I and His Grace will learn of it first."

"It shall be so, Lord Hand." Mairon accepted his instructions without complaint. Jon's eyes swept again to the field. He tried to suppress the unease that Mairon's easy manner and swift compliance made him feel, and instead focus on the battle.

The lines had begun to clash amid river, the Golden Company's pikes holding their place, as the core of the enemy's foot took the formation of a wedge, shields and spears pointing outwards, pressing to break through the wall of steel guarding the riverbank. Their horse still lay in wait. At their flanks were infantry with tall shields, arrayed more loosely than the tightly serried wedge. They were throwing javelins at the sellswords, in the hopes of thinning their ranks. Those hopes were in vain. Some men doubled over wounded and others fell down dead, but the formation stood firm, most of the javelins falling astray or uselessly clattering against the canopy of pikes that loomed above the first ranks, much like the arrows loosed from the enemy archers. For all the force of their striving, the enemy foot was unable to break through, and the deeper ranks of the Golden Company began to tell.

The sound of warhorns rang, this time from their side. Surely, the Golden Company's foot began to advance, and reinforcements began to stream in from the captured camps. The battle-cry of the Golden Company was chanted in triumph. "Beneath the gold, the bitter steel!"

Jon spotted Black Balaq's personal insignia, a crown of golden feathers set above the company standard being moved closer to the battle, his bowmen taking position.

The enemy foot still attempted to press, to break through ever more desperately, yet the bodies of their comrades began to gather at their feet. Dead and wounded, left behind as the pikemen of the Golden Company pushed ahead, forcing the center of the enemy formation back. Another series of loud war cries came from the enemy, accompanied by the flashing of blades being drawn. Those men who had been throwing javelins now rushed forward, clashing with the advancing sellswords, attempting to assail their flank. It was too late.

The battle-hardened heirs of Bittersteel had not neglected their flanks. Any attempts to find a gap in the columns of the advancing companies were futile. But these sword-bearing Noldor were not willing to give up their fight so easily. They charged headlong across the unclaimed ground separating the opposing hosts, heedless of fear or peril even as their comrades fell back, trying to force a path through the thicket solely with their own strength. A broad man was at their head, fighting where the battle was at its thickest, with an ax on one hand and a banner on the other. He hacked and hacked, like he would turn the tide of the battle on his lonesome. His mail-clad warriors shared that confidence, even as more of their number began to perish, whether to pike or to bolts and arrows. They were driven back, only to rally around their leader and his banner, and begin their attack once more. Twice they charged and twice they were forced back, being driven towards the bank from where they'd begun the battle.

"These are brave men." Aegon said, and Jon could only agree with him. He thought of the good men, the brave men who had stood against the Usurper even unto their death, men like Lewyn Martell, like the White Bull and Arthur Dayne. The men, high and low who died at Stoney Sept, when the bells rang. Those who had kept true to the dragon, rather than bowing and scraping before Baratheon.

"Brave, but they will not last longer, your Grace." Mairon observed.

They were being driven up to the river's edge, the Sirion's waters now swirling red. As the spearmen tried to form another line of defense, the broad leader of the braves stood with his companions. It was now the Noldor on the defense, and the Golden Company that was taking the attack. He cast his banner like a javelin into the approaching ranks of the Golden Company, urging his men to retrieve the bloodied standard. With a loud war cry of "Dorthonion!" they charged once more down the riverbank daring missiles and spears, their blood-stained blades and shining helms flashing under the sun. Those who still had their throwing spears threw them now.

Before that sight, Griff was certain that any lesser soldiers than the Golden Company would have broken and fled, had they somehow withstood the previous charges. But these were no lesser soldiers. With a resounding heave, the disciplined wall held under the fierce assault, driving it back for the third time. All except their leader. He fought on, more like a beast than a man, cutting off the tips of pikes with his axe, somehow enduring blow upon blow inflicted upon him. His cloak had been rent - he had torn it himself, in anger and despair. He threw himself into the fray even as his fellows retreated behind him, pressing deeper and deeper. A cut to the arm, a glancing blow to his helm, all those he ignored as he hacked. A man fell to his axe, helm split in twain by the force of the blow and then another, and a third. Five men he saw dying before the leader of those infantrymen disappeared, lost within the midst of his foes. He did not emerge again.

Yet the Golden Company's advance was now also slowing. With the support of their archers at the flanks and the Noldor foot reforming, there was now a steadfast line of defence across the river. The most forward of the sellswords turned back under the shower of arrows ever closer to them, preparing for another assault.

To Griff, the temptation of letting them be and withdrawing was strong. Let them break themselves trying to reach their castle. But the captains of the Company thought differently. They had gotten a taste of victory, and would not stop until the enemy was completely destroyed. Jon looked at Aegon, and knew that the king was of like mind.

But the castle was still in the enemy's hands. If those within see their host defeated, then they'll lose heart. Better yet, if they gained hostages out of it, then it would give them leverage over the commander of the castle, if he was not already in the field.

The ranks of the sellswords parted in orderly fashion, letting the elephants and knights through, the grey behemoths now fully clad in armor, and with the wooden 'castles' tied onto their backs. They mean to crush this line underfoot. The armored knights lowered their lances, and the horns sounded the beginning of their charge. The enemy's warhorns also sounded in reply. Finally, the Noldor had decided to commit their horsemen, charging down from the opposite bank to meet the knights, lance to lance.

They were foolish to do so. Approaching behind the knights were the elephants, and Strickland's prized war beasts finally showed their worth. The enemy horse hesitated in the face of their great bulk, or panicked, disrupting their charge. The steeds of the Golden Company had long been used to the presence of the elephants, and had faced others in battle. Their riders crashed into the wavering enemy squadron, knocking horsemen off their steeds, and swiftly forcing the Noldor horse back to their side of the river. With the beating of drums, the foot advanced alongside the knights and elephants, driving uphill straight onto the enemy's line where their cavalry struggled to regroup. They rallied around a tall rider, whose azure cloak was lined with fur and woven with golden thread. Jon had seen him before, slaying seven knights on his lonesome and unhorsing another four. Now, that man rode up and down, shouting encouragements to his men and fighting as he could.

The air was filled with the sounds of battle, the clash of steel and the shriek of dying men and beasts. But another sound started to echo above them all.

Boom-Boom-Boom. Three beats of a great drum, repeated again and again. Boom-boom-boom.

A smile crossed Mairon's face. "It seems our friends have stirred themselves." he announced.

On the battlefield, the black-bannered host joined the battle. But the sight of them made Jon Connington's blood run cold.

These creatures were not human. Whatever they were, it was something else. Something other. They loped forward in many multitudes. Their skin was sickly and pale, or sallow-grey, and their faces were hideous too, with noses that oft reminded him of the dwarf's cut face, eyes that were small, but glinted in the deep, sunken pits of their eyes. Many of these creatures were stunted, smaller than a full-grown man… others were as big or even larger, but it was almost impossible to tell - most of these beings were slouched, their arms reaching down to their knees when they marched forward. It was apparent they were strong though, and heavily armed, clad all in iron.

Jon had never seen anything like this before. He'd heard of monstrous man-shaped creatures in Sothoryos, outside the known world, but never seen them. The monsters of the valley had taken the shape of spiders. (He did not think of the Stone Men, whose ranks Mairon saved him from joining.)

He brought his horse closer to Aegon, and saw that his face had gone white as a sheet. His hands were gripping his reins tighter, as tight as his lips were now pursed. "Are these our allies?" the king asked, his voice wavering.

Jon did not know what to tell him. These are Mairon's allies. These are the soldiers of his king.

"Indeed they are." Mairon's melodious voice rose in answer. "Do you find them to your disliking, Your Grace?" he asked, as if it were the most natural thing in the world.

Jon gave the emissary a harsh look, but before either he or Aegon could reply, Mairon continued. "Perhaps you find their appearance fearsome. Many do. But they are able soldiers, and loyal to my king. In their own tongue, they call themselves uruks."

"In Westeros, they'd call your 'uruks' monsters. If they saw them by my side, they'd call me a monster too." Aegon said ruefully.

"The dragons of your ancestors were fearsome too, your Grace. Perhaps they called them monsters as well. But they united seven kingdoms. What are my uruks before a dragon?" Mairon retorted calmly. "And your maester Haldon told me of things such as the Men of Ib, or the Stone Men you encountered. Are these soldiers truly so much worse?"

"The Men of Ib are still Men. And so are these Noldor we agreed to ally with you against." the Hand said, raising his voice in favor of Aegon. "I doubt your king's creatures are."

The smile returned to Mairon's lips. "Men? No, they are not. But if it lets you rest easy, neither are the Ñoldor that our hosts are now engaging, my lord Connington. And neither shall my lord's troops harm your own."

Jon made to reply, but found himself pausing. "Not Men? What do you mean?" Aegon asked instead.

"A tale for after the battle." the emissary replied. "It will do us all well to focus our attentions there, friends."

I will hold him to it, Jon thought. But in his mind, another thought also kept him unrestful. Could Aegon be helped by these creatures? And if their swords helped Aegon win a crown, how could Griff refuse them?

Massive wolves accompanied them, and some of these creatures rode atop them like they were horses. They pressed against the flank of the Noldor, while they were still struggling against the sellswords. But it seemed that the men of the Golden Company were made as uneasy by Mairon's troops as he himself had been. Though they had been told that the sable banners signified allies, many in the front ranks began to fall back at the sight of the creatures coming to their aid, weakening the assault.

But the battle was by now decided. It was not long before the Noldor were forced to retreat even further, now with their backs against the river. Many of their number had fallen in the battle, and others had surrendered or been captured. Those tattered companies that remained were forming a shieldwall once again, hoping to stave off their final defeat. But on the opposing side of the field, the elephants and the heavy horse of the Golden Company were preparing for another charge when the signal was given. The foot were already formed up in their pike blocks, and archers and crossbows were loosing their darts against the remaining defenders.

Unless the Noldor leader was to surrender, then all his host would perish. Yet no messengers came forward, no flags of truce were waved, and no quarter was asked.

The horns sounded, announcing the final assault. But at that moment, ships came from the water. They must have been launched from the castle - covered boats, and more than a few of them, their oars swiftly cutting through the river to land close by the host of the defenders. A desperate, tired cheer went up from their ranks, before the battle began anew.



By day's end, it was over. The smell of smoke and blood washed over the earth. Captives were being taken to stockades, while the dead were tallied. The losses for their own had been few. Not so for the Noldor, who had lost most of their force on the field, aside those few who had managed to escape with their lives. But it was no total victory. The castle of Minas Tirith still stood, and now the long, laborious task of a siege would need to begin (as would the fact of the coming winter). The officers and soldiers were celebrating their hard-won victory around the campfires, with Homeless Harry displaying the new sword he was gifted, a beautiful thing taken from a captured Noldor horseman. Aegon was seated at the high table, trading japes and stories with the captains over wine.

"Hail to our king!" cheered the sellswords. "Aegon! Dragon! Dragon!" came more cries, from men drunk on both wine and victory. More cheers went up after, for Homeless Harry, for the King's Hand, and for Mairon, who had just entered the tent, flanked by two of his 'uruks'. The men were eager to cheer for him, but not so much for his escorts.

It was a victory. But Jon Connington could not but remind himself that there was still much more left ahead. And more than a few questions for our emissary.
 
Oh cool. You're posting it here?
Yep, I decided that since I actually decided to use the SV account a little, I might as well post it here. Visibility never hurt anyone.

Anyway, I haven't finished uploading this stuff yet arghhhhhhhhhhhhh

also also to anyone reading, if you like Saerang, go read A Queen's Conquest. It's the only SI fic I like, and it averts a lot of the usual problems of the genre.
 
The Hunter
-----------------
The Hunter
-----------------



He placed the bowstring on his thumb ring, pulling back string and arrow behind his ear, the curved limbs bending. There was nothing besides the bow and arrow in his hands. Nothing except the motions passed down in his teachings.

With a twist of the wrist the hunter's arrow loosed, to the sound of cracking horn and sinew. It found its mark, piercing straight through the iron gorget. The point flew straight into the beast's neck with the jagged shards of iron, the orc choking in its own black blood.

Three more arrows immediately followed it, each one finding a different mark. Whether in front, to his side or behind. It made no difference to the dead. Celegorm galloped away beyond the range of their bows, his riders shooting then following behind him. Every file of horsemen passing by loosed their arrows, then rode beyond any hope of retribution before circling back around again. The arrows fell on the orcs like iron rain, killing and wounding as they landed. He could feel the despair of the beasts, hear it in their voices, see it whenever one was fool enough to move ahead and try to chase them. It was a sweeter sound than any music his brother made.

The hunter put his bow aside and lifted his lance. He could feel Caranroch move beneath him, snorting. He knows his master well. So did his warriors. The squadrons of the lightest-armed riders parted to make way for the heavy horsemen, forming behind them. The best-armed archers set aside their bows for lances too, as soon as they saw Celegorm doing the same. The Ñoldor had made themselves known for their horsemanship in the lands of Beleriand, even their cousins in the West. But no cavalry under the stars' light was finer than these warriors.

"NORTHO!" the hunter shouted, calling to charge, spurring Caranroch forward.

"DAGO!" they howled back. "DAGO!" Kill, kill! The orcs knew full well what the cry meant, what was coming towards them with lances that gleamed like stars.

Over two hundred riders raced in Celegorm's dust shouting their war cries, each hoping to be the first in battle after him. In the corner of his sight, Celegorm could see the red standards of his nephew and Laegang's tukse wheeling around the flanks.

The orcs before him lowered their spears, in the vain hope of stopping the charge. Caranroch's hooves thundered on the plain, approaching ever closer until he leapt above the spearpoints, landing behind the orcs scurrying away with a mighty crash. On foot, he'd have towered over these creatures. On Caranroch, they could hardly even reach him. The first of the orcs were trampled, the wedges of Celegorm's riders following into the gap.

He swung his spear down in a wide arc, breaking the first orc's halberd and cleaving clean through the armor straight down below the shoulder. He struck again, severing another's head and arm in a shower of black gore. The hunter laughed. There was nothing else like this in life, nothing that could match it. The rush of battle, the sound of steel and the cries of the dying. The struggle that separated boys from men, where the strong could win glory at the tip of their spear and live in song forevermore.

He laughed again when one of the orcs tried to stab at him, its spear failing to pierce his armor before Celegorm impaled him on his own lance. He pulled the steel head from its body, letting the creature fall to breathe its last in the blood-stained dirt. The next five he put down as well, and the sixth fell to an arrow from Hedril. Not all the arrows on the battlefield were theirs. Two hit the hunter too, the first bouncing off his helm, the other his corslet. The useless flailings of beasts about to die. The first archer spent its last moments trying to hide among the larger orcs. The second's arm and fingers were crushed by Eithereg's mace before he loosed another flight, followed by its brains shortly after. His red overcoat was spattered with black gore. "I'm expecting a prize for that, lord!" Eithereg shouted back at him.

In the distance, he could see rising flames, shining blood-red like Anar's last light. Celebrimbor had succeeded in destroying their siege train, like he'd been ordered. As soon as they saw their carts and machines go up in flames, the last smidgens of courage left the orcs. They broke and started running, only to be trampled down by the riders swooping in. Celegorm saw that the remaining orcs were now gathering beneath the black banner of their captain. A black banner, with the head of a golden dragon upon it. They've decided to die beneath a dragon. He would grant them that wish.

Fëanor's son gathered his riders for another charge on this last orcish bulwark, charging straight ahead at this last ring of orcs, an isolated island surrounded by waves of horsemen in steel and scarlet.

Alongside the rows of spears stood the largest and best-armored of the orcs, armed with long axes and clad all in iron. The captains and chiefs of Angband kept them around to guard their person. These were the champions of the orcs, the best warriors, the finest soldiers to march from the Thangorodrim.

None of that mattered when Celegorm and his riders smashed into them with the force of an onrushing storm, parting through their lines. "The Hunter!" Celegorm heard the orcs whimper in their tongue. "The Hunter comes!" He'd heard it many times over the centuries, shouted across a hundred battlefields. The Dark Lord's servants knew him - they knew his deeds, and they had heard the whispered tales.

One axe rose to cleave at Caranroch's flank, but the hunter's spear swept forward faster and stronger, piercing through the axeman's throat. Both axe and warrior fell to the dirt, the orc spending its last moments clutching at its throat in vain to stop the bleeding. As quickly as it had descended, he spun it back around, sending the steel weight at the end of his spear slamming into the head of another orc, cracking the steel helm like an egg. Celegorm continued straight onto the orc chief's banner, still laughing.

"Wretches of Angband!" he roared to the orc guards fleeing before his approach- nearing ever closer to the banner they were huddling around. "I slay your champions and make markers of your fathers. Half a hundred of your chiefs lie dead by my hand! Come! FACE ME!"

That got a response out of them. Orcs were always eager to come forward and avenge their dead. Orc champions on wolf mounts dashed forward, howling in challenge. Brave. Or truly desperate. We put many of them down, Huan and I. Their mounts were in mail that reached down below their underbelly, almost a mockery of the armor worn by the horses of his own riders. Celegorm rushed to meet them with his warriors following behind.

From his side, one of the orcs dashed with its lance, hoping to skewer the hunter with it. But Celegorm proved quicker, and the point narrowly missed him when he pulled his body back. Before the orc could pull his spear back he dashed forward with his free hand, grabbing it mid-haft. He relished the look of confusion on the orc's face as he held its weapon tightly and snapped it in two. The wolf-rider did not manage to drop its half of the spear before it found the point thrown at its chest like a dart. He made short work of the next few that dared cross his path, leaving his warriors to deal with the stragglers while he sped to his prize. The formations of the orcs had been broken, riders charging in and out of the chaos of their ranks.

The captain of the host was very large by the standards of its kind, though Celegorm's warriors would still tower over it. But that wasn't everything with orcs. There was deceptive strength in their stooped frames, and they were more than swift enough to put a spear through a bird's eye. More impressive was the orc-captain's mount. It was a beast whose massive head stood man-high, its shape resembling a boar but leaner, primal. Its jaws were large enough to snap a full-grown man from the waist, to be torn apart by teeth as thick as a wrist - or rip the head off a horse. Horns extended from its red cheeks, and spined dark yellow fur rose like spines from a hump down to its back. It was one of the bandhunc, the boars of Angband. Celegorm had not seen one in centuries, but now more and more appeared in the armies besieging the East. It was easier to bring them down with bow and arrow. Had this not been a battle, he would have even tried subduing it with his own hands. A lance will do.

"You! Captain of the craven!" Celegorm called out to the chieftain. The orc stood by its standard. The steel helm and gauntlets it was wearing were decorated with the flames of Glaurung wrought in gold, to honor the Worm of Morgoth. "You will join your slaves now." he declared, pointing to the black banner with his lance.

"I die today." the orc spat out in guttural Sindarin. "But not at your hands, Hunter!" The visor of his helm concealed Celegorm's smile, but not the shake of his head.

He did not wait for the bandhunc to have the first move. Instead, he spurred Caranroch forward, but staying well to the boar's side. The beast's huge jaws were a greater danger than the orc on its back. Celegorm brandished his spear to the side, keeping it still as the jaws snapped and growled. It was not hard to find his mark. He swung the spearpoint forward, and heard it grazing through skin and bone, putting out the boar's eye. The great beast let out a piteous roar after he spun the lance out, whining in pain and buckling wildly, its rider struggling to keep control. A cheer went up from his own warriors, now watching their commander fight the chief of the foe.

Celegorm seized the opportunity to rush its blind side. This time, he aimed at the rider. It fell short. The boar's wild buckling saved the orc chief from his spear, the blade narrowly missing the orc's chest. In that moment of opportunity, the orc desperately struck at Celegorm with its own spear.

It was a mistake. He parried the blow with ease and the orc captain lost its balance as the bandhunc raged. Celegorm did not miss his second strike. His spear hit the great boar's flank with full force, biting deeply through the thick hide and into flesh. The boar let out another shriek of pain, frantically trying to move, to dislodge the spear from its side. Instead Celegorm spurred Caranroch to gallop.

Hooves thundered on the plain and Celegorm heard the sweet sound of flesh and muscle tearing, feeling bones broken by the blade. He held the shining metallic haft tightly while Caranroch ran, keeping it lodged within the beast as it tore a long red gash across the bandhunc's side before twisting down through to its belly, and pulling away with a cut to the hock. The beast fell to the ground with a pained cry. Its rider followed, the orc's gilded gauntlets flashing when the sun's rays shined upon them one last time before tumbling into the bloodied grass.

With a single swift move, Celegorm dismounted Caranroch and headed towards the fallen beast. Growling, the orc captain frantically attempted to get up from the ground, dragging itself away from the bandhunc's bleeding bulk. Before the orc could grip an axe, Celegorm kicked the weapon away, stepping on the captain's arm. There was a crack of bone and a sharp cry of pain beneath the weight of his steel-clad foot. The hunter could see sickly orange eyes look up at him from the slits of the iron helm, filled with pain and fury. But in there, he also saw fear. The same fear he'd seen in a thousand battles, in the faces of so many dead. He could hear the rapid breathing, the sound of a mouth trying to form words. A plea. A last taunt, perhaps.

It did not matter. He brought down his blade, speeding the orc to their ranks, voiceless. It's not your hands that'll end me.

Celegorm raised the severed head aloft to the sound of erupting cheers from his riders. "This is the end of those that face us in battle! This is the fate of those that invade our lands! Let it be a warning to Glaurung and all of Angband's wretches!" he cried out, tearing down the orcish banner and placing the head of their captain at the top. "The Worm of Angband thinks to take your lands! To burn your homes, slay your cattle and burn your fields. To take your sons and daughters for slaves! Will you let him?"

"No!" they answered.

"They think they can beat you in battle! Can they?" he asked the gathered warriors.

Spears were raised, shining in the sun's rays. "None can!" Some among their number laughed loudly.

"Let the orcs try to breach our walls with their machines aflame!" Celegorm laughed with them. "We ride back to Aglon! We rest, for we ride again! To Himring, until our hooves trample every last orc that dares step foot in eastern lands!"

"To Himring!"

"Turko! Turko! Turko!"
his riders cheered again, their voices rising up like a chorus calling his name. It was an old name. Turkafinwë. Strong Finwë, father named him. With the passing years, the tongue of Beleriand had overtaken their own, but that name the soldiers still liked to use, even those Sindar-born that could not speak a word of Quenya. They loved its meaning, before it was first spoken in Beleriand, before there were soldiers to speak it.

Celegorm waited for the cheers to subside and mounted Caranroch again, turning to Eithereg. The yneghîr stood atop his horse, idly wiping black gore from his mace. "Eithereg yneghîr, report." he called out, prompting the auburn-haired horseman to bolt upright.

"Few of ours fell, Lord. The enemy is broken, and we're ready to ride as you command." Eithereg answered promptly.

"Have any orcs survived?"

"Few, but there are more than two hundreds. You know what they are like, lord."

"And you know what to do with them." Celegorm responded. "Be quick about it." There was no mercy for Morgoth's creatures. His warriors knew that well. The sound of swords and dying cries once again echoed through the plain.

It was not long before they heard the sound of hooves in the distance and riders approaching down the plains, dust clouds rising in their wake. Celebrimbor was at their head, with tuksahîr Laegang leading the other roval. His armor was shining, even below the grime and dirt of the battlefield. He wore a corslet of deep red steel above his mail, every riven course wrought with intricate patterns, the heart engulfed by flames of brass that flowed into engraved tengwar, so small that one might miss them if not for their shining copper glow. His fluted helm was wrought with a guard in the shape of a jeweled crown above his brow, back from which rose two tall crests peaked with birds' feathers. On his back he wore a golden cloak and the sash on his front was golden too, both woven with patterns of the star of Fëanor. His hands were clad in silvered steel lined with soft fur, after the name his father Curufin gave him. All of it Celegorm's nephew had made himself in the forge, save for the cloak.

Swiftly they joined with Celegorm's company to head south, back to Aglon.

Celebrimbor brought his own horse by Caranroch's side. "A fine victory, uncle!" he declared, raising the visor of his helm before taking it off as Celegorm looked over to his nephew. "This time, I think I slew more orcs than you." There was a playful grin crossing his face, and a glint in his eyes.

They both shared the blue-grey eyes of Finwë's House, and the light of the Two Trees shone in them, a glow present in no eyes that first opened in wide Beleriand. When they had first crossed the sea, Atarinkë's son had been scarcely more than a boy. Then, they had thought that the war against Morgoth would not last long, that their Oath would swiftly be fulfilled beneath the toppled spires of the Thangorodrim. When Celegorm shattered four orc armies beneath the walls of the Falas, that seemed closer than ever.

More than four centuries had passed since then, and that same war was no closer to an end. Celebrimbor grew tall by Mithrim's green shores, and entered true manhood in the open plains of the East. He was tall like all their House was tall, with the wide chest and muscled arms of a true Ñoldo craftsman. Celegorm had taught him how to break a horse and wield a lance - how to hunt and shoot a bow with either hand in full gallop. He had hoped to teach those things to sons of his own one day, rather than just nephews and nieces. The years - it's not the years that denied me a wife and sons. They could not do that on their own.

"More orcs? Stragglers you were chasing, Tyelpe. I slew their chief." Celegorm laughed, and so did his nephew.

"I'd have taken his head too, if you hadn't tasked me with chasing stragglers and burning wagons, honored uncle. Are you afraid I'll surpass you in glory, o great hunter?" he said with a smile. "How many orc captains do you need to put down 'til you've had your fill?"

Celegorm laughed again patting his nephew's shoulder, the strength of his hand almost making Tyelpe fall forward on his mount. "And here I thought you wanted to find your glory in craft, not war. Have you changed your mind?"

"What stops me from greatness in both?" Tyelpe smirked. "Did it stop father? I have surpassed him in the forge already, so why not you at battle?"

"I'll be sure not to tell your father that." Celegorm replied with a smile of his own. "But if it's glory on the field you want more of, then you'll get it soon. There will be armies of Angband's wretches waiting for us when we ride out for Himring. You can try and surpass me there."

"I'll get another uncle's praises there, then. Maybe he won't be as eager to claim it all for himself as you are!" his nephew said, his grey eyes full of mirthful confidence. You'd be more like to pry a bone from Huan than a single word of praise from Maitimo, thought Celegorm coldly, his gaze souring at the thought of his eldest brother. The Prince of Himring was more freer with gratitude for cousins and his vassals than he was with his own brothers. A man willing to trade away our dignity, and give no honor in return.

"I don't need you hunting for enemies to slay so you can hear my eldest brother's pretty words, Tyelpe," Celegorm told his brother's son, his voice a low growl. "If you have not grown enough to know when to obey my commands, I'd rather you remain to guard Aglon than act like a boy who hasn't yet lost his tails, instead of a man bloodied many times over."

"Don't let his japes and talk of glory fool you lord," Laegang raised her voice, the tuksahîr standing tall on her iron-barded steed. She had put her helm aside, trading it for a soft, fur-lined hat with long flaps that covered her ears. It was a well-worn thing, the once-dark blue fabric having faded into the color of the midday sky. "Lord Celebrimbor obeyed your commands well, for all his vainglorious utterances." The lean woman's dark hair was bound in several braids reaching down to the small of her back, and she wore a light green overcoat that dropped down to her knees, richly embroidered with deeper green and yellow thread, depicting an eagle taking flight. Its edges were lined with white fur. It covered the protecting scales below, and the rest of her armor. A long blue scarf was wrapped around her neck, tied with a golden brooch.

Though Sindar-born, Laegang had been loyal and brave all the years she'd served under Celegorm's banner, proving her right to sit among the first at the table by her bow and spear.

"I thought jests would be met better after a battle, honored uncle. But if you want serious talk, so be it." the smirk receded from his nephew's features. "I'll say no more, then. There is time for that at Aglon."



Celegorm narrowed his gaze as the towers of Aglon entered their view, the scarlet starry banners flying high above them. They were deep into the winding pathways of the shifting gorge, the shadows of the steep mountain walls looming above their heads like a beast stalking its prey. Soon after they first arrived east and claimed Himlad for their own, Curufin had set about the work of fortifying the mouth of the pass from the north.

Those first fortifications were as lesser hounds to Huan compared to what now stood before Fëanor's thirdborn son. His brother had raised walls higher than seventy feet at their tallest, standing atop an upraised hill at the gorge's narrowest part. Any attacker would struggle getting towers and ladders up the slope, much less the walls. If they were not daunted by the walls themselves before they ever reached them.

They were constructed out of massive slabs of dark-grey stone, every last one at least the height of a man full-grown, wrought so that they would fit into each other perfectly, needing no support to keep in place save for their colossal weight. Celegorm recalled how the Aftercomers his brothers brought along for war gawked when they had first seen them. He suppressed a laugh thinking back to their little chiefs asking if it had been 'giants' that put the stones in place. No giant, no matter how much he thinks himself alike to one.

The steel gates seemed small besides the walls they were part of, but the passage through to the other side was long as a tunnel, lined with murder holes and Curufin's other little devices. To the sides of the passage, carved into the rock of the gorge were two great towers, standing over half again the height of the curtain walls. They watched over the gorge, set with battlements and tall roofs to guards from the bitter winds that came from Angband. Within, they were fit with armories and smithies reaching down below the earth, constructing weapons and machines of war for the walls. Curufin had cut down all the trees that grew in this gorge, leaving thean once-green passage a barren scape of earth to fuel his forges, to deny it to the Enemy.

His brother's walls were formidable, but flawed as all walls were. They were no fighting men. Stones knew no allegiance. And no matter how many of his toys Curufin filled them with, these gates would guard the passage just as well against those that built them if the Enemy were to seize them.

Celegorm had no fondness for Aglon. He would be in his own halls of Bâr-en-Laden, if not for the needs of war. The needs of war? Wars are won with blood and steel. It was the strength and cunning of warriors that decided their course. Not walls and engines. Curufin would be content to spend a hundred years behind his walls, assured he would make some new weapon to batter down Angband's walls to rubble. How many has he thought up by now? Celegorm idly wondered while his heralds sounded their horns.

"Celegorm son of Fëanor, Prince of Himlad, Lord of Bâr-en-Laden has returned!" they cried out. "Open the gates for the prince and his valiant tukse!"

Trumpets rang in answer from the walls, before the gates opened with a steely thud. Huan was the first to greet them. The great hound leapt ahead of the retinue of bowmen, and Celegorm dismounted Caranroch to meet him. He felt Huan's warm tongue licking his cheek, and the soft, fuzzy brown fur pressing against his face. Celegorm pulled the dog closer in his embrace, laughing loudly.

True friend, worthier than all companions. Standing at full height, Huan reached up to Celegorm's chest. Huan was not his first hound, but he easily surpassed all others. He was better than all of Oromë's too. Part of Celegorm could not but think of the Huntsman of the Valar fondly still. Oromë was the only teacher he had ever truly respected. The Vala was blinding, mighty and terrifying to look upon. Yet he had also taught Celegorm his most prized skills, let him and Irissë hunt by his side, guided him and gifted him the greatest of all hounds. Had he been a friend? Once, Celegorm thought so. Could any of the Valar truly be friends with us Ñoldor? When the world went dark and they raced to Formenos only to find King Finwë's head smashed open by the palace doors, Fëanor's third son beseeched, prayed to the Great Rider to hunt down his grandfather's murderer.

Yet Valaróma was silent, and Nahar's hooves never beat upon the earth. Oromë Aldaron lay still upon the peak of Taniquetíl, as did all his brothers and sisters. Celegorm prayed he would join them even as months and years passed in darkness, but Oromë stood unmoving. The Valar finally stirred when father called all the Ñoldor to war, but not to join battle against the most ancient of all enemies.

No, when Manwë's feather-clad messenger swept down on the road from Tirion, he condemned them. Condemned his father, his brothers and all his people for having the courage that the Valar and their gold-haired sycophants did not. Banished for not being cowards, for wanting to avenge Finwë's murder rather than sit and weep uselessly forever. Oromë had spoken, or his silence was as good as words. Aulë, who claimed friendship with father spoke did the same, as had all the Lords of the Valar that once called them friends. The Great Rider would not move his spear, but was more than eager to damn Celegorm for taking up his own. That day, the Hound proved truer than the Huntsman.

Huan had stood and hunted by his side ever since. Always true, ever fierce. By the Falas, the hound tore the throats of the guards, keeping them at bay while he rode to take the orc lord's head.

Celegorm pulled away from Huan's warm fur and his recollections both, to cast a chilly look upon the other company that came to meet them. Curufin was nowhere to be seen. In his place was Torthobor instead. A kinsman of theirs by marriage rather than blood, Torthobor was one of Nornamire's many brothers and sisters. His sister had strayed from her husband and son, preferring Valinor to Curufin. Her clan did not share that preference, and had followed them to Beleriand. Loyally, but filling their halls with kin. Cousins, brothers, nephews and nieces, they had those aplenty. Torthobor was Curufin's creature more than his elder sister had ever been, and was rewarded for that fealty with rank and many honors. That house was wealthy also - they had been even in Valinor, though more from the skills of their actual craftsmen than Torthobor's unremarkable efforts. He bore the insignia of Curufin on his red cloak and the rank of artuksa, neither earned by a man whose skill in war matched his skill at craft.

"Where is Curufin?" Celegorm asked. Was this how his brother welcomed him, after days upon days of fighting? "He should be on the walls, and see those that protected them with their blood. He should be here to greet his son and brother, not sending others to do it for him."

Torthobor had to look up to face him eye to eye, though he didn't dare do so directly. "Lord Curufin is occupied, lord." he said. "He meant you no offence."

"You do me offence by standing here wasting my time, kinsman." Celegorm replied, looking into the shorter man's eyes. "Go to Curufin and alert him from whatever he is playing at. Tell him to rouse himself, for we feast at nightfall. Then return to your duties until my brother calls for his helper again." the Prince of Himlad commanded.

Whatever Torthobor may have felt, he dared not express it in his presence, and Celegorm did not care to hear it even if the man were to suddenly find his courage. But his brother's helper acknowledged the command and turned as fast as a bucking horse.

"Don't forget to dress yourself well tonight, uncle Torthobor!" Celebrimbor hooted from his horse, laughing. The laughter stopped however, when he disappeared from their sight, and Celegorm turned his gaze back to his nephew.

"There was no reason to speak to him like that." Celebrimbor said. "He did nothing to you."

Nothing? That at least is true. Torthobor did nothing, and that was enough to earn him scorn. "Go to your father, nephew." Celegorm ordered, his hand on Huan's head. "You might see what occupies him too."



Meats were roasting on spits over an open fire and drink flowed freely from golden pitchers. Fiddles, flutes and lyres began their strings, stirring like wind across the plain while the drummers climbed atop their wooden mounts and the great drums started pounding rolling thunder.

"Forth warriors, forth!" called out the First, and the called answered his cry. Men and women stepped forward to the sound of the music, their hair bound in rings, scarlet-plumed helms on their heads and short blades sheathed in their red sashes. They were illuminated by the flames and the lamps hanging overhead. In two files they arranged themselves, the file-leader and file-closer armed with shield and saber. Every single man and woman in the troop had their hands intertwined with the one next to them both left and right.

The drums stopped. Silence reigned in the halls of Aglon. "Tolo!" the First cried again, and once more they rolled. Slowly the files began to move again. The file-leaders raised their blades in greeting, and the file-closers their shields in warning. The first movements were always cautious, deliberate like a great cat waiting to spring on its prey. The file-leaders raised their hands and blades, moving their feet back and forth with a heavy gait.

Nessa's arts were well-loved in Valinor. Celegorm remembered how he and his brothers had been taught to dance along with every other youth he knew, in festivals and celebration. It was its own way of teaching for the young, alongside books and song. It still is. But now it trained the young for greater purposes, turning cooperation in dance and competition in sport to valor in the field.

The drumbeat rose in intensity and the dancers sped up their movements, feet stamping down on the floor, bodies shaking as if they were avoiding arrows cast at them. The two troops approached the opposing number before hurriedly turning back, dodging unseen arrows all the while. At the file-leader's nod, the troops shifted, lone dancers apart from the rest with bolder movements. A shorter maiden took the blade from her sash and began dancing with it in one hand, skillfully leaping into the air with a wild spin before landing on her feet again. Feet now stamped down with wild flurry, each dancer seeking to prove themselves the best among their number. Some rushed forward again, moving to engage the best in the opposing file. Blades were drawn and the dancers slashed at one another, steel meeting steel in pretend battle. A young man slashed down at his opponent's leg - only for him to leap, leaving steel touching empty air. The halls convulsed in cheer, and Celegorm let out a laugh himself. A fine dodge, and a better dancer.

But the First called the file-leaders to get their 'soldiers' back into their 'formation'. The lines quickly reformed, and to the sound of pipes file-leader began to chase after file-closer, dancing closer to the 'enemy' flank. They danced towards each other like his half-cousin's twisting serpents, the front of one file assailing the end of the other until the file-leader's blade clashed with the file-closer's shield.

Six times sword fell on shield, and six times feet landed on the stones below, signaling it was time for the dance to end. And time has come to honor valor.

Celegorm had arrayed his men for feasting as he would in battle. The strongest and bravest had been given seats closest to his own. First the tuksaheryn, tall Laegang and Êgannath of the heavy spear, Hedril, rider of white horses and fair Daebaur, victor of many a duel, among the number of those who had joined him at the plain of Lothlann alone. Then further down the numerous ynegheryn feasting with the oldest and most distinguished of the riders. Finally the youngest of the warriors were on the furthest end of the great chamber, each gathered with their yneg.

His brother's side of the hall was different. Celebrimbor was seated by his father's left, on that side also was mediocre Torthobor and his niece Inurodeth who was already striking a conversation with Tyelpe, no doubt about the battles they had won. The girl had asked insistently to join them, but she never got her wish. Among the number of Curufin's retinue, Celegorm also spotted Arodfeir, commander of the Echad Bauglar. The dark-curled warrior was the best fighting man in Curufin's service, leading his elite foot into battle. He was also held to be the fairest, though Celebrimbor never was remiss to contest that claim. How could a man like him stand to take orders from a creature whose only quality is doing my brother's bidding? Celegorm could not help but wonder.

Above them all, his seat equal to Celegorm's, Curufin was reclined on his chair, his jeweled shoes firmly down on the stone floor. His black hair was tied into a knot in the smith's style, bound with twisted wire and a golden crown rested on his forehead, the crystal at its heart cut in the shape of a chain of stars. It rose up his head, the crown's peak resting at the base of the topknot. He wore a golden silk garment that reached down to his knees, and darker thread swirled from his left arm down his chest like a vine, blooming into the rays of the sun, just above the red sash tied at his waist where Angrist, the knife made by his dwarf friends rested. A fur-lined velvet overcoat hung on the back of the throne unworn, its long sleeves threaded with his sigil. Curufin looked like father's shade.

Of the seven sons born to Fëanor and Nerdanel, it was his fourth-born that he loved best. It was black-haired Curufin who inherited his skill at craft, Curufin who he named after himself, Curufin, who looked to him the most alike. Even mother called him Atarinkë. There was truth in that name as well. Little Father, ever trying to claim his legacy, to act and talk like father would.

"Loyal friends and honored kin here with us tonight," Curufin began. "Three weeks ago my brother set forth from our walls with six tukse of riders. Fiercely they fought, and now returned they are, bringing victory with them!" he announced, raising his chalice high.

The hall was filled with cries of "Victory! Turko! Victory to the mighty prince! Victory to our people!" Curufin waited until the shouts subsided to speak again.

"Prince Celegorm and his warriors put fear in the heart of the Enemy's hosts. Twenty thousand foes they slew in ten battles, the heads of their captains rot in Lothlann's plains, testament to my brother's might."

Twenty thousand? It was less than half that number, and you were not there to see me win them. Celegorm rumbled. That was enough. Curufin would not tarnish his glory with these exaggerations. "Enough, brother." He raised his voice. "Sit down, and let the brave come forward."

Briefly, his younger brother narrowed his gaze in surprise. "You are right, brother." Curufin acquiesced as he stepped down. From the far edge of the wall came over two score youths. About five of them still wore the dancer's garb and all carried woven straw tails in their hands.

Every warrior wore one such tail on his person until they slew a foe in battle. Only then could they remove it, as these young riders were about to do. Being recognized as unproven in the eyes of everyone who saw them made the bold bolder, and the uneager bold enough. The first one approached him. It was a fresh-faced, dark eyed youth, his light brown hair barely long enough to tie into a single braid. His head reached up to Celegorm's chest, and he needed to look up to see his lord's face. There was a fresh scar on his own, reaching down his cheek.

"Your name, rochben," Celegorm asked of the youth. "And tell how you gained that scar."

"I am Hirinyo, son of Eliacano, lord!" he replied quickly, admiringly. Many youths looked at him like this, raised on tales of his deeds. Despite that, Celegorm saw a strength in his bearing. And the name of Eliacano was one he'd heard before. "I slew five foes with my lance at the battle. The last one gave me that scar." he said, his voice sounding ashamed to describe it.

"No warrior is ashamed of battle scars," Celegorm said, laughing. "Look at my riders, and see how many have marks to boast of!" He looked around, and heard laughter from his men in the hall, before returning his gaze to the man before him. "The name of Eliacano is known to me. Was Harmagor your grandsire?"

At that, the young man nodded, and Celegorm smiled widely, clapping his hands. Harmagor was an old comrade, one of the best to have followed him from Aman. A fine leader of men and a keen-eyed loremaster, Harmagor had been by his side in many a hunt and battle, his wise counsel helping greatly when they first settled in Himlad. The straw tails were his notion. He was slain in the Lothlann two centuries ago by an ill-fortuned arrow. A petty orc raid. An unworthy death for one of his best men.

Though he had wished all that he had won to pass onto his lord's hands, Celegorm gave Harmagor a lavish burial and named him artuksa, sole among his tuksaheryn to bear that honor. If one is to never be let out of the Halls, we'll have them honored here.

"Harmagor was a great man. Have you won a third-name Hirinyo, Eliacano's son?" he asked him.

"I have not, sire," answered Hirinyo, with a nervous laugh. "I suppose I am not known enough for it." That came as a surprise. Even the Sindar now had epessi, another thing taken from us.

"Now you do. I style you Tainaith, for your valor with the spear and the scar you won in my name." Celegorm declared, loud enough for the rest to hear. "We'll see if a measure of your grandsire lives in you. Next time you ride Tainaith, it'll be with my ernil tukse!"

At that, he bade Hirinyo to toss the straw into the flames. From those that followed after him, Celegorm also heard their names and deeds in battle, rewarding each and every one in some way. It was then succeeded by more music and feasting. Toasts were offered by warriors in honor of their comrades - and those that had fallen. Celegorm had already drunk three cups of wine, and had a taste for more. He joined in the dances, and gifted Eithereg with a full cask of his best wine to drink from.

"You wanted a prize. It's yours, if you share it with your lord." Celegorm laughed. "He'll give you another, if you're the one standing by the end."

The yneghîr obliged, and before long found himself too drunk to walk (He left the second cask to him anyway). Celegorm was little worse for wear after their little bout, joining with his nephew, Celebrimbor already describing the fighting up north to an eager crowd pressing for more. In this battle, Celegorm did not aid his nephew. Inudoreth challenged Tyelpe to put the story into verse. He'll wish he was in his workshop by the end, Celegorm laughed.

The revels went on well into the night, and it went back to singing again.

Clear, loud voices joined in one. Together they started singing, reciting the well-known verses of Laer Iand Telaith. It was one of his favorites. Daebaur's voice was the fairest, and Laegang's after him, who joined with her tall fiddle. The tuksahir must have learned how to sing from her people. If there was something the Sindar were skilled at, it was singing. Celegorm began to join his voice for the song too, alongside the stirring lyres.

"Brother." Curufin's voice sounded from his throne, but not in merriment. In fact, it was not heard at all save in Celegorm's mind. "Have you had your fill, or not? I gave you the feast you asked for. We have matters to discuss"

Celegorm seldom liked it when Curufin - or anyone else - talked to him with the osanwë. Much less in this manner. "Did your wife's little brother wail to you for the way I berated him at the gate, Atarinkë? Is this why you sting at me now?" he said, irritated by Curufin's interruptions. Leaving the singing behind, Celegorm returned to his throne.

He saw Curufin smile as his chalice was refilled and more meat brought to his plate. "He's your kinsman too." his little brother betrayed his anger. "But this is not about my vassals. It is about the war. You've left me to praise your victories, and now you say you ride to Himring. Nothing else." Before he could respond, Curufin raised his hand to signal the musicians. "Louder!" he shouted with another false smile on his face. "I cannot hear a thing."

When the music and the singing both rose even louder than before, Curufin turned his head back around. "Now brother, we can talk in peace."

Celegorm had no love for this skulking that Curufin favored. Father never did this. He had nothing to hide from his men. "What is there to talk of? Aglon is safe." He had made it safe. "I ride east with Tyelpe, and sweep the gilded worm's hosts off our brother's lands."

"You make it far too easy, brother." Curufin said. "Simply ride into the Dragon's maw, with my son behind you. But the truth is, we are losing this war, and we've been losing ever since the siege lines were broken last year. How many times did we repel attackers from our walls? How many times did you chase them into Lothlann?"

Time and time again. "Enough to know we cannot claim victory simply by defending these walls, no more than we could by surrounding those of Angband." Celegorm answered. It was years ago, when his half-uncle called for an assault against Angband's walls, to finally throw Morgoth from his throne. Celegorm had sided with him but Curufin disagreed, as did half his brothers. In the end, it was their eldest brother that argued most fiercely against the man he named High King. Maedhros was not alone among the princes of the Ñoldor. Nolofinwë's plans were overturned not by orc blades but by Ñoldor words and fear. Worried of failure and too secure in the strength of the walls they'd laid about Angband. Had only they known then what they did now! Perhaps they might even have shown more courage than an orc rabble.

"I have won more battles than you Curufin, ever since we first came to our land." he told Curufin, and it was true.

"And I fought too, ever since Father gave us the call! You have won greater victories than I Turko, and mayhaps your riders think you cannot be beaten. But have you begun to think the same, I wonder?" Curufin asked him. "Perhaps you think you can win this war by yourself?"

"I never questioned your valor, brother. No more than the work of your hands." Celegorm rumbled slowly. "But in war, I am the first of us. And I can tell you - if we do not strike now at the Gelion, then all the East will fall like Dorthonion did."

Every other day, news came from the fighting further east, and all of it ill. First Maglor's lands fell, first to feel Glaurung's flames and the steel of his host. Then Thargelion was lost and Caranthir left homeless, fleeing to the Ascar. No more lands had been lost since, but it was a matter of time. Maglor could not win this battle alone, nor could their eldest brother hope to stop the Father of Dragons.

Only he could. For all his skill elsewhere, Curufin could not see that. "Why do you think I worry?" Curufin asked.

Celegorm shrugged. "You worry about many things, brother." he said. "And ask even more questions."

The light from the flames lit up his brother's narrowing gaze, but only for a few moments. With a deep breath, he stirred in his throne. "When we first fought here, under the stars, I was with Father. While you won glory at the Falas, when Russandol and Macalaurë freed Mithrim he won even greater victories. I watched as armies parted before his blade, the fire in his eyes… not even you have fought like he did in those days, Turko. He was unstoppable. And with every step, with every enemy slain I thought victory was certain. How could it not be? It was Father. He was first among the Ñoldor, the greatest of us all. Nothing ever stopped him. But with every passing moment, every victory won he sped ahead, leaving more and more of us in his trail."

Celegorm waved his hand. There was no point in being reminded of Father's death. Curufin however, did not heed him. Taking a generous swig of wine, he continued unabated. "I can tell you don't want to hear any more of it." Curufin said. "But you remember what we heard, after we took the ships."

All too well. The Valar had given their decree - after the blood was already spilled on the quays of Alqualondë. The blood they were at fault for to begin with. It was Manwë who sought to stop us with the threat of the Grinding Ice. Him, Olwë and all those other fair-weather friends. Ñoldor hands built their city, but they'd sooner watch us die in the Helcaraxë than lend a single ship, self-important Olwë flaunting words of 'friendship' and 'wisdom' all the while. I should have gutted him like a fish, seen if he'd be so pompous still with his life's blood drenching the waves.

It was the final betrayal of the Valar, when they proved themselves Morgoth's kin in truth as well as name. The doom they gave the same on Celebrimbor's head as on ours.

Celegorm felt Curufin's hand on his shoulder, taking another swig of wine. He did the same thing, and heard his little brother's voice as the strong wine passed his lips. "I know I will not see Father again." he said. "Not even if all he - all we dreamed of comes to pass. But you're my brother, Turko, whatever else you might be. Ever since we were little, you were there for me. If I lose you, what have I left?"

"Five more brothers." Celegorm answered with a laugh. "That is what this is about, Curufin? You wouldn't stand to see me perish?"

Curufin laughed as well. "Maedhros would sooner cut off his remaining hand than see me. I do not love the sound of Maglor's voice half as much as he does. I'd rather visit the Ered Luin than I would Caranthir. Perhaps Ambarussa, but I already have you if I wanted a hunter." he japed, but his voice soon turned serious again. "But no. This is a serious matter, Turko. I lost Father, I will not lose brothers too. And more than that, there is Tyelpe by your side."

"Tyelpe has been a man grown for centuries." Celegorm answered. "He's fought by our side again and again. He knows more of danger than we did in his years." His nephew was fortunate, Celegorm had thought more than once. Celebrimbor grew to manhood in a land that gave him challenges to face, that didn't coddle him like the Valinor that had made the Ñoldor softer than the Moriquendi. "This is war. Are we Vanyar, to hide away from danger? We are Finwë's heirs. Peril comes to us, and we face it head-on."

"He is my son. You are taking him to fight the Worm of Angband and his whole host. Maglor barely survived, and he's our brother!" Curufin raised his voice. "I worry for him, whenever he rides out. It doesn't matter whether or not I am with him. Whenever news reaches me, I dread that it might be news of him being slain, or worse. You have no children, Turko. You do not understand this." You are wrong, brother. Celegorm knew what it was like to lose one you held dear. To have your hand stilled by others, when you should be acting. "He fights, and so do I. Lead your warriors as you wish, but I won't watch my son's life endangered carelessly. Or yours."

Curufin's voice went down to a whisper, and he placed his hand on Celegorm's back. "I just need your promise, brother. If you come to face the dragon, then -" Suddenly, Curufin was interrupted. It was Torthobor who did it, and this time he did not step back when Celegorm glared at him.

His brother slammed his hand down on the table. A string of curses in that hideous dwarf-tongue left his mouth, before bringing his chalice to his lips and emptying it in a single gulp. "A rider came from the east," he said gravely. "The Gelion has fallen."

Now, it was Celegorm who found himself in need of a new goblet.



They stood alone now outside, having left the hall behind. "There is no point arguing this, Turko." Curufin said, his voice having grown hoarse.

Celegorm looked out beyond the walls, south. He saw the wide plains of Himlad, stretching for miles and miles of rolling golden hill and green grassland. Four centuries ago, he'd won these lands by the tip of his spear, settled them with his men, built a home for his own.

And now he was being asked to leave them all behind, to be the spoils of Glaurung's orcs. He won them in battle, but give them up without one, fleeing like a coward into exile. What strength was there in that? He drove his fist hard against the stone of the walls, to drown out the pounding in his skull. The wine's fault. "We'll ride south then. Laegang will guard our retreat and burn all we cannot take with us. Join Ambarussa before the route is cut off. I have not stopped fighting." he rumbled. "We have not stopped. If the orcs try to keep our lands, we'll defeat them next year." Some years ago, Amrod and Amras had begun to expand their hold on the lands of the south. With Caranthir's aid, they constructed a fortress by the Ramdal's edge, helped by their friends of Ossiriand. Word has it some petty lord of the Laiquendi was killed there before we landed in Beleriand, by orcs of all things. Celegorm thought it was a waste then, but it could finally serve a purpose.

He'd won Himlad the first time. He'd win it back if he had to leave now.

"Ride south where?" Curufin said. "Himring is being surrounded, and Glaurung is leading more orcs here. Another host will try and block our road south."

If that was true, then they'd be trapped and destroyed, caught between the worm and his servants. "If we are swift, then we will shatter any host that the worm of Angband left to delay us." Celegorm said. "I'll take my riders, and break them in half. Then we head to Amon Ereb and winter there." It was no safe plan, but it was the best he could think of.

"And if we don't? We're trapped, and we die. There is no one who can come to aid us if you fail." Curufin spat out. "Even with all our strength, we have no more than three thousand horse. Most likely less. And even with our foot, we have little chance. What do you think Glaurung is marching with?"

They'd heard many reports of the size of the host attacking the Gelion. Some said a host of a million spewed forth from Angband. Others said three hundred thousand. Even the best scouts could only guess at Glaurung's strength. Every week, some new number reached them.

"What do you say then? Where do we go?" Celegorm asked. "Glaurung, and our beloved brothers made our choice for us."

Curufin paced around, as if in deep thought. Celegorm knew that when he did that, he was not truly thinking. No, he waited to reveal something he already had in mind. "The orcs will be here before you utter a word." Celegorm pressed him.

Curufin shook his head. "We ride west instead."

At any other time, Celegorm would have roared in laughter. Now, it made him want to throw his brother off the battlements. "Have you lost your senses, brother? Fleeing from Glaurung, you'd find Ungoliant. The Nan Dungortheb is the only way west from here. Thingol would sooner let orcs cross his borders than us." And he would rather burn Menegroth to ash than grovel before its king.

"It is safer for an army than facing Glaurung." Curufin said. "Why? Are you afraid of crossing the Nan Dungortheb, Turko?"

"I fear nothing in this world, seen or unseen." Celegorm growled back. "But the Nan Dungortheb is death. It would kill our host slowly, through attrition. And when we do find our way across, what would you say we do? All our brothers are here, not west."

"You saved the Falathrim from destruction four centuries ago, brother. They won't have forgotten you." he said. Celegorm had doubts about it. He recalled how Cirdan, the bearded lord of the Havens looked at him with envy when he presented his people with the head and arms of the orc captain that led their siege on their home. And with the news of Alqualondë that reached them later…

"They'd spit on my name now." Celegorm said. "Most Sindar would rather do that, than acknowledge who saved their lives."

"We have kin in Nargothrond. Kin who would accept us, and welcome our host." Finrod? Was that Curufin's idea?

He laughed at that. If he did not, he'd kill something. "I never expected this servility from you, Curufin. Maedhros maybe, but not you. We're the eldest of Finwë's House. Father was his heir, and the rightful King of our people. You always boasted you were closest to him. But now you want us to beg at the feet of Arafinwë's son for refuge? The craven traitor who abandoned Father? His lesser sons who betrayed us to Thingol? Or his daughter that wanted us dead? Which one do you prefer?"

Worse, the latest news he had heard from Nargothrond were that its king now called Arafinwë by a king's style. Finarfin, Finwë Arafinwë. Before Nolofinwë's corpse was cold, Nargothrond abandoned his son to claim another as High King. Celegorm had little love for his uncle, but he knew treachery when he saw it.

"It is him, or Thingol. Hithlum is too far away. We'll have to deal with Nargothrond anyway. I would prefer to take my chances with Finrod than the king of Menegroth." Curufin said, crossing his arms.

"There's no difference." Celegorm retorted. "Finrod deals with Thingol, spent his days at Menegroth's caves before crawling out to make his own. He's as much kin to Doriath as he's to us."

Curufin smirked. "And that still makes us more kin than Thingol has ever been. And Glaurung is not our kin at all. And you forget something, Turko - our dear cousin lost. He lost two brothers, Dorthonion, and almost his life. He was left with…" his brother paused, clicking his fingers. "Boys, little better than half-learned children. And worse, his nephew Orodreth. I recall you calling him something once. Was it 'dullard' or 'a hare's leavings'?"

Celegorm let out a laugh, despite his efforts otherwise. Orodreth had not been in his thoughts for years. A dullard with no achievement to his name besides a failed speech at Tirion. Even Torthobor loomed larger in comparison than little Orodreth, wailing for attention from the gathered Ñoldor.

"Our cousin needs something better than boys and dullards. And we have it. He'd give us honor if we serve in his land, and Nargothrond still has a great army. And when we return here, it will be with Nargothrond's entire strength at our back, to reclaim what we lost."

For the second time in a few moments, Curufin made him want to strangle him. Celegorm's eyes flashed. "You are saying we should serve Finrod?" he simmered with rage. "Are you trying to provoke me? Do it again, and not even our brotherhood will protect you. Since when did the eldest serve the youngest? If our brother did not grow soft in captivity, we would be kings ourselves now! I would rather we die here than become the helper of Arfin's son."

Curufin took a step back, but his eyes showed he was not giving up this idiotic argument. If he did not explain himself quickly, Celegorm would silence him. "Because he needs us, and we need him. Angrod and Aegnor were the steel of Arfin's House. The commanders that led Finrod's vanguard. They are gone now, never to return. But we could take their place. With Dorthonion taken, Sauron will advance to Minas Tirith next. You said it yourself. Orodreth is weak and incompetent. He can no more hold Sauron than an orc can stop you. But we can. We win their battles, and the love of Nargothrond with them. After that, what choice does Finrod have but to honor us?"

"Honor us as his vassals." Celegorm corrected. "I told you already. I will not be our half-cousin's hound."

"You may not, if you so desire. I won't take oaths myself, if there is no need. But if we win Nargothrond's esteem, then there is little our cousin can do but honor us. How will he turn away those that aided his realm in the hour of need, completely unlooked for? We win more of his battles, and perhaps the folk of Nargothrond grow to love their captains more than their king. Let victory bring power."

"The ungrateful forget their saviors quickly." Celegorm said bitterly. "What's to say they won't turn on us, rather than their king?"

Curufin merely nodded. "You are right. But they also remember their new heroes better. You are the strongest warrior in the East, the mightiest of the House of Finwë, Turko. And you can rise higher. To advise Finrod, and be the one who rules in truth. Or even higher than that. You are a prince of our people, but what if you return here as King?"

Curufin somehow learned to flatter like a Vanya. Before, he was saying that I've grown too confident, now he says I can't be beaten?

"You want to betray our cousin, cast him out of his own halls." Celegorm held no love for Arfin's House. But he had no love for this conniving either. Curufin talked of how much he was like Father, but Fëanor, son of Miriel was betrayed. He did not betray others. If he were to face the king of Nargothrond, he would do it openly, not with tricks. And I would not lose.

"Treachery is a traitor's due." Curufin said coldly. "The House of Arafinwë betrayed our father. His sons betrayed us. Why not repay them in like manner, brother? Is it love for them? You never had any. Is it fear? You'd have me think you know it not. And of the two of us, you are the elder. If Nargothrond became ours, it would be yours in truth. The largest kingdom in Beleriand, with tens of thousands under its banners. Even Maitimo would be hard-pressed to claim leadership of our House then, in peace or war." He was right. Of their cousins, Celegorm only had any love for a few. And none of them were Arfin's golden children. Only Dorthonion's princes were worth more than the air they breathed, and they betrayed us.

The next words pained Curufin as he said them. "Father was Finwë's rightful heir, his eldest son. But how many now say Nolofinwë's line are kings over our people? Father was betrayed by men like our half-uncle. He swore to follow him, then named himself king. But he's not remembered as a usurper, or a liar. Now, he'll never be. We were the ones who had to flee Hithlum." It was not even a year, and so many mourned their uncle's demise, forgetting everything else Nolofinwë ever did because he died so valiantly. It was enough to make him think.

And Curufin was right about another thing, even if he did not admit it. There would be glory in Nargothrond, and battle enough for him. If he were to become Nargothrond's king, then what could he do?

Reclaim Himlad from the orcs, that could be done with ease. Punish Doriath for what Eöl did, and Thingol allowed. Give our House a new leader, one with strength. We can be kings again, and retake what Maedhros denied us... If Curufin was right, he could have it all.

But he was not for Finrod to order around. Nor Curufin, nor Maedhros or anyone else.

"Your plans are not my own, Curufin." he said. "But you are right this time, brother. We gather all we have, and ride to Nargothrond. Our host must prepare and leave their fears behind. This will be our hardest ride."

Curufin gritted his teeth. "Golfin, Arfin, all of them. I want them remembered as they deserve. I want their sons to lose the kingship they stole from our family. See Finrod cast out of Nargothrond, like they drove us from Hithlum. And we'll do it together, brother."

He looked out to the plains of Himlad while his brother left, so wide and free. Celegorm laughed. Win Nargothrond. Return to these wide open plains, and ride north to bring fire and war to Morgoth's gates.
 
The Princess Beneath the Earth
------------------------------------------------
The Princess Beneath The Earth
------------------------------------------------


She looked down to the water, the stream gently flowing through the great chamber. It shone with a golden light, like the polished stone at her feet, marble and green stone with veins of white. Up above, the halls were illuminated by lamps. There were dozens, hundreds of them, leaving no corner unlit save the ceiling from which they hung. The pillars and chains all disappeared into the darkness, hundreds of lamps shining like the stars of the sky. Each had been carefully placed to imitate Elbereth's stars and their constellations. Telumendil and Remmirath, Soronúmë and Anarríma, Wilwarin and the Valacirca, whose light Father said grew dimmer by the day. Some whispers even told that Menelvagor's stars shone brighter in the heavens since last year. But not the stars in these caverns.

Sometimes, Finduilas forgot these were caves at all. She had never known what Nargothrond was like before their coming. She had been born years after her great-uncle discovered and settled these lands. Whatever they were like before had been changed by the work of his hands.

And what they were now was beautiful.

Finduilas crossed the small, narrow bridge, one of several that lay above the stream. They led from the outer hall onto the innermost chamber, where the King's throne stood. It was flanked by two great pillars of green stone, and around each one was coiled the figure of a snake, their scales sculpted in shining gold and eyes set with emeralds and onyx. Out of the ground grew vines and flowers of stone at the foot of the throne's steps, set in their panels, so lifelike that when she first saw them years ago, Finduilas was afraid her great-uncle would ruin the flowers when he climbed to his seat. He had laughed with Father, before explaining they were not real. She pinched her hand to forget the embarrassing memory, hoping nobody saw her doing so. Children thought such foolish things. A dozen guards stood at the sidelines armed with far-shadowing spears and sharp swords at their waist, as they had ever since news reached Nargothrond of the assailant that claimed Aredhel Ar-Feiniel's life.

The throne itself was carved out of white marble with armrests of dark wood, wider than it was tall, more like a bench than a chair. Finduilas had heard that her great-uncle had modeled it in the image of Thingol's throne in Menegroth. Though she had never been to Doriath, Finduilas had heard the stories of Melian sitting on the same seat as Thingol. But here in Nargothrond, King Finrod sat alone, as he ever had since its founding. Nargothrond's throne was shared with nobody.

King Finrod was clad in a long white raiment, the silk reaching down below his knees, embroidered in golden thread reaching outwards like the strings on a harp, and the cuffs of his sleeves patterned with golden vines wrapped about his wrists. He wore light shoes on his feet, made of a soft green fabric fringed with gilded leather, and loose light blue trousers. No matter how cold the winds might blow above, none of them reached this deep beneath the earth. Nargothrond was never truly cold. And even if it were, I doubt it would discomfit him. Though the king was not especially tall - Grandfather towered over him, and so had his younger sister, on the one occasion that Finduilas remembered seeing them together - he was wider than all their family, stocky almost, with the powerful frame and strong arms that one could only gain through the labor of his hands. Atop his head sat a golden crown set with many gems, the band shaped like dueling serpents that met at the peak, wrapping around one another. To the sides, it unfurled outwards like a bird's wings, silver strings beaded with pearls and amber falling down to mingle with his hair. It was golden like Finduilas' own, but while hers curled and fell down to her waist in ringlets, the king's was straight, tied in a single large braid that reached to his back. Sometimes, he'd bind it with silver wire or hold it with jeweled bands. Yet all of this, even his crown was nothing compared to the necklace King Finrod wore on his neck. The golden carcanet was set with a myriad gems great and small, arrayed in dazzling patterns of every color imaginable. It had been made for the king by his Naugrim friends, the work starting soon after Nargothrond was first settled. 'The gems are from Valinor,' father had told her with the same reverence he'd give almost everything that had come from that place.

But for all the splendor of the king's appearance, Finduilas' eyes could not but wander to his face. As far as she could remember him, her great-uncle had always been active and decisive, whether at court or outside of it, moving through life with an ease and confidence that father never possessed. Whenever he wanted something done, Finrod Felagund would declare his aim and then be the first to labor on it, inspiring others to follow his example. But now, his eyes had lost their old gleam, and when his gaze turned towards her, Finduilas was not certain whether her great-uncle looked at or through her.

He tried to conceal it, of course. Why else would he always wear the Nauglamir? But the gleam of the gems could not hide how much larger his throne now seemed around him, no more than it could have hidden a scar marring his face.

Finduilas had chosen for herself a pale yellow silken dress, embroidered with patterns in light blue, precious sapphires woven at the neckline and near her feet. Colors close to what her royal great-uncle wore now, but not identical.

A long lavender shawl that reached down to the floor was wrapped around her waist and draped over her shoulder, leaving one arm covered and the other free, like a frontiersman's cloak, or the style she'd been told the orators and poets in Valinor preferred of old. Her dress had short sleeves - Finduilas preferred the freedom to move her arms as she wished, and on the bare arm she wore twin golden snakes with emerald eyes wrapped around one another. It had been a gift from the Naugrim to the King, and from the King to her. Cautiously, she touched it with her fingers. For her earrings she'd picked two silver flowers, to contrast with her hair. She had thought to wear a necklace too, but with the King wearing the Nauglamir anything she had in her drawers would be overshadowed. On her feet, she wore the lightest shoes she could find, pale red and gold, their tip pointing slightly upwards. So soft, they barely made a sound as she stepped on the floors.

Around the throne, a dozen of Nargothrond's finest had gathered. Less than two years ago, it would have been more than thrice that number. All their faces were well-known to Finduilas, and none more so than the one standing closest to the king. Guilin, master of wide lands by Ivrin lake and the Narog river, closest friend of her father, advisor to the king. And Gwindor and Gelmir's father. Father and son shared their raven-dark hair and great height, but little else.

Gwindor was tall and strong, his body corded with muscle, and years of riding under the sun had given his skin a gentle golden hue. He was more handsome than any other man in Nargothrond, with his long shining locks and the confidence of his bearing. More than that, there was an intensity in his eyes, a sense of danger and daring about him. Clad all in armor, with a sword at his hip he seemed untouchable. And when he held and called her Faelivrin, it made Finduilas' heart race.

Compared to his elder son, Prince Guilin was more striking than he was handsome. He could not be said to be ugly, yet none would call him plain either. There was a severe cast to Guilin's features, and he had an imposing air about him. His black hair was long and straight, neatly slicked back and reaching below his shoulders, revealing a wide forehead. As always, he tied it with a deep blue cloth, the same shade as his robes. Though Gwindor was tall, his father was even taller, standing a head above most in the chamber. But he was not grim in the way grandfather was. Indeed, Prince Guilin was a man of many moods, though all of them were wrapped in those old, guarded Valinorean manners. When he was with father (which was often, and never short), he was always gentle and friendly. Their eyes shone in the same manner. Finduilas could not think of any man or woman that Prince Orodreth was closer to in Nargothrond, or whose words he held in higher esteem, not her own mother or even King Finrod. Certainly not I.

Yet Father was far from his only friend. Guilin had friends all across Nargothrond's domain. Of the lords and ladies that stood now before the throne, Finduilas struggled to think of any Gwindor's father had not visited, played the generous host to at a feast, or housed in his own halls to the north. Sirionnen the nodostrad, responsible for travel in and out of Nargothrond was a frequent visitor to his house, and one of his sons now rode with Gwindor. He had tutored the sons of Agornem, Captain of the Ascarroe Erphin, gifted Mallautë from his own treasure when she headed south to establish estates of her own and Dammor, head of the Guild of Smiths repaid his friendship by forging splendid suits of armor for both of Guilin's sons. Even outside King Finrod's realm, men knew of the Prince, and Finduilas would at times see visitors from Hithlum and the Falas, as well as Doriath.

Though these days, visitors from Hithlum are rarer and rarer. It was not long after news reached them of the old High King's death that her great-uncle declared that kingship over the Ñoldor had passed on, not to Fingolfin's living son but to his own father back in Aman. Arfin became Finarfin, and Fingon Fingolfinion merely acknowledged as the 'King of Hithlum'. It was a strange decision and it vexed Finduilas beyond having to check herself before she spoke her own House's name. Though some tongues wagged ill words about Fingon, the King never lent them his ear. Why did he change his mind, and cast his cousin's claim to the winds? Was he only pretending not to listen before?

And how could my forefather rule the Ñoldor and all our princes from his shining hill in the Far West?

If Finarfin was King over all the Ñoldor, then who rules them in Beleriand? His son? Perhaps that is what he wants, for Nargothrond to be first of all the realms here. But if it was so, then why do it now? Was he waiting for Hithlum to be weakened? That was not at all like her great-uncle.

Finduilas silenced her thoughts. It would not do to think such things before the king. Any answer she'd get would be the same as father's. Thick with pieties about respect and fealty, answering nothing. The same answer you'd give a child.

When she reached the foot of the throne, her betrothed's father and father's friend turned his gaze sooner than the king. "You are well-come, Princess Finduilas. Late perhaps, but never unlooked for." he greeted Finduilas with the same warm smile he would always reserve for his son's betrothed.

"I thank my King for his patience," she said with a courteous bow to her great-uncle. "and my beloved Gwindor's father for his courtesy." She only paused for the slightest moment before pressing forward, hiding any embarrassment. "With your leave, I would wish to hear what you were discussing." Arriving in the middle of conversation always made her feel foolish. I am a daughter of Finwë's line. Shame is not befitting.

The king gave his approval with a simple nod.

"We were talking of the war and Prince Orodreth, Princess Finduilas." said Guilin. "News reached us that a force of the Enemy is bearing down upon Tol Sirion, many thousands strong."

Agornem then raised his voice. "Perhaps it is best that you did not attend, Princess Finduilas. This is no pleasant matter for a young maiden to discuss. None would blame you, when Prince Orodreth and your betrothed are in danger. All here have lost friends and kin already." The commander of the Ascarroe Erphin was respected as one of the finest warriors in Nargothrond, though Gwindor's deeds had recently overshadowed his own. Still, the king entrusted him with command over his personal guard, and thought his counsel held weight.

He thinks you're not fit to stand and speak here. Did any of them, truly? Everyone by the king's side was older than her. They judged her every breath, waiting to find some fault in it.

Finduilas turned towards him. "I trust in the wisdom of my father and Prince Gwindor's valor to prevail," she said. "I may not know much of war, but I know that much." More the latter than the former. Her father was no warrior - in fact, it seemed to her that he was afraid to fight. "As for loss, I have lost both grandsire and his brother the Prince Aegnor, as well as Prince Gelmir, who would be my brother once I'm wed."

She paused to collect her thoughts, and every moment spent silent felt like an eternity. "I am of Finarfin's House, and kinswoman to the King." she finally said. "My place is here by his side, whether it pleases me or not."

Finduilas stood in place, waiting for an answer. She got it from the king. "Well-spoken, Lady Finduilas. Remain here." King Finrod spoke, his voice soft, but level. Hearing his approval made her want to smile. Instead, she simply inclined her head in respect.

"We all hope for their victory," Sirionnen agreed. "And you will be happy to hear, Princess Finduilas, that they only need to hold the walls. The Enemy has not the will to assault them in winter, much less bring them down."

"Our hosts will be ready, come the new year. The battalions of the Annunfen Gwaith, Thavnath Hedryn and my Ascarroe Erphin's squadrons are almost ready for battle again, but the rest of the King's armies need time. New troops to replace the ones who fell, and we are in great need of officers." Agornem agreed, listing the names of formations and troops Finduilas only knew from their banners and the bragging of those in their ranks. It was tiresome to hear, and even more so from the officious Agornem. "We can reinforce Minas Tirith further once they are readied."

"Reinforce, not retake?" Dammor asked. "We have been laboring day and night to forge weapons. Lady Mallautë raised warriors from her lands. All Nargothrond is readying for war, and it has been more than a year since the Siege was broken. Every moment we spend is a moment for the Enemy to grow stronger! Is all our labor going to Minas Tirith, while we concede Dorthonion to orcs? When our King declared that lordship over the Ñoldor belongs to Finarfin's House, it was also said that it was Nargothrond's rightful due as the greatest of our realms. That Hithlum is weakening more and more, and even had the Fëanorians held any rights, their realms cannot withstand the storm. How do we show Nargothrond's strength by abandoning lands we've held for centuries?"

Mallautë was the next to speak up. "Lord Dammor's words are roughly-hewn for this chamber, but I share his concern. When I and my kin raised our men, we expected more than to aid in Tol Sirion alone. Dorthonion was under the rule of our King's brothers since before Nargothrond was settled. Are we truly to leave it for the Enemy to raze to cinders? How am I to explain this to my kin and followers?" she said with a wave of her hand, the many rings on her fingers glittering under the light of the lamps.

"It is not a matter of what we want, it is a matter of what we can achieve," Agornem disputed. "You gather and arm fighting men, but the King leads them into war. We have not recovered our strength from last year's losses, not enough to strike north again. That is what we face, and so must our strategy be."

But if we let them stay for too long, then how can we ever take back Dorthonion? Finduilas wondered silently. Or was that their plan? Defend what we kept, let the rest burn?

"None spoke of abandoning Dorthonion forever," Sirionnen said. "But the King is wise, and knows that throwing away lives will not serve our realm. The late Princes would not wish it that way."

Feiror, lord of estates close to the moors of the northeast spoke next. "Honored Lords, forgive my words but this is folly. Nay, worse than folly. Cowardice! There are still the House of Bëor who dwell there, and they are sworn to the King. The orcs will have no mercy for Ladros or its people. How can we sit here and discuss it as if there was a debate to be had? There is none!"

Agornem's eyes and mouth twisted, and Finduilas knew that shouting was soon to follow. "Don't be quick to accuse others of cowardice, Feiror. I accompany the King into battle, and you do not. Where were you when we tried to relieve Dorthonion last year, to accuse us of abandoning Ladros? Hold your tongue, lest I teach you to keep it from lashing at better men."

Rather than the bickering of lords, Finduilas turned to the king. He stood, silent as a statue, but looking closer she saw his hands clenching. Next to him was Guilin's judging form. Though the king said nothing, Gwindor's father stepped forward, moving with a calculated gait. "That is enough." he pronounced. "The foot of the throne is no place for quarrels." Guilin approached Agornem calmly, the Prince towering over the captain. He was close enough now that Agornem had to look upwards to meet Guilin's gaze. "Is your honor so fragile that it's impugned by careless words, Agornem?" he asked firmly. "Is this how a man of your rank should act before his king? Your sons know that rashness is no answer to foolishness!" Guilin continued, scarcely giving the captain time to answer. Taken aback by the Prince's words, he tried stepping away, but Guilin followed him. "Agornem, do not take this as a rebuke," he spoke, his voice now lower and calmer. "But as counsel from a friend to another. Had it been my son, I would have spoken the same way."

He then turned towards Feiror, his blue and white raiment trailing behind him. "And you, Lord Feiror. Do you distrust our king?" Feiror had gone from smiling at Agornem's rebuking to facing his own. "Do you believe he would abandon Dorthonion? Leave the Aftercomers to their fate?"

Some here would. But they would never dare voice such thoughts in the King's presence.

"I would- I would not say so, Prince Guilin." Feiror said, shakingly at first, then with more confidence. He looked to Dammor, perhaps expecting support. He found none. "I have trusted my life and fortunes to his guidance. And all know his generosity to the House of Bëor, and all the Edain."

"Then why do you accuse his other vassals of cowardice? Those who have done naught but carry out our king's commands? Do you think that the king does not mourn his brothers, that when he makes this choice he takes it gladly? What keen insight and piercing wisdom you must possess!" Finduilas felt herself wince. Feiror brought this on himself, with his words. But it did not make it any more pleasant, and she could not shake the thought that Feiror was rebuked more harshly than Agornem.

Feiror faltered, and tried to look away from Guilin's unwavering gaze. "I assume you mean to say he does not." he answered his own question, before turning to the others. "Let us forget this, and return to what actually concerns us, friends." Guilin said.

Finduilas stood uneasy amidst the silence. If I say something, they will judge it. But if she didn't, nobody would ever hear her. "My apologies," she started. "You have discussed many things, but what happens if my father and Prince Gwindor cannot hold, and Minas Tirith is besieged? And the very thought horrifies me, but what if it falls?"

Sirionnen was the first to answer her, and the nodostrad's words were like cold water running down her spine. ''Then the King has decided there's no choice but to close Nargothrond's gates to the world. Travel across the Talath Dirnen and the hinterland will cease. None will be allowed to enter or leave without his say."

"Indeed, as Sirionnen said," Guilin added. "If Minas Tirith does not hold, then Nargothrond alone does not have the strength to face all of Angband's hosts. Secrecy must be our wall, Princess Finduilas."

She thought of her mother, still outside of Nargothrond's domain. If the gates are shut, then she cannot return.

"What of our trade?" Mallautë asked. "My lands send their wares here!"

"What about our lands and our people? Are we all to just flee here?"

"Can we not ask for aid?" Lastor, chief over the miners cried, turning his gaze to the throne. "My King, we have friends to the west. Hithlum stands strong."

"Hard is the road to Hithlum, hard as climbing heavens blue!" Guilin recited the familiar verses. "And even harder now, esteemed Lastor. Hithlum is beleaguered and the Lord of Balrogs attacks it with a host over three hundred thousand strong. My contacts say King Fingon struggles to hold the mountain passes, while the late High King's sister Irimë is besieged in Barad Eithel."

You have not made it any easier, Finduilas thought. Even if Fingon had the forces to spare, would he stir to aid those who rejected his claim to the High Kingship? Somehow, she had doubts that those horsed archers she kept hearing about would ride forth.

"What of Doriath, lord? Elu Thingol is kin to Finarfin's Heir, and his armies are untouched. If Nargothrond is troubled, can he not send us aid? Surely we can trust him over the kinslayer at Barad Eithel." Alweth spoke. She was the lady of lands in the west ever since her husband and son fell with the leaguer around Angband. For that, she blamed the tardiness of Hithlum's armies last year. "He is no better than his friends in the East."

Still, though Barad Eithel's king was denied his father's lofty title, not many were eager to grant him one reserved for Fëanor's sons. Murmurs rose across the chamber, and once again Guilin had to come forward.

"It is the King's hope that all our kin will come together against Angband. With rulership over the Ñoldor in the steady hand of Finarfin's House, Doriath too will be our ally." Was that the reason? The thought came to Finduilas. Thingol of Doriath had never marched to war. But for his kin... She could almost hear her heart beating in her chest. If Finrod was the heir to the High King of all the Ñoldor, then he could convince Doriath to fight by his side.

"But there's no reason to fear. I assure you that Minas Tirith will hold, and by next year will stand stronger than before." the Prince declared. "Our gates will not close, nor will our armies fail. Many years ago, when the late King led our people to the land of Aman, he said to them these words 'But never shall we be fearful in our path, for fear is the direst danger of all.' His words ring true now as they did when he was first crowned." Guilin's voice was solemn, but confident. "It was King Finrod's Dream, the warning that led him here to make a refuge, a strong place for when darkness surges, for when times are desperate. We followed him here for this reason, because we believed his words. Now, these desperate times have come, with great loss for us all. But we shall weather them, as we have all other hardships that faced us." Prince Guilin turned to the King and bowed his head. "As my lord commands, so shall I ever do." he said, and soon enough there were many more bowed heads within the chamber.

A lovely speech, of the kind Guilin was suited for giving. Yet Finduilas would have rather heard it from the King himself. But Finrod Felagund remained on his throne, his hand sitting passively on the armrest, his gaze almost as still as he was. "I thank you for your time, lords of my people." was all he said, before rising up from his throne and departing the hall without a further word.

"Today's business is done," Guilin was quick to explain as the King's form disappeared into one of the smaller gates with little ceremony, no doubt headed towards the upper halls. "And our lord wishes to retire to his privacy." Mutters and low murmurs quickly followed among the gathered men and women, but with the King gone they also began to disperse, returning to their own quarters. Before Finduilas had a chance to do the same, she heard the voice of Gwindor's father calling to her.

"May I have but a moment of your time, Princess Finduilas?"

"Of course, Prince Guilin." she answered respectfully as he approached her, his long feet making great strides on the polished floor. Soon, he was in front of her.

Finduilas had always been glad she inherited her grandfather's height. Prince Orodreth was never renowned for his stature (and she now stood over her father), while her mother was so short she was closer to one of the Secondborn in height. But standing next to Prince Guilin made her feel small, even if he did not make a point of looming over her like he had with Feiror. She had to look up to meet his eyes.

"I wished to thank you on the King's behalf for attending today." he said. "It gladdens his heart to see you here."

And it would gladden mine if he told me himself. Why doesn't he? "I am grateful for our King's gratitude." she answered, looking into the Prince's eyes. "Is this all, Prince Guilin?"

"These are dark times, and they weigh heavily on our King's mind." Guilin said, his voice now turning soft. "You have seen it too, have you not?"

"I have," she agreed. "And it fills me with worry." Finduilas stopped herself before she could talk more. She'd heard the stories, that one could die of grief. It's what they said happened to her ancestor's first queen. But to say it out loud, to imply the King was so weak… "What do you think, Prince Guilin? When will he be as he was before?"

"Our grief is still fresh." Guilin pronounced, with a furrow of his thick, arched eyebrows. "And the King feels it even more keenly. Princes Angrod and Aegnor haunt his thoughts, as do his beloved Edain of Ladros. And every last man, woman and child lost in this bloodshed. I help him shoulder his burdens in my way, as you should in yours. Until Prince Orodreth returns, you are the last of Finarfin's House by the King's side."

"I will support my House and King." Finduilas agreed. "As is my duty. Do I attend councils like today? My father asks you for counsel often enough. He is not here, so I ask you to suffer through my questions." she said, with a laugh that she found not very convincing.

Guilin looked to be deep in thought, crossing his hands behind his back as he paced around the great hall, circling around Finduilas. It made her feel even smaller, cornered and with no room to fall back on. "If you so wish, though truth be told I was surprised by your sudden interest in the realm's affairs." he said flatly. "But I think the King would be happier to discuss less pressing matters. And I think that after today, you've had enough hearing about our business of war. There's not much to it, as no doubt you thought during Agornem's long catalogue, or the complaints of the others."

"You seem to enjoy them well enough, Prince Guilin." Finduilas noted. "For such a thankless task."

His warm smile returned. "I owe many things to Finarfin's House. My station, my good fortunes, the honors I have, the friends who dine with me. Why should I not return the support King Felagund gave me, or your father's friendship when they need me? And besides," he laughed slightly. "When my Gwindor returns, we will be joined as kin." Kin through me, my Prince, Finduilas thought. Is this why you count my father as such a close friend? Her father was certainly more than elated by the prospect of being kin to his old friend.

"When he does." she said wistfully, and Prince Guilin nodded his head.

"I understand you miss him." More than a year had passed since she had last seen her betrothed, in that last dinner with both their families. "So do I. My son will return, Princess Finduilas. Never fear." he promised. Was it a tinge of sorrow in his voice that she had heard? "And your father with him. Until then, support our King, as I strive to do the same."

"Until then only?" She asked. "After my father returns, then what?"

"Then there will be better things than to burden yourself with worries. Compose. Draw. Weave. Feast. Enjoy the company of your friends. Gwindor will have missed you. Leave the cares of the world to bother the heads of my generation, rather than bother yourself restless with wars and lords." Guilin answered her.

"And Gwindor? What will he do?" I shouldn't worry myself with wars and lords, but my husband will be both lord and warrior?

Guilin's expression turned slightly but he kept on walking, his steps now drawing closer to Finduilas. "My son will remain here." he assured her. "But that does not mean he will not fight again. No warrior can stay within peaceful walls forever, and he has his duties. Would you have him stop?" he asked her.

It said enough, even if he did not speak it aloud. She was a daughter of Finwë's House, but her betrothed had more freedom to do as he wished, even though his line was lesser. "No," she answered truthfully. "My beloved Gwindor is a knight, a warrior. Even if I could keep him from the field, I would not do that. Would you break a gem to carve it to your liking, Prince Guilin? Neither could I with Gwindor." What would she exchange Gwindor's strength, the fire burning inside him for? Half-hearted pleasantries and slothful contentment?

"Fine words, Princess Finduilas. Though the jewel-smiths would disagree, I imagine. You can make a precious stone shine all the brighter by refining its edges. So too with men and women." he said, steepling his fingers. "Prince Orodreth would agree with me, I think."

"Well, my father's wisdom is not for me to question!" Finduilas said, and felt her stomach twisting. Guilin answered with a chuckle, the pale light of lanterns reflecting on his blue eyes. "But I need to ask for your leave," Finduilas continued. "I arranged to sup with friends for the evening, and I have to prepare. Give Lady Luineth my regards!"

"I will, Princess Finduilas. Enjoy your evening, and may we talk again soon. But do try to be more punctual, please." the Prince replied with a smile as Finduilas made her way out of the throne's presence. She did not look back.



"What was he like?" Eithoril asked. Her voice was gentle, with the nasal accent of Doriath. "Both of them, I meant." she corrected herself. "The Princes of Dorthonion."

Finduilas took a pause, to cut at the meat on her plate. The cut of beef was soft and pink on the inside, its charred crust slick with butter and smelling of fragrant herbs, the rare kind they grew in the lower halls beneath the light of lamps. At the side there were thick-sliced cemyrf, baked in smoky spices and salt that had made its way from the Falas. She turned to Eithoril. "Do my grandfather and great-uncle Aegnor come up often in the halls of Menegroth?" she asked.

Eithoril had come to Nargothrond only a few months ago, as a guest, sent on Mother's behalf. From what Finduilas understood, they may have shared some distant kinship, and she took the task of introducing Eithoril to Nargothrond. Though the Doriathrim woman was her elder by a few years, Finduilas took warmly to her all the same. Eithoril was well-learned, with a quick wit, a talent at music and a great fondness for birds as well as the art of writing tengwar. More than that, Finduilas saw fewer and fewer friendly faces in Nargothrond by the month. So many had gone north to war, or left for their own estates outside the city. She did not know when they'd return, if ever.

Eithoril was now wearing a dress much like Finduilas' own in its cut, though in a soft mist green rather than light yellow. Good, it took me long enough to convince her to wear something less dull than grey. Her brown hair reached her shoulders, and the front fringe was down almost to her green eyes. Long golden earrings shaped like flowers with jeweled petals adorned her ears.

"I would not know what they talk of in the Thousand Caves, Princess Finduilas." she said with a sly grin on her face. "Do you know what is discussed in Barad Eithel because you are Ñoldo? Doriath has things in it beyond Menegroth!"

For this supper, she had chosen Father's dining room. It was more than spacious enough, especially for a small gathering like this, and the view to the gardens outside was suitable. Its walls were lined with old mementos of his. Finduilas had chosen to remove some of them in his absence, to replace with her own items. He can put them back once he's returned, they're mere clutter for now.

"And Barad Eithel is no part of Nargothrond." Finduilas laughed. "Maybe you should visit Menegroth more often, they must know that."

Eithoril took a sip of her drink. From the smell, Finduilas immediately knew it for nimsuith. A honeyed flower drink from Hithlum, though they served it steaming hot by Mithrim's shores. "My tree is so high up in the forest, I'm afraid I sometimes miss things. I apologize, Princess." she said more quietly. "Perhaps you should come with me and see it one day. You already live in a cave, what will seeing a thousand more do for you?"

Finduilas had never traveled very far from Nargothrond, and she'd never left her great-uncle's domains. The offer was tempting, she had to admit. If I ever have the chance, then I will, she promised herself. She had heard so many tales.

"I forgive you," Finduilas whispered back. "But we were talking of something else." She took a sip of her wine. Sweet, fortified with a distilled spirit spiced with cress pods and a gentle-smelling mountain plant. It came from the south, where some among King Finrod's vassals held grand estates in the plains near the coast, and by the Narog before it joined the Sirion.

"Even outside of Menegroth, there are many songs of Angrod the Ironhand and mighty Aegnor. They were our king's kin after all, and great warriors." It was odd to think of it that way, as true as it was.

Finduilas knew she was kin to Elu Thingol, but it rarely came to her thoughts. She had never met either of them, but it was easier to think of Fingon of Hithlum as a kinsman than Doriath's ruler, the one some called Ainur-alike and tôr. There was a distance to him, an unspoken awe enclosing the ancient name like armor.

While Finduilas took another sip from her goblet, Eithoril continued to talk. "More than that, they lived among us for a time. My father and mother told me they hunted with your grandsire once. My mother's sister was so enamored with Prince Aegnor, she wrote songs of him. His hair, especially. Mother instead preferred Angrod." she said, her voice tinged with amusement. "But they didn't know them like you must."

She smiled faintly, and nodded her head. Did I know them much at all? passed the regretful thought. Both spent most of their time in their own lands of Dorthonion. At war, or preparing for it. Their visits to Nargothrond were rare, especially her grandfather's. She paid it little heed then. What were a few years after all? Once Angband was finished and the war ended, she could have all the time she wanted to know her grandfather and Aegnor. But it made last year all the worse. For all her years, Finduilas thought them invincible. They had never known defeat in centuries. Until they did, then both were gone in an instant. What was even the last thing she talked to her grandfather about? She could not remember. Some… stupid, worthless thing no doubt.

"Both were noble men." she answered. "My grandsire was… grim. That's the best word for him. Strong, and decisive." He and father never talked much. Perhaps he saw the same thing in his son as she did. "Severe, but not cruel. I think he took pride in his duty. Who wouldn't?" She took pride in it, knowing that her grandfather and his brother were glorious warriors.

"He was a glorious Prince and a great man." Eithoril agreed. "And his brother?"

Finduilas remembered more of Aegnor. His journeys here were more frequent, and longer. "Prince Aegnor was not nearly so severe. He was gentler, passionate for life. He cherished every visit he made here, to be with his brothers and my father." She remembered when she was little, and her great-uncle carried her on his shoulders, taking her to rides on his horse, teaching Gelmir and Gwindor how to properly bow before their 'queen of the caves'. He pretended to be an angry worm whenever she laughed at his hair too. "I think he preferred to leave battle behind him when far from the field."

"Yet he was the most fell champion in the north, or so they sang." Eithoril's smile turned conspiratorial. "I heard something else also. They say he loved an Edain woman. That he would have wedded her too, had it not been for his brothers saying elsewise. Is that true?"

"Yes." Finduilas said. "It's true." She had kept her distance then. Father thought it was not her place to intervene in that argument, but it was one of the few times she had seen King Finrod and Aegnor angry. In the end, Aegnor bowed down to his eldest brother's will.

"She must be a great beauty, to have turned a prince's head. A wild woman, savage and painted, with leaves in her hair? Maybe running naked in the woods?" she added with a grin. "That would sway more men than would admit."

"Was," Finduilas corrected her. "Andreth died last year, not long after news of my great-uncle's death reached us. She was ancient then, for one of the Edain. Her hair had turned thin and white. The years had turned her small and shrunken." When Andreth first came to Nargothrond, she was tall and straight, her dark hair long and lustrous. Did Aegnor still love her after all these years? Did his heart stir when he looked at her bowed form? It was hard to imagine, and perhaps that had been what the king, her father and grandfather argued when Andreth was still young. But perhaps not. Maybe he loved her enough that he would mind neither white hair nor wrinkles.

"And she was no naked savage." Finduilas continued. "The Edain held her a wise-woman. What they call their scholars and loremasters." Finduilas had never been much interested in the lengthy discussions of Nargothrond's scholars, contemplating everything from the nature of stars in the sky to their own navels. Still, she knew enough that Andreth was frequently discussed by their number, including Prince Guilin and the King himself. And I had enough talks with her of my own. Andreth was odd and bold, but no fool.

Eithoril looked thoughtful for a moment. "That is... not what I expected." she eventually admitted. "Though I'll be truthful and say I have never seen one of the Aftercomers, unlike you."

"Maybe you will one day." Finduilas laughed gently. "Don't worry, lady of Doriath. There will be no 'wild women' to drag you into their ranks. But I'd prefer to discuss something else. I've had enough talk of the past." The last few words came out more vexed than she'd thought.

Eithoril raised an eyebrow in surprise, but nodded anyway. ''This is good," she said, eyeing the food on her plate. "I only tried cow once before - when I was visiting the south-east. They keep cattle there to work their fields. But at home, we mostly had deer, bird or hare. Boar too sometimes." she smiled. "My cousin prepared the best boar I've ever had."

"I think the cooks here will make you change your mind. Remember when you first dined with us?" Finduilas teased her. "You'd think they put an orc's head on your plate from the way you looked at it!"

"Yes, and I admitted I wanted another serving after I was done." Eithoril said. "By the time I return home, you Ñoldor will have me double in size."

Return to Doriath? Hope then that Minas Tirith holds and my father succeeds. What a queer thought, to rest one's hopes on Prince Orodreth's skill at war. If it was a contest of pining for Valinor instead, he'd have already returned home victorious to lament how far lesser it is. How much better it would be had he never left, perhaps. As far as her father was concerned, Beleriand and everything from it could not compare to the home he lost.

"Princess Finduilas?" she heard Eithoril's voice. "Is something wrong? You look distracted."

Finduilas brushed a lock of her hair aside before eating another bite. "No. I was just… thinking of something else."

"Something else? Or someone else?" Eithoril asked, her teeth glinting almost as brightly as the golden earrings she wore. "Prince Gwindor, maybe?"

"Can I hide anything from you?" Finduilas lied. "Yes, Prince Gwindor was in my thoughts." she said. "I was thinking about how long it was since I last saw him."

"It was really very simple." Eithoril bragged. "Who else could it have been? That Bameldir? He's handsome enough I will grant, but there's not much within that pretty head of his. Who else? The boy by Prince Orodreth's side? One of the other fine men that rode out?"

Suilor? Finduilas wondered. Her father's herald, a brown-haired boy of less than fifty with freckles on his face. Not ugly, but far too much of a boy, one who thought she could not see him stealing long glances at her. But Bameldir? She knew him as one of the knights often by Gwindor's side, and she met his mother and father. But how did Eithoril meet him?

"Though I have not met Prince Gwindor..." Eithoril admitted. "I do hope to. Everything you've said of him has made me curious. But there's one thing I cannot understand. Why did Prince Guilin name his son 'azure king'? Odd name to give to a child, so far as I'm concerned."

"Is that what it means?" Finduilas asked. "His mother told me they named him for all the noise he made when he was little. 'Dreadful noisy little master of the house', making all manner of demands." It was odd to imagine Gwindor being a terror like that. He was quiet and uncomplaining as far back as she could remember. And older than you by a few years. He could have well grown out of it.

Finwë Nolofinwë, a small voice in her mind cried out. Finwë's second son had declared himself King Fingolfin while his elder brother still lived, on the grounds he was best-suited, and as heir from Indis' line. Finwë Arafinwë, great-grandfather's new name now that he's become High King.

Eithoril scratched her chin in thought before speaking. "I did not guess that, I have to say! Though he can still sit upon a throne." she said casually.

Finduilas was quick to respond. "What do you mean?" she said, her tone turning icy.

"Haven't you thought of it already? I'd have thought you did though it's… an unpleasant thought. Your father is at war. If harm comes to him, you'd be the last of Finarfin's House in Nargothrond. If Aranya Felagund were to step down or also fall, then you would take his place, yes? Back home, we know that King Thingol's daughter would take his place if anything were to occur." Finduilas had heard some word of Lúthien, her distant kinswoman. Mostly of her beauty. "Of course, that cannot happen." Eithoril noted. "The Girdle is impassable for anyone Queen Melian doesn't want inside our King's domain." she took a pause, remembering what she was talking about at first. "But as I was saying, if you rule Nargothrond, then Prince Gwindor would be by your side as your husband."

Or would I be by his side? These thoughts were now familiar to Finduilas, and they were becoming more and more frequent. It was enough to make her forget Gwindor whispering 'Faelivrin' in her ear.

Lúthien might be Thingol's heir in Doriath, but among the Ñoldor… Princess Findis was King Finwë's second child, the first from his second marriage. Whatever right Fingolfin had to contest Fëanor's madness, she had it too, and was his elder. But she was a woman, and while there was Finwë Nolofinwë, there never was Finwë Findis, not even after all her brothers left Tirion.

Was that to be Finduilas' fate if she were the last of Finarfin's Line in Nargothrond? Queen in name only, a pretty adornment for my princely husband to rule through, and sit by his side in the halls my family has built? Honored yes, but only heeded when others wish. A bird in a golden cage for all years to come.

There is Princess Irimë in Hithlum, she holds power of her own. She commanded armies, ruled lands, held Barad Eithel in her brother's stead. In her elder brother's stead. Princess Irimë had risen high and was well-esteemed, but her star could only rise so far. It was her nephew who inherited Hithlum's crown. And she had never married. It was almost like a message. 'You can rule, but only so much and for someone else'. And if you desired more, it was greed. Be content, for Irimë showed you can rise high - but don't try to climb any higher. She could even hear her father and Prince Guilin telling her so, their voices masked in loving interest.

And Guilin, what was in that man's mind? Why did he keep so close to the King? What thoughts passed through a prince who named his son 'king'?

"You're right, of course." Was all Finduilas said. "But I'd rather not discuss such things." That at least, was the truth.

"You're right, Princess. It's ill fortune to speak of death when battle is being waged." Are you trying to tease me again, Eithoril? That saying sounded like a bad jape, and she was not in the mood for any.

"They should have been here by now." she said, aiming to change the subject.

Eithoril nodded, pointing to the three chairs still left empty on their table. "Your friends are certainly taking their time, Princess Finduilas. Their plates will be cold if they tarry any longer."

As if to rescue her from the awkward silence, the doorbell rang, making the bronze bird in her room flap its wings and chirp a short tune from its metallic beak, startling Eithoril in the process. "You Gódhil and your contraptions!" she exclaimed, almost spilling the contents of her goblet before she steadied herself. Finduilas could barely conceal her grin as she bade those at her door to enter.

It was more people than she had expected. First was Anglan, the ever-composed server, treating his task of carrying trays from the kitchens with the grave seriousness of a sentry in the Siege lines. Perhaps a poor comparison, after last year. He was dressed in a white garment accented with yellow, his hair bound with a scarf, and carrying another plate in his hands. With a simple, clean movement he set it down onto the table. It was their dessert for the evening, a large shaped log of iced cream topped with crushed honeyed nuts, blue salt and glazed generously with a red syrup that ran down the white sides in thick streams.

"Our apologies for our late arrival," another voice announced. "But maybe accompanying dessert makes us all the sweeter." It belonged to a woman, tall and well-muscled, with her dark hair bound in a single braid laid on her bare shoulder. She was wearing a red dress patterned with gold leaf, and a necklace that Finduilas had gifted her. In her embrace was a small babe still in its swaddling clothes, sleeping comfortably.

"Eithoril, I do not believe you've met Siniel," Finduilas said. "She is a good friend of mine, and I've known her for years." Her father worked in the mines and she had followed his and her mother's lead, but Finduilas met Siniel through her work as a sculptor. She'd commissioned works from Siniel, shared her thoughts with her, even helped her meet the man she wedded two years ago.

"The lady of Doriath?" Siniel asked, a cheerful smile gracing her features. "I have heard much of her lately." she turned to Eithoril. "Fortunate is the crossing of our paths, lady Eithoril." As the two gave their greetings, Finduilas took her friend's son in her arms, holding him for a brief moment before returning the child to Siniel. Such a little thing. It made part of her long for having a child, to hold and cradle in her arms. Why did Illúvatar shape them to look like that?

A slight cough was heard from the door, demanding attention. It came from a man wearing a green overcoat over his pink garment, standing lazily by the door. He was tall, but lacked the grace of Gwindor or his father. "This is Daeron," Finduilas introduced him, prompting her Doriathrim companion to raise an eyebrow.

"No, not that one, Lady Sinda." Daeron himself interjected. "Neither was I named after him, before you ask." Daeron had been born soon after the great journey to Beleriand, both his parents Ñoldor born under the Trees. Little did they know their son would share a name with Doriath's most famed son. "They could have chosen a better name, then I wouldn't have to be called 'the Lesser' everywhere I go. At your service, lady Eithoril." he added hastily towards the end.

"I am not so certain about that, friend." Siniel laughed, making Finduilas giggle as well. Daeron had tried his hand at many arts over the years, none of them with great success. From poetry, to ironworking, to oratory, always he'd emerge as he had when he started - best known for sharing his name with Doriath's high-famed loremaster. His latest, most ill-timed fancy of all was soldiery, now serving under his lordly father in one of the city's battalions.

Was it so amusing? How many things have you tried your hand at, Princess Finduilas? For all of Daeron's fumbling, he at least kept trying.

"Well Siniel, I'm sure that when the orcs come to our gates, you'll be able to hold them all on your own, chisel in hand." he shot back, crossing his arms. "Don't come asking for my spear then!"

"Far be it from us to belittle the greatest warrior sitting by the Narog's streams. Especially not when he'll be busy hiding behind his father." Siniel laughed again. If the orcs made it all the way to our gates, there would be no battles. Only closed gates and a hidden city.

Finduilas stepped in, a smile on her face. "Sit down, all of you, before your seats walk away. I've waited long enough!"



Their talk went long into the night, touching on many matters, and consuming many more cups of wine. Finduilas went to her bed full, deep in the night and with a heavy head, but free of her worries.

Had only her sleep been as easy.

That night, she dreamt of blood and fire. She saw a serpent turn into a star - or was it that the serpent hid beneath its light? She saw thunder pounding in the plains, and yet more stars passing into darkness before they blazed full of light again by a roaring river, its waters swollen with foam and corpses. Anar hid herself within a tower, plunging the golden lands around it into night.

Finduilas stood in that abyss, still and uncertain. The world madly spun around her, east turning into the west and west into the east. Men fighting other Men, and stone statues moving like living beings. Hands fought over crowns, and beasts fought one another. So many beasts. Hounds and wolves, serpents with serpents, twisted, scaled beasts of many heads, dancing eagles with the bodies of great cats. But somehow in all that madness there was one constant besides herself - the North. The three mountains of the Thangorodrim, their peaks so high that they were lost among the clouds. They shook, but not with fear. Laughter filled the air, hideous laughter from the deeps, it made her knees buckle and her spine shiver with fear.

Then, her dream took her beneath the earth, through hidden ways that she didn't know. Darkness enveloped her, in deep tunnels so short that she had trouble walking through. But she moved all the same, her limbs carried by an unseen force. Eventually, she saw light again, and the halls of Nargothrond. For a brief moment, Finduilas thought she was awake again. No. The chambers she saw before her were empty, and the great halls were always full of life. She felt something at her feet, and looked down. There was blood, freely flowing through the cold stones, staining her clothes and feet. Finduilas recoiled in disgust, and ran away, only to stop as she heard the sound of pounding footsteps. Looking behind her, she saw an endless parade of shades, accompanied by what sounded like the sounds of battle - or what she imagined battle would sound like - there were shrill horns and metal clashing with metal, screams and loud voices. The army of shades looked at the blood beneath their feet and gloried in it, laughing at the sight.

War had come to Nargothrond.

She looked all around her, hoping to find an escape, some way out. At least somewhere to hide to. Instead, she was caught up in the great parade. Her feet dragged her forward, until finally she saw one form more tangible than all the rest. It was a tall man, and atop a horse he advanced towards the throne. He looked kingly, a lord among the shades that roiled beneath him, his head crowned with silver, and his body both black and red. Was it black like the other shades, or was it red? Or perhaps it was simply blood. The king of shadows stretched out his hand to seize an unworn crown, but suddenly he halted, and turned towards Finduilas.

All the shades in the room turned towards her, and Finduilas faltered as the king looked at her. Before she could catch a glimpse of his eyes, her own opened.

With a heave, she clutched tightly onto her bedside as she awoke, feeling her nails rake the wood. She could feel her head pounding, and a dull thumping in her ears. Rising to her feet, Finduilas rushed to her bathing room. Her hand clutching her belly, she barely held herself from emptying her stomach into the polished sink before her.

What manner of dream was that? Finduilas asked herself, standing before her mirror. Her hair was a mess - as was everything else. Whatever it was, it needed to wait for later, she told herself as she began to prepare for the day.

But would a dream like that be meaningless? For the first time in a while, Finduilas wished that Father were with her. This perhaps, he might know better. Maybe the King knows. If she talked with him, then why wouldn't he explain? And what if it's nothing? Then you look a fool before him.



When she reached the King's hall again, her thoughts were no clearer. Not even the bath Calen prepared for her was any help. She passed once more by the stairs leading down to Finrod Felagund's throne room, making her way through the many people that were now gathering close by. Something must have happened, Finduilas thought, feeling more and more worried. She nearly slipped in her hurry, hearing the noises rising from beyond the bridge and pillars.

"It's from the north, news came right now!" voices whispered.

"A rider, it's a rider. Men from the Talath Dirnen were with him."

"Treachery, my sire! It is treachery!" a man cried out, his voice tearful. Finduilas knew the colors he wore, she'd seen them worn by her father's side. They were the colors of Minas Tirith. "The kinslayers, the kinslayers and the Aftercomers! The Edain and the Sons of Fëanor have betrayed us!"

And Finrod Felagund rose from his throne.
 
Ser Rolly III
------------------------
Ser Rolly III
------------------------


The steel of the blade shone brightly in the day's last dimming light, illuminating the wood-like grain that flowed across the metal's surface. A gold inlay ran through the fuller, patterned with flowering trees and leaping stags. The hilt was no less elaborate, curving inwards and bound in dark blue leather. The guard was itself gilded, and a large gem was on the pommel alongside what must have been the maker's mark. This was a nobleman's blade, Duck could tell. He'd helped forge more than one.

"Don't you get tired of showing that new sword o' yours, Harry?" Franklyn Flowers bellowed with laughter. Griff's old friend was himself no less fortunate than Harry Strickland. By the time the day's fighting was done, the Bastard of Cider Hall had returned festooned with prizes.

He was far from the only one. "It is a fine sword, Ser." Lysono Maar retorted, his words tinged with wry amusement. "And besides, who are we to complain when our new foes are so richly dressed? Truthfully, it's almost a pity to fight them." he said, taking off the latest ring to decorate his long-nailed fingers, toying with the purple and blue gemstones set in the golden band. Duck had to fight the urge to grin at the sight of the flamboyant Lyseni. What was it that the King had said? He looks more womanly than the camp followers.

He tried not to dwell on that thought overlong.

"Pity? It's not been since Blackheart that I've seen this kind of plunder!" Marq Mandrake exclaimed, the scratched brand on his face moving alongside his mouth. "Another battle like this, and we all die wealthy men."

Tristan Rivers raised his goblet high. "And to think you lot doubted the Hand and our Dragon!" It was filled with strong wine captured from one of the Noldor camps. Aegon had offered him some earlier. Sweet-smelling and sweet-tasting, but it kicked like an angry mule. If he had a cup again, it would be watered down or small. Then again, I'd rather not touch wine drunk by these… Noldor if I can help it, Duck thought, Amarf- Mairon's words during the battle coming back to him. They are not Men, he'd said. That had kept him restless. If not, then they looked the part like born mummers, from what Rolly saw of them.

More than Mairon's soldiers, at least. Gods be good, he'd never seen anything half so ugly as those 'uruks', not even Yollo.

"Aye, I'll drink to that." Flowers admitted, and raised his own cup.

"To His Grace's health!" Rivers spoke, and both bastards drank. "And may he bring us more battles yet." Duck saw Strickland stirring in his seat, turning towards Griff. He could see them talking, but what about he couldn't make out through the noise of the captains. He only heard three words clearly - 'halfmaester', 'king' and 'his sword'.

Rolly's hand unconsciously went to his own scabbard, and his eyes to Aegon. The king was right next to him and in no more danger than before, but the knight could hardly stop himself from worrying, no more than he could cease from questioning every other glance and movement he made. Duck admired Vyrr, the other Lyseni in the tent. That large, silver-headed sellsword who kept by Strickland's side and bore his banner. He made guarding someone look easy. The Lord-Commander of the Kingsguard admiring a sellsword. What would Duncan the Tall think of it?

That you're a damn fool most like, and a piss-poor White Cloak to boot, he thought.

While Duck hardly looked the part of a great knight no matter how much he tried to straighten his shock of hair or trim his beard into something that looked more noble, Young Griff had taken to his newfound place much better. The Lord Commander looked to Aegon. It was harder now to see the boy he'd known - with that blue hair gone and silver taking its place, he looked older than before, a true man grown. And seeing him ride out, red cloak on his shoulders and wearing that suit of black plate, Duck thought that one of the dragon kings from the old stories had taken hold of Aegon. Would it be harder to bruise him in a practice match, or the same as before?

"Drink all you wish, but don't expect me to join in yet - I have the matter of our captives to worry about," Gorys Edoryen raised his voice. "We've taken more than a good share of them."

Strickland waved his hand dismissively. "That's good enough, Paymaster." he said. "There will be good gold waiting if we ransom them."

"Or hand them over to our friend Mairon and his… army." Maar offered. "He did suggest it, and not cheaply." Unlike Griff, Duck was not a friend to these officers. He'd not served that long or risen that high in his time as a sellsword. But even he could tell the Lyseni's offer was not much welcomed. Quickly, the captains started to talk about uruks. What they saw of them, what they'd heard, probably what they ate for all he knew. From Aegon's face, it was clear that he wasn't pleased to be reminded of Mairon's men either. But Lord Connington rose from his seat, and approached the King. "Your Grace," he said. "I would ask you to join me outside."

Aegon paused for a moment, but quickly gave Griff his assent. "Sers, my Hand asks me to lend him my time." he called out to the sellsword captains. "We will rejoin you soon, so don't lift too many toasts to my health." the king grinned before turning to leave.



Outside the Captain-General's tent, Duck could see the camp was as lively as ever, swept up in the flurry of activity. Most of the foe's dead had been gathered from the field to be dumped into their graves, after the sellswords and camp followers were done stripping them bare of everything worthwhile. Others were hard at work expanding the camp, digging trenches and stockades to house the prisoners. As dusk approached, so were torches and fires lit, sprouting all across the camp like flowers in spring. No doubt the Red Priests and their flaming flock are with them too. All the while, the Company's engineers surveyed the ground, readying weapons to bring to bear against the castle taunting them from the middle of the river. Horsemen gathered in bands, returning from their patrols downriver. Griff said that some were trying to find the choicest lands early, hoping that they'd be granted to them by a grateful Aegon or claim them before anyone else could.

And across the riverbank, there was the teeming mass of their former guide's army, . Duck didn't like looking over the water ever since he first laid eyes on them. Tents and campfires, even more than on their own side of the river could be seen, thousands of scurrying forms about them, but the best part of it was hidden behind the hills. Mairon had pitched his pavilion between the two camps, the only place where soldiers from either camp might cross paths.

The Lord Commander followed his King and the Hand there. It was a large red tent, befitting of any great lord. Outside, he saw a dozen uruks waiting by the banner of a snarling wolf, shield and axe in hand, their faces hidden by blood-red masks. Not even a week ago, this man was living among Medlin's refugees. Now he was attended to like a lord. I knew he was no common man. You wouldn't find a lowborn man who could talk like their 'guide', not if you searched all Westeros. No more than you could find a highborn one half so good at pretending elsewise. He tried to avoid meeting the gaze of the armored uruks, their eyes glinting

The stooped, iron-armored figures of the uruks parted as the pavilion's entrance opened wide, and Mairon emerged from within, white and silver silks swirling about him. His arms were held wide open, as if he was greeting family that he had not seen for a good while. That father of his he told me about, mayhaps. If that was even true.

"My Lord Connington, and Lord Commander Duckfield." he said respectfully, before bowing his head to the King. Hearing his name spoken in the same breath as the Griffin Lord's made Rolly's heart jump. "Your Grace. Please, follow me within." the emissary held the tent flap open with one hand, bidding them to enter.

Contrasted with its great size and bright color, the interior of Mairon's tent was so spare it could have been mistaken for a vagrant's. There were no lavish decorations, no gold, gems or any other luxuries. In fact, there was not even a bed or cot to be seen. The only furnishings inside the emissary's pavilion were but a few simple chairs and unadorned rugs to cover the grass beneath. Duck could scarcely imagine it being more different to where Harry Strickland and his officers gathered for their counsels.

It was only after Griff and Aegon took their seats that Mairon sat down as well, placing a hand on one knee, the other foot stretching out forward. "What brings you here, my lords?" the man's melodious voice rose. "Is it my master's uruks? I assure you that if any trouble your camp, they will be punished harshly.

"My men helped you," Aegon spoke first, and directly. Duck knew him well enough to tell that the King was not pleased, but kept himself under control. "We fought your enemies for you. But we know only what you've told us, and that's scarce enough to fill a single page, even if you didn't . They look like Men, then you say they aren't. But you only tell us this as we battle them."

"Your Grace," Mairon said apologetically. "I meant you no harm by that, and never have I meant you ill at all. It was a precaution, sadly necessary on the road, as was my disguise. Had I said the truth immediately, then how would your captains have reacted? With fear perhaps, or worse. It would have hindered more than it would have ever helped."

It was then that Lord Connington stepped in. "You watched the battle with his Grace and I," he observed. "And when the Golden Company caught sight of your soldiers, they almost turned back in the face of their enemy. Was that aiding us?" Griff's tone was stern and uncompromising, that same one he'd use when disciplining Aegon, or give orders.

"I agreed to be your king's ally, and rule these lands." Aegon said. "Well, how am I supposed to rule them if I don't know anything about them? Will I take this castle, then hear you say the stones are not stones, but something else instead? Perhaps the people eat on the Moon with their heads on the ground, and sleep standing up?"

Mairon looked back at them, his expression impassive like still water as his brown eyes sped across the tent. He did not say a word, and Duck had to stifle a laugh. Mairon had become speechless, cornered by Griff and Aegon. Funny, that a man so good with words was now left without any.

After a pause, the emissary finally answered. "You are right my lord, and His Grace's words are wise." he said, his voice taking a new tone, quieter but more humble. "Your officers are committed, now that they've had their taste of victory.To hide things would merely impair your host - and As a man cannot live without water, neither can there be friendship without trust. What use is there in hiding things now?"

"None." Aegon answered. "Which is why I want you to tell me all you know. About the enemy we're fighting, and the lands I will conquer."

The lands I'll conquer, the words repeated themselves in Duck's mind. But why? He knew Aegon was meant to rule Westeros, ever since he was told who Old Griff's boy truly was. That's what they'd planned for years. Was it the knowledge that they'd never set foot on Westeros again, and the lands he'd conquer would be foreign? Was it because hearing them from the mouth of Aegon Targaryen rather than Young Griff had a different ring to it? Don't bother yourself with nonsense. Keep your mind on the duty he trusted you with. Rolly reminded himself, trying to distract his eyes.

Mairon idly scratched his silver beard, looking to be in thought. "That is no small task, Your Grace. Certainly not so small that I can tell you everything in one evening." he said with a small chuckle. "And there is much you'd find unbelievable."

Aegon raised a silver eyebrow. "I'd hear anything, if I can't be told everything." he remarked. "And after what the gods have seen fit to give us, who is to say what's unbelievable?"

"You can begin with the Noldor." Lord Connington suggested, in the cadence of command. His gloved hands were held tightly, his gaze narrowing. He'd grown a beard since they'd left the Rhoyne - while it covered some of the wrinkles about the Griffin Lord's mouth, the ashen-grey and paler hairs that grew among the red did not make him look any younger. And nothing could hide the creases and crow's feet around his blue eyes, eyes that had turned sunken and harsher ever since the valley. It made the Lord Hand look closer to four-and-fifty than his one-and-forty years.

"As you so wish." Mairon answered. "Perhaps it would be best to ask your Halfmaester along."



Haldon arrived soon enough, the Halfmaester carrying with him sheafs of paper, as well as his quill and ink. Sitting down on the floor, he prepared himself to write, giving Duck a sideways glance. Calmly, Mairon began to speak.

"To begin, the Ñoldor are not of these lands." he said. "It was over four centuries ago that their princes first arrived from the West - their home of old was the land of Aman, far beyond the western seas. Then, they were ruled by Finwë, first and most beloved King over the Ñoldor. The Valar watched over him - the lands of Aman were beautiful, harmonious, and so peaceful that war's instruments were completely forgotten by Finwë's people."

"This sounds more like the start of a fable than the history of an enemy." Aegon observed cooly, but Duck could see his purple eyes were already focused on Mairon, listening closely to his words.

"Your Grace, if there is fable in my words, then it is because history so beautifully gives rise to song and fable. Merely look upon your own forefathers! But still, I ask you to have patience with me." A shadow of sorrow passed across the emissary's features, wistfulness coloring his voice as he spoke. "Alas, such is the way of the world that its Children are quickly sated with good. All down the ages rings the note of change, and none escape Doom's sway! From his two wives, three sons were born to King Finwë."

Two wives? Duck thought to himself. Aegon the Dragon had two queens as well. Some men have more luck than others, and most of them wear crowns.

"I've no more desire to take two women to wife than I have to split my kingdom in two." Aegon said. "Aye, might as well do that myself before any sons get to it once my corpse is cold." Mairon chuckled softly at that, and Rolly spied Griff in the corner, his red eyebrows furrowing.

"Fëanor was his firstborn and favorite, born to Finwë's elder wife, renowned as a craftsman and smith."

A prince doing smithing work? Now there's something new. I'd have liked to see a princeling like that in our forge back in Bitterbridge, maybe teach him a few things about working steel.

It seems Aegon thought the same. "I've never heard of a prince working a forge before."

"In Westeros, no. From what you've told me, your people think of craft as the province of the lowborn, while scholarship is the work of maesters. But for the Ñoldor, many of their great scholars and princes also were craftsmen of a kind. Sculptors, smiths, jewelers, stoneworkers and architects. Then there were others. Linguists and loremasters, poets and writers. Even now, the prestige of craft and lore is matched or exceeded by only one other science: that of war. And Fëanor was exceptional at all of these. Everything Finwë's first son tried his hand at, he excelled in."

"Daeron the Good wrote poetry, in High Valyrian and Old Rhoynish" Aegon commented. "As did Jaeherys' son Aemon and Baelor the Blessed, though most of his were hymns. But I've never heard of someone trying his hand at all these pursuits." Poetry had been another part of the King's education, and one that Rolly had little stomach for. Lemore's good and all, but hearing her yammer about poets from Ghis, Essoria, Daenys and whatever other forsaken place spawns poets made me rush to the decks for fresh air. Sometimes, Yandry had bacon and roasted fish left over to share too.

"Then there were his half-brothers, Fingolfin and Finarfin, both also loved by their people yet opposed to their elder brother. It was Finarfin's banners you saw flying in the battle, and it was his House that built the fortress that shall be yours."

"And what about Fingolfin and Finarfin? You said a lot about Fëanor, but them? Was there anything to set them apart?"

"Fëanor was talented, but as is often the case with those who are talented, he grew proud. Proud and solitary, even his friends thought he was harsh, treating all save his father and sons with contempt. Fingolfin on the other had great skill in arms. More importantly, the people and princes of the Ñoldor found him both more approachable as well as easier to deal with than his arrogant half-brother. And while Fëanor often left the capital to embark upon hunts and exploration, Fingolfin made himself readily available to any who wished his help or advice, and was seen often by his father's side."

"People prefer a prince who is at hand to a distant heir." Aegon mused. "Rhaenyra found that out to her dismay, after she moved to Dragonstone. And Finarfin?"

"Finarfin inherited the golden hair of his mother Indis, and some said her gentle demeanor too. He instead kept himself out of the affairs of his siblings, living quietly with his family, without the great achievements of his brothers. His following was the smallest as a result, yet his wedding abroad won him devotees of his own. Now, it is said among the Ñoldor that as their numbers grew, so too did their home become narrow and confined. Strife began to grow in their land, and once again they began to forge swords. Noble houses became rivals, and armed men and women roamed the streets as brother was set against brother. Fëanor believed that his younger siblings plotted to replace him - and they in turn were certain that he had in mind to exile them, or worse."

Griff's eyes were hard-set now, and he turned to Aegon. "The Ususper's brothers and his wife's brood turned on each other after his death." he said. "No king should let his family run unchecked, or the realm bleeds for it."

"Viserys the First let Rhaenyra and Aegon form their factions in his own court." Aegon mused. "Daemon Blackfyre sought to unseat his trueborn brother because my unworthy ancestor favored him. Your Finwe doesn't sound very wise, if he let things go like that."

A small, sad smile graced Mairon's features. "Some kings are born for peace. Even a great ruler - nay; a whole people - may fall to indolence with the passing years. The strong wither also. Your Valyria conquered the world from what you say, but all its might, all the lords and dragons could not help it at the last, when Doom reached its gates. What was good yesterday may be little use today, and prove a hindrance on the morrow. Who is to tell? Finwë was a good king, and good enough a father that all his children claimed to love him. Yet something went astray, and all his people paid for it a dear price."

Happens often, doesn't it?

"Continue your telling, emissary." Griff said curtly, while Aegon seemed taken in thought.

"Of course, Lord Connington. As I was saying, Finwë's sons came to clash with one another. Proud Fëanor and his seven Sons gathered their forces and all their treasure and supporters, forging swords and preparing the first warriors of their people. Fingolfin instead concentrated his attention on the city of Tirion and its court, where his mother was beloved. If Fëanor thought to easily seize power, then he'd find his brother more than a match. Finarfin, youngest of the brothers proclaimed his support of Fingolfin - yet his House kept mostly to Alqualondë, city of his wife's father: to watch and wait."

"And I guess war followed?" Aegon asked.

"Not just yet, no. Fingolfin was caught speaking against Fëanor in their father's court, and his half-brother rushed in, clad all in armor! Soon, Fingolfin found himself with a blade pressed against his throat, the first time such a thing happened in the halls of the Ñoldor King. Finwë was furious, but the Valar even more so. Seeing that Finwë could not restrain his sons, they ordered Fëanor to exile, and Finwë retired from the world in protest."

"Who are these Valar? You mentioned them before. Finwe was King, so who was commanding him? A more powerful king, maybe?"

Mairon clasped his hands together, lowering himself back on the chair. "Valar is what the Ñoldor call the guardians of Aman, the ones who brought them there. Perhaps you would call them gods, though the Ñoldor do not think of them in that manner."

First he was talking about princes and royals, but now he was bringing the gods into it too?

"How long ago was this?" Aegon asked, chancy.

"A few centuries, no more."

That took Aegon's breath away. "To think we fight those who claim to have lived alongside gods. In our realm, the Seven haven't walked with man in thousands of years."

"With Beleriand, it is not so different as you may think. We are not Aman, and thus the Valar have not touched our shores for many centuries. I don't think even the Ñoldor desire their return." Mairon said. "But as I told you, there's much yet to discuss, and not all of it can be told in one evening. May I continue?" the King gave Mairon a nod. "The years passed on," Mairon said. "Fëanor was in exile for his actions, Finwë with him. For the moment, Fingolfin reigned over Tirion in his father's place. Thinking the trouble over, the Valar sought to reconcile the brothers, bidding Fëanor to return and attend a feast with his half-brother. Oaths were made by both, swearing friendship and brotherhood with one another. Do you believe that such an action can work, Your Grace?" he asked Aegon. "Could your Rhaenyra and Aegon have reconciled had they been made to? Once it's frayed, can brotherhood be mended with words alone?"

"It's a terrible thing when brother fights brother." Aegon said, repeating what Lemore had once told him. "But one is in the right, and Finwe should have supported his eldest. There's a throne, and the law. Daeron the Good loved his bastard brother, but he could not let Daemon Blackfyre take his throne. No more than I could let the usurpers..." at that, Aegon came to a sudden pause, and his gaze narrowed. "Go on, Mairon." he said finally.

"In the end, none of it mattered. Fëanor's sons came riding from their stronghold, to declare that Finwë was found dead, murdered in his own palace and that Fëanor's home was ransacked. In just one moment, all those words, all the years of peace, of Finwë's long reign, the plans of the Valar and the schemes of his heirs all came crashing down."

Aegon crossed his arms. "Who was it that killed Finwe?" he asked. "One of his sons? Who would want him dead?"

"We do not know." Mairon answered, almost apologetic. "But you are correct. Who would want him dead? Fëanor had his implicit support, and Fingolfin was already ruling Tirion. And what manner of son would kill his own father?"

"Once Feanor's exile was done, then Fingolfin's reign over Tirion would be over too." Aegon said, following a pause. "Yet, how was he able to assail Fëanor's stronghold? Feanor and his sons, if they wanted to kill Finwe…"

"Or perhaps it was someone else entirely," Mairon proposed. "But it does not matter who took Finwë's life, only that it was taken. Fëanor fled into the night with his sons and followers. He declared himself King, forgetting his exile, or the strictures placed upon him by the Valar. And that was not the end of it. He spoke against the Valar themselves, cursing them for his father's murder, declaring his plans to leave Aman. Fingolfin forsook his oaths of brotherhood just as quickly, instead saying that his place remained the same. Finarfin as ever, waited."

"Why would Feanor want to leave his homeland? Nymeria left hers, but only because of the Valyrians. But there wasn't anybody threatening your Noldor."

"It had already been in his plans for a long while." Mairon answered. "Valinor he thought was confined, and the power of the Valar too close at hand. Here in Beleriand, the Ñoldor believed they could all have wide lands of their own, to rule as they wished. And Fëanor was far from alone in that. His nieces and nephews were of a mind to agree with him there, if on nothing else. With his fiery orations, Fëanor managed to convince many of his people, even those who otherwise preferred his brothers."

Rolly looked at Aegon once more. He'd never paid much attention to Aegon's lessons with Haldon, and couldn't understand even half of them. But he knew when something had Aegon's interest. The boy - the king would keep asking questions and try to find out more, like a bravo probing at a larger thug's guard with his blade.

"Fëanor had a smaller following than his younger brother, but his words lit the hearts of his people with dreams of endless riches. He spoke of wide lands, war and glory abroad waiting. He spoke of conquest, and Beleriand. Words alone however cannot move an entire people across the sea - for that, Fëanor needed ships. The Ñoldor never dwelled by the sea nor did they have any knowledge of shipbuilding. Every moment wasted would mean Fëanor's hold on power slipping, and so he led the Ñoldor to Alqualondë, city of the Teleri, one of the other peoples in Aman."

"That was where Finarfin and his family lived, correct?" Aegon asked. "I doubt Fëanor expected them to be friends."

"He did not." Mairon answered. "But the Teleri had a fleet, and he an army. In the night, he would sneak his men into the docks, more and more of his followers gathering inside the city, ready to seize the ships at his call." the emissary's voice turned slower, and heavier, like his words themselves were a great burden, while Aegon's gaze grew more uneasy. "When Fëanor gave the signal, there was no mercy. His men seized the ships, and began to slaughter the Teleri. Olwë's son attempted to lead a defense, only to be cruelly cut down by Fëanor's own. But it was not Fëanor or his sons alone who led the assault - from the outside, the host of Fingon, Fingolfin's eldest son who was in league with Fëanor's get led his own forces, burning a path of destruction through to his allies. None were spared from the bloodshed. Blood by the quays, and blood by the foam, O Alqualondë by the shore, where now do your sons call home?" By the last few words, Mairon's voice had turned into a lament, reciting the words of some song.

Singing's suited to him, Rolly thought, even though the matter made his stomach churn. When the knight was young, peddlers from the Westerlands told tales of Dagon Greyjoy's reavers, wine-merchants from the Arbor of the old Hoares. And they all had heard what Tywin Lannister did to King's Landing - to the King's mother and sister. When he became a man grown, he saw what a ruined village, what a sacked town was like firsthand.

"By the time the Ñoldor were done, the city of the Teleri was a ruin, their ships stolen." Griff's expression had turned even sourer, his mouth frowning into a tight, white line. Somehow, Rolly doubted the Hand was thinking about this city.

"While the Valar had lain still before, the slaughter at Alqualondë ended their inaction. They cursed the Ñoldor, banishing them from their land. Of Finwë's sons, Finarfin turned back, but his sons and daughters did not. However, his dismay at that abandonment must have been assuaged when he found that as Finwë's only returning son, the kingship of the Ñoldor left in Tirion went to him. Fingolfin, even had he wanted to abandon Fëanor's journey, had his hand forced by his eldest. And Fëanor, he was of course no more affected by the Valar's condemnation than he would be by their tears. The Ñoldor say the Valar mourned for Fëanor - but nothing about them mourning Alqualondë. Drunk on victory and ruling with a hard hand, he exiled all he thought of as traitors, his steel-clad knights punishing any who spoke against Finwë's Heir."

Firstborn maybe, but Feanor sounds like a first bastard too. If his father had two queens, did that mean he was the Noldor's own Maegor? Princes, kinslayers willing to cross the gods and their commands, with hearts filled with cruelty and malice.

"With the spoils of Alqualondë in tow, an army at his back and the Valar sending the winds against him, Fëanor landed on Beleriand, declaring it as the land of his House forevermore. But there would be no ships returning for Fingolfin, nor his followers. Though Fingon aided his uncle's cause, he saw the same thing as Fingolfin - the ships of the Teleri set ablaze, a warning to Fëanor's followers and punishment to his half-brother for his treachery. They could return to the Valar, or sit by the distant shore, to watch Fëanor's conquest. But that itself was to be short-lived. After a few initial victories, Fëanor fell in battle, ambushed by his foes, or so they claim, his body bursting into flame with his last breath." Mairon said, a smile returning to his face, almost reaching his deep, brown eyes. "Ironic, is it not? So much slaughter, such grand treacheries to reach this land, yet Fëanor's star burned out in but a scant few weeks, leaving behind not a single bone to bury. Had the embers of the Teleri's pyre subsided yet when his ashes scattered in the wind to join them?" Mairon idly mused.

"And Fingolfin? What about him, and Finarfin's sons?" Aegon asked. "They can hardly build a fortress across the river if they're on the other side of the sea. How did they make it across?"

"There was one other route to Beleriand, but it was one that even Fëanor dared not take. The Helcaraxë, a wasteland of ice stretching for hundreds upon hundreds of miles. There is no colder place in the world and few as treacherous, save perhaps the Nan Dungortheb." At that, a chill passed through Ser Rolly's spine. He tried not to think of that Valley.

"How many were with Fingolfin?" Aegon asked.

"Hundreds of thousands, men, women and children." Mairon answered. So many people. What could possess them to cross that place?

"Was it desperation that drove him there? Revenge? Hatred for his brother? Either way, Fingolfin and his host braved the ice desert, though thousands perished for his choice. By the time he arrived, Fëanor was dead already. Vengeance was denied to him, save the hollow victory of making Fëanor's divided sons acknowledge him as their High King, the price of peace among the Ñoldor. Ever since, he and his have ruled Beleriand, the Ñoldor princes dividing it among themselves. What they lack for in filial ties, they more than made up for in their aptitude for war. Fingolfin claimed the West and the fertile lands of Hithlum, ringed all across by mountains. Finarfin's sons claimed Dorthonion and settled Nargothrond in the south-west, while Fëanor's sons fled east, establishing their realms, lording over wide open plains. They rule them still, over four centuries later."

"Rule them still? Their descendants have managed to hold power for that long?" Aegon asked.

"Of course," Mairon answered, as if he were saying something so obvious a child could see it. "After all, it is easier to hold onto power when one is undying."

Undying? What in Seven Hells is he talking about? Those were the only thoughts that passed through Duck's mind. He'd heard about warlocks that wouldn't die, but the gossip of sailors wasn't renowned for its truthfulness.

"Undying? Is that their title then? Or what they call them?" Aegon laughed. "I'd think they might need to change it, after this battle."

"It's no title or jape at all, Your Grace. That they are immortal is nothing but the truth. Finwë by the time of his murder had reigned over the Ñoldor for more than three thousand years. It was only last year that Fingolfin met his end."

For the first time since he had entered the tent, the Halfmaester lifted his nose from his inks and papers. "That is impossible, lord!" he protested. "From men, to trees, even dragons, nothing can truly live forever. All living bodies decay with time, no maester or scholar would dispute that. Three thousand years, that's longer than the time of the Andals!"

Rolly dimly remembered stories, like how Garth Greenhand ruled for thousands of years in the Age of Heroes. It was all he could do not to burst into laughter. I have stepped into legend. Before Aegon could say anything, Lord Connington stood up from his chair, and approached Mairon. "Emissary." the Hand snapped. "You've skirted aside the matter for long enough. I know your ways, so I will not dismiss your words before you finish them. But I will have you state them clearly, and now." His blue eyes were glowering at the smaller man.

"As I told you, the Ñoldor are no Men at all. Their kind is the Eldar as they call themselves, or Firstborn. 'Elves', as some Men of our world name them."

"And you? How old are you, master Mairon?" Duck broke his silence, making Griff shoot him a judging glare, the kind that meant he ought to be silent. Bugger it. Too late to close your mouth now. "You know plenty and more about these elves. How'd you learn it? Are you one of them? You've never told us, and you always tell everything slowly."

"Forgive my White Sword's bluntness." Aegon said diplomatically. "Ser Rolly does raise a good point, however. You know their language, their history, things that happened in their homeland across the sea. Yet you claim to be from Beleriand, and a Man like us. So how did you happen upon that knowledge? Where do you hail from?"

Calmly, Mairon crossed his fingers. "Perhaps I met all these other great and terrible elves, and witnessed the Ñoldor slaughter and betray, spilling the blood of kin." he said. "Mayhaps you wish to hear that I lived alongside the Valar for a time, and learned my arts at their feet. That I saw what others would call gods deliberate and bicker with one another, and chose to walk away. That I have lived for many long years, wandering and seeing much of what there is to be found within the circles of the world. But the truth is more disappointing, I am afraid." he smiled sadly. "All this, I heard from another. Do you remember when I told you of my father, Ser Rolly?"

"Aye." Rolly answered, trying to not think of Griff's eyes judging him.

"I told you then of someone who taught me many things, and who was like a father to me also. That is my king and master, Melkor. He lived among the Ñoldor and the Valar in Aman for a time, and it was thanks to the Ñoldor that he left it." So, is this Melkor one of the Elves? Who is it that Aegon made alliance with?

The silver-haired emissary gave a call outside, and before long, three more forms entered within the pavilion. Two were uruks, and with them they'd brought a prisoner. He was one of the enemy, bound in hand and foot, his clothes torn, caked with mud and blood. He must have been tall, though it was hard to tell - the man walked with a limp on one foot. His skin was olive, and his dark hair was long and dirtied. One eye had been bruised black, and there were more scars across his features. A nose that had been broken, a lip split open. But there was pride in the prisoner, in his bearing and the baleful glare he gave his captors. Not just the uruks, but when he turned it to Aegon, Rolly could see the hatred glinting in those green eyes.

The bound man hissed and shouted in some foreign tongue, words that Duck did not know, but the venom in them was clear for all to see. Once again, Rolly's hand found its way to his pommel.

"What's he saying?" Aegon called to Mairon.

The emissary said nothing yet, only motioned at them to wait. Mairon turned his back to them, and faced the prisoner instead.

All that courage vanished the moment Mairon approached him. As if the tendons of his feet had been sliced by an invisible blade, he clumsily fell down to his knees.

Now, he was writhing in his bonds like a fish caught within a net, trying to avert his gaze from Mairon's eyes. The emissary knelt down, taking the hand of the prisoner into his own, leaving him nowhere to look upon except his eyes. Though they couldn't see his face, they could hear his words, half-whispered and foreign. Rolly saw him shiver and shake, like Mairon's touch was a hot coal burning his hand. Less than a minute passed before the shaking ceased and Mairon rose again, looking no worse for wear. The prisoner on the other was now silent, and the defiance in his eyes was gone - fear had taken its place.

Duck almost shrank back, and had to convince himself to stay put. This was not right. Mairon must be some kind of warlock, a sorcerer. Fool. Your King commands you to stay and guard him. Have you forgotten your oath already?

"My apologies, friends. The prisoner was afraid, and I needed to pacify him." he turned back to the King and Hand. "As for your question Your Grace, he called you 'Traitor', 'Sickly' and 'Aftercomer'. Furthermore, he cursed you and your whole lineage, wishing for them to perish in flame."

"Flame?" Aegon mused, before letting out a laugh that betrayed his unease. "Tell him he'll be bitterly disappointed, then. But what do the rest of the words mean?"

"Aftercomer is what the Firstborn call the race of Men, and of their words for it one of the kinder." Mairon answered. "Sickly, because as I told you, ailments and old age are foreign to the elves.

"And 'traitor'?"

"As for 'Traitor', that is because the Ñoldor see all Men as their vassals, ever since they first came to Beleriand. For you, one of that race to bear arms against them… they see it as no less a treachery than a servant rising to strike his master. Indeed, you're the first Man they have seen name himself 'King'."

"There have been no kings in Beleriand before?" the Hand demanded. "You mentioned more than a few."

"There are kings besides those of the Ñoldor, but all are elven lords. Thingol of Doriath is the greatest - and as brother of Olwë of Alqualondë, there is no love in his heart for the Ñoldor princes. But no Man has ever called himself by the title of king, nor bore a crown. All lords of mannish race are either vassals to the princes of the elves or petty chiefs, little better than rulers of a single hill."

Connington placed his hand on his chin, the gloved finger scratching his red beard. "And this Thingol, if he is no friend to our foes, could he be a friend to King Aegon?" he asked. "Perhaps he would be amenable to a treaty, even alliance. If he has a daughter, then an alliance we can seal with a wedding for, if need be. The woman His Grace was meant for is long gone." Duck noticed the Hand was in thought, and his words were more testy, less confident than he'd been used from Griff. Can't blame him. He knows Westeros, but here, he knows no more than I do. The very thought of that scared Duck.

Mairon gently laughed at his words. "I doubt it, Lord Connington." he said. "That he is kin to Olwë means he is also kin to Finarfin's sons, and our foes. More than that, being no friend to the Ñoldor does not make him an ally to Men. If you may excuse my words - would you agree for His Grace to be betrothed to a Brindled Woman? To a grotesquery from Mantarys?" his voice was sharp, and he upturned his head slightly as he spoke. Griff's hand balled up into a tight fist. "For make no mistake, that is how Thingol of Doriath would see such an offer. He would sooner imprison his own daughter, and certainly have the man fool enough to propose such a thing killed." Before anyone could reply, he pointed to the captive.

"Look upon him." the emissary gently asked, as if he were telling an old friend to examine a prize new cloak. "This man before you is perhaps some few years shy of a full century. And he is by no means old at all. In fact by how the Firstborn judge it, he is barely a man grown. Yet he will not grow old, nor see the scars of age or sickness ever afflict him. Unless slain in battle, he will live until the stars themselves grow old and mountains are ground to dust. If I freed him from his bonds, you'd find his strength no lesser than that of one of your warriors. It is rare to find a Man who can surpass an elf in strength or speed, and no Man is born who can exceed their best. Their eyesight and hearing is better, as are their memories and every sense of the body. And with age comes wisdom and even greater strength. The gap between them and Men is not a small one. And they know it all too well. That is why they see them - us as their lessers. Vassals and servants, yes. For some kind ones, even friends, though a man may well consider a dog his friend. But never equals. Make no mistake of that."

How do you treat with someone who'll take it as an insult? Would they even accept the captives being ransomed, or reject it out of pride? Duck didn't know. And he wasn't sure Lord Connington knew either, this time.

A silence followed, and both Aegon and Lord Connington turned inwards. The sound of Haldon's quill scraping furiously against the paper scratched at his ears. Then, the silence was broken.

Aegon rose from his seat. "If none of these elven lords will accept alliance with me, then so be it." he declared. "Aegon the Conqueror was not seen as an equal by the kings of Westeros, before he came to their shores. Our door remains open, and if any want to side with me, then they are free to do so. But there's something more important than that." he turned to Rolly, and Aegon placed his hand on his shoulder.

"I…" he paused, to gather his words. "Do you remember the Red Priest, Ser? Venaryo in the Valley." His king asked.

Part of Duck could not help but jump at being addressed, finally getting the chance to say something rather than stand by, guarding silently. "I do, Your Grace. I was there with you." The Lord Commander of the Kingsguard answered. He hadn't liked the man then, nor the reaction his words elicited from Aegon.

"I've been pondering this for some time, after he talked about my aunt and her supposed destiny. Wondering why things are different, why I wasn't.. I wasn't fortunate the same way. And after we were taken here, what purpose there was to it. I am by right of birth and blood the King of Westeros, but the gods denied me my throne. Why? Why would they let a usurper keep it? Will I be the last of the Targaryens? Will the Dragon Kings die with me?" Aegon asked, seeming more like the boy again. Duck wished that Septa Lemore was with them in the tent now. He didn't doubt that Aegon thought the same.

Jon moved closer to speak, but Aegon raised his arm, telling him to stop.

"But now I think I understand." he said finally. "The gods guided the Andals to the Vale, and Nymeria to Dorne. Aegon the Dragon's fate brought him to conquer Westeros. My aunt's to whatever path she's on now. The gods brought me and my army here for a reason. I will not sit the Iron Throne. I've made my peace with that. Like Lorn, the Men of this land have no king of their own, no one to protect them, forced to bow to masters of another kind. They are crownless, but not for long. I shall not be the last of the Dragon Kings, but the first of the Kings of Men."



The sun had set in the valley of the Sirion when they returned to the Captain General's golden tent, the strange stars filling the dark sky, with Mairon following them to see off the King. To Duck's surprise, all of them were still there. Harry Strickland and Gorys Edoryen, Black Balaq and Lysono Maar, Franklyn Flowers, Rivers and Hill, none of the Golden Company's officers were missing. Alongside them was a face he hadn't expected to see, nor had seen in years - round-headed and long-haired, it was Myles Strickland, the Captain-General's son. Last Duck saw him, he was little more than a boy. Now, he kept with the elephants, riding atop one in battle. They were more sober than Rolly expected, with all the wine he'd seen them swill beforehand. All were in their seats, arranged around the central table and clad in all their warlike finery. Though the night outside was dark, the interior of Strickland's tent was well-lit under the light of tallow and precious beeswax, making the shadows of the gathered officers dance faintly against the glittering cloth-of-gold.

On the table was a large chest, longer than it was wide. It was made out of a polished black wood from Sothoryos, fitted with golden fittings. Across the surface were carvings, coiled serpent dragons at the corners, sailed ships at both sides, and around the lock the sea and shores. Overtop, it was half-covered by a bolt of blood-red silk.

"Ah, you've returned, Your Grace!" Homeless Harry said warmly, a wide smile across his face. Is this good or bad? They can't be plotting something, can they? Next to him, he saw Lord Connington's blue eyes flash in recognition, while Mairon looked upon the scene with idle curiosity. Thankfully, there was no danger in Griff's look. That reassured Duck.

"My apologies for the delay, sers." Aegon answered, his tone slightly guarded. "Believe me when I say there's much to tell you."

"No doubt o' that, Your Grace." Franklyn Flowers said, oddly serious for the old sellsword. "But firstly, the Captain-General's got somethin'. A gift, an' a precious one too."

"Not a gift, Ser Franklyn." Strickland corrected. "A birthright, rather." Birthright? 'Sword', he remembered.

Cautiously and without a word more, Aegon moved forward, towards the chest, his steps on the woven carpet beneath his feet slow and almost silent. The king removed the cloth and opened the chest. Duck saw the glint in his purple eyes, and the reverence in his gaze as he looked down below. "This is…"

"Aye." Strickland answered. "The Sword." Aegon turned to Jon, and the Hand gave him his nod.

It was four feet long, perhaps longer. The blade shone in the candlelight, the rippling patterns of black smoke running across the blade seeming to hunger for light, to be seen once more by human eyes. Rolly's eyes widened, and his heart thumped faster within his chest. Valyrian steel. Down the pommel was a ruby the size of a small egg. A long handle made of ebony wood, wrapped in dark red leather. Shining bronze snaked across the lower blade up to the fuller and through the wrought guard, the quillons taking the shape of dragons with their jaws snapped shut. He'd never seen it, but he'd heard the tales. Every boy in Westeros had.

Blackfyre, the Sword of Kings. The sword of Aegon the Conqueror. And the Black Dragon too. It fit in Aegon's hand almost perfectly as he brandished it before his face, a reflection broken in the ripples of smoky steel gazing back at him.

Mairon's brown eyes turned to the blade also, looking at it with rapt interest. He looked nothing less than like a hawk watching a prize hare. "This is a kingly prize, Your Grace!" he pronounced. "I have never seen something quite like it!"

Aegon was almost lost in what he held in his arms. "I thought it was lost." he said breathlessly. "With Maelys."

"Nay," Black Balaq answered. "I was there when Maelys was killed by Barristan's hand, and Prince Xhobar fell also, defending his body. We took it with us, and kept it safe."

"Blackheart kept it." Jon told the King, an uncomfortable wince creeping across his face as Franklyn Flowers laughed and placed his large hand on the Griffin Lord's shoulder. "He planned that you would have it when you returned to Westeros."

"An' now he does!" Flowers added with a grin.

"Over a hundred years ago, my ancestor joined the Black Dragon in his rebellion against Daeron the Second." Harry Strickland said. "They lost, and Ser Benedict Strickland, my ancestor, joined Bittersteel into exile. For three generations, my forefathers tried to win the Iron Throne for a Black Dragon, the sons of the King Who Bore the Sword. But when old Maelys' blood was spilled across the Stepstones by Selmy's blade that line ended, and our purpose with it. Blackheart led us well, but not to seat a King. We were lost, sellswords roaming the lands of Essos for naught but gold."

I served as that man's squire for over a year. Never heard him speak like this. Perhaps it was being that close to the blade that did it. Looking at Griff, he was not certain the Hand believed his ears either.

"Perhaps the gods have led us astray." Strickland said. "But we have a King again, and a purpose. A King who's brought us victory. A Dragon. Mayhaps not the one of Bittersteel, but a dragon's still a dragon, and that is a dragon's blade."

"And I accept your gift, Captain-General. Once again, Blackfyre will be the Sword of Kings." Aegon answered graciously. Reverently, Aegon placed the blade of Kings - his blade back in its scabbard - only to return it to its place in the chest. "But not yet." the King said, closing the chest and covering it with the golden silk once more.

"Your Grace.." Griff pressed him. What in Seven Hells is he doing? Duck thought. He wanted to shout at his king. Take the bloody sword, you damnable fool! It's right there, waiting for you! The captains of the sellswords were no less surprised. He'd never seen a whole room of men turn from reverent to befuddled quite so fast before, nor could he blame them for it.

"I cannot accept a sword I have not earned." Aegon said, looking straight at Jon, then the officers. "How have I been tested, sers? What battles have I won? I am your king, but it was you who defeated our enemy. I had naught to do with it. This sword is my birthright, but it is a blade of warriors and conquerors also. Not boys. I will take up Blackfyre, but only once I sit within the throne room of Minas Tirith and not before." He pointed his hand outside. Beyond the tent, and to the fortress whose dark mass was now taunting them beyond the river's shores. "Then as we took this victory," he promised, and "I shall bring you a hundred - no, a thousand more! First in this castle, then all across Beleriand. Not until every Man knows us, not until all this is ours. For after all, who is there that can stand before us?"
 
The Warden of the Tower III
----------------------------------------
The Warden of the Tower III
----------------------------------------



The sounds from outside the tower kept him up again tonight. The sounds, and the sights. Orodreth had not wished to look across the river, but he could not stop his feet from bringing him to the window. No more than he could have stopped what happened.

He had watched the butchery unfold from his own tower, a helpless watcher as victory turned to ashes in their hands. Hundreds, no, thousands of good men and women, pinned against the river and by the bridge, cut down or captured. It was Sarad and Tandir who had ordered the ships to cross, and save what few they could. Gwindor who had held on by the shore, only leaving with the last boat. Orodreth watched it all, trapped in his own body.

The traitor Edain took their prisoners, herding them into stockades like animals. The dead they had even less respect for, going over them like carrion birds. Despoiling bodies of armor and clothes, cutting fingers to pry off rings, heads and arms to get to armor. In the end, they took what was left and dumped them all into large graves, naked. Faces Orodreth knew and recognized, now cold and frozen in death. Friends who had ridden north with Gwindor, hardy veterans of Dorthonion who had survived his father and uncle, Finrod's soldiery from Nargothrond and his own men of Minas Tirith, all of them together, none ever to return. Names and faces he tried to etch in memory, but there were far too many for even the earth to hold.

When Gwindor returned to the isle with the survivors, there was not a single wound on his body. His clothes and armor were matted with blood, dirt and sweat, tears welling behind the fury in his eyes. There was only one word on his lips. Why?

You could have stopped this. Prevented all of it from coming to pass.
He had been warned. Beware the East.

Orodreth wished he had an answer to give. Who were these golden Edain? How did we wrong them to turn on us this way? The laughter of the rider returned to his head, crackling thunder in the morn. The final rider, that was one of the Maiar in the Enemy's service, there was no doubt of it.

But then there were the Edain riders, the silver-haired youth and the red-bearded man by his side. He'd never heard of Edain lords like that. If there had been, King Finrod would have known.

"My lord." Suilor's youthful voice came from the edge of Orodreth's vision. His young vassal had not been in battle - nor will he be if I can help it, Orodreth promised himself - but he had watched by his side, seen everything. How would he return home? If he returns at all, a chill voice told Orodreth. Men and women were gathered beneath in the courtyard, waiting to hear their Warden's words. All of them, save the Edain. Their companies had been broken up soon after the battle - after Gwindor's return - the soldiers separated from their fellows and put under the command of Eldar leaders. Some would have been glad to go further. The reminder of those words alone made him feel unclean. When did we become reduced to this?

A pointless question.
He'd seen the how and the why with his own eyes, long ago.

Gwindor stood by Orodreth's side, face frozen in a mask of silence. His gaze looked outwards, beyond the island, eyes set and unmoving. Sarad was there too, cane in his hand, thick garments and a long cloak hiding the bandages that covered his body. It was the first time since Orodreth arrived to Minas Tirith that his father's man had left the tower. A man who cared for nothing save his comrades of Dorthonion, it was little wonder that nothing else could have stirred him. Orodreth could feel Sarad's icy glare upon him, the contempt that went unvoiced. He knew where the crook-footed captain placed the blame for the deaths of his friends.

Perhaps it was best that he did, for all men involved. It would not be the first time Orodreth was seen with hatred. If he turns that judgment to Gwindor, he will be fortunate to be thrown to the traitor Aftercomers, limp or not.

Orodreth began to speak. Words that he'd practiced, but could not recall. Hollow words, spoken of necessity rather than meaning. Then the names. Every man and woman they knew had fallen, and some they did not know yet for certain. Their fathers and mothers, the land they came from if those were unknown. Some of those same fathers and mothers stood on the courtyard below, their faces familiar to Orodreth. How many more did he miss? He spoke the toll for every land he could find. Nargothrond and the Moors of the Nibin-noeg, Ladros, the Ivrindôr and Minas Tirith.

As he was to begin listing the fallen of Dorthonion, it was then that Orodreth heard Sarad's cane tapping against the stone. Reluctantly, he turned around to face his father's man. "I will list our fallen, Warden." Sarad rasped, his voice making the last word sound like the lowest kind of curse. "It should be done by one of their own."

One of their own indeed. And not the man who sent them to their deaths, that part was left unsaid. Sarad wanted his comrades to be separate from the rest, even in death.

Below, he could see the gathered soldiers growing uneasy. Sarad's interruption had sent the great courtyard descending into a silence that was deafening on its own. They were waiting for them to go on.

Orodreth turned to Sarad, and stepped back without a word. Let him say their names, if he wishes it so badly. If it pleases his bitter tongue to speak them aloud. Guilin would have called the choice unwise, to let another take his place like this. Idhreneth would have done the same, if he asked her. He had enough of wise advice. How many times did he listen to the counsel of others these days? Where did it lead? Here. It led you here.

"Aeramath, son of Dimaethor, Minui Magor of Prince Angrod's first host." Sarad began by his side. Orodreth had no wish to hear him list the rest, but he remained there, standing as the names were spoken. His gaze turned outwards, to the banners flying beyond the river. The black standard and the snarling wolf across the bank, he knew. But closer still were the golden banners and the flag with the red worm. The standards of these Aftercomers were unlike any he'd seen before. They were colorful certainly, more than those of any slave of Angband but simpler than the devices of the Eldar. And the red worm, Orodreth had not a notion of its meaning. There was Glaurung, but this looked nothing like the Worm of Angband. Could it be some new monstrosity of the Dark Lord? Somehow, he doubted it was so.

Ride beyond the drawbridge and ask them what their banner means, if you are so eager to hear the answer. Perhaps his royal uncle could have managed that, if he were here. And if it were Aegnor and father here instead, they would have shattered these Edain. That was what Sarad had in mind, certainly. Worse than that, Orodreth knew his father's knight was right, on this if nothing else. Would these men and women still live if he'd never left Nargothrond, if he'd instead remained with Finduilas?

It was duty. He was Warden of Minas Tirith. He could not have refused the king. Had you asked, Finrod would have understood, would he not? The King is not a cruel man. He would not have judged you. But there was more to the choice than mere duty, wasn't there?

Once Sarad was done, it was Gwindor who stepped forward before the soldiers. And he spoke of but one thing. Vengeance. His voice sounded on the verge of breaking as he said the words aloud. Where he and Sarad had given tallies of the fallen, Gwindor pledged to avenge them, every last one. Orodreth saw him draw his sword from its scabbard, the blade flashing red and gold. "No mercy for those that have betrayed us. For our fallen that were taken, for our honor that was stolen, for the blood we spilled in defence of our land. Vengeance!" Gwindor swore, pointing his sword towards the skies. "So I swear!"

The soldiers at the courtyard drew their blades also, and joined in his oath. "Vengeance! So swear we all!" they cried out with him. No matter where they were from, it seemed that the differences between all had vanished - Ñoldo and Sinda, Nargothrond, Dorthonion, Minas Tirith, all were united against the Aftercomers. There was wrath in all their voices, sorrow fanned to flame by the words they heard. He saw the anger in the eyes of Tirinde, Suilor's hand hanging near his own scabbard as he looked towards Gwindor and the others with admiration. Orodreth shot him a short glare, and his young vassal stopped.

He does not know any better, he thought. Neither did Gwindor. Both of them were far too young to know where this would lead.

Fëanor had wanted vengeance too all those years ago. And lives uncountable were lost for his wish, his own among them. Lives are still being lost for it. If Fëanor had never roused the Ñoldor in the name of his vain ambition - if they had not made the mistake of heeding him instead of wisdom - then the men that his friend's son was swearing to avenge would still be with them. They would not be fighting this endless folly of a war, spilling blood to hold onto hollow lands and fading glories.

Orodreth turned away. There was no point to this, and no end besides the one that led them here. He had known it then, and knew it now.



The gathered soldiers gave their oaths, and began to stream back towards their posts. Quickly, the great courtyard emptied, leaving behind only some few remaining with Orodreth. Sarad, aided by the maiden who assisted him, began on the road back to the Tower. Orodreth wished the climb up the many steps would not be too laborious - not for his sake, but for her ease. Tirinde had remained, her flask of wine in hand. He had seen her drink more often after the battle's end. Orodreth said nothing, but Gwindor glared at her.

"You are on duty, Tirinde." Gwindor told her harshly. "I will not have you drunk if the island is attacked by the traitors."

The lieutenant looked back to the Prince, inclining her head in respect. "My apologies, Prince Gwindor," she answered, closing the flask shut and returning it to her waist. "The wine helps calm me. There's little to be merry about here."

Before Gwindor could answer, horns sounded from the gates, and a call was heard from a sentry atop the turrets. "Warden Orodreth! Riders across the drawbridge! They bear a flag of truce!"

A flag of truce. Who could believe that? He looked at Gwindor, his grey eyes narrowing, the fury in his face apparent. He made to talk, but Orodreth raised his voice before him. He knew what his friend's son would have to say already.

"I shall go meet them." Orodreth said, feeling guilt to speak the words. Gwindor gritted his teeth, his face almost twisting before he turned towards him. There was anger there, but hurt as well.

"Prince Orodreth…" he addressed him. "Why? These Aftercomers are lower than the orcs!" he snarled. "They slaughtered our men beneath a false flag, they deserve no trust and no mercy!"

They are still Men, whatever else they might be, Orodreth thought, but said nothing. "Yes, and we are better. When Sarad broke the King's laws, I would have punished him, and you said otherwise." Gwindor told him to delay punishment then, for the good of Minas Tirith. Now? Was he not eager to be prudent anymore? It is not his fault, Orodreth once again had to remind himself. "We do not know what they are, Prince Gwindor. We do not know why they fight us. I do not mean to agree to what terms they offer - but I mean to find out who we are fighting." At that, Gwindor nodded. Slowly, but in agreement. "And I am no Son of Fëanor, to attack an enemy beneath a flag of truce." he added.

"No," Gwindor whispered to himself. "But they would."



They were formed up across the river, the raised drawbridge separating them from the sole pathway to Tol Sirion. The Aftercomers had raised defenses, mantlets and shields, ditches, sentry towers and palisades, walls of wood and earth. Besides him, Orodreth saw Gwindor observing them, no doubt surveying them, searching for any hole or weakness. But that was not what interested Orodreth. Such business was better suited to Gwindor.

Instead, he looked at the Men. There was a company of armed Aftercomers, all girded in the panoply of war, armed with long spears, those arrow-casting devices of theirs bristling outwards, aimed towards the walls. All that, beneath a flag of truce. And there, hidden among their numbers was him. The small rider in silver, the Maia of Angband.

As he saw him, Orodreth felt his knees quiver, part of him screaming to turn back. Its call became all the louder once he saw the man look at him, and the easy smile that now graced his face. He motioned to one of the Aftercomers, and their ranks parted. Out came one of their own. He wore no armor, but was clad in clean clothes, his dark hair washed and braided - Orodreth recognized the man. He was one of the knights that rode with Gwindor.

"Aderthrion." he heard Gwindor say next to him, his voice barely above a whisper.
Aderthrion stepped forward, making his way closer to the drawbridge. Neither his hands or feet were bound. But then, how could he escape or act against his captors as he was? He looked up towards them, green eyes filled with terror as he spoke. Once again, Orodreth saw the smile on the Maia's face behind him.

"Warden Orodreth, Prince Gwindor!" Aderthrion cried out, his voice as clear as it could be. "I am sent a messenger by your foe, for he cannot speak our tongue!"

"Our foe, Aderthrion. Our foe." he heard Gwindor whisper desperately. It was said that captured men and women came back from Angband changed, working Morgoth's will. And they'd all heard the tale of Rhudol. But this was not it. Orodreth did not think there was a shadow on Aderthrion's mind, only the threat of death.

"I have been sent here by His Grace, King Aegon the Sixth of His Name, of the House Targaryen. King of the Andals, the Rhoynar and the First Men. King of the Edain, Lord of Westeros by right of birth and blood, Protector of the Realm. I have been sent by the Hand of the King, Lord Jon Connington and Ser Harry Strickland, Captain-General of the Golden Company, the King's Host."

What were these names, these titles? Orodreth had never heard their like before, not even when the Aftercomers first crossed into Beleriand. Who was this Aegon Targaryen, to claim kingship over all the Edain? Where did he come from, and from where was his army?

"You have fought bravely His Grace says, vassals of Nargothrond's king. But to struggle in vain against a mightier foe is not wisdom's way. Thus, King Aegon gave me these terms to deliver: You will surrender the island of Tol Sirion, the fortress of Minas Tirith and all the lands under its authority to His Grace. In turn, you shall be allowed to leave unharmed, as friends. All captives taken will be exchanged, or ransomed as according to the King's law. But hostages will also have to be given, to ensure your good behavior." Terror, masked by formality. In spite of his best efforts, the captive knight's voice was cracking, growing more desperate and pained.

He saw Gwindor struggling not to raise his voice. If Aderthrion were not there, Orodreth had no doubt the Prince would have ordered the archers to let their arrows loose at the Men across the bridge, no matter what kind of banner they stood under.

Orodreth placed his hand on Gwindor's armored shoulder. "Be calm, Gwindor. Look into his eyes." he said. He did not know if he believed it. "He wouldn't be saying this if not for their blades at his throat."

"I know." Gwindor hissed back. "Animals."

He is waiting for you to answer, Orodreth realized. But he did not know what it would lead to. He could never accept such terms, but what of Aderthrion? How did they force him here? Would he be slain if he was given a refusal? They had many more captives to threaten, and nothing to lose if he died. A choice must be made, Father told him many years ago. Sometimes, there was nothing more to do.

"Why does this King wage war against us? We have never done him any wrong, nor have we harmed his people." Orodreth told him. For the third time yet, the silver-haired Maia smiled, hidden among the arrayed Men, his brown eyes filled with mirth.

"King Aegon has decided that he shall rule this land, and furthermore that he shall free all Edain from vassalage under the Eldar. But His Grace…he is no foe of Nargothrond for the sake of war alone. If its king and people bend the knee to him, then he shall be their King also, and there will be neither war nor strife between us but friendship instead."

To 'free' the Edain? From what? This is merely this Aegon's excuse for war! And from Gwindor's expression, he could see that the same thoughts passed through his mind. "They dare speak of peace and friendship after what they did?"

"Those terms we can't accept," Orodreth answered. "And none would, even if it were their place. Tell them that, Aderthrion." he instructed him. Hearing Orodreth's words, Aderthrion turned his gaze downwards. Like a frightened animal, he froze in place, too afraid to move. Finally, he gave his nod, and began the long walk back to the line of the golden Edain. "And… I am sorry."



It had been days since the Golden Company and their king sent Aderthrion on that pointless embassy, that had raised more questions than it answered. He could only hope that Aderthrion had not suffered for his answer. But there was more to occupy his mind than the fate of Aderthrion or the motives of their new foe.

The past few nights, word had come in from the sentries of strange lights in the sky, shadows passing over the moon and stars. Strange voices heard in places where no man was seen. First, they thought it was foes trying to climb - but there was no way to get to the isle without a boat, and none were seen or heard for all they tried. Then more alarms started coming. Soldiers hearing the voices of comrades they knew were dead, reports of the faces of the fallen seen in the far side of the river beneath the moonlight.

"They are phantoms," Sarad had said. "Sauron sends their ilk to break the will of his enemies before a sword is drawn." They had been present at Dorthonion too he claimed, following behind the Lieutenant of Angband wherever he made himself known.

What was worse was that it worked. Many of the Edain were now hesitant to sleep or take shifts early in the morning or when darkness was near, fearing the phantoms would take them. Even the more hardened soldiers were unnerved, and Gwindor was hard at work maintaining discipline, scarcely resting.

It was not long until Orodreth saw them too. By his window, he heard the voice of Idreneth, calling out to him. It had been long since he last saw her, and they had not parted on the best terms. For Finduilas' sake, they agreed to remain together but each would go on their own path. Now, her voice called Orodreth to return to her. He heard Finduilas too, crying out in the night. Hurt, and scared, calling out for a father who had left her to go to war. He saw the face of his father reflected in glass, only to turn around and see nothing there. His slumber was interrupted by the sound of ships creaking in darkened quays, ice breaking under the weight of too many steps.

He knew they were not real, yet they might as well have been. He did not rest that night, nor the ones after it.

To occupy his mind, Orodreth tried to think of anything else, even the enemy across the river. Now there was no doubt about it. The smiling man in silver was Sauron, and turning those Aftercomers on them was his doing. But where had he found them? Worse, could there be more of them, waiting to assault Nargothrond? 'Aegon Targaryen' and his golden host, with all their andamunda could not have been of Beleriand. They could not have escaped notice, yet they had. And more contradictions seemed to arise the more he looked upon them. There was no new attempt by their besiegers to offer a treaty, but their captives they still kept in the same stockades as before. They had not sent them north yet, nor given them to the orcs, so they were not merely slaves of Angband. Orcs did not ransom their captives, or offer to return them - not unless the Enemy wished for new pawns. Everything here is crooked worse than Sarad.

"It doesn't matter how the Enemy turned them to his side. What matters is that he did." Gwindor said when Orodreth asked him what he thought. "But Aegon Targaryen will find out his 'kingdom' will not be conquered so easily as he thinks." Orodreth wondered - was their King the young rider, the one in black armor whose hair was silver, or the older Man, the red-haired one who rode beside him? If it is the former, he must be a cruel boy indeed.

So the days passed by, each one more uneasy than the last. He did not care to keep how many it was, each one blended into the next. Trapped within their island, the world outside barred by walls of steel and wood by day, the nights haunted by Sauron's phantoms. Inside, he did not know how long things could last, only that they could not last forever. Something would have to give way, and he did not know what.



"Are you certain of this, sire?" Suilor whispered, handing Orodreth his goblet. He drank deeply of the wine, before finishing his dress. He put clean, fresh garments on, changing out of the ones he had been wearing.

Orodreth turned towards him, clasping his white cloak, the long fabric woven with golden scrollwork, finely-cut emeralds encrusted upon its fringes, patterned in the shape of petals in their bloom. "There is very little I am certain of these days," he confessed. "But we've been left with little choice. They have to see it." The words of others had led Orodreth this far. Perhaps this time, it would be his that would be chosen.

"I will stand by you, sire!" Suilor told him, and he smiled faintly. He had hoped there would be no need for that. Part of Orodreth still did, but it was a hope fainter than his smile.

"Perhaps you need to, just this once." he answered. "But keep yourself safe first - not me."

Orodreth gently parted the great wooden doors that led out from his chambers open, and headed down the winding narrow stairs towards the old dining chamber. Gwindor and Sarad both awaited him there. The three of them, just as it was on his arrival. Gwindor had his arms laid on the table - for once, he was not wearing his armor. His black hair was unwashed, and there were dark circles beneath his eyes. He had not rested much, if at all. Sarad meanwhile, looked at Orodreth, barely veiling his contempt.

"What did you call us here for, Warden?" he asked as soon as he entered the room. Orodreth did not answer, instead sitting down first. He took a breath, the kind that preceded a deep plunge.

"The only matter worth discussing now," Orodreth flatly stated. "Minas Tirith and the siege." At that, he saw both men perk up, Gwindor in spite of his tiredness and Sarad despite his cold contempt. "The fortress is surrounded, and we are trapped within. Before I left Nargothrond, I was instructed to hold Minas Tirith and the new border against the Enemy, for reinforcements would not be ready until the new year. Tandir assured me that we have supplies enough to last us long past Stirring, but…"

"... but you do not fear for the supplies." Sarad interrupted. "What is it you worry about, then?"

Orodreth frowned. "There's more to war than supplies," he said, and Sarad arched his eyebrow, burned as it was. No doubt he thinks I presume to tell him, victor of ten thousand battles the ways of war and is about to raise his voice. "And you know that better than I. Tell me - can our garrison last? More, should it last here?"

"Elaborate, Warden. Else I cannot answer you."

Gwindor gazed around the chamber, before turning his eyes to Orodreth. "Prince Orodreth," he began. "I think I know what you mean. I've seen it in the eyes of my troops, the fear and tiredness. It is worse than when we first arrived."

"Our enemies, what stops them from going south?" Orodreth asked them. He remembered the false voice of Finduilas. He did not suspect they could find Nargothrond, much less take it, but… "There are many of them, and we have no reinforcements. If they keep us penned inside here, then they will be free to raid further south, and the defenses are thinner there."

That was what worried Orodreth. Though there were defenses by the Teiglin, there was no fastness as strong as Minas Tirith to buttress them.

"And - I did not think of this," Gwindor said, hesitantly. "But I have been thinking on the battle, and the deception with the banners."

"The King must know what enemy we face." Orodreth said, predicting what Gwindor was about to say. "This Golden Company and the self-styled King of Men. King Finrod's wisdom might hold an answer." And he needs to know that it was the danger Great Ulmó warned of.

"More than that." Gwindor said, and Orodreth felt a jolt travel up his spine. If it was what he thought, then Gwindor must have shared his suspicions. "There is more at stake than our fortress, or even the realm of Nargothrond alone. With their deception, this filth may have sparked a conflict that will swallow eldarkind whole, and take all Beleriand with it. They used the banners of Fëanor's sons to get so close, and that was the word spread by the folk of Brethil. When word reaches Menegroth that an army of Aftercomers bearing the standards of Fëanor turned on Minas Tirith, what will Thingol do? He is under no threat from orc swords for now - but knowing this, then he will marshal his armies and point his banners eastward. With a single lie of Sauron, more will have been done than a million orcs could achieve!"

The logic was plain to see, and the unfolding image worse than Orodreth's worst fears. With Thingol's full strength in the east, he might perhaps defeat the weakened Sons of Fëanor… only to be faced with the Father of Dragons. Yet there was a small part of Orodreth, a part of him that had seen the bloodied ships of the Teleri, witnessed women and children suffer crossing the Grinding Ice, the part that heard rumors of people eating the flesh of the dead to stave off hunger. Let them die, see them all perish to Elu Thingol's vengeance. It would only be justice for the evils they have wrought.

He silenced it. "Then we have no choice but to try and stop this from coming to pass."

Gwindor nodded, the fatigue in his eyes easily apparent. Orodreth took one of the fruits from the glass bowl set in their table, peeling the orange flesh and offered it to Gwindor. You need to eat, his eyes meant to say. Gwindor accepted it, eating slice after slice.

Sarad made an odd noise from his throat, frustrating and interrupting. "Prince Gwindor, I have seen you inspecting the camps of the Golden Host. You bay at them, like a hound after a bone. And our Warden, anyone can tell he would rather not be here at all."

Of course he thought so. Sarad had been against them from the beginning, ever since Orodreth had sought to punish his transgressions. He'd let his men run rampant, and order collapse. How many of the problems they faced now were his fault also? Yet he remained comfortable, settled into the role of the perpetual doubter now that he could not make decisions of his own. "I know you intend to sally out, and expect me to raise my voice in dissent," Sarad said, his ugly lip forming an uglier, joyless grin. "Let there be no lies about it. It does not matter, not now anyhow. I only ask that you leave me in command of the garrison."

Of all things Orodreth expected to hear from his father's knight, this was not among them. "Let there be no lies about it indeed. Why would I leave you commanding the isle after what you've let your men do to my people?"

"It is a simple thing. You need Prince Gwindor's skill to have a hope of breaking through the lines of the Golden Host. And I can tell well enough, you would not have called us here for this, son of Edhellos, not if you could stand being on this island a moment longer. And who else would you put in command of what's left behind? Tandir? He lacks the gumption for that sort of task. Gonodor is dead, and so is Aeramath." There was a tinge of sadness at the mention of the second name, that not even Sarad's grimly level tone could hide. "Who else that could be trusted is left here?"

It was Gwindor that took the chance to raise his voice next. "Then we are in agreement," he announced, turning to Orodreth. Orodreth nodded in turn. This needed to happen. He was willing to grant Sarad his wish for that. Gwindor looked from the window, western winds blowing towards them, the light of a cold noon filling the chamber. "There is a chance, a chance to break free, then to break the enemy and their king alongside them."
 
The Hunter II
--------------------
The Hunter II
--------------------



Out of the Nan Dungortheb's darkness they rode out, thousands of horses and riders racing past the Mindeb's waters and onto Dimbar. The lonely meadowland was stirred to life by a myriad hooves stomping over the long grass, leaving long trails of dust behind them.

Celegorm had been to Dimbar before - there were no settlements worth the name in it, but he had hunted good game in its plains, and there was good grazing land for their steeds for what little time they'd spend in it. More than anything, he was glad to have left that accursed valley behind. So was every man and woman following him. Celebrimbor had already raced forward with his tuksa, eager to scout ahead.

Curufin now rode beside Celegorm, sitting easy atop his saddle, not having removed most of his armor save for the legs - those his brother left uncovered, preferring instead those red riding boots of his, studded with gems and edged with golden scrollwork. The bridle of his black mare was no less lavish, a golden bit and fine black leather, large rubies set like a diadem at the horse's brow alongside a plumage of scarlet feathers. Her mane was tied with golden wire into a series of knots, running down from poll to the withers. At the side of Curufin's saddle was his bow, a mace and a quiver filled with arrows. His ivory-hilted saber was sheathed by his belt. None had been unused the past few days.

Celegorm surveyed what lay before them. The passes leading to Dorthonion were to their north, and word was they were teeming with Aftercomer refugees, fleeing the carnage of their lands and the orcs that drove them out. Then to their south were the woodlands of Doriath, that Thingol claimed as his marches. Celegorm had no mood to deal with the dark elf king, but they would need to all the same, if they were to pass through. Ever since they left Caranthir's lands for Brethil, that Aftercomer woman's folk had become a vassal of Menegroth. The Doriathrim were a timid and treacherous people, one unwilling to fight their own battles. They ever sought guard dogs against the power of the North, and Thingol in his arrogance once thought the Ñoldor would be the ones to guard his borders.

Huan let out a light growl by Celegorm's side. An unfair comparison. Celegorm petted the fur on the dog's head.

Could we turn into something like that ourselves? He thought of the Aftercomers in Eastern lands, their numbers growing year after year. Even the following behind him had a small handful, a handful more than it did three centuries ago. Once, Caranthir suggested taking their best youths, to foster and train Edain to fight in Ñoldor manner and serve as the foot of our hosts. Celegorm had laughed off his brother's 'new swords' then, but would that notion be so easily dismissed with so many dead and the Siege broken? If cowardice took over, how long until they were replaced?

For-ever valiant the Ñoldor folk have been!
Under stars renowned, your far-famed hosts are seen!


So went the song. Would our hosts be so far-famed if they were not ours? Will our folk ever-valiant be if we leave our strength behind?

There was one thing he was certain about - even if every other Ñoldo laid down arms and chose to let a Man do his fighting, he would never rest his spear.

"Thinking of songs, Turko?" came Curufin's voice, that familiar smirk on his lips. "You look concerned," he remarked, his expression turning more serious. "What bothers you?"

What bothered him? "Aside from giving up our lands to the orcs and passing through Nan Dungortheb?" Celegorm laughed mirthlessly. "Nothing at all, Curufin."

His brother let out a loud sigh, and turned his head. "It doesn't make me happy to see you like this, you know," he said. "And I am not any more pleased about… what we needed to do than you are. Harsh words were said. But there must be something else on your mind too. Is it what you found in the valley?"

When they crossed Nan Dungortheb they saw others had too, and recently. They found no bodies - Ungoliant's brood were always thorough - but the signs could not be missed. Broken weapons, discarded helms, ditches, traces of campfires, all the familiar leavings of an army on the march. And this was no small band but a large host, ruled by a strong hand. Celegorm could tell, from the way the ditches were laid out, every abandoned camp they found having the same shape and size.

"Yes." Celegorm told his brother, reaching down to find the flask of strong wine he kept beneath his saddle, and taking a long swig. Nearly empty. "You don't find a host in Nan Dungortheb by chance."

"Do you think they were orcs?" Curufin asked, sounding concerned. "Perhaps they were trying to flank us."

Celegorm picked a slice of dried meat from his saddle, and gave two more to Huan, the great hound accepting them eagerly. "No." he declared. "Orcs would not venture into Nan Dungortheb like that. The camps we found don't look like their work either - far too regimented for that, nor did the weapons I saw look like they came from Angband."

"Men from Ladros, then?" Curufin proposed. He could tell the lack of an answer vexed Curufin. His brother did not like it when he was not in control, and few things made a man feel weaker than not knowing. "That's the best answer."

Celegorm waved his hand in dismissal. "No. The camps start from deep within the valley - they go in circles for the first few before finding their way west. The last were made in short distances, rushing towards Himlad. Whoever it was, they began their march from within, and were lost before finding their way out westward. Helped perhaps, by something or someone. And whatever they are, we'll encounter them on the road ahead."

Curufin's eyes narrowed in suspicion, and his hand instinctively headed for his bow. "I felt something strange in the valley. Beyond the evil of the place. Something happened there, and I do not know what. Perhaps it is the work of our mysterious host that lies behind it?" He then let out a laugh, and scratched at his chin. "Whatever it is, it's been a long while since I've seen you and Huan track something like this. Do you remember Nelyo's lost shoes?"

That was very long ago. How did Curufin remember these foolish things they did? "That was before I found Huan." he said. "How about your first time shooting from horseback? Your arrow nearly found my horse instead."

Curufin laughed, loudly and merrily. "Better I than Carnistir. I think he'd have hit you first, then demanded you apologize for spoiling his aim." Now, Celegorm found himself laughing with his brother.

"You're better now than you were then." Celegorm acknowledged, and Curufin smiled again. "Tyelpe thinks he's surpassed you, though."

"Would he be my son if he didn't?" his brother asked. "He kills a few orcs, and thinks he's the greatest to ever live. He's spent too much time with his uncles!" Curufin smirked. "But perhaps there is something to it. I'm not you, Turko. I can admit it when someone is better than I. I was never Father's equal at craft, for one. No one was, of course, but I thought if he were to ever have an equal, it would be me. Perhaps I spent too much time at the forge, perhaps too little compared to him. In the end, it doesn't matter."

What a surprise, to hear this from Atarinkë. It was plain to see that Curufin was not Father's equal, no matter how hard he set his mind to it. Celegorm always wondered if it was why he surrounded himself with obedient mediocrities like Torthobor. Men who would never question him, nor speak their mind.

"But Tyelpe." Curufin whispered. "I can tell Tyelpe is better than me, and no amount of trying will change that. I see in my son the same fire that was in his grandfather." Now there it was. Pride in Curufin's voice, clear to hear. "If I am fortunate, then I will see him grow to the fullness of his strength. If not, then I will try my hardest to let him reach it. Even if I never see what great work he makes for myself, it will be worthwhile."

Celegorm nodded. He rode close, placing his hand on Curufin's shoulder. "I've had no sons. I doubt I ever will." he said. "But I understand."

"Ah! No matter how grand the days ahead of Tyelpe are, I don't think I will forget the time he ran off into the woods for a whole day."

"Speak for yourself. I was the one who had to chase after your little wildcat." Celegorm snorted.

"I seem to recall that Irissë was there as well." Curufin added, but before he finished the sentence, his expression darkened.

She was, brother. She was, and is no more. Not after what that beast had done. Dishonored her. Tainted her. And finally, he took her away forever.

There was silence, but only for a brief moment. It was broken by the sound of horns, blasting for battle. They came from the west, straight ahead. "Ride now! Form for battle!" Celegorm roared, spurring Caranroch onward as Huan and his brother ran behind.



The bloody work was done already when they'd reached Tyelpe and his tuksa, the attackers driven off.

Tainaith was standing over Celebrimbor, bloodied spear in hand, his shield hewn but still protecting Tyelpe's body. He had been wounded by many arrows, and his cloak was bloodied. There were many others fallen about them, and more standing. Curufin screamed when he saw his son on the ground, and rushed over to his side. As he was lifted up, carried to a horse, Celegorm found himself looking at the arrows being removed from him.

Too long, the fletching too fine. Those were not orc arrows. There were no orcs lying dead in the bloodied soil.

Arodfeir was there also, his blade red with blood. Celegorm already knew what he was about to say. Doriath. He looked at the bodies that were not of their own kind, lying crumbled on the ground. Thingol's men and their mannish pets.

Celegorm clenched his fists, red with rage. He felt it rising within his chest as Arodfeir continued to speak. "They attacked from the woods as we rode, loosing arrows without sign or warning." Arodfeir said. "Then they came with spears and axes. In the chaos, Lord Celebrimbor had his steed shot from under him, and took many wounds. If not for Tainaith's valor, we'd have lost him."

Sindar treachery, once again. Doriath's treachery. I should have hunted that beast down for what he did. Make him watch his home set aflame as they had the ships of his precious kin and send his head to Thingol. And no law, no kin, no king would have stopped me!

"Reward Tainaith for his bravery." Celegorm rumbled, as he watched Celebrimbor carried off to be taken care of, his father riding close behind. He tried not to worry himself. There were good healers at camp, and none of Tyelpe's wounds were mortal. But that did not make Doriath's treachery any better. "Gather all the host, ready them for battle!"

"We took a handful of their men as they fled." Arodfeir remarked. "And a few more of their fallen still breathe."

He picked up one of the fallen axes on the ground. It was marked with the marks of Menegroth. Celegorm held it so tightly, the wood began to snap and shatter in his grip. "Bring them to me," the Hunter growled. "when we reach the camp."

The commander of the Echad Bauglar rushed to obey Celegorm's command. Swiftly, and silently.



The first few of the prisoners were Men, all of them of Brethil. They had turned tail when their ambush went sour. Small and frail, like others of their kind. They had not orchestrated this. It was someone else holding the leash, as always.

The next captives were Sindar, cloaked and clad in glittering scales, the decorated bronze courses of their corslets bearing the winged moon of Thingol. These were no rogue Marchwardens, but picked men of the dark elf king. Picked to ambush us. They looked up at Celegorm with pride and contempt. The way they would look at a lesser. He knew what word was on their minds. Kinslayer.

Fury pounded within him with the force of a hammerblow. Celebrimbor was wounded, and badly. The arrow that managed to pierce him had been poisoned, and the venom now coursed through his nephew's veins. Like the javelin that killed Irissë. Insults. He would make them answer for each and every one.

"Talk!" he snarled, grabbing the first Sinda by the neck. "Your name. And why you attacked us. Before I speed you to the Halls wretch, pitiful as an orc!"

Curufin was by his son's bedside, but Celegorm had decided to take action. Arodfeir had brought the captives over. Eithereg and Laegang had also chosen to join them.

The Sinda let out a pained breath and wriggled, trying to escape Celegorm's grip in vain. He tried looking away, but Celegorm grabbed his jaw and squeezed, eliciting another gasp of pain. "You will look at me." Celegorm spoke, looking straight into the man's brown eyes, holding him so tightly he could not move his head, nor look anywhere else.

Finally, Thingol's man gave in. Celegorm loosened his grip, letting him crumple to the ground in a clumsy heap. "I have nothing to say to you, kinslayer!" he spat out between ragged breaths.

The words only fanned Celegorm's rage. They dared, after what they did? Kinslayer, kinslayer! That was all they ever said! The Hunter grabbed the captive once again, dragging him to his knees by the hair. Celegorm's fist found the prisoner in the jaw. The sound of screams filled his ears, alongside the sound of bones cracking and teeth shattering. The screaming did not stop. Celegorm punched again, breaking the Doriathil's nose. Blood stained his knuckles as the Sindar and their pet Edain looked on in horror. Good. It was a start, but only a start. At the corner of his eye, he saw Arodfeir almost take a single step back as the blood stained his armor.

The man's face was now a ruin. He was breathing still but only barely, through a mouth filled with blood and broken teeth. His jaw was broken, and more blood ran down his cracked nose, already swollen. Another hit would end his life. "Kinslayer? You are no kin of mine, filth." Celegorm growled. "Talk. Your life means less than nothing, and I've shown more mercy than you deserve. Talk, or you will receive only the due of wolves and carrion. Not even if Thingol were to come pay your ransom and Melian demand it on her knees will you escape that fate for what you did to my nephew, wretch."

There was a gurgling noise, frothing blood and wails of pain from him. Not words.

Celegorm smiled, bitterly. How he wished he had not been robbed of the chance to say these words to another. But this one would do for now.

"Kinslayer! Oath Taker and Oathbreaker!" one of the others bleated out. "Traitor! Murderer and beast!" she shouted at him, tears in her eyes. Eithereg turned towards her, hand gripping at the handle of his mace.

"You call us Kinslayers, Iathrim?" the yneghîr said. "What are you then, scum? Cowards and ambushers, lowest of all the Eldar!"

"King Thingol…" the first man said, slowly, struggling through the pain with every word. "...destroy... kinslayers. All you..!" There was still struggle left in him? Celegorm wondered. Stubborn little fool. He unsheathed his knife. He wanted nothing more right now than to bury it deep in these scum of Doriath.

Laegang meanwhile looked impassive. "This is getting us nowhere." she said. "There's no point to this, lord!" the tuksahîr told Celegorm. He turned his gaze to her, blade still in hand.

"Laegang tuksahîr," the Hunter said. "Do you see them as your kin? Is this why you raise your voice? Because these wretches attacked and poisoned mine!"

Laegang did not respond to that. Instead, she narrowed her gaze. Brave woman. "Sending their heads to Thingol will not tell us why they ambushed us - much less help Lord Celebrimbor, sire." she said. He could see she was carefully choosing every word. "Hold your fury at bay lord, no matter how just it is! There has to be a reason."

"The reason is that Thingol hates us." Eithereg answered with no delay. "He saw us attacked, and thought to finish the work of the orcs!"

The captive Sindar woman let out a scoff. "So say the orc-friends. You ought to fly that bloody star of yours on a black field."

"What did you say? Orc-friends?" Laegang pressed them. "Speak plainly, and swiftly."

"To you, traitor? You're no better than the godhil you sold yourself to. Fight side by side with kinslayers, you become one of them too."

Laegang's eyes shone with anger. "Don't make me regret speaking on your behalf, Iathrim." she told them. "So talk, before mercy runs its course. The Haladin by there can talk just as well as you, I'd guess." She pointed to the bound Edain, sitting as yet unquestioned. The Doriathrim looked among themselves too, save the one that Celegorm had turned to first. Something told him that Sinda would not have much more to say.

"What's there to tell you, godhil?" the woman finally spat out. "What's to tell you that you do not know? We know you allied with the Enemy, that you sent an Edain host to attack your own kin in Nargothrond. Had noble Finrod only listened when King Thingol told him not to trust your kind." she laughed bitterly. "That is ever the way with Fëanor's great House though, isn't it? So low and vile, none can expect how deep your treachery runs!"

Celegorm was taken aback by these words. He knew the lies of the Doriathrim. He'd heard Curufin relay back the tales Thingol's agents whispered to the dwarves to turn their friendship sour. But this was a falsehood of a kind he had never heard before.

"Be careful with your words, little forest-dweller." he said, and motioned his knife northward. "For over four hundred years my warriors and I have fought the armies that spew forth from Thangorodrim while Elu Thingol cowered behind his queen, trying in vain to give commands to his betters. What blood have Doriath's folk spilled in defense of their forest homes?" Celegorm spoke as he turned his head to the Haladin. "Even your borders you protect with Edain, rather than guard them on your own."

"And you stole the East."

"The East has been settled by Fëanor's sons. Our lands, that we won by the spear and our own valor no matter how eager Menegroth was to deny it."

"We fought and bled before you ever came across the Sea." she spat out.

"Is it so? Tell me Doriathrim, where were Doriath's armies when the orcs were slaughtering the very Sindar you call kin? When the Falas were saved, it was not Thingol's host that delivered them, but my spear that broke the leaguer around their walls. It was my brothers that saved Mithrim, and my father who drove Morgoth to his den. It was Ñoldor blades that won the Aglareb, our armies that kept Angband besieged and Beleriand safe. Where was Doriath in all these battles? Never once did I see you on a thousand battlefields. Where were your warriors oh-so-brave, while we spilled our blood and lost our friends? Orc-friends you call us? There is but one among the princes of the Eldar who is friend to Angband, and that is Elu Thingol! None has ever been so kind to orc and troll, so generous to Balrog, any wiser in judgment at keeping away from battle!"

"Golodh boasts and Golodh lies." she retorted. "Speak all you want, but your actions are plain to see. Tol Sirion is besieged, by Edain who carry your banners, kinslayer."

Celegorm gritted his teeth. You persist? I will send your lying head to Menegroth! It would be easy, no less difficult than severing an orc's.

It was Laegang who approached him from behind, whispering. "Lord," she said. "my Cáno, they're not lying. You trusted me with the rearguard, trust me once again."

Celegorm turned around to face her head-on. "These are lies. Not only lies, impossible lies." he said. There was nothing more that needed to be said. The only thing needed now was to get this over with. "Thingol wants a war. And he finally has a lie to excuse it."

"They believe that lie, enough to think it's true." she said. "If Tol Sirion is indeed under siege… then it must be someone who seeks to harm Fëanor's House. Do you remember Amlach, lord? Maitimo Cáno's vassal?"

Amlach. Celegorm dwelled on the name. It was one of the Edain who had dwelled in Estolad. He had gone over to Maedhros with a number of his people, and their descendants were still in Himring's ranks. Amlach claimed an agent of the Enemy had taken his guise, used it to sow discord. "You mean to say this is Morgoth's work?" he told Laegang.

He thought of the camps they'd found in the valley. Army camps. And that mewling Sinda spoke of Edain attacking Nargothrond…

"I am almost certain of it." the tuksahîr answered, her voice a low whisper. "Else there is no sense to this. Thingol has not dared attack for centuries, yet now he'd want war? And with a cause anyone with eyes could see is a lie?"

Elu Thingol was many things. Grasping, arrogant, ungrateful, as imperious as he was envious. But was he a fool, to start a war on an obvious lie?

And did it matter when Doriathrim killed his men and wounded Tyelpe? Celegorm wanted to end the scum they captured. He wanted to make them scream before they died, to see them suffer what they did. I want to end Thingol's line before his eyes. For the dark elf king to feel the same fury he felt now, to see loved ones suffer and be unable to move a finger.

His feet took him to Curufin's tent. Throngs of armed men were gathered around its thick walls of felt, and Celegorm could see smoke emerging from the hole at its center. The fragrance of herbs being boiled filled the air even outside. The soldiers standing guard outside parted before him, and Celegorm bent down to enter through the wooden door. The interior was rich as according to his brother's tastes, the floor covered with carpets so soft he could feel his boots sink into the rug. They were ornamented with elaborate patterns, in an array of every color beneath the stars' light, and a few that were not to be found there. He also spotted a rug made from the hide of a bear that they had hunted down together, lying before Curufin's usual seat. From the tent's wooden skeleton hung down silk drapes and coverings no less lavish than the carpets on the floor, separating its many parts.

He could hear voices arguing from the tent's far corner, arguing. Curufin's was among them, and not long after he saw Torthobor's dejected form slipping away.

Celegorm ignored his brother's lackey, pushing past him on the way to Curufin and Tyelpe. This was where the smell was the strongest. Not just the fragrance of herbs, rising from the fire pit, but the scent they were trying to mask with it. The foul smell hit Celegorm's nose as soon as he entered, a stench like rotten meat, tainted blood and sourness that could not be hidden away.

Celebrimbor had been taken to a bed and stripped of his armor and garments. His face had turned pale, and his eyes were closed. He was moving in his bed, shivering despite the thick blankets that covered his body. There were cuts that had been cleaned and bandaged as well as bruises, but it was where he had taken his wounds that was the worst. The Doriath arrow had managed to pierce through the armor below the shoulder. It did not bite deep into Tyelpe's arm, but it was more than enough. The skin where the arrowhead had nicked was turning black and swollen. Patches of skin around the edges were turning sickly yellow, the blood that was drawn running thick like tar and just as dark. The veins were no different, having turned dark purple.

Celegorm saw the droplets of cold sweat on his nephew's brow and fumed. Was this what she suffered too?

Curufin stood by his son's bedside, silent and unmoving as one of Mother's sculptures. He was clutching Tyelpe's hand in his own, lightly tapping it with his thumb. Celegorm heard whispered words that he could not quite make out.

"Curufinwë." Celegorm said, in the lowest voice he could manage. "How is he?"

Curufin said nothing aloud, merely turned his head. His younger brother's eyes looked blood-shot and raw. He could see them welling up with tears. He has been holding them back all this while.

'How do you expect him to be?'
Curufin told him. Celegorm did not need to hear a word spoken to feel his brother's anguish. 'Bad, and getting worse. Whatever venom that Sindar filth put in him… they don't know how to cure it. It's worse than any orc poison. The healers want to cut it. Cut before the poison spreads more. If he's fortunate. Fortunate!'

When he saw his nephew wounded, he was worried. But he had not expected it to be so grievous.

The tears now flowed freely down his brother's cheeks. 'My son. My son. My Tyelpe. Left a cripple.. like… like Maedhros was!' Curufin sobbed, his arms shaking nervously. 'It's your fault! You were too slow! You delayed us! You let him go off on his own!' His brother's thoughts were now a scream, trembling and formless.

To see his loved ones suffer and be unable to move a finger. But this sight made Celegorm banish the dark elf king from his thoughts. Tyelpe and Curufin were more important.

Celegorm knelt down, and put his hand on Curufin's shoulder. 'It's my fault. My fool plans. I should have been with him. I should have been with him, and now I can only watch his life drain away.' his brother's thoughts finally settled. Father was like that. Rage followed his every grief, despair and sadness like a storm cloud gathering before the rain and thunder. All of us are like that.

"Enough. Fault is neither ours nor his." Celegorm declared. "It's with those that attacked us. That wounded Tyelpe."

Curufin rose to his feet, shakily and with Celegorm's hand helping him. But rise he did. His raw red eyes turned away from Tyelpe, and met Celebrimbor's own. Stormy, blue-grey eyes like Father's. "Them." he muttered, grief and worry set aside for anger. "Thingol's dogs. What did they say? Did you kill them?"

"No. Not yet." Celegorm answered, and led his brother away from Tyelpe. Let him rest. Before he left, Celegorm gave his nephew's paling form one last look.

Curufin smiled. "Good. I'll do that myself." he said. Celegorm clenched his teeth. This should not be my place. It was not right. I should already be riding towards Brethil, to bring it fire and ruin. He thought of Irissë, their hours together. The way he had made her laugh, all the hunts they had, the nights spent by a campfire with only the stars above their heads. They passed from his mind, as quickly as the days had passed since those years.

He thought of the torments she suffered at Eöl's hands. And he thought of black venom coursing through Ñoldor veins.

Thingol's people knew how to make poisons. Then they might also know how to cure them.

"The wretches spoke." Celegorm finally said. "They said an army attacked Tol Sirion. An army carrying our banners."

"That is a lie." Curufin said. He's right.

"It is." He agreed. "Laegang thinks they believe it. That it's the work of Morgoth."

"Do you believe that?" Curufin asked him pointedly, like an accusation. "Not your tuksahîr. You."

"I know they believe their own words. Else I'd have wrung the truth from them." Celegorm answered. He now held a truth in his hands, but what was that truth worth? Curufin sank to his throne, looking over the empty tent sprawling before him. He had it made to loom over supplicants and subjects, but now only a brother stood with him.

"I don't care." Curufin finally said. "I don't care what their reason was. I don't care whether it was Manwë or Morgoth that made them hurt my son. You don't either. So why come to me?"

Why come? How many times had Curufin made him change his mind on courses that should have been taken? How many times had he tried to hold him back? Force him to choices he'd never have made on his own? That they had even come here was his idea. Many, but only one truly matters.

Curufin had spoken of all he hoped for Tyelpe to do, how he wanted his son to surpass him, and equal Father. How would Celebrimbor do that if he died now? If he were crippled for the rest of time? If I can stop it, he told himself. I will.

But what if there were shame in it? If others looked down on him for his words?

He thought of Irissë as she was when he last saw her, dressed all in white, her bow in hand, quiver on her white mare's saddle. It was more than a century ago. He would never see her again.

They call me kinslayer already. Celegorm had not cared for the Teleri blood that had been spilled on Alqualondë, and he'd care no more if it had been two and three times more of them that died. But he was still a kinslayer. Irissë's blood stained his hands through his inaction.

Celebrimbor's will not. Those who would look down upon him be damned. He'd put them in their place if they dared whisper.

"Because I need to ask your counsel, brother. I plan to return our captives to Doriath, and meet with Thingol's men beneath a flag of truce." Celegorm hated the words that passed his lips, but he spoke them nonetheless.

Curufin looked at him as if he had gone mad. Had he seen himself speak those words through the eyes of another man, Celegorm would have thought the same. "What did you say?" Curufin demanded.

"You heard my words." he spat out, no happier to speak them than to have them in his head.

"I did, but I wanted to hear you say it first. To make sure I have not lost my mind. Why?" Curufin said, standing at the edge of his throne. The anger in his eyes had now turned towards him. "Why? Because this day did not bring enough foulness with it already? My own brother has to turn against me too?" Pain mingled with fury in his brother's voice. "What, is your mind so slow that you now want to kneel to Thingol? Did you hit your head in all these battles you boast of so hard that you forgot your own nephew? Did you forget Irissë too?"

"Forget Irissë?" Celegorm muttered. His chest burned with anger as he turned his back to Curufin. As if it was not enough to be accused of wanting to kneel to Thingol. " Forget her? She's been in my thoughts for all these years! I would have saved her if you had let me. You could have killed Eöl. You had him in your hands, but you chose to spare him! If not for you, she'd still be alive. Don't ever dare speak Irissë's name like it meant anything to you!"

An ugly smile crossed his brother's face. "In your thoughts? Oh, she was in your thoughts a long while before that. I know she was." Celegorm clenched his fists, hard enough to feel them hurt. "But if you feel jealous of what Eöl did, that doesn't -" Curufin stopped, catching himself mid-sentence. What looked like horror, or guilt passed through his features.

It didn't matter. Celegorm struck his brother full in the face, sending him hurtling to the carpeted floor.

"You are lucky to be my brother." Celegorm fumed over Curufin, watching him gasp and try to lift himself up. The sight made him feel both shame and satisfaction. "If any other man dared speak like that, I'd have struck him dead already."

Curufin did not answer. He leapt to his feet instead, eyes wide-open and teeth snarling like a beast's. Celegorm groaned in pain as Curufin's fist found him in the gut, feeling the breath knocked out of his mouth. Even with armor in its way, that strike would have sent any other man down in the dirt, gasping for life. Celegorm however, stood still. Anticipating where Curufin would strike next, he caught his brother's wrist before his punch struck him. Undaunted, Curufin raised the other, only for it to be caught as well.

His brother was many things, but weak was not among them. His years at forge and war had made him strong. In his anger, that strength was enough to give even the Hunter pause. He struggled to free his arms from Celegorm's grip mightily. But Fëanor's third son held, pushing Curufin's arms down, looming over his brother, pressing him downward.

In the end, it was his brother who gave up. His struggle ended, and his hands went limp. Curufin turned his back, and slumped onto his throne, looking drained of all will. With one hand he clutched at the right side of his face, nursing the pain from Celegorm's slap. His eyes were still full of fury.

Let him. Anger still burned within Celegorm, swirling in his head like a cloud of dust. He deserves twice the pain for what he said! He breathed deeply. He thought of his nephew, lying in pain a mere few feet away. No matter how vile Curufin's words, he would not have his son suffer for them.

"This is for Tyelpe's good." Celegorm said finally. "Not mine. Think, Curufin! You think I want this? I will see Thingol's realm burn for what he did. But the Doriathrim made this venom. If they make it, they can cure it. You want Tyelpe to die? To live a cripple?"

Curufin sat in silence, clutching his face in his hands. He wanted to avoid Celegorm's eyes. "You always try to move me with your words, Curufin. Now, you will listen to mine." he commanded. "I will send the wretches we captured back to their people. We will find out why Doriath attacked us. And they will save your son, or we repay what they did to him a thousandfold."

"For Tyelpe. To save my son." Curufin finally agreed, and stood up. "I am sorry, Turko." he said. "We are brothers. Always."

"Always." Celegorm agreed, and embraced Curufin. "Brothers."



They stood atop a hill, bald and flat at its peak, overlooking forests of birch and elm and cherry, oaks white and dark, hornbeam, poplar, fir, larch and aspen. Leaves yellow, orange and red as blood swirled in the cold gale of autumn, blown towards their banners. Red and orange leaves for a moment veiled them from sight, but only for a moment. The peace banner they had agreed to meet beneath, and the sigil of Finwë set within a blue square - that standard of his father's father, and the Kings of the Ñoldor, Laurelin's winged fruit gleaming with fiery light.

The flurry of leaves scattered and fell, landing amid the grass on their feet.

Celegorm waited upon the hill's crest ahorse on Caranroch. His brother had chosen to remain with Tyelpe, sending his lackeys and Arodfeir instead. Celegorm himself chose Laegang and Tainaith to accompany him and Huan - one for her part in bringing this… negotiation about, the other for his valor. If the Doriathrim learn to fear his name, all the better.

"Lord," Tainaith said, looking at him. "They've yet to appear."

Celegorm had noticed that. Thingol's men should have been here already.

Torthobor was the one to answer Tainaith, gripping the gem-encrusted reins of his horse close at hand. "They hope to make us uneasy, young Tainaith." Curufin's artuksa said. "And show their might by making us wait. Fret not about it."

That, or an ambush. Russandol was captured that way. But his eldest brother had an army with him and he did not. Behind them stood a full tuksa of riders. Enough to fight their way out, but not enough to prevail if the Sindar brought an army. And either way would doom Tyelpe. I have to put my trust in Doriath instead, no better than trusting Morgoth.

After all, they had already attacked once without warning. What was another treachery atop the rest?

There was a rustling at the edge of the treeline, getting closer and closer with every breath. Celegorm heard the sound of footsteps, faint but there all the same. Some of them were louder and clumsier. Edain, no doubt. He stood resolute, but his hand moved to his bow, ready for an attack.

"Celegorm Cáno, Doriath has come!" the herald announced.

They emerged from out of the woods, a retinue over three hundred strong, their coming announced by the sounding of horns. Almost all were on foot, with but a small handful of horsemen among them, riding steeds weaker than those of his men. They were attired and armed in Doriath's manner, footmen in heavy mail and scale, others with armor made of large scales of steel or bronze laced in many rows. Their helms too he recognized - they were of Dwarven make, like their panoplies. Many were armed with spears and bows, but also axes, from hatchets to great pelecci that would take both hands to wield, borne by the most heavily armed of the warriors. Behind them marched masses of Brethil's Edain, looking meager indeed in comparison to their lords. To the front of their formation they bore the standard of Thingol, Telperion's winged fruit, blue and silver on a field of black, surrounded by stars. At their fringes were inscriptions, written in those hideous letters of Doriath. 'Aran Aranath Thingol, Aranhir o Beleriand, Aran o Doriath'.

It was almost amusing how similar it was to grandfather's own, yet also reversed. Dark, when Finwë's was light. Hidden, when we show ourselves plainly. Cowardly, when we are fearless.

As the Doriathrim approached, their horns blared louder and louder, bolstered by the sounding of the warriors. These were not signals for battle, but meant to discourage Celegorm's men. The Doriathrim thought to unnerve Ñoldor warriors? Then they'd find more than their match. He scowled, and turned to Laegang.

"Á Yesta! Ási, sí!" Celegorm commanded, and Laegang signaled the troop of players that accompanied them. They began to pound a song of their own on drums, horns and pipes, sung in the tongue of the Ñoldor, accompanied by the cheers and cries of his riders.

Sword and lance for war is forged, the string on the bow is pulled
Forges are fed, and stone from the mountains shall be hewed

From the Northern Plains, the brave riders bring forth greetings to you
Son of Eastern Lands, you are mighty as your fathers were before you


Celegorm let himself smile seeing the angered glares that began to form on the faces of the Doriathrim, and bent down to stroke Huan's ears. Laegang was crossing her arms, waiting expectantly.

Once the horns ceased being blown, so too did their own music stop playing. The ranks of the Doriathrim parted, and a party of Thingol's men came forth. First was one that looked like a captain, helmed and armored. In his hand was a long spear, banded with bronze and lacquered white, painted to look like the trunk of a birch tree and on his hip was a silvered axe. He wore a dark cloak, the blooming blossoms of a cherry tree woven across its length. The herald of the Sindar announced the man as Taugon of the Neldoreth.

After him came one of the Edain, short and old and lean, garbed in steel and bronze. They named him Halmir, Lord of Brethil. Was he a descendant of the Haleth that had so impressed Caranthir? If so, then Celegorm failed to see what it was that had struck his brother on this man.

The last one needed no announcement, though the herald was the most eager to give it. Celegorm had heard his name. He was tall (for one of his people) and lean, but with the strong arms and bearing of a skilled bowman. His hair was silver much like Celegorm's own, bound in a high topknot, his skin the color of dark wheat. He was clad in silvered scales and a corslet of lacquered dark steel was on his chest, while on his shoulders was a large green cloak that covered his whole body, clasped with Thingol's sigil, marking authority as a lieutenant to the King of Menegroth. In his arms he held a great black bow of the fashion preferred by the Sindar, his scabbard sheathing a long blade.

"Beleg Cúthalion, Chief of King Thingol's Marchwardens - Hunter of Beasts, Feared by the North!" the Doriathrim herald cried out, to the deafening cheers of the gathered Sindar.

"Beleg! Beleg! Hail Cúthalion, Beleriand's greatest hunter!"

"Hail! Hail to wide-ruling Thingol, lord of a thousand caves!"

Doriath fought no wars against the North, yet whispers of the deeds of the Ñoldor and their warrior princes reached Thingol's realm. Tales of our battles, of our victories. Though the Doriathrim ever preferred hiding and leaving others to fight their wars, those tales made Doriath's people long for heroes to call their own, worthy warriors who could defend their realm. Beleg was one such hero, and the songs of his valor in the frontiers had even found their way east.

Cúthalion and his retinue climbed up the hill, meeting Celegorm and his own company at its crest, setting down Thingol's standard next to the peace banner. All the soldiers below waited for them to speak, both of the East and the Fenced Realm.

Celegorm's eyes met those of Thingol's hunter. It was Beleg who first broke the silence. "I did not expect you to ask for talks, nor for you to return my men - injured though you left them." The Captain of Doriath said coldly. "Yet I am here before you, Celegorm, son of Fëanor. Prince of Kinslayers and taker of bloody Oaths, I know your name well."

"I have heard your name too, Beleg Cúthalion. One of the Iathrim, but you have a warrior's fame. Perhaps you are not truly of this realm of cowards after all." Celegorm answered. He was to negotiate with Doriath, not tolerate its insults. This time, he wished Curufin were with him. For once, his way with words would be useful for more than idle scheming.

"I can show you how cowardly we are, golodh!" The one called Taugon shouted. "You insult us again, and I'll strike you dead for what you did to my brother!" Even their words sound like the whining of a child.

Celegorm turned his head to face the smaller man directly. Had he been on foot, this Taugon of Neldoreth would barely reach up to his chest. If he had been there for any other reason, he would have laughed at the audacity. "The wretch who led the ambush on my nephew is your brother? I saw he was well-rewarded for his treachery. Try to avenge his wounds if you dare, little Doriathil. But make your strike count for more than the blows of the hundreds who tried before you." The Hunter's anger ran cold still, the thought of his brother, and his nephew's pain keeping it in check.

He was not certain for how long that would be. But it was longer than the Sinda that dared threaten him. Taugon moved his hand to his axe, his face filled with anger - only to be stopped by the hand of Cúthalion.

"Are you here to discuss terms great Prince," the Edain lord said, his Sindarin marked by a heavy accent. "Or to bandy insults with the King's men?" So, Thingol has a Torthobor of his own.

Not to be outdone by his Aftercomer counterpart, the true Torthobor spoke up next. "Lord Halmir of Brethil, your words are best suited to the King of Doriath's representatives. In what manner of embassy are there threats given?"

Most of them, but seldom aloud, Celegorm thought. He was sure Curufin would have found the notion amusing.

"Daro." Celegorm thundered, putting a stop to the prattle. "We are here because soldiers of Doriath, men of Thingol attacked us without cause. We are here because we were accused of allying with Angband. Rather than bring war to your realm, I ask for answers."

"Before we answer you, I ask a question, godhil - you have your own lands in the east. Why come here?" Beleg said. "You pass through the lands of Doriath."

Celegorm scowled, and Laegang answered. "My princes head West because the East has fallen." she said. "Himlad is flooded with orcs and a thousand other horrors. But their kin in Nargothrond yet stand, and we ride to their aid."

Halmir stroked his grey beard, narrowing his eyes. "You're not the first to come from the East and speak these very words, or even have that banner," he announced. "though you are fewer in number, and not near as well-spoken."

"We know." Laegang said flatly.

"Of course you know, you sent them!" Halmir spat out angrily, his accent turning even thicker. "They gave me gifts. They brought Men of Ladros with them, who claimed to be our kin - now we cannot even trust or keep them. They gave us oaths, swearing never to turn against us. But not even a week passes, and Tol Sirion is besieged by a host of thousands, with your banners! They fell upon the defenders and slaughtered them!"

"Would that we had slain more of you, kinslayers!" A cry went out from the Doriathrim company.

"Were a host of that number with us, then my Princes would have never left their lands!" Torthobor objected.

The Hunter clenched his fists, and closed his hand around the hilt of his saber. "These are no men of mine!" he shouted, enraged. "How can you think they are? For over four centuries we have fought Morgoth, and you dare accuse us of allying with the Enemy!" By his side, Huan began to growl, spittle flying from his mouth. Both Halmir and Taugon were taken aback by the sight, flinching.

But Beleg Cúthalion said nothing yet. Instead, he remained in silent contemplation. After a long pause, he raised his head alongside his voice, addressing Celegorm. "Part of me wishes to believe your words Prince, kinslayer though you are." Celegorm raised an eyebrow - and stifled the urge to snort in laughter as he saw Cúthalion's fellows be taken aback by his words. "But it is not my place to choose. I am a Marchwarden still, though I am the first of us. I guard Doriath's frontier, I do not decide where its armies march. That is King Thingol's part. And King Thingol has readied his armies for war, war with the East and Fëanor's kin. He will avenge the treachery against Nargothrond by scouring your lands, Fëanorian."

He was not surprised. I know Thingol wants a war. He has sought it for years. As have I. And now he had to avert it. "If the King of Menegroth takes his army eastward, then he will only find the Worm of Angband waiting for him." Celegorm said.

"Is Glaurung truly your ally then, to speak of him like that?" Beleg questioned him.

Celegorm narrowed his gaze. "Your words are dangerous, Beleg Cúthalion." he hissed. "As for mine, it is as I told you - half the reason I have come here instead of unleashing my riders. Thingol may find he is not the only one ready for war, and I know battle better than he."

"We suspect this was the work of the enemy, Beleg hîr." Laegang interjected. "To try and wreak havoc among the Eldar, have us do his work for him. If your king attacks the East-"

"You are Sindar like we are, Easterner." Taugon cut her off. "Thingol is your king also." He was not met with a response save a deathly glare.

"- then he will have set Doriath and us at one another, without needing to spend more of his hosts. Even if you prevail against Fëanor's Sons, even if your king and princes survive facing Glaurung in the open field, the East will not be yours. It will be trampled by the North instead. Heed us, or we will all die here."

This is pointless. The Iathrim would not be swayed by counsel, well-spoken or otherwise. To win a battle, risks had to be taken. He took a risk at the Falas, when he chose the path he did. He would do so again.

"On our ride here, I saw army camps in the Nan Dungortheb, belonging to a great host." Celegorm began loudly, turning the attention of the others to him. "If we are to do battle, Doriathrim, then I will eagerly meet you and your pet Edain on the battlefield. But before that, tell me all you saw of the Edain that bore our banners and gave you false oaths in our name. Once I shatter your hosts, then I will come after them. Those who sully the honor of Fëanor's House are its foes as much as those who attack us directly, and I shy to battle neither. So I ask you Cúthalion - one hunter to another. If you are half the warrior they claim, you will accept."

The sight of him and Huan had taken them aback, but now Celegorm's words had left them speechless. "Lord Beleg," he heard Taugon plead. "They are Fëanorians, lowest of all the golodh. We cannot trust them."

But Beleg turned to him. "You speak brashly, Son of Fëanor." he addressed Celegorm. "But I see no harm in it. If you speak truly, we stop you here. Even if you speak falsely, we still stop you here. Besides Lord Halmir, another of my Marchwardens was there to see those Aftercomers pass through Brethil."

He speaks of brashness, but presumes victory. If they came to battle, Celegorm would end Beleg's foolish notions. But it was good to see the Marchwarden understood.

At Beleg's call, another Sinda came forth, clad in a dark blue cloak fringed with black. He announced himself as Gelher, Marchwarden of Doriath. On his lord's bidding, he gave them a full accounting of what had occured at Brethil, the words that had been spoken and the men that had been present. All that was leavened with pauses - as Celegorm asked for more details. In return, he shared what he had found in the valley, which Beleg listened to with rapt attention.

By the end, some few things were certain - that these Aftercomers were aligned with the Enemy, and they were as well-armed as they were organized and treacherous. And to have made it through the Nan Dungortheb then besiege Minas Tirith, they must have been formidable indeed, as he suspected. And there was more. With these Edain was a great number of riders, footmen with long spears and beasts of war. The number they gave too was suspect - over twenty thousand strong was more than could fit within the camps they had found. Perhaps these gold-clad Aftercomers marched in a long file, to hide their true strength.

But more than worry, he felt fury, burning white-hot inside him. These Aftercomers, these traitors had caused all this and sullied their name with treachery. They were the reason Celebrimbor was injured, and his men were killed.

"You have fallen for a trick of the Enemy." Laegang said finally. "There was never an Amarfion of Ladros in our service, nor any such host as passed through your lands."

"The grey beasts you describe, they are andamunda." Torthobor added. "Ride across the entire domain of Fëanor's House, and you will not find a single one. We last saw them in Aman."

Halmir himself seemed to reconsider. "We captured the leaders of the people from Ladros that accompanied this golden host, once news reached us from Minas TIrith. They denied any knowledge of the Enemy. We did not believe it then."

Celegorm saw the Chief of the Marchwardens turn towards him. "Whatever else I might think of you, I believe the words you speak, golodh. You have not sided with the North, at least not yet." Do not provoke me further, Sinda, Celegorm's thoughts boiled. "But you said that this is half the reason you decided to talk terms, Prince. What is the other?"

"When your men ambushed mine, my nephew was injured, struck treacherously by a poisoned arrow. Now he suffers. You made the poison that is within him, so you must know how to cure it." He had to force the words out. Admitting weakness to Thingol's wolves? "Had it not been for my brother's son, I would never have come here in peace."

"That poison was not meant for your nephew Prince," Beleg said, bluntly. "But you. It seems that my men were hasty in their attack."

"They were." Celegorm answered. "Now you face me instead of my brother, and I ask for terms instead of war."

"I told you that I am Marchwarden, and my duty is to guard Doriath's borders, not command its armies. That still holds true, and perhaps I shall be punished by my King for it." Beleg started. "And that you slew my kin on Alqualondë is still true, Son of Fëanor. But I am also not an instrument of Morgoth. I will not start a war between Eldar on the North's bidding, no matter what I think of your kind. And no matter what your crimes, they are not Celebrimbor's, and I will not see him pay for them. There is neither honor nor justice in that."

"Lord Beleg-" Taugon began, but the Marchwarden waved him off.

Instead Cúthalion locked eyes with him. "I will withdraw my forces and return to Menegroth," he said. "And send healers to attend your nephew. You will take your cavalry, leave Doriath's lands for the West and your war. Do we have terms?"

Celegorm dismounted Caranroch, and nodded. "We have terms." he agreed and motioned his hand, bidding his retinue withdraw. Beleg did the same. Their companies began to disperse, leaving the two alone atop the hill.

"I met your elder brothers at the Mereth Aderthad, many years ago." Beleg said. One of Nolofinwë's vainglorious feasts. "Before we found out about the Kinslaying. You are different." the Marchwarden admitted.

"I am not like them." Celegorm answered. "And you are different from what I expected, Beleg Cúthalion." he rumbled. "Know this - perhaps one day, Doom will have us cross paths again. Maybe that will be on the field of battle, and your bow and blade will face my spear and lance. If that day comes, then I will treat you as befits a worthy foe. Your name and honor are well-deserved, Son of Doriath."

"If that day ever comes, I will meet your challenge, Son of Fëanor." Beleg answered. "But until then, you will head for your own battles."

"Yes. War awaits me in the West. Vengeance comes for those who sullied the name of my House. They will see no mercy, nor will pity stay my hand. Wrath and ruin will find them. Until then, this vow remember."
 
The Battle of Tol Sirion (Part 1 of 3)
-------------------------
The Brown Apple
-------------------------



Franklyn Flowers felt mud stain his boots as he walked through the grounds of the camp, his feet sinking into the cold, wet mud, each step as heavy as the one before. Fuckin' hate sieges. Long waits for nothing to happen, in camps that reeked of piss, shit and thousands of men huddled together, waiting for the first disease to break out and send them all to meet the Stranger. It was the early hours of morning, so early that the darkness of night still hadn't fully gone away, and the sky to their east was still turning a rosy color. He'd woken up with a foreboding feeling when he rose from his bed shivering, bowels turned to jelly.

There were days you knew would be bad from the crack of dawn. He just didn't know how or why yet.

Mayhaps it was the cold alone. Franklyn was born and raised in Fossoway lands, not far off from Dorne. We had the best border-songs, and the apples were sweeter than the high lords that took 'em for their sigil. Winters were cold, and drier than Bittersteel's bones to be sure, but high Summer's heat was more to be feared than any Winter chill. Essos was different too, once he went east to make his fortune. Volantis was hotter than home had been and wetter to boot, but first wintering in Norvos and Qohor made Flowers think his balls would freeze right off and leave him less of a man than Maar.

He knew already that Beleriand would be worse than that. He could feel it in his bones, and the way they ached when he rose from his cot in the mornings. And that pain in his throat too, he couldn't forget about that. Hurts to drink. Hurt to laugh too. Harry had told him to drink spiced wine to help, and Franklyn had laughed. When it came to easing pains, the old maid knew as much as a maester. He's growing old, and you ain't gettin' younger either.

From the cooking fires, the recognizable noise of men quarrelling reached his ear. Franklyn Flowers turned his head, and saw a gaggle of men, arguing loudly. About to come to blows, from the looks. "You there!" he barked. "Straighten your backs and stop squabbling!"

"Ser!" they all shouted, straightening themselves and turning towards Franklyn. The first looked Dornish, and he bore two golden arm rings on his arms. There was a Ghiscari also, and two Westermen.

"What's this about?" Franklyn demanded. "Ain't had your fill o' battle, so you're trying to start a fight here?"

"Was just a game of dice, Ser. 'Twas the Ghiscari that wanted to make a fight of it." one of the Westermen said.

That same Ghiscari clearly didn't agree. "The Andal cheated!" he protested, pointing his finger to the Westerman. "I saw it, and he won't show his dice!"

"So you can lie, insult me honor and slink off the bet you made? Just give me that pretty helm of yours."

"I took it fairly, from a foe in battle!" the Ghiscari said.

"And I won it fairly too, from a fool Ghiscari that don't know how to bet his dice." the Westerman shot back.

Flowers let out an annoyed groan, and turned to the Dornishman. He had no mood to hear this. "You," he grunted. "You've been with the Golden Company for two years. What's your part in all this foolishness?"

"Tried to stop it, Ser." the Dornishman answered. "But they'd have none of it. Like little boys, they are."

'Men are all boys, and all o' them the same', his mother had said long ago. 'Both high and low.' And this gaggle of fools wasn't trying hard to put the lie to her words either.

"The bet's off, else I take that helmet off you and half your pay as well. And you Dornishman, go to the cooks and tell 'em Franklyn Flowers said to give you half a skin 'o wine." he said. The man had tried to prevent the squabble, even if he'd failed, and that was worth something. "And if you lot make trouble again, I'll come for your hides." Flowers threatened, and pointed to the castle across the river. "We're fighting them, not each other. Never let that out yer minds. Do it, and the foe'll do worse to you than I. You understand?"

If an end was put to this now, then it wouldn't matter. Every man had his ways of forgetting, given enough time. But if left to fester, then it'd become a problem. To not trust the man beside you… there'd be no Golden Company left if every man in the camp were like that, even if they had thrice the gilded skulls.

The men nodded fiercely. "Good." Flowers grinned. "Remember that, else I send Jaqho after you." He walked away, smiling jauntily as he headed for more important business.

It felt like a lifetime ago when Franklyn Flowers saw Jon Connington for the first time in twelve long years. He looked terrible then, blue-haired, dried and aged like a Tyroshi whore's cunt. But yet, the man Franklyn remembered was in there. Now, he saw the Griffin Lord standing by the riverbank, arms crossed and the red wolf cloak billowing in the wind behind him, paying no heed to the water lapping at his boots as he surveyed the foe's castle and the men laboring beside him. Ships to cross the river, and the engineers were hard at work making machines of war to fit them with. Small stone throwers, scorpions, spitfires and all the engines that Franklyn Flowers got himself acquainted with over the years. Mantlets and coverings too, to shield the vessels from arrows and flame.

"Lord Hand!" Flowers cried out to Connington. "You planning on stormin' the castle by your lonesome?"

The Hand turned around slowly, coming to face Franklyn. His face and gaze were as hard-set as ever. Jon Connington's mouth was a thin line, surrounded all around by a red beard that was growing thicker by the day, though streaks of ash and salt were now running through it. He'd always been tall, but where the years chose to gift Franklyn Flowers a great big gut, they'd made Connington a man wirier and leaner than he'd been when young. His blue eyes however remained unchanged - impassive, fixed to whatever he was looking at. Men used to say the Griffin Lord always judged everything with them, trying to measure it up to his lofty standards. Some men hated him for that, others worked day and night to prove worthy of them. The former laughed and sneered when the arrogant Stormlord turned out a thief and deserter himself, who drank his way to a wretch's grave at some brothel.

"Ser Franklyn," the Hand said flatly, acknowledging his presence but nothing more.

Franklyn Flowers knew him better than that. Aye, Jon Connington was wound up tighter than an Old Blood Volantene, that much was true. He was harsh and judging, but no less with himself than others. Most with himself even, Flowers thought. But once one got to know him, Griff was not a bad sort, no matter how icy he'd sometimes act. And he was loyal too, a damn sight better than most of the scum that turned to selling their sword.

"Same thing as you, to watch the castle we'll be taking from up closer." He answered, and looked to Minas Tirith.

Flowers could look at the castle they were up against just as well as Connington. It looked a right bitch, and with this many defenders inside of it? Even with a host twice the size of the one they had, they'd bleed like stuck pigs if they tried to storm its gates and scale the walls. Fine if our allies took the brunt of that, but he'd never waste their own on such a task. They'd need to build a bridge over their own dead to carve a way through the causeway leading to the gates if these elves chose to contest them - and he pitied the poor sods that would have to bring a ram to batter through those gates, buried in arrows and stones all the while. What more, the bridge that led to the castle wouldn't be easy to climb. It was tall and arched, and it seemed like it was hanging from an invisible chain up in the skies, rather than resting on any foundations made by men. Given long enough, they could destroy it - but that would be no easy task, and it would gain them little beyond isolating the foe further. And they would still have their ships to use.

But Franklyn doubted the Griffin Lord would be so senseless as to order the Golden Company to storm it. Doubtless, he has something else in mind. "The ships are to secure the river, aye?" Franklyn asked.

"Yes." Jon answered curtly. Icy, even for him.

"At night, my men see lights by the castle tower, and some o' the lookouts near the bridge hear voices in the dark too." Flowers changed the topic. "I don't like it one bit." And he did not. Voices and lights in the dark… it sounded like the Noldor waiting to ambush or sally, slit their throats while abed. They'd probably be willin' to give that a try after the thrashing we gave 'em on the field. Nobody was too proud for dirty tricks if they saved his life.

"I have heard of them too, Ser." Connington said. "Mairon says they are the work of the enemy, sorcery done to sap the Golden Company's strength." Franklyn heard the way Connington spoke the word 'sorcery', at once like it was both natural and he could scarcely believe the words passing his lips.

Franklyn knew that all too well.

"'Aye, of course he'd say that." Franklyn Flowers sighed deeply, knowing it was most like to be the truth. Amarfion - Mairon, whatever name the Gods had given him hadn't led them astray so far, even though none had any fondness for his soldiers. "It makes sense. Much as everythin' else that's been happening to us of late. Thought I'd put my sword inside a few Fossoways in the King's name, and then... all this. Spiders, elves, different worlds, warlocks, snarks and grumpkins. Two of the scouts said they saw a hound the size of a whole destrier, skulking around a few miles from camp." After all else, why not? Next to a giant spider, a great big dog's nothing. "Still can't believe half of it's real, even while it's looking me straight in the eyes." he snorted. Would he ever be used to it? Franklyn did not know, no more than he knew if he'd live long enough for it. "Don't make it any less true though, and brooding like a boy ain't for me." Admitting it made the words taste no less bitter though, and he wanted something to wash them down.

Flowers raised his flask to his lips and took a healthy swig, savoring the sweet, powerful taste. It was the same wine they'd taken from the elven camps. "And there's worse than serving His Grace. Wasn't expecting him to not take the Sword when Homeless Harry offered it. Said he had stones back in Volon Therys, an' I'll say it again." Franklyn laughed, feeling a chilly rawness in the back of his throat while he did.

He saw Connington's eyes narrow in anger. "You've turned back to the King, now that you have 'something to show for it'." he observed coldly.

So that's why he's been icier than he used to, Flowers realized. The Griffin Lord still held his words against him. "Aye, I have. What's the matter with it?" Franklyn answered. For all his harshness, he liked to think of the Stormlander as a friend, and that had little to do with being Hand of the King. "I stood by you in the Valley as well as Sorrowhome, until you an' the guide gave the news that we won't see home again."

"And then you stood by Homeless Harry, when he counseled abandoning us." Jon said, glaring back at him pitilessly.

"Bugger Homeless Harry. Don't care what shite flows out his mouth." Flowers spat out. "You always had one foot elsewhere, even when you first marched with us. Was why I doubted the tale o' you thievin' from the treasury and dying a drunkard. Now, I helped you as I could, but the dragons ain't my cause, milord Jon. Never were."

Connington's gaze narrowed again, and then shifted away from him. "You're a sellsword, Flowers. I am well-aware of that. But I also thought you to be a friend. I did not expect you to side against us so readily. " he remarked, almost sadly. Franklyn Flowers didn't think of himself as an easy man to anger, but that look made fury coil within his chest. A sellsword, aye, he thought. And all lords looked at sellswords and bastards with disdain. Even knighted ones, even ones who fought for them.

"I've been fightin' since before you were exiled from your lands, milord Connington. A dog of war for five-and-twenty years. Don't think I have five-and-twenty more in me, but I was hopin' to spend my last few in a castle, rather than chasing after battles. Find a wife - be it a noble lady or some camp whore, so long as she's not as ugly as me - put a child in her that's got a proper name, not Flowers. Aye, that'd be sweet, sweeter if it were at Cider Hall. But the Gods don't seem to plan sweetness for me, just war." Flowers said somberly. "The dragons were your cause Jon, but seeing home again was mine. Then you came and told me I'll never see it again. Were you expectin' I'd be all well and pleased? Did you think any man would be glad to hear it?"

By the end, Flowers was almost coughing, the soreness in his throat catching up to him. Turning his head off to the side, he spat out a glob of yellow phlegm. He'd hoped his words would affect Connington, but the man did not look taken aback, nor lost for words. Or he's good at hidin' it.

"And do you believe I was glad to hear it from Mairon? That His Grace was any happier than I?" Jon retorted, his tone harsh. And lordly as ever, damn you.

"Doubt you were, milord Connington. Had to come to terms with it just like the rest o' us, I wager. You just did it first. And that's the truth o' it. You, Strickland, Fossoway - all lords think sellswords beneath 'em, but you're not half so far above us as you like to think. I stood by you, thought you a friend of mine."

There was nary a word spoken for a while.

"We all choose our paths, Flowers." Jon Connington eventually said. "You chose yours there, do not pretend otherwise."

"Aye, I did! We all were desperate, and you told us there was no going home. But I guess we're all scum in your eyes for it at the end, no matter how much blood we spill for you."

Connington frowned. "I do not forget that. But neither do I forget why you fight for His Grace. Tell me that none of your captains would betray us at the first opportunity, I would say you are a liar."

"Name me one then, for none o' us did." Flowers shot back. "No man betrayed the king, an' we all fight for him. We never stopped, never turned our cloaks. But you still look at us as if we did. Words are wind, an' mean nothing next to our work. The king realizes that, but you don't."

"The king is glad to have the Golden Company serving him." Connington stated. "As am I, but I also know not to trust blindly. You said it yourself - you were desperate, and desperate men are the most dangerous of all."

Flowers grimaced. How many times did they need to prove themselves? How much blood did they have to spill to be trusted? He asked Connington that exact thing. The answer only served to make his skin crawl.

"I trust you Flowers. On the battlefield. I trust you to act as a good sellsword, though it seems you've recently taken a dislike to being called that. And I trust you enough to reward you for your service. But beyond that? No."

Words that weren't unreasonable. No man in any of the free companies would expect or ask for more than that. Then why did they leave him feeling cold? Did he want Connington to see him as a friend? Did he want the exile lord to consider him an equal? For an old friend to not look down on him like he was scum, even though he was the King's Hand? Good sellswords weren't meant to care for that, just gold. The years have boiled your brains, made you soft and stupid. Just like they made Connington a man of stone, worse than the ones in the Sorrows.

"You always were a stone-hearted devil, Connington." Franklyn grumbled, and turned away from the Griffin Lord. "Had half a thought to share the wine, but I'll need it to wash down your bitterness."

Franklyn Flowers walked away. The day was already starting to show its sourness, and he far from knew what it yet had left in store.


-------------------------------
The Warden of the Tower
-------------------------------



He put the hauberk on, feeling the now-familiar weight rest on his shoulders. Suilor brought the plates over - gilded and polished as they were, they looked like mirrors reflecting Orodreth's own visage back at him - and fastened them over his mail. Swift and efficient, as ever. Next were the vambraces to protect his arms, steel so bright that if one breathed on it, they'd see it cloud their surface. And all of them were so richly decorated, in gold and silver, with intricate designs, precious gems and splendid patterns. Running across the fluted surface of his helm's dome were calligraphic inscriptions in golden inlay, naming him, the smith who forged it and calling for protection and good health to the wearer.

Orodreth wondered at the vanity that possessed his people, that made them want to decorate their panoplies as richly as they would their homes. Yet at the same time, the feeling being clad in armor gave him was like little else, nor had the passing years made the sensation fade. It was power coursing through his body, making each and every limb believe itself mightier than it was. It was decisiveness and action, feeling as though nothing in the world could harm him.

After that came the protection for his shoulders, woven over with scales like fishes' mail. "Prince Gwindor's doesn't look much like this." Suilor observed. "I suppose I should have expected so, seeing his armor is newer than yours, sire. Lord Dammor made it himself, I heard. But I always wondered why you never had a new suit made." he added with some nervous laughter.

"I never saw the need to." Orodreth answered truthfully. "What I have is more than good enough, Suilor." Greaves and gorget followed. He lowered his head, slicking his hair back, binding it securely in a tight knot. Sword and sheath he fastened along his silken belt, followed by a short blade further down. He held the pommel and hilt, gripping leather and corded silk. It felt almost soft, his fingers naturally fitting in place without slipping nor chafing, no matter how long it was since the last time Orodreth wielded a blade in battle. It was part of his arm now, long and deadly.

Suilor took a pause. "As you say, so it is, sire. And you are not much alike with Prince Gwindor to begin with."

Orodreth raised an eyebrow. "For good or ill?" he asked the young man.

"Neither good nor ill." Suilor said. "You just are, sire."

Orodreth looked at the wall of his chambers, the cool light of lamps illuminating the grey stone and marble relief. He sighed deeply, thinking of his friend's son. He worried for Gwindor. When he first met him again after a year, the days after he departed for Minas Tirith, he knew Gwindor had changed. He had felt the loss of his brother, and saw war's horrific face firsthand. Orodreth did not begrudge Gwindor his grief. But now, Orodreth worried for Gwindor like he never had before. Not only him, but Finduilas too. He knew how she admired Gwindor's strength, his boldness and gallantry. But how would living wedded to a man like Gwindor now be for her?

I wish things could go back to how they were. He wished that Gwindor had his brother back, that they were all safe and far away from this. He wished that fading and winter would end - better yet, for them to never come again. A summer that never ends.

"I just am. Funny way of putting it." Orodreth mused. "And what do you think, Suilor? Are you ready? For what we are about to do?"

Suilor froze. The youth looked away from Orodreth, hiding his face. Orodreth did not press him.

"I am afraid." Suilor finally confessed in a small, uncertain voice, but his next words were so rushed that Orodreth thought he might gallop away. "I'm so sorry sire, I know it's wrong, but I've never been in a battle before. I don't want to be a Rhudol."

That tale again.

"Enough, Suilor." Orodreth silenced him. "Be calm," he said, as softly as he could, placing a hand on the young man's shoulder. "And believe me: I am afraid too. And I have no doubt that so is Gwindor."

What good will knowing that do him? As if he cannot tell! Orodreth thought, but did not stop. "Every man is afraid before battle, even if they do not admit it. Only the most rotten among us are not."

"The most rotten?" Suilor asked, and Orodreth looked away.

"It is said there are three parts to each of us that shape us into who we are." Orodreth explained. "One is who we are by our nature, and another what we are taught as we are raised and grow. Then, there is what we do. Let the scholars decide how much is each. Still, all of us learn by doing. A smith's craft grows as he practices it, a farmer will learn how to best raise his crop. War is no different. A man kills, and with every death, the act is easier. He grows used to it, begins to see killing as natural. Some even come to enjoy it, like the orcs on our doorstep. It stains such men, turning them foul within and without. Fear goes away, as does love. Wrath and hunger take their place, leaving behind a hollow shell hidden beneath armor. That hunger left in their hearts is for war alone. Not what it protects, nor even glory or the honor given to warriors, but fighting and death for their own sake. Wish that you never become like that, Suilor." Once again his thoughts flew to Gwindor. Was there some way to save him? Or had war already swallowed Guilin's son whole?

"You mean like the Dorthonion men?" Suilor told him. His voice had taken a new boldness.

Orodreth was taken aback by his words. "What do you mean, Suilor?"

"I am young, not blind, sire." he said. "I can see you do not like them."

He did not like the leavings of his father and uncle, no. Cold men and harsh, with little else but strife and pride in their hearts. And Sarad was the worst of all. "I do not," Orodreth admitted. "Does this trouble you?"

"I...don't know. I kept hearing stories of the brave men and women in the Siege, who fought valiantly to keep us all safe. I wanted to see them. Then I did. But I don't think that is what heroes are like. Were Princes Angrod and Aegnor much like the men they led?"

Father was, Orodreth thought but didn't say. He didn't want him to be - but in the end, Sarad is nothing more than the student learning at my father's feet. "This is a hard war and a hard time, Suilor." he said. "There are precious few true heroes to be found. And I think most are heroes despite our cause, not because of it."

Suilor gave him a puzzled look. He thinks I am jesting. "What do you mean, sire?"

"You are young, and do not know what I speak of - but our people should have never left the West. We were too proud, too wrathful to heed good counsel, and committed foul deeds on the way. Now the weight of our sins comes to meet us, and all have to pay the toll." Orodreth continued. "Coming to Beleriand at all was a mistake."

The youth turned his gaze down, not answering. Wordlessly he handed Orodreth his helm, and helped him place it on his head. He then clasped his long cloak around his shoulders, and swept it around to cover the mirror plates on his chest. Finally, he was given his shield. It was round and heavy, to be strapped to his forearm in a rider's fashion. As he did so, Suilor spoke again.

"Do you think I am a mistake then, sire? Is Prince Gwindor? Is Princess Finduilas? All of us were born here in Beleriand. So were both my parents. I would have never been born if the Ñoldor stayed West."

Orodreth froze, standing still as a statue. He made to speak, but his thoughts were chaotic, and the words died in his throat, as Suilor looked at him with eyes both guilty and pleading. "No - that's not...I did not mean it like that. Not you." Orodreth finally managed lamely, jumbling through the words. From the look he got next, he knew that Suilor did not believe a word he just said.

'Speak if you must, but do not flee whenever your words are judged for what they are. Stand your ground.' Father's words, and he'd said them more than once. "We are ready, Suilor." he said. "And awaited. Follow me closely, and keep yourself safe." Orodreth instructed, and the youth followed silently.

They remained silent for the walk down the tower's many stairs, then to the courtyard where Orodreth's horse awaited. It was as geared for war as he was. Mounting atop his steed, he gazed outwards, out beyond the grim lines of armed men in squadrons hurrying through. Ánar slowly sailed her course in the skies, still not clear of the shroud of fog and night. All across the Sirion's vale, grave and utter silence reigned. The trees were pinpricks of gold and red in the morning's roiling fog, and by the river's swell the enemy's camps stretched out in the cold soil, beyond them freedom.

Orodreth felt his horse beneath him. Now was the time of his first true battle in centuries. Perhaps it would also be his last. Dread like he had not felt in all that time ran across his body, making his limbs tense and his stomach tie itself in a knot. He shook his reins regardless, spurring his mount forward. With every hoofbeat, Orodreth left the tower that he once had resolved to make a home. Would he ever return? He did not know, not any more than the Eldar and Edain around him, marching to the beat of a silent drum.

Gwindor was already awaiting at the gates with his remaining horsemen, gathered around his banner. Guilin's son gave Orodreth a greeting, cold as the air around them. His eyes were red and restless, with dark circles around them. He had been the one to choose the time and hour. Now, he'd see it through. There was no man here who did not know their purpose, what they were to do.

The Prince gave commands to the gate-wardens, and the great outer doors creaked open, slowly revealing the bridge's span and the world outside.

"Now the time and now the hour! Make good your oaths, for your kin and king ride!" The clarion call was issued, and steel was bared.

Onwards they rode. To salvation or doom, none knew yet.
 
The Battle of Tol Sirion (Part 2 of 3)
--------------------------------------
The Prisoner of the Tower
--------------------------------------



How did it come to this? It was an accident, a wild gamble gone wrong. Bameldir had followed Prince Gwindor and his valiant riders north to war. He brought with him an escort of friends and sworn men, all of them strong and brave. It would be dangerous, yes - but there was need of knights and no good man was ever cowed by peril. He had not ridden to proper war before, but who would wish for a better time than when all the frontier was endangered and the finest of Nargothrond's young Princes rode before them in command?

And when they won, Bameldir would be crowned with glory, honor that no one could contest. They would be like the victors of the Dagor Aglareb, four hundred years ago. Those were men and women honored by all. But Bameldir, son of Bellamdir, would surpass even them. Defending Tol Sirion from the Black Foe's black hordes would not be the end - they would continue further north. Drive Gorthaur out of Dorthonion, and avenge Angrod and Aegnor. Head east, win the Fëanorians their wars and the regard of fair maidens from their lands. In his mind's eye he saw himself astride a great white steed, his hair flowing wildly in the wind as he galloped through wide open plains of grass stretching as far as the eye could see, orcs and trolls and every creature of evil fled before his face. He led the greatest army in the history of the Eldar, smashing open the Dark Lord's gates and grabbing the Silmarils from his Iron Crown. He stood awash in the gratitude of all Elves and all good Men, praising his name until the mountains were ground to dust!

Then the stroke of an orc's axe swept his horse's legs from under him, knocking him to the dirt, shattering his hand and his grand dreams with it. Bameldir was rescued by Gonodor, the older rider pulling him out of danger. He would be dragged away to safety as Gwindor and his horsemen slew thousands. The day had been a victory for everyone except him, and his wound ensured he wouldn't be fighting again for months. And it hurt too. He tried gripping his sword the day after he took the wound, forcing his fingers into holding the hilt for one moment, expecting it would work. The pain immediately made Bameldir regret his decision. He tried to learn fighting with his left too - like the Prince of Himring once did - and found out he was no good at it.

Now, Minas Tirith faced the direst odds in its history. Bameldir would be left behind as Prince Gwindor and Prince Orodreth sallied out. He had hoped he might at least be given the Tower - there could be glory in holding it - but that went to Sarad instead. At least until the time came for reinforcements to deliver them. But it would be months from here to then.

Months he'd spend here, imprisoned with that vile, bitter cripple. Why didn't that axeblow find my head instead? Or better yet, miss? Anything but being stuck in this place. Well, at least we are not by ourselves. Their prison did have some company. The unfortunate, the mad, those like Bameldir and worse, too injured to be any help. We'll grow sick of these walls together.

Like that, Bameldir brooded as he watched Prince Orodreth, Gwindor and all their host head towards the gates, from the high vantage of the tower. Maybe he'd see them end that king of the Edain. Aegon Targaryen. An ugly name, for a conceited Man. There had been no end to the discussion about him. Aegon Targaryen called himself King of the Edain, the first time they had heard one call himself that, and he had a whole host of armed Men with him. Around the barracks and the Tower, speculation ran wild. He was another creature of Morgoth, like the dragons but made to mislead the Aftercomers. Or perhaps that was foolish. Instead, he was an incomer, someone who made common cause with Angband for his own gain. Or perhaps it was simply what the Edain wanted to do all along - fool the Eldar into thinking they were friends, then displace them and take Beleriand for Morgoth. Then there was all the talk about where he and his army came from.

He didn't know what to believe.

Bameldir gazed off to the side, and saw one of their own Aftercomers. The Man was neither tall nor short, but wholly unremarkable in stature. He had a long, dark moustache, and the hairs on his head were scarce. He looked blankly back to Bameldir, then quickly returned to his duties. Bameldir had never given much thought to the Aftercomers before. Some he knew professed a fondness for them, others looked at the Aftercomers with disdain. But he barely saw any by his home, so why think too hard on people that were not important? He doubted the Aftercomers cared for him either.

Things have changed. Involuntarily, Bameldir felt a jolt of fear run down his spine. He hoped no one saw his good arm twitch. Our own Aftercomers? How long until that wasn't true anymore? How could he knew this long-moustached man was not plotting to betray them to the man claiming to be his King? If not him, how about the others?

"You there!" Bameldir loudly called out to the Edain guardsman, making him turn back. "What do you think of Aegon Targaryen? Is he your king?"

The man turned around to face Bameldir, but avoided meeting his gaze and gave no answer. He pressed on regardless. I want an answer. "He says he's king of your people. Do you agree with him?"

Bameldir heard the sound of wood tapping against stone, then the shrill, scratching noise of an edge being drawn across a floor. "Ignore the fool," a low voice came from behind him, filled with sneering contempt. "And back to your post." It was Sarad, and even though he weighed against one foot, Bameldir almost thought he was skipping with every step. The captain then turned to Bameldir. "Do you have nothing better to do than bother the fighting men, child?" He asked.

"I was asking him a question!" Bameldir protested. "Do you think that we can trust them after what happened?"

"If that Man were a traitor, do you think he'd tell because you asked?" Sarad sneered. "You are even more foolish than you look. If he is a traitor, then he's had ample chance to turn on us. If not, your prattle might make him one still. Now, be silent and spare us any more of your 'thoughts'."

"You have no right to do this." Bameldir pointed his finger at Sarad. He was angry, angry at being dismissed like this by a man who had done nothing save complain and torment innocents.

"No right? Who commands this tower, child?" Sarad asked. "Tell me."

Bameldir was quick to answer him. "Warden Orodreth, and King Finrod above him." he said.

Sarad approached him, his cane tapping near Bameldir's foot, straightening his back. From this close, it was hard to ignore the smell of the medicine the captain plied himself with, or the cold intensity of his glare. Bameldir had met King Finrod once. His eyes had the same glow within them. "And where is the King? Is he among us, but Unseen? I suppose not." Sarad stated. "Until the King returns, I command this tower. Do not forget that. If I catch you pestering or disrespecting the others that serve here again, then you will see me in a way you won't like."

Bameldir fumed, but silently. Disrespect? From a man who respects nobody save his own comrades? He clenched his good fist. He wanted to strike that cripple, silence him for once. But he knew it'd be useless.

They heard the call to battle sounding loud and clear, like the morning's first birdsong. Bameldir rushed towards the edge of the balcony to see it. Horns were sounded, the flags of war unfurled and out the host of Minas Tirith charged. The sight was so grand, it made him forget Sarad's abuse and put his fears aside. He wished to be there with them, the wind in his face, breaking free from this prison.

The bridge was lowered before the approaching riders, the footmen following fast behind them while the boats set rowing from behind the island of Tol Sirion. The Malatani, the Golden Men had laid their fastnesses across the bridge, but their sentries were unprepared. The tired guards who had kept watch throughout the night tried to stand their ground and sounded for alarm, only to be swept aside like nothing. Men were slain as they ran and where they stood, while Gwindor's blue banner was at the forefront, rushing ahead of the host like the foam on a wave's crest. Behind him the Edain battlements and walls went up in flames, and a cheer from the tower with them. Bameldir jumped for joy, looking at it. They had struck the first blow against the Golden Host, and now the rest of the traitors' camp was coming to life as the silence of the morn died a sudden death. He could hear them shouting in their foul tongues, men gathering their long spears and mounting horses as fast as they could. In their camps, the orcs did the same. But they were sluggish, slow compared to the Golden Host. The sun was ascending higher in the sky. The very thing that gave the Aftercomers sight weakened their allies.
Now formations of armed Men were streaming in through the siege camp, forming up in phalanxes like hedgehogs, their archers and shooters lining on the walls. Now the Edain horse were girding themselves for battle too, the great grey bulks of the andamunda behind them.

Do it! Destroy them! Bameldir thought, eagerly anticipating the moment where Gwindor would smash the Edain, set their camp on fire like he did the fastness by the river. But instead of giving them battle, Gwindor and Prince Orodreth's host swerved away. They headed south, gradually sending more men to guard their rear.

Bameldir slammed his hand down against the marble balustrade in frustration. Why wasn't Gwindor taking the chance to end the Edain? A strong charge could finish them then and there! Destroy Aegon Targaryen's men, break the back of the Golden Host. Teach Men the price of treachery!

"This is why he leads, and you sit watching from afar." Sarad observed drily. "For all his willful foolishness, Orodreth didn't think he knew more than his betters about leading men in battle."

"Oh, you like Prince Gwindor now?" Bameldir countered. "I thought you didn't like anyone."

A shadow of sadness passed through the man's expression. He feels? Who would have thought? But it left as quickly as it appeared. "It has nothing to do with liking. But I respect Gwindor Guilinion. I thought he was another like you at first, brash and full of fire and stupidity. I was mistaken. He is a skillful warrior, but that does not matter as much as you think. What he has and you lack wholly is understanding." Sarad said. "You think a fine speech emboldens warriors to fight to the end, a single valiant deed will win a battle, that one good victory will smash down Angband's gates. Orodreth fears war like he fears his own shadow, but you and your ilk are children, little boys and girls grown too large. You have made of war a game, and swords into your toys. And you are not prepared for its true face when you see it. War is cruel, and it is savage. Victory goes only to the ruthless, those with the will to see it through to the end. That is the lesson I learned in the borderlands, and Gwindor knows as well."

With his cane, Sarad pointed towards the camps of Men and Orcs. "Look over there. If Gwindor were a fool like you, then he would slay a few foes, and lose all his host. And we'd be left to contend with thousands, without any hope of aid. You would die here, and it would be far from glorious. As much as any death can be glorious."

Bameldir did not like this. Any of it, not any more than he liked being called a child. "Talk about lessons all you want, where did they get you? At least my wounds will heal. I'll fight again, and prove you wrong. What will you do? Who will you have?" Bameldir shouted, and remembered the other warriors of Dorthonion, the only ones he'd seen Sarad treat with kindness. Most had perished in battle already. He used that too. "You have no friends, and you'll be rotting in your own bitterness, looking to bygone glories, holding that cane forever!"

The look of pure fury in Sarad's eyes as he said that was more than worth it. The captain of Dorthonion's cold sneer went away, his disaffected facade melting away like ice, and Bameldir smiled for joy.

It did not last long. Sarad's expression returned to that same old grimace, but his hand gripped the cane like a vise. Bameldir flinched, and unwittingly stepped back. Did he go too far? "Insult me as you want, fool. But your idiot's tongue will never again catch better men and women than you and all your worthless House ever again." He whispered. Now, Bameldir had found himself with his back against the balcony's edge, the wind blowing all too strongly.

"I.. I apologize." Bameldir muttered, though no hand was touching him.

Sarad only stepped away, and turned back to the battle outside.

Along with the wind, the horns blew again. They saw the banners of the Princes heading south, keeping close to the Sirion and the ships. But the enemy did not let up - the sally struck a blow at them, but Bameldir saw them gather their forces. Over five hundred cavalry was arrayed by the Golden Host from what he could see, and his heart sank within his chest. Those are almost more than all the men we have! Bameldir wondered. Worse, all were well-armed, as well as the knights that remained by Gwindor's side. Those who'd faced the Edain cavalry spoke of its effectiveness, their discipline and the power of their charge. And they were not alone - at least four times their number in foot were preparing to follow, with their long spears and bow devices. Then there were the orcs atop their mounts, and their smaller, swift brethren following by.

Bameldir silently wished for Gwindor and Prince Orodreth's escape to succeed. With this force ready to chase them, they would need to truly fly for their lives, or be swallowed whole.

But now he saw that the forces readying to pursue Gwindor and Prince Orodreth were not the only ones, and the enemy was not content with merely chasing. The greater part of the Golden Host and Sauron's army were still here. Gasps came from the tower when they saw engines of war being pulled from the camps, heavily armed men and orcs with shields girding for another battle, this one closer to home. And from the riverbank, he heard the sound of men heaving, pushing. They were carrying ships of their own. He'd never seen orcs dare use boats to cross the Sirion, but the Men had no fear of the Lord of Waters.

As the vessels were dragged to the riverbank, he saw a small company of mounted Aftercomers following behind, a silver-haired young Man in black armor at their head, a crown on his silver-haired head and a blood-red cloak on his shoulders. He was as handsome as one of the Eldar, and rode with speed behind the ships, leaving those behind him at a distance. The ships of the Edain were pushed to the Sirion's waters. So eager was the crowned youth behind them that he followed them, shouting instructions and encouragements until his steed was elbow deep in the river's water, and the hem of his red cloak was wet.

That must be Aegon Targaryen, the 'King' of the Edain. He was not how Bameldir imagined him, that was certain.

"May the Valar turn them aside!" he heard mutterings around him. The men in the tower were losing heart, seeing the strength of the foe moving towards them, and how their own numbers were diminished. Others steeled themselves with grim determination. Bameldir could not bring himself to do that. If fighting comes to us, will I even be able to join in? He thought, looking down at his broken arm, throbbing with pain, and the enemy seemed even closer than before. Sarad however stood still. If anything, Bameldir thought he saw a hint of grim joy in Sarad's face before he raised his voice.

"This is far from over," Sarad declared, pointing his cane towards the gates. "Prepare to guard the keep, and make ready! The battle of your lives is at hand!"




The battle was going poorly, that at least Bameldir could tell. He could not fight in it, of course - only what he could see and hear from within his quarters within the tower, and that was precious little with the way it was arranged, window facing towards the other side of the river. But that was enough to understand how things were.

"The bridge is lost!" he heard men shout in the courtyard as the sun reached its highest point in the sky. "They have taken the bridge!" Alarms sounded across the keep, warning that the enemy's ships were trying to dock on the isle. Not long after, more alarms came from the gates - a ram being carried through the bridge, making for the gates.

He heard the sound of steel crashing against wood and metal, echoing in from outside alongside the shouts and cries of hundreds of men.

Bameldir had enough of sitting here. He needed to know what was happening. He rushed out of his room, uncertain if he'd find an orc or traitor Man waiting for him outside with a sword. Let them, he thought to himself. I'll beat anyone, arm or no arm! Somehow though, part of him doubted it would be as easy as that. Rushing down the busy hallways, Bameldir heard more shouting, as soldiers moved past him, running towards the courtyard. Others were returning, wounded or on errand for the battle. Bameldir had expected that he'd be looked down on as useless for not being able to fight - instead, what he saw was that nobody had the time to notice him passing through. He searched through the crowd, looking for a familiar face.

Finally, he found one - a friend he had known for years. His cloak was bloodied, and his armor struck with so many arrows, he looked like a hedgehog. "Hirluin," Bameldir cried out in dismay. "What happened? Are you hurt?"

Hirluin turned around to face Bameldir, clutching at his wounded shoulder. "Not as much as I look," he grunted. "Others have it worse."

"What is happening out there?" Bameldir asked. "I heard a ram at the gates!"

Hirluin let out a deep sigh. "They've been pressing us all day - the orcs are bad enough, but the Men are far worse. They're relentless, and fight well. Let us get tired of slaughtering orc rabble so they can swoop in and rout us, or attack our flanks. It's how we lost the causeway."

"What is Sarad doing?" Bameldir demanded. That man kept talking of his experience at war, but all he'd ever seen him do was lose!

"Directing us, as much as he can." Hirluin answered. "If not for him, it'd be far worse than it is now." How could it possibly be worse?

"Do you think we can win?"

Hirluin's answer was frankly spoken, but that did not make Bameldir like it any more. "I don't know."




The battle continued outside as it had since the early morn. It raged and then subsided, like the waves on a beach. Moments of quiet came, and even stretched for a good while as the armies rested - to be broken by the sounding of horns and drums, signaling for the next burst of bloodshed to begin. With every little struggle, they were pushed back further and further into Minas Tirith, inch by bloody inch. First it was the bridge, then the enemy forced their way through the gates, then the outer walls and towers were theirs. Ground was held by brave warriors, then Bameldir saw them give way and retreat, deeper into the fortress. Ground lost, not to be retaken. Every part they grasped, the Golden Host fortified to hold, bringing defenses from outside, by hand or by ship. Warriors had to switch their places, to try and find the time to rest, or else collapse where they stood. The Edain are worse about it, but this crush has begun to eat away at the Eldar too, for all our strength.

If rocks could speak, was this what they would say it was like, being ground away on the shores of the unforgiving sea?

Now it was night, and another lull had set in, longer than the ones that came before. The most tired took the chance to rest and recuperate, while others carried those too wounded to move themselves to safety. Hirluin had taken another wound, and that long-mustached Adan had rescued him from enemy hands. Rested warriors took the place of tired ones - for what little 'rest' meant. Even they had spent long hours fighting.

Among them, Bameldir felt more alone than he'd ever been in his life. He remembered when he was little, and found himself separated from his father and mother for a day. Then, he'd felt alone because he had been left without any company save for that of his toys. Now, Bameldir was a man grown, in a tower packed full of other men and women but felt like he could not even look in their faces. They'd fought, proven themselves brave - and he? What had he done, besides be wounded in his first battle, leave himself infirm for what would likely be his last?

Well, at least there's one else like me here.

Bameldir wasn't certain what made him want to seek out Sarad. The man was cruel, prideful to a fault, and insufferable to be around. Perhaps he wanted reassurance? Answers? Maybe to get one last taunt in.

The door to the captain's chambers had been left ajar, and there was nobody waiting outside. Silently as he could, Bameldir stepped inside. There was nobody waiting within either. Not even the handsome healer who had attended Sarad's wounds before. She'd left with Prince Orodreth, and Bameldir had no way of knowing where she was now. Somewhere safer than here, I hope.

"Wait." a voice rasped from further within, and Bameldir knew it for the captain's. "It will be done soon."

What will? Bameldir wondered. Has he decided to take his own life, like another Rhudol? A part of him thought. But surely that'd be too low even for Sarad.

Soon, Bameldir had his answer, as he heard the sound of footsteps coming closer. He smelled the fragrance of water and soap. Good men and women are dying out there, and he's washing himself?

Sarad stepped forward. His hair was bound in a warrior's style instead of hanging loose about his shoulders, and he was clad all in armor, ready for battle. It was an old and splendid style, older than even the one Bameldir saw worn by Prince Orodreth. The scales were enameled white, as was every other piece of steel on it, from head to foot. He wore an ornate breastplate of many courses, decorated with purple lacing. His silken surcoat was white also, laced with golden thread and running short down to Sarad's waist. On it were flowers in their bloom, their vines entangling outwards, the sigil of Dorthonion sitting between them. His vambraces and greaves were nielloed, gleaming with gold and brass, forming patterns of the Two Trees. On one arm, Bameldir saw another odd piece from a bygone time - a large, wide shoulder-guard bordered with gold, light blue tassels hanging from its side - once favored by horsed bowmen, long fallen out of favor. On Sarad's head was a tall helm, its front marked with a golden crescent fashioned like the unfurled wings of an eagle in flight, while at its peak was a great grunt-ox fur plume, flowing down the back like hair.

This armor was made in Aman, he realized, before Sarad's voice cut off his thoughts. "Why did you come here?" the captain asked. "It doesn't matter." he then snapped. "Now that you've invited yourself, fetch my blade." Sarad then pointed to a blade sitting within a jeweled sheath atop a table.

Why don't you get it yourself? Bameldir complained inside his head, but fetched it anyway. A good sword was a good sword, regardless of everything else. Sarad nodded once he took it in hand, and unsheathed it. The blade was pale and long and straight, unblemished as on the day it was made. Sarad cast his cane aside, and held it in his arms, his eyes gazing over its reflection. Then he sheathed it back again, fast enough that one could blink and miss it.

"What even happened?" Bameldir asked. "Earlier today, you could barely even walk and now you're preparing for battle? Where is your cane?"

Sarad smiled, and looked toward the starry sky. It was a genuine smile. "Your words this morning made me think, little fool." he said. "You were right about one thing, if naught but that. I will never fight again. Morgoth's fire made sure of it. Do you have any idea what it is like? To know that I cannot be as I was ever again? To live for the rest of time, infirm and useless while those like you and Orodreth look down upon me?"

Sarad let out a sigh, and calmed his voice again. "You are young, and stupid also. Perhaps you do not. You have not seen an age end before your eyes. Until you do, then you cannot realize what I mean. 'Forever' is a longer time than any besides the Ainur can understand, and I will not spend it broken. So I have chosen to make you wrong in full."

"But the armor… how can you even wear it? Doesn't it hurt?" Bameldir asked, and Sarad scoffed.

"Every night I would have a potion to make the pains subside. Now, I drank enough to make them go away. If I had not, then every moment in this armor would be torment. By the time its effect wears off, I will be dead and have no more need of it." He said, as calmly as if he were telling Bameldir the time of the day.

"You mean to die? What of the battle? Minas Tirith? Who will lead the defense? Me?"

"Look around us." Sarad stated. "The battle is lost. Even you must be able to see it. By the morrow, we will all be dead."

Bameldir felt his feet crumple beneath him, and the room collapsed all around him. It was a prison before, but now it was an axe, ready to come down on his head. No, no, no, he told himself. He wanted this to be a lie. He wanted Sarad to be lying, to be mocking him. Please, laugh and call me a fool again, he begged. Please!

"Why?" Bameldir cried out, not sure to whom. "I thought you said death in battle wasn't glorious! Why do you want to die now, you vile, bitter madman?" He was angry. Bameldir did not want a glorious end, he realized. At this moment, he didn't even want to be a hero. All he wanted was to come back home. To see father and mother, his sisters again.

"So that is why you came here. You wanted my reassurance." He tapped his sword's pommel with his finger. "Yes, a glorious death means nothing." Sarad said. "And it is not what I am after. But a soldier must always be ready to meet his end, and I do not fear it. I have lived - and fought - for a very long while. I have seen friends fall. I watched boys and girls grow, then meet their deaths on desolate battlefields, forgotten by all save those that carried their memory to the next day. Fear for my life left me many, many years ago. What fear I had left was for those I knew, and the memory of those who have gone by. Now that has left me too. Prince Angrod, his brother Aegnor, Aeramath, the land we loved… they have all passed on, melted away like dewdrops on a blade of grass, like dreams upon the waking hour. Only I remain, and it is unseemly to tarry overlong."

"You can escape!" Bameldir pleaded. I can escape too. Everyone with us, it cannot be too hard. "When the King prevails, he will want to resettle Dorthonion. You can resettle it, you'll probably even be made its lord. What use is it for us to die here? Why would you - anyone want that?"

Sarad laughed. It seemed like all the bitterness had fled him, eerie calm and certainty taking its place. "Dorthonion died a year ago in the Bragollach, and again when the Golden Host fell upon us." he stated, not bothering to mask the sadness in his voice. "My age has come and faded away, leaving me behind. Even if King Finrod were to win all his wars, that will not bring it back. Even if I became Lord of Dorthonion, then it would not return those I've lost to my side. Even if it were resettled and thrived again, it still would not be my Dorthonion. It would be another land, filled with other men and women."

"You don't believe we will win this war, do you?" Bameldir asked, resigned. He did not want to die here. But the thought of dying uselessly made it even worse. If I'm to die, at least let me die for a cause. To know that despite everything lost, good would prevail in the end. To die, just so Nargothrond would go on to be destroyed as well? "Tell me the truth, I beg you. It's not as though I have not heard enough bad things this day."

"I do not know." Sarad confessed. "Nobody knows the course of war. For four hundred years, we kept Morgoth besieged - orcs would come fight us, and we would defeat them. I would gladly have seen that for four hundred more - yet it all was shattered in an instant. Do you know the Doom of the North?"

"I do not." Bameldir admitted.

"I was there when it was pronounced." Sarad said, slowly. "When the Doomsman of the Valar cursed all the Ñoldor who wished to leave Aman for Fëanor's crime. Tears unnumbered ye shall shed; To evil end shall all things turn that they begin well; Slain ye may be, and slain ye shall be: by weapon and by torment and by grief; and your houseless spirits shall come then to Mandos." He pronounced the words, and they fell with the weight of a hammerblow on Bameldir's spirit, chilling his bones. It was as though he knew them already, though this was the first time hearing it. And he knew instantly that it was the truth he heard. "All of us who left Aman are cursed, abhorred by the Powers that govern Ëa, and fighting against another Vala. Me, King Finrod, my Prince, even you, your father, and sisters. Children born this very moment shall live beneath its shadow for the rest of their days. From that Doom and the fate decreed, we have no escape. If it is true, then this war was lost before the Ñoldor stepped foot in Beleriand. If it is true, all we've done here will be ground to dust and choked in ashes… like Dorthonion was."

Bameldir did not know what to say. Hot tears started welling in his eyes, and his voice broke when he made to speak. "That's… that's horrible. Why would.. Why would anyone want this?" he asked, trying to hold back his sobs. "Why did you do this? Why did you come here? Why did you bring this evil upon us? For vanity? For what? Because a king died and his son had his jewels stolen? And you dare call me a fool!"

"Bring this upon you?" Sarad disagreed "You were born here, in Beleriand. You grew safe and secure because of our struggles. Even had you been born in Valinor, you'd be a different Bameldir. And if you were to look on him, then you'd not recognize yourself. We are our experiences, and it's our struggles that shape us into who we are. For all these centuries of strife and battle, Beleriand's lands were free. Those men, women and children we saved from Morgoth's hordes lived, when they could have died. Would you tell them it all was for evil and for naught? Aegnor's valor, Aeramath's eagerness, my Prince's iron resolve, those were not false because they fell in battle. The heroism of the Aglareb and the borderlands was no less real than the suffering of the Helcaraxë and the Bragollach. And that is what the Valar, with all their threats of Doom and death awaiting those that disobeyed their command failed to understand. Why we would leave the comfort of Valinor for a greater cause. It is because there are greater purposes in life than to live in bliss and comfort forever. Yes, perhaps we did not know what fate had in store for us then. But if you told me that day in Araman what awaited me in Beleriand, all the beauty, but all the pain and loss also? Said that the Ice is on the road and the Halls lie at the end? Then I know I would be in no better company than the one I chose, and I would do it all again. Without regrets."

"Tell it to those who will lose a battle and their lives, and it'll be cold comfort." Bameldir croaked out. "What good is it to be right and lose everything?"

"That is what I am doing at this very moment," Sarad answered. "Tell me - do you believe the orc that swept you from your horse was righteous because it brought you down? That the traitor Edain waiting for us outside this tower's doors are truer than their kin who stand beside us? If not, why would Morgoth's triumph be different? Even were all Beleriand, all Arda to be left in ashes trod upon by orc feet, it would still make him neither right nor just. Victory alone is no vindication, to be defeated no great refutation."

"No, it wouldn't. But the dead would still be dead." Bameldir countered. "Like we'll be soon. Maybe you were right, and I was a fool this morning. I'd rather be alive than a righteous corpse, or a dead hero."

At that moment, horns sounded from outside the tower, closer than they'd been heard before. The lull was over, and the final hour was soon to come.

Sarad took a deep breath, and pointed Bameldir to a chest by the corner of the room. "There is more to say, but that will have to wait. In there, you'll find an axe." he instructed. "Take it, and use it with your good hand. You might be foolish Bellamdirion, but I can see in your eyes that you do not want to meet your doom unarmed. Take the small sword too, and keep it also."

Bameldir listened, and took the axe. It felt heavy in his left hand - but he had the strength to wield it. "That sword," he said. "I can't use it with my left. It'll be useless against the enemy."

"It's not for the enemy." Sarad answered.

No. That's... Bameldir thought. He'd always been taught that to end one's life was a cowardly, evil act. That it was a wrong against all that was good in the world. But he'd also heard the tales told of those who were captured and died. Or worse, the ones that lived. Aderthrion. They'd been friends before he was captured and forced to carry messages for Aegon Targaryen. Who knew where he even was now?

"It is better to do it yourself than fall into the hands of orcs and wish you had." Sarad said. "Now come, follow me." There was no time, and little choice. He took the blade too.

They climbed down the stairs, Bameldir barely able to go down the winding steps, and his mind unable to stop thinking. Will it hurt? His steps were heavy as lead, and he felt like his body was encased in a block of ice.

What will they do to me after I die? He thought of his body being devoured by orcs, or being left to rot. His limbs being cut off, or his family being shown his severed head. And he started trembling again, and the axe felt unbearably heavy. He made a misstep, and barely kept himself from slipping down. Help me. Please, help me.

They reached the tower's base, where all the warriors were now gathered. They were seated and standing up, lying down or resting by the steps. Tired, wounded and bloodied. He saw Hirluin, struggling to stand to his feet. The Men from before - there were more Men than he expected, Eldar freely mingling with Edain. A small handful wearing the colors of Dorthonion bowed their heads reverently once they saw Sarad in his armor.

"You are afraid," Sarad told him. "Have you not come to terms with the impending end yet?"

Bameldir just glared back. He wasn't in any mood to reply.

"Look at them," Sarad said, gesturing towards the Edain. "Soon, we shall be in the Halls. Maybe you will be rebodied soon - you are young and a fool, what wrongs could you have done? I will not be, not after defying the Doomsman's decree all those centuries ago. But at least I will be with my lord again, so I am not unhappy. But tell me - what do you think will become of the Aftercomers?"

"I don't know," Bameldir admitted reluctantly. "I never cared enough to find out."

"You are a fool, Bellamdirion." Sarad smiled. "But here, no more a fool than the rest of us. No one knows the fate of Men, least of all the Aftercomers themselves. I suspect that if you climbed to Taniquetíl's lofty peak and asked the Elder King himself, he would know no more than Ebor, or that man you were pestering yesterday. You know where your spirit shall go with certainty, but these Edain do not. They are weaker than us, sickly, what lesser strength they have fades with age, decrepity taking its place. I've seen Edain who were mighty in their youth turn to white-haired old men that could not stand up unaided. They have no assurance any of their works will matter. In the end, there might be naught but Darkness waiting for them on the other end. Yet they are brave in the face of death all the same, Bameldir."

"It is a lesson we would do well to learn." he continued. "Some of us, like Orodreth and his ilk, desire no less than eternity. They would rather the world be frozen still around them than move past what they know. But naught in the circles of the world is truly eternal. All down the ages rings the note of change - for Doom so rules it; none escape its sway."

That does not sound that bad, Bameldir thought. "Wouldn't you like it if things stayed the way you like them?"

"Everyone would." Sarad admitted. "But to embalm the world so you can preserve it? To try and break the new so it can be like the old? That is no victory to be proud of, nor the world we were born into. And that is what I tell you - because something has an end, it does not mean it never was. Even if the end is not what we would like."

Bameldir sat still, pondering the words. If the Edain meet their doom, why are you so afraid of it? The voice of pride told him. Perhaps he was right, part of him considered. If the end was certain, what use was crying and cowering in fear? "Then… I want to meet my end well." Bameldir said finally.

Sarad looked him in the eyes, and smiled. "That is all I ask," he answered. "Our time is done, and that of all the Ñoldor will perhaps soon follow. But before it is, we will give our enemy its best, last glimpse."

He moved forward, leaving Bameldir behind.

"Gather round! Eldar and Edain, men and women, brave and true." the captain announced, his voice calm, yet carrying well across the tower. "Listen to your commander! This battle is over. For us, this war is done. When dawn breaks, Tol Sirion will have fallen. I will not ask you to not feel fear, nor to wipe away your tears. All I ask of you is two things - first to be brave. To stand by my side, in this final hour, far from our homes and kin, and meet the enemy with me. Second, your names. Perhaps there will be no songs sung of us, and our only memory shall be carved in the North's heart. But when we meet again in the Halls of Mandos, I will not let a single one of you be left alone."

He turned to one of the Edain. "You, Man. Stand tall, and tell me your name."

"Ebor of Brethil." he said, his voice low. Was this the Man whose gullibility led them here? Useless to think of that now, Bameldir reminded himself.

"Haleth's people have ever been valiant. Make them proud." He turned to Hirluin. "You, son of the Ñoldor."

"Hirluin, son of Crithon!" Hirluin answered.

"I remember your father well Hirluin, and I'll never forget his son." Sarad assured him, and continued.

"Pedirion, of Barad Nimras!"

"May Barad Nimras ever be true as now, worthy Pedirion."

"Harnadis of Dorthonion! I will die by your side, commander! For Aeramath, for Prince Aegnor, for Angrod Ironhand!" a woman cried out.

Sarad nodded, his eyes wet with tears. He did not answer, but instead embraced Harnadis.

"Galhir!" said the moustachioed Man he saw yesterday.

"Nallrien!"

"Hastor!"

"Arradir!"

It had begun as a few drops hitting the ground. Now they were like torrential rain, every man and woman left alive shouting out a name, the walls ringing with the sound of their cries. Bameldir buckled and joined in. "Bameldir, son of Bellamdir! Knight of Nargothrond!" he shouted out, raising his axe high.

"You are the best soldiers in the world! I thank you all, brothers and sisters!" Sarad answered them.

Bameldir heard the sound of men approaching from outside. He clutched the axe close to him like a blanket once the pounding crack of the ram resounded against the tower's doors for the first time. A loud boom, followed by a pause.

The ram reeled back and hit the doors again. "Alcar!" Glory! Harnadis shouted, her voice rising high above the din.

Boom. Boom. Boom. Steel crashed against wood, pounding repeatedly. It was becoming louder and louder with every blow, and the gates all that much weaker.

"Alcar!" Glory! Harnadis shouted once again.

"Ná!" Yes! They all answered, as the gate was shattered open with a great crash. Out from beyond the broken doors, Bameldir saw the teeming mass of the Golden Host's warriors. Edain foot, armored from head to toe, their bowmen in their midst. And just behind them, he saw the banner of the three-headed dragon. Aegon Targaryen is close by. With a loud cry of their own, the vanguard of the Edain charged inside the tower.

Sarad was the first to meet them. He unsheathed his sword, and held it before him with both hands. Before him were Aftercomers with sword and mace and spear and axe, but he remained perfectly still. Until the first man of the Golden Host stepped forward - like a bowstring pulled taut being released, Sarad sprang forward, bringing his blade down. The man died in an instant, his throat slashed open as the one next to him swung his axe. The knight of Dorthonion's form was perfect, good enough to be Gwindor's match. What would he have been like before being broken? Bameldir thought with envy. Every blow flowed with ease onto the next strike, with strength and speed greater than the Edain could match. The axeman was no luckier than his fellow, finding his arm severed at the wrist, before the blade struck down the next traitor, biting deep into his mail. In the blink of an eye, five men were dead or writhing on the floor.

Hirluin and Ebor were quick to join in the battle, and Harnadis' sword made short work of the first Man to face her, lopping his head clean off. Hastor stabbed his spear through the exposed eye-hole of a soldier's helm. Watching this, Bameldir ran into the fray, standing behind Arradir and the protection of his shield. As Arradir was busy trying to fend off the wild assault of a foe to his front, he missed another striking from his side - but Bameldir did not. He swung his axe to protect Arradir, cutting the head off the Aftercomer's spear and forcing him back.

There was no time to give thanks or gratitude, only to fight and kill. The tower's halls turned into a swirl of manic violence as more Edain poured in from outside, eager for blood and battle. In the cramped quarters, the screams of the wounded mingled with the war-cries of those still standing. Bameldir swung his axe, again and again. In the flurry of combat he found himself separated from Arradir and the protection of his shield. It was then that he realized just how vulnerable he was. One of the Golden Host had isolated him. It was a broad man, sword in one hand and a heavy shield on the other. With one arm broken, he couldn't fight him, much less kill him. Slowly, Bameldir tried to back away. But the Man did not let up his pursuit, driving him against the wall. Bameldir tried to slip away, only for the shield to slam at his broken arm with full force. He heard his own bones crack, and screamed in pain. Bameldir's axe fell from his hand, and he felt the bite of steel sinking deep into his flesh.

Bameldir's world descended into pain and stinging cold, spreading through his limbs.

Pain, too much pain. He couldn't lift himself up, much less dodge the coming blow. But before the mace descended, the Man was thrown off by another. It was Galhir - he threw himself at the armored soldier, giving Bameldir time enough to rise to his feet while the two grappled.

Bameldir bled, like he'd never bled before in his life. He was done for - the life was fleeing from his body. But there was still time for one last thing.

He pushed through the pain, and took the short sword from his belt. The armored man had wrestled Galhir to the ground, and was ready to deliver the killing blow. Bameldir would give him no such chance. Seizing the opportunity, he drove the blade deep beneath his visor. With a sickening squelch, the man went limp, his armor clanking clumsily as he fell to the stone floor. I've never killed a Man before, Bameldir thought breathlessly. This was the first time, and the last. No time to think. The pain and bleeding left no room for that.

With his good hand, Bameldir helped the heavyset Galhir back to his feet, and together they fled back towards the stairs. For the last stretch, he did not have the strength to climb them alone. Galhir had to help, placing him down as they settled back to watch.

More and more, the others were being pushed back. Hirluin was dead, as was Nallrien, felled by five arrows. He saw Hirluin cut down three men, only for joy to turn to horror as four more cornered him and hacked him down, no matter how fiercely he fought back. The Golden Host fought on savagely, despite the men they'd lost.

But there was one place where they had no success. Sarad's blade had taken the head off another foe, and many dead were lying at his feet. His white armor was now painted crimson, gold trim washed with gore. Another Edain knight attacked, only for Sarad to parry his blade, then step off to the side and slam the pommel of his sword at his face. Disoriented, the Aftercomer was soon dispatched with a swift stab to the neck. But even he was giving ground, the weight of numbers beginning to tell. At last he withdrew to the stairs, after all the other remaining defenders - and the Golden Men pursued, but at a distance. None dared approach too close.

Bameldir heard the Aftercomers shout in their cruel language, slowly pushing further within. He didn't know what they were saying, but he doubted any of it was good. Soon, the tower would be flooded with them. The end is near.

There was no terror in the thought, no joy at the prospect of a glorious death. Only acceptance. From the windows, a light came to the tower. It was warmer than the lamps above them, and the thrush's song accompanied its red glow. Morning had come, the last he'd see in Beleriand. Despite everything, the only thing that Bameldir saw was that it was beautiful.

He could feel the last of his strength began to fade, and breathing grew more laborious. He turned to Sarad, and the warrior smiled serenely. "You were brave." he assured him. "Go now, and we will meet in the Halls."

As Bameldir's eyelids grew heavier and heavier, he saw Sarad heading down the steps, sword in hand. The world grew dark, and the sounds of combat more and more distant. But one last thing he heard clear, whispered though it was. "My Prince… your faithful servant will join you soon."
 
The Battle of Tol Sirion (Part 3 of 3)
-------------------------------
The Warden of the Tower
-------------------------------


A day had come and gone. Out of doubt he rode, onto light's rising and heart's breaking.

Freedom had seemed close enough to grasp it in his hands, only to be snatched away and hope to turn to ash. The Edain were too many, too fast on their horses. They'd given ruthless pursuit as soon as they were roused from their camps. In the panic, Orodreth had found himself separated from Gwindor, with few friends by his side.

The Edain riders kept them from finding their way back to the host. Evading them had not been easy, nor without cost. Three of his companions were lost leading them away. He promised himself to remember the names.

But there were so many names now, remembering them all was growing harder by the day.

Orodreth rested his back against the wall, the metal of his armor brushing against the stone. He then removed his helmet and put it aside, breathing free of its confines for the first time in hours. They'd taken refuge in one of the abandoned estates of the saintost. It had been a fair dwelling once, but its occupants had long left it behind, likely before Orodreth even rode north. Now it was empty, home only to dust and silence. The windows were all shuttered, the long rods that once held curtains standing empty above them. All around them were fine carved chairs, reclining couches, a marble-framed table. The floors were decorated with small tiles, arranged in geometric patterns. The things they could not bring with them.

He looked around him, to the few remaining by his side. Suilor had been injured, taking a blow for Orodreth. They'd stopped on his behalf, for he could not ride any longer. Duinendaer and Amarthron were keeping watch outside. Both were good, stalwart men. Tandir was by Orodreth's side, helping tend to Suilor's wounds. He cried out in pain as they burned and dressed them, loud enough that Orodreth had to muffle him with his hand. He couldn't make a sound. They couldn't be heard.

It was silent for now. "What do we do next, Warden?" Tandir asked him.

Try to make their way back to Nargothrond. Wait out here maybe, hope the Edain lost their trail. Perhaps try and dash for Doriath's borders, then back home. Thingol was kin, surely he would welcome them - No, Orodreth thought again. How could they know that? After what the Golden Host did with the banners of the Sons of Fëanor? Thingol might well have decided all Ñoldor were his enemies now, and who could put the blame on him for that? "I do not know." Orodreth answered.

Silence descended among them again. Nobody had anything to say. It was broken by another noise, coming from outside their refuge. Dogs barking, and horses with men riding, more than two dozens from the sound of it.

Orodreth peered outside, and saw the night sky turn lighter. Flaming pinpricks floated in the inky darkness. Torches, Orodreth thought and heard the tongue spoken by the Golden Edain. He swept beneath to join the others.

"Be quiet!" He whispered, as low as he could. The lantern Tandir carried with him, their only source of light - that was extinguished too. From outside, he heard footsteps approaching, Men opening doors. They're going through the other houses first.

All the while, a voice was shouting in clear Sindarin. "Soldiers of the Ñoldor! We know you have hidden here!" it cried. "You have fought bravely, but now is the hour to lay down arms! There is no dishonor in wisdom. Surrender, and you will be treated well!" Resist, and you shall be destroyed. That, it did not say, but there was no need to.

The Edain went from abandoned house to abandoned house, all at once. There must be well over two hundred. Too many to fight. "They'll come here too." Orodreth whispered to Tandir.

"We can hide, sire. Move from here to one of the houses they've already searched." the supply officer suggested. "We can move faster, and the Edain cannot see in the dark."

They cannot see, but they have ears to hear. "We can't." Orodreth said. He thought of Suilor. He couldn't walk under his own power. They'd need to carry him. And he was still hurt. If his wounds were pressed…

"Warden…" Tandir whispered. "I know why you say this. But we could leave the wounded behind. Hide them, then return once the Edain have left."

"And if they find them?" Orodreth asked. "What then, Tandir?"

"Then you will have escaped, sire." Tandir said. Myself, or you? "You are our King's only nephew. To return to Nargothrond safely is more important than the life of any man here. Ask your vassal what he thinks."

Orodreth turned to the wounded Suilor. "Leave me here, sire." the youth said shakily, his voice breaking, his eyes widening in despair. "Better to die. Better to be captured than.. than to be another Rhudol."

But Orodreth could tell what Suilor really wanted to say, but dared not before his eyes. 'Do not leave me here. Don't let me die, so far from home'. He hated it, loathed this sight. "Rhudol, Rhudol, Rhudol!" Orodreth repeated angrily. "That accursed tale again." He was not born as that, but became it. Rhudol was a captain of the Ñoldor, so it went. Which prince he served seemed to change with every telling. Sometimes it was Maedhros in the East, at others it was Fingon, even Orodreth's own father. That Ñoldo was captured in battle by the Dark Lord's servants and taken to Thangorodrim. There he was tormented for years, but then let out, free to return home. He was far from the only one. It had not been a few captives of Angband who were released, to act as Morgoth's spies in the very homes that welcomed them back. By the time the one known as Rhudol returned, he was not welcomed warmly. His lords distrusted him, worried he was another such man. Those friends of his that were left alive stayed well away. Even his father and mother looked upon him with fear. A man tortured for years, forgotten by the very home he'd been taken from. That was what 'Rhudol' meant. 'Unwanted'. By kin, friends and king. In the end, he was forced from his home, so the tale went - and in despair took his own life.

Perhaps it was right that the tales did not agree on who he served, and there were many Rhudols, unwanted men and women, left used and cast aside. But how many more were there who would end their own lives so as to spare themselves his sorry fate? How many had taken that story to mean that obedience unyielding and sacrifice for no good cause were to be desired? If there were evil tales in the world, it was surely one.

Orodreth looked to Suilor and then to Tandir. "I will not," he said. "I won't leave a single one of you behind. No more good men and women die for me."

Tandir's face turned grimmer as he heard that. "Sire, if you try to hold onto everything, sometimes you find that all will slip from your grasp."

"And who would you choose to let slip?" Orodreth asked. He felt tired, and not just from the fighting. "What if I chose you? How would I face your sons, your daughters and your wife, tell them I sacrificed you because it was convenient? Because it was easy? What would they say?"

Tandir fell silent. And now, the footsteps of the Edain were drawing nearer. The shouting from their crier continued, getting closer and closer. "Warriors of the Ñoldor, we know you have hidden yourselves here! Surrender, and you will be treated with honor!" It repeated. "But remain hidden, and the Men of the Golden Host shall burn you out of these houses!"

The crier's voice had almost turned to pleading at those last words. Burn. Orodreth looked to the others. "Hide." he told them. "Make sure you are not seen."

"Hide? Sire, hiding won't protect us from the fire." Tandir whispered in protest.

Orodreth bit down on his lip, and closed his eyes. It was good that it was so dark now, they could scarcely see his face. "There will be no fire." he promised, and lifted himself up to his feet. Some of the others made to rise up as well, but he forbade them. "No." he said simply.

"Sire…" they questioned.

Orodreth did not let them speak. "Enough," he said. "I said no more good people would die for me today, and I meant it. Tandir was right. Trying to hold onto everything will merely mean all slips from your fingers. Four cannot perish for the sake of one, no more than can four thousand. This is my final command to you, as Warden of the Tower: Live. Find your way back home. Meet with Prince Gwindor, and our King if… if Gwindor does not make it. Tell them of this. Do not try and chase after me. Word must reach Nargothrond, and you with it."

He turned his back away, silently. Orodreth walked towards the doors, and pushed them open. Outside were the Edain with their torches and devices, many of them mounted. The light's glow made Orodreth think of Nargothrond, its halls and lanterns. You will never see it again. You'll never see Finduilas again, lest you return- lest you come back another Rhudol. What would they think of him? The lesser son of a great man? The fool who led thousands to their deaths? The coward prince who laid down arms? His feet started shaking as he walked forward, fear weighing them down, heavy as lead. But he pressed on. It was too late to stop.

The Edain saw him now, and turned their weapons in his direction. Orodreth loosened the straps holding his sword and sheath in place. The weapon fell to the ground with a clutter, and he raised his arms high. "I surrender!" he said. "I surrender!" Orodreth said again. "I am the one you are looking for. I am Prince Orodreth. Son of Angrod. Warden of the Tower. Nephew to King Finrod. Leader of the Ñoldor!"

A dozen Aftercomer warriors approached him. Rough-looking men, armed with spears and swords. One with white hair and darker skin, and many golden rings on his arms came forward. Their leader, most likely. "You. Surrender?" he asked in rough, heavily-accented Sindarin. Probably the only words he knows.

Then came another voice, that of the crier. Orodreth knew him as one of the warriors who were captured in battle. He said something to the Man in his own tongue.

The Aftercomer's expression shifted from apprehension to curiosity. "Prince Orodreth?" he asked. "Lord of elves?" Orodreth nodded. Once again, he turned to the crier, and the crier turned to Orodreth.

"I told him I recognize you, sire." he said apologetically. "I am sorry."

Orodreth looked down. "I understand." he answered. "Say I am alone. I lost the others." Though the crier relayed his words, the Aftercomer leader still seemed suspicious. He sent warriors inside the house regardless. Try not to react. They'll see you. Let them hide, let them hide, he wished. I beg of you, hear me just this once.

Before Orodreth saw what turned out however, he was grabbed by the Aftercomers. They grabbed his hands, pressing close, searching him for any weapons. So close, he had trouble breathing. Orodreth's arms were bound, and they led him to a horse. "Come, Prince." their leader said as they helped him mount, and barked instructions to his men.

They took him away. To the very place he tried to escape.




It was nigh the crack of dawn by the time Orodreth reached the Golden Host's siege camps. His back and legs were sore from hours of riding atop a horse while another held the reins, arms bound and chafing at the bonds. He'd tried to close his eyes and hope his mind took him elsewhere, but no dreams nor rest had come to him. Instead, he sat alone with his thoughts.

He thought of his father. What would Angrod Ironhand think? Would he feel shame to hear his son surrendered after losing everything? Or would he expect nothing less of Orodreth? And his only living uncle, the King. Two brothers lost, and now a nephew. What would become of him? He thought of Finduilas, all alone without him. It was enough to make him forget his father, to make the king seem paltry. Forgive me, he asked again.

They passed over the Sirion's swelling waters, the towers and battlements of Minas Tirith gazing down at them from the Isle. The great tower stood defiantly, the banner of the King flying from its pinnacle. But all around it there were the golden banners of the Aftercomers, hanging from the walls and gatehouse. They've broken in. The Tower would not be long to fall either. Orodreth could not even bring himself to feel sorrow - only a yawning emptiness inside his chest.

If all else failed, why not Tol Sirion too?

The horse carried him into the camps, where they had gathered in the multitudes. The riders that escorted Orodreth cried out in the language of the Golden Host as they passed through the wooden gates and past their encampment's walls. He managed to make out his own name, wrongly as they pronounced it. The Edain soldiers cheered loudly at their riders. If he'd been watching this from afar, Orodreth would have laughed, he decided - so many cheers for him being captured? Others were not content with cheers alone, so for jeers they went instead. They shouted at Orodreth and laughed at him, throwing mockeries he could not understand. They came from all around him, cheers, laughter and insults, the smell of the camp and the sweat of the horse he was on. He felt trapped, and his bonds chafed all the harder.

Orodreth closed his eyes, and let it all roll from him like water. Ignore it. It could not hurt worse than what was about to come.

The horse came to a halt, and Orodreth was forcibly dismounted. His captors led him towards a great golden pavilion, decorated with jewels and the skins of wild beasts, the floor richly-carpeted. Its folds were opened wide, and there were chairs set by tables where Edain warriors were seated, attended by serving men. He saw platters filled with food there, and many drinking cups. None of the Edain seated looked alike, but seemed instead to be competing for who would stand out most. At the head of the table there was a taller seat, and on it was enthroned a Man. He was clad in a black garment embroidered with wyrms in red thread, while a red cloak was on his shoulders, its folds woven to imitate the appearance of scales. There was a choker on his neck, set with large rubies. His face was fair as that of a prince, his long hair and eyebrows were silver, while his eyes were dark blue - no, not blue. Looking closer, Orodreth realized they were purple, rather. He had not seen an Aftercomer that looked like this before. He stood comfortably among his fellows, sharing in drinks and jokes but his back stood straight when he saw Orodreth enter.

By his side was another Man, not much older in years, armored in mail and wearing a pure white cloak. He dashed fleeting looks around the tent, and at everyone approaching the youth.

Then to the youth's right side Orodreth saw the man who'd worn the lion-eagle on his surcoat. There was no doubt who the Edain King was now, and this was certainly the 'Hand' Aderthrion had spoken of. The one called Jon Connington's hair was red and reached to the back of his neck, his beard flecked with white and grey hairs, face lined and weathered as that of many older Edain. His blue eyes were cold and grim, judging those around him. They shifted to Orodreth, but his expression showed nothing. I've seen men like him before, he decided. None were Edain, but he knew them well all the same.

The 'King of the Edain' rose to his feet. "Welcome, Prince Orodreth!" he said, purple eyes glinting in the candlelight, and bade something with his hands. A man walked up to Orodreth, knife in hand. Will they kill me so soon? Orodreth flinched as the blade came close. At least it was a mercy, he told himself. The cold steel struck - and cut through his bonds, freeing his hands.

Aegon Targaryen smiled widely. "A star shines on the hour of our meeting." he said in Sindarin. It was spoken better than his soldier's broken sentences, but stilted and slow. Aegon did not know Sindarin yet, no more than his men did. Someone else had taught him how to say these words.

One of the servants offered Orodreth wine from a jeweled chalice on Aegon's behalf. It was hot and smelled of spices. He drank to ease his parched throat, but could not relish any of it.

Man's steed and Evil's mind, cruel sword leaden-heavy. All those things that were their undoing had gathered here. He was there, standing alongside the Golden Host. Orodreth dared not look at him, even in this form.

"Welcome indeed, Prince Artaresto." a warm voice spoke to him in Quenya, the words slowly dripping into his ears. He tried not to meet the being it came from. The chalice nearly slipped from his fingers. Sauron. Peals of gentle laughter echoed in Orodreth's mind.

'I did not expect we would cross paths so soon, my Prince.' Sauron spoke again in silence. 'My good friends surpassed all expectations. Little wonder that your kind are so eager to use Edain for their bidding.'

'Enough.'
Orodreth said. 'Sauron. Servant of Angband, fiend of Utumno. Leave me. Slay me quickly, if you want me dead.'

'Why not ask that of His Grace, noble Prince?'
Sauron's voice suggested. 'He shall be glad to answer.'

Orodreth turned his head to look at Aegon Targaryen. The 'king' looked at him expectantly, and pointed to an empty seat at the table. Hesitantly, he joined the men of the Golden Host. He felt their eyes on him, but ignored them. "Why have me here?" Orodreth asked. "I am your enemy. Who shares a table with a foe?"

The lieutenant of Angband relayed his words, prompting Aegon Targaryen to smile. "A great king does not slay princes at his mercy, even if they're his enemies." he said, Sauron swiftly translating. "I am here to conquer, not destroy your people."

Noble words, and well-spoken. But false entirely. War was war, no matter how this Aftercomer tried to pretend it was not. Orodreth looked away. "And besides," Aegon continued. "Is our quarrel so great that we cannot share a table?" Tell that to those your men killed, to those still dying.

"Quarrel." Orodreth shot back. "Quarrel indeed. What quarrel was there between us that you attacked? How did we wrong you?"

The Hand's eyes narrowed. "To be merciful is a king's virtue." he said coldly. "But presuming on that mercy is unwise. Even for princes."

"There cannot be a king without a kingdom." Aegon answered simply. "Fate brought my army here, and the gods have a purpose for me."

Brought from where? Gods? With every new word that came out of this boy's mouth, Orodreth had more questions to ask.

'He comes from a line of conquerors and kings, men who saw new lands and claimed them for their own.' Sauron's voice whispered in his mind. 'You are alike in that regard, Prince. Though Aegon Targaryen is more fortunate, without a doubt. First I broke your father's armies in Dorthonion, and now the Golden Company has caught you. It would seem the strength of the Ñoldor has diminished as of late.'

Orodreth bit his lip, but remained silent. 'Ah, but strength is not to you what it is to the rest of your people, Prince.' the voice suggested.

"You surrendered, I hear." Aegon told Orodreth. "My men say that your people are the most stubborn enemy they've faced, yet you laid down your arms all the same." he wondered. "Why?"

He couldn't tell them. But could he even keep a secret? "To avoid further bloodshed." he explained. "I thought of my people. The ones you hold, and the others. The ones I should keep safe. That is why I surrendered."

Orodreth did not know if they believed him. Finally, Aegon broke the silence. "It was a wise and noble thing, Prince Orodreth." he said as he rose from his throne. "Forgive me, because word has come that the final assault on your fortress is soon to begin and I am needed there. Before I go tell me; without you, who commands the force still on the field?"

Orodreth hesitated. "Prince Gwindor." he said finally. What harm could it do now?

"You are kin, correct?" the Edain king asked. Not yet. Maybe because of you, we never shall. "I hope he sees wisdom as you did. I hope he surrenders. When I return, we shall talk again." Aegon promised.

Orodreth paid him no heed. His thoughts were with Gwindor and his men. Please, he implored the Powers. Please, deliver them.

----------------------
The Brown Apple
----------------------



"We have them!" Franklyn heard Torman Peake declare triumphantly, slapping at his gut. "Time to end it, I'm in the mood for drinking more of their wine!"

Homeless Harry laughed, the gilded skulls of his forebears grinning too, all the way up from the standard pole. The Captain-General had ridden as soon as he'd received news that the Warden of the fortress had been taken captive, and the rest of his army had been pinned down. No doubt wanted a share of the glory for himself. "Now now, Ser Torman." Strickland said. "There's no need to be hasty. We have them surrounded, and Lord Connington has the castle of Minas Tirith well in hand. Perhaps they'll even surrender without any more bloodshed, like their leader did."

"Doubt they will," Franklyn raised his own voice. "That captain o' theirs, he's the knight in the blue cloak. Last to leave when we arrived, first to attack last morning."

"Afraid, Flowers?" boomed the voice of Vyrr beneath his helm, and Franklyn's expression soured. The large, grim Lyseni who served as Homeless Harry's bodyguard and was known as one of the Company's strongest warriors rarely spoke, and those few times he opened his mouth never made Flowers any fonder of him. When he was younger and Blackheart still breathed, Flowers wanted that place for himself - and Vyrr was a reminder of everything he now wasn't. Bah. I've been fightin' for longer than that overgrown whoreson's been alive.

"Not afraid, you silver-haired fuck." Flowers countered. "But I know this kind of man would rather be a corpse than ever bend the knee."

From his side, Flowers heard the ringing of bells and a heavy accent. "I'm looking forward to make him a corpse for our little king, then." Jaqho said, the Dothraki almost swaggering atop his horse. Unlike Vyrr, Franklyn liked their tamed Dothraki. Strong, reliable, a devil atop a saddle and the sound of his name put the fear of the Gods into men who got too rowdy for their own good.

"Ha, mayhaps you will!" Flowers agreed, though he didn't want to dwell on His Grace overlong, not after that talk with Connington. "Might make you a proper knight for that, eh? Oils and all."

Jaqho laughed at that. "Do I have to take your Seven Gods too? I'm a horselord, not Andal."

"I look like a Septon to you, Jaqho?" Flowers said. He reminded himself to pray later in apology for that. "Besides, I've heard there's been Northmen knighted too, and they pray to trees. The way I see it, they aren't any better than your kind, Dothraki." he snorted. "So pray to your big horse I don't find him first an' you might get that knighthood."

Jaqho nodded, and both turned their eyes to the field. They'd been giving chase for long, and finally caught the elves. Against the power of the Golden Company's knights, Franklyn Flowers was surprised they held at all. But held they had, exploiting their greater knowledge of the land and the surprise of their initial attack, making their way ever southwards. Some had been broken off or lost, yet the greater part of the mass did not, remaining steady and firm. These are neither scum nor weaklings, he thought to himself. These are a worthy lot, the kind I'd kill to have here and under me. If this were Essos, they'd have made good gold as a free company.

But it was not, and they'd made enemies of the Golden Company. Now the captain that had held them so well was pinned, backed against the river. There were plains all about them and rolling hills, good ground for horsemen to ride freely. Good for us, bad for them. Further behind were the abandoned fields and manor-houses they'd seen on their march. A reward waiting for when we win. Their foes had little in the way of horse to begin with, and many of their knights were dead or scattered. Seeing that, the captain of the elves arrayed his force with their backs to the river. The vessels that were left to him he'd beached too, and put their hulls to guard his flanks, alongside the baggage that his army carried. Their ranks were deep, shields interlocked and spears pointing outwards like a hedgehog's spines.

"Look at this!" Torman Peake exclaimed in annoyance, while his brother Pykewood idly stroked his long beard. "Little bastard! He's trying to block us! The knights!"

"Not tryin', he's done it." Flowers said. "Best to wait 'em out." he turned to Strickland.

The Captain-General nodded in agreement. "No use in getting our men killed!" he proclaimed. "Give signal to the archers. We can wait, they cannot. Whether by dusk or dawn, we'll have them yet. A victory no man can contest, and even old Bittersteel himself would be proud of, I say."

The trumpets sounded, signaling the foot to advance. Serried ranks of footmen marched forward, their pikes in hand. Alongside them followed archers and crossbowmen both. Franklyn wished that Black Balaq and his Summer Islanders were with them right now - he and the best crossbows were occupied with the storming of the castle, last he saw of them. But it didn't matter. The elves were trapped, and victory was certain now - it was just a matter of how bloody it'd be.

The archers began to nock their arrows, drawing the string back to their ears. "Loose!" came the cry of the officers, trumpets blowing as they shouted. Arrows and bolts were loosed, whistling through the air to find the teeming mass across.

Many Westerosi held bows in low esteem, and none more than the highborn knights. It was true, a bow did not kill as surely as a knightly lance - but that was not its use. No, most bows would not kill a well-armored man in an instant from afar. But they could wound and vex and terrify, force a company to move forward even when it was not wise, or drive them to rout.

With hundreds of soldiers packed together in one place, it was difficult for their archers to miss. Shots continued flying apace, finding shields or armor, clattering against helms. There was almost nothing loosed back in return, the elves huddling close in their wall of shields. Some few were injured no doubt, but most stood their ground. "Seems they want to play the part of the Unsullied at Qohor!" Strickland noted. "But we're not Dothraki, are we, men?" It was lack of caution that proved the undoing of the khal outside Qohor. Overconfidence born from victory.

"Nay, Captain-General!" one of the Strongs piped up. "Bittersteel's heirs fight with craft and skill!" Aye, best we don't end up like those horse-fuckers.

Skill it was. But their enemies weren't lacking either. The arrows and bolts continued to rain down upon them, and at that moment a great cry went up from their companies. The knight in the blue cloak was running up and about the elven ranks, spurring them on like a warhorse. They cried out in their tongue twice and thrice again, shields and spears faced towards the men of the Golden Company, advancing. The shouts mingled with song from the elven battalions as the arrows continued to whistle towards the foe's line. The march picked up pace steadily.

And then the elves began to run. "Madness." Strickland breathed out in shock, as they watched the enemy charge straight towards the Golden Company's lines at a sprint. Flowers heard laughter from some of the men besides him. "Either madness or folly."

Whether it was either of those things did not matter. The elves were swift, crossing over three hundred yards in nigh an instant, and seeming no worse for wear for the hundred more left and the struggle ahead. The archers and crossbows fell back in a rush, withdrawing to the safety of the pikes rather than meet the advance. The Golden Company's pikes advanced in turn, marching forward at a steady step. They met the spears of the onrushing elves head-on, aiming to resist the shock of their charge and the struggle of the foot began. Dust swept among them and the clamour of their war-cries filled the air.

At the first battle they'd caught the Noldor unawares, and had an easy victory. Now, the struggle was far harder. At the center pike tangled with spear, and in that struggle the Golden Company had the upper hand, planting the tips of their pikes against the elven shields and pushing forward. Elves screamed in vain, driven back and further back, only the presence of their blue-cloaked keeping them at it, relentlessly pushing them forward. Yet at the wings, Flowers saw that the Golden Company's formation was buckling, pushed back by the force of the foe's striving. The boldest of the elves were dashing in and out of the wall of pikes presented by the Golden Company's men, trying to hack off the points and hurl their javelins within. The light foot who guarded the flanks of the pikemen were being driven back steadily, by shock and spear and sword.

There was no more laughter now. "Signal our reserves to reinforce the flanks and for the horse to move," Strickland ordered. "The center can hold for now. Nothing's changed." he muttered. "We have them well in hand."

Peake laughed thunderously. "Took long enough!"

"What manner of fool would leave his strong place to attack?" Strong wondered. "With more leaders like this, we shall all be lords in no time."

"More the fool's you, Strong." Franklyn answered. "Thought one o' ours would know better. If they stood there, they'd die. But if they broke through our lines..."

"And now they'll just die faster, Ser Flowers." Strong grinned. "Not to complain, of course."

"Aye, they'll die." Franklyn acknowledged. "But they never stood much chance." Truth be told, Flowers was glad. He thought back to the chill and foreboding he felt on the previous day's morn. If it meant no worse than the elves sallying from their keep, all the better.

"Where is Mudd and Brook?" Jaqho asked.

"Strickland sent them off, to lead the outriders, an' chase after any stragglers." Franklyn answered. "Ain't come back yet, I'd say."

"Worries me." the Dothraki said, pulling at the end of his moustache. "They came by trouble then?"

"Doubt it," Flowers answered, but felt the cold deep at the pit of his stomach return. What if Jaqho was right? No more than a fever an' a sellsword's bad shit, he told himself. "That preening fuck's too old by half to die like a fool." he spurred his horse onward. "Come, Dothraki! Time to become a Ser, if you got the guts for it!"

They rode down towards the river, over two hundred heavy horse strong. "Keep a way clear for the enemy!" he barked out. Soldiers could turn to beasts like any other. And it was cornered, desperate beasts you needed to fear, because they fought the hardest. But if a fearful man saw a way out, then odds were he'd try to take it, damn both gods and men. And men on the run were the men that died the fastest.

Armies were raised high and broken by those that made them up. Battles aren't won by killin' foes, just breaking them. Knowing that was the difference between boys and men, and victors from the corpses.

The elves had fought bravely, managing to push back the lines of the Golden Company and almost shatter them at the flanks. They'd fought like men possessed. But with the reserves streaming in from the rear, and the horns of the Golden Company's knights sounding at their rear, now the Noldor were in full retreat. At the other flank, Flowers could see Peake and his men already charging for the enemy, running down those fleeing and sweeping through their wing. At the center, the elves were gathering around their leader, presenting their shields and spears outwards for one last stand. The Golden Company's foot was pushing towards them, and Flowers likewise guided his cavalry.

The battle slowed down to a crawl, all who were left fighting gathering their strength for the final struggle. Men muttered their prayers. No doubt the enemy is too, to whatever gods they worship.

From where Strickland and the Company's standard stood, the bugle sounded. Time to send them to meet them, Flowers smiled and lowered his visor, gripping his lance tight, and holding it steady. He could feel the sun glaring down at his plate, heating him within. Even in this cold, it made him sweat beneath the arms. "Lower lances!" Flowers commanded, as the pikes were now pushing forward. "You want the pike-buggers to have your glory?" he asked of his men.

But this time, they did not listen. Neither could Franklyn Flowers hear his own voice. It was drowned out by another sound. It was the echo of thousands of hooves in the distance, fast approaching. Rising alongside them was the blaring of horns wildly blowing and a great drum's deep pounding. Boom. Doom. Doom.

They're coming from the east. Flowers raised his visor, and turned his head to look in that direction. He eyed the stretch of land there, plains rolling freely until you reached a line of hills, high enough to hide whatever lay behind them. But even then he could spot the clouds of dust gathering in the distance with ease. And atop the hill's crest he saw riders, first a few dozens, then more and more in force amassing, until their number grew beyond counting. Lightly-armored riders in splendid coats and cloaks of gold and scarlet, on their heads tall helms bearing many feathers, and lighter-clad horsemen still, in robes trimmed with fur. He spotted many quivers and bows in hand, sabers and axes, spears and riders' lances. Flying above them all were banners, standards whistling in the wind. A winged sun within a blue square, as big as a dromond's sails - and so many stars, stars arrayed by threes, stars atop horse-tail poles, silver stars on a field of red, silks streaming behind them. Flowers flinched in dawning recognition. Those were the same banners they'd used to deceive the elves on their arrival.

Boom. Doom. Doom. The drums from the east echoed across the plain again and again.

Gods help us all. Franklyn gazed in horror as he saw more standards rise from the riders' midst. He saw Old John Mudd's white-haired head look back at him from atop a spear, eyes blank in pain and horror. Deziel Brook's was next to it, his mouth gaping open, filled with blood staining his beard red. There were at least half a dozen more, all men that Franklyn recognized as outriders. The lance grew heavier in Franklyn's hands, and his heart began to race in his chest.

He heard a fearsome cry rage high above the clamor, a voice like approaching thunder in the horizon, as stone breaking apart, echoing louder than any storm, crackling with fury. It was joined by a hound's loud howl. It came from a man riding ahead of the rest of the host. Even from afar he seemed gigantic, and he rode on a great red stallion, clad all in steel. By his side was a dog, a hound as large as a horse. Like the one they'd spied in the distance. Those scouts were speaking truth after all. They ran up and down before the horsed host, until the rider reared his steed, facing to the Golden Company. One hand gripped onto the reins but the other he raised high, and in that hand he held aloft a bow. Seeing it, the riders surged forth, the great horseman and his hound racing before them.

They headed straight for Strickland and the banner, completely exposed from the flanks and rear. With the Golden Company's banner flying over him like it was, even a blind man could tell where to find the army's leader. "Move! Ride!" Franklyn shouted with all the strength he could muster. "To Strickland! To Strickland! To the banner! To the Captain-General! To the Captain-General!" he yelled, so loud that his voice gave out. Among the foot, the officers were struggling to keep order, the battalion-blocks of pikemen both having to face against the elves they'd cornered, and turn about to face the new enemy. Peake looked to have the same idea as Franklyn, turning his knights around to ride for Strickland and the banner. Everything had gone sour, turning from victory to disaster in but a few moments.

Franklyn rode forward with his men, galloping for Strickland as fast as they could. No time to lose, because the enemy weren't wasting any of theirs. The mounted archers were already loosing their arrows into Strickland's guard, shooting then wheeling back before any could ride against them. The Captain-General's knights huddled close around Strickland, and as Flowers and Peake closed in from the other side they withdrew, galloping away. They'll be back, he knew already.

"Flowers! Thank the gods you made it!" Strickland breathed heavily, his face red with fright. "This is - this is horrid." This time, he couldn't disagree.

"Get the foot, much as we can of 'em here." Franklyn proposed. "And the archers too. We form up, present their horse with a wall of steel. The enemy gets too close, we ride out and drive them off. Gods are with us, and they retreat." It wouldn't be much of a victory for the singers, but they'd see the day's end if it worked.

Strickland nodded. "Well-said." he agreed. "Stay put, until the rest of the Golden Company comes to deliver us. If only we had my elephants..." he said ruefully.

Flowers said nothing, but looked to the battle. The footmen were retreating back to the standard, though harried along the way by the mounted archers running circles around them. Many made it through, but in the pursuit other battalion-blocks were strung out, losing their cohesion. Horsemen approached them, loosing arrows at their backs, diving in and out of the pikemen's ranks, killing with sword and axe and lance. Another block of men made its stand, dressing its ranks and forming a square, pikes pointing out in every direction like a hedgehog. But the horsemen paid it little heed, some continuing to loose arrows, and more instead opting to ride past them, like the lions of the plains, avoiding the pack to chase after easier prey. It gave Franklyn some hope. We stand our ground, and we can make it.

But not if all the foot were routed, and it seemed the Peakes shared his thoughts. The retreating infantry were exposed, islands in the sea of foes widening around them. If left on their lonesome, they'd drown.

"We have more than three hundred knights here!" Torman said. "I'm taking mine, and I'll ram them down the throat of that big fucker on the red horse, 'afore he kills all our footmen."

"And I'll keep my brother safe, sers." Ser Pykewood said, brandishing his lance. "And Old John Mudd was my friend. Gods willing, I shall avenge his death." he declared. Gathering their men, the Peakes galloped forward to meet the enemy, busy now with preying upon the retreating foot. The formation of their horsemen tightened as they closed the distance, armor shining in the evening sun, their golden barding glittering. It was a wedge made of steel, lowered lances forming its deathly tip, men and horses riding together so close that not a glove could idly fall between them. In all his years as a sellsword, Franklyn Flowers had seen the charge of the Golden Company's knights shatter every foe it faced up against. Dothraki, Essosi armored lancers, footmen, none could withstand the sheer force of their charge, none save perhaps other fellow knights. And Torman Peake was one of their best - stubborn as a bull maybe, but just as ferocious.

But he looked at the foe too, these red star elves.

They were swift and savage atop their horses, but more than that. Flowers had fought against Dothraki - they were fast and fierce too, but there was more to these enemies than that. The horse-lords of the Great Grass Sea were proud folk, a warrior people, and lacked discipline - it was not hard to get them drunk on victory, provoke them into doing something stupid if their khal's pride was injured. These riders though, Flowers could see them move with purpose. It was hard to make out, but Flowers could tell they rode in twelves, but those same squadrons had no trouble joining together at a simple call to form even larger units at need, more than a hundred strong, moving together. And they did so without issue, with the same discipline as he saw in the Golden Company's own ranks.

As Peake came to the relief of the infantry, the elven cavalry fled before him, some of the more unfortunate ones finding themselves unhorsed, or skewered upon a lance. Already many of the stragglers were joining with the rest of the pikemen, forming a wall of steel around the Captain-General and his banner. Peake kept after the elf riders and kept on chasing as they scattered around him, like waves before a galley's prow. But instead of routing, they continued to ride apace, shooting into the flanks of Peake's knights. Those at the front did the same, loosing arrows back as they rode forwards, dragging Peake's knights in deeper. No, you stubborn fuck. Flowers cursed inwardly. Some few men staggered, others fell down, their horses shot from under them, breaking the gallop of the riders around them. But Peake kept on regardless. He was too deep now to be able to retreat. He went too deep, and has to cut his way out. Breaking the charge now would leave him trapped in the foe's midst.

Then the enemy ceased their retreat, their horsemen turning around to face Peake's knights, instead galloping at full force towards them, shooting from their bows still. Why in all the Seven Hells would those fools do that? Franklyn wanted to laugh, but the laughter quickly died in his throat. As the distance swiftly closed between the elves and the knights, the elven riders parted their formation in the last few yards, riding off to the sides. Wedges of heavy horsemen now revealed came surging from within the parted ranks. They were all-covered in steel, both man and horse, their helms like domes and in their grip heavy lances lowered. At their head was the same great rider as before, seated atop his red stallion, overtopping the others head and shoulders by an ell. Several knights were killed by his arrow, striking with force enough to pierce through armor and man, or put a horse down to the ground for good.

But Peake went on undaunted, screaming his war-cries. The Great Rider traded his bow for a lance, if it could be called that. It was more a glaive - no, a halberd than anything else, a steely-grey spear, flanked by heads like those of an executioner's axe. The charging ranks met, slamming into each other at full force. From the flanks, more elven riders closed in, lighter-clad but striking at the exposed rear of the knights. Peake's men were enveloped and battered on all sides. Knights were caught in place by horse-ropes and pierced by lances, helms cracked open by maces. Torman tried to rally them - but the great rider was fast approaching, and wherever he went, death followed. Three knights tried to bar his path, and three fell in an instant, two by his hand and another's horse leapt upon by that enormous hound, horse and rider dragged down into the muck together. "He's heading for Ser Torman!" Flowers heard Jaqho breathing out, in his face a mix of awe and horror.

True enough, Torman and the rider soon met in the conflict's carnage, as the latter rode straight ahead towards the banner of the knights. Pykewood spurred his horse on to protect his brother, lowering his lance to meet the rider's charge. Torman joined in with his brother at full gallop, his spear bearing the Golden Company's banner. The Rider swerved to the side, avoiding Pykewood's thrust and with a wide-arcing swing of his halberd swept the leg of the long-bearded Peake's horse clean off. Pykewood was sent hurtling to the dirt, trampled beneath the red stallion's hooves. The younger Peake struck savagely at the Rider, but he did not even get the chance to land a single blow. In a single strike, the Rider cut through the shaft of his spear, mail, flesh and bone, severing his arm at the elbow and burying the head of his halberd deep within Ser Torman's side. The Golden Company's banner fell to the bloody muck alongside the man bearing it.

Peake's remaining men broke with him and were slain where they stood, slaughtered like trapped game. The fallen banner was raised again - but in mockery, mired with mud and blood.

Franklyn looked away, the echoes of the elven riders' victorious cheers ringing in his ears. He looked to Strickland instead. The Captain-General was stricken with fear, shrinking back onto his saddle. The men around him looked no less shocked.

"Captain-General - Harry," Flowers said. "They'll be coming for us soon. For your head. I don't think we'll be able to stop them."

Strickland's expression turned grimmer, and he made to speak. "What do you mean to say, Franklyn?" he asked. Strickland's voice was low, weak, and Franklyn knew Harry was struggling to keep the fear from showing.

"I mean to - Ah! Bugger it all." Franklyn grunted. "We both know you're not the kind of man to fight to his last breath, Harry. Take off that golden armor o' yours, anything that'll make you stand out. Run away. Flee back to camp. I know you're thinking of it yourself already."

He saw Harry sputter, then look away. "I'm no craven to run away, Flowers." Strickland protested.

"Craven or not, you're the Captain-General. You command the Golden Company. If we all die here, then who takes your place? Maar? Edoryen, maybe. Or perhaps Griff, the Lord Hand could get picked easily enough now. That won't do."

Strickland narrowed his eyes at that. "I thought you were friends with Connington." he said.

"Aye." Or thought I was. Don't know what he sees me as anymore. "But Connington cares for His Grace, and dreams a Griffin's dreams. The Golden Company aren't his, and we don't concern him overmuch. You know that." Then there was their guide. Mairon, Amarfion, who knew his name, and who saw his thoughts?

Strickland nodded glumly. Homeless Harry was no fighter, but he was not stupid either. "He needs a counterbalance, and the Golden Company's men need a voice of their own, beyond that of the King."

"Aye. That's what I mean." Flowers agreed. "An' you're the one we have. I'd rather your head not sit atop an elf's lance by day's end."

"So you'll stay here?" Strickland asked him. "Why?"

Flowers let out a sigh. "Someone has to, Harry." he said.

"You'll die, you know. I doubt these elves will show any mercy if they capture you." Harry told him.

"Aye, our friend Mairon made sure o' that." Franklyn laughed mirthlessly. "Don't think they're too happy about us using their banner." He saw Strickland remove his gilded breastplate, as well as his cloth of gold cloak and all other markings of his rank. The hurry in his movements did little to hide his despondent expression. The man looked lost, lost and defeated. That he is, but at least he'll get out of here alive, Franklyn thought. The Captain-General finally was left in mail alone, that he covered up in a cloak less likely to be seen from a mile afar. Strickland turned his eyes to the standard flying above them, laden with the skulls of all his predecessors, a look of guilt crossing his face.

"You're going to leave the standard here?" Strickland asked, visibly upset. "It's never fallen, never been captured, not since my great-grandsire's time! We're Bittersteel's heirs, how can we let his legacy fall into enemy hands?"

"I don't like it any more than you do, Harry." Flowers said. "But I'd rather the standard fall than the Company. I'm already handing them my head to take, what more is a few golden ones?" He thought of Blackheart at that moment, how the old sellsword knew all the Company's prior captains by name and deed, the way he'd tell the younger men the stories. Now, his skull was among them too.

"Give the skulls at least, to a fast rider. One we can trust." Strickland retorted. "I won't be remembered as the Captain-General who let the Company's history be taken away and melted down." The Stranger is riding at our door, and you're thinking of how they'll remember you? Gods help us all, Harry. Strickland, Connington, old Bittersteel himself. Highborn men, all their lot. Thinking how they'd be remembered after they died. Flowers doubted any singers would remember his name, nor any of the men with him. They'd know King Aegon, and his Griffin Hand. Perhaps Mairon too, no doubt he'd find a way to get into a tale or two. I doubt anyone will remember you either, Harry, if there's any left of us to sing.

"Aye, I'll do that." Flowers agreed. "Anything else left to say?"

Strickland looked to him. "Just from you, Flowers. I doubt we'll see each other again. Nothing to say at all?"

"Not much. My will's made and ready, fit as it'll ever be, not like I'll get a chance to change it. Don't have no sons I know of, so all that's mine goes to the men. You'll find them written there. Don't forget the cooks and the Septons, for puttin' up with me all these years! What's left goes to the King, he'll find some use for it." Franklyn laughed again, and his hand traveled to his wineskin. There was still some left in there. He took a brave swig. "How about a last drink together, Harry? Meant to share it with someone else, but the gods had other plans." he asked, and offered the skin to the Captain-General. Strickland took the offer, and drank himself. "Fuck, five-and-twenty years. I've known your hide for longer than I knew my own mother." Flowers muttered, more to himself than anyone else.

"Five-and-twenty years a Son of Bittersteel." Harry said, almost smiling. "Many men would give their lives for that."

"So did I, eh? More's the fool." Flowers laughed again, looking down at his armor. The brown suit of plate had become like a second skin to him after all these years. Looks like I won't be takin' it off in this world. "But aye, they weren't all bad. Even saw a whole different world before the end. Who could've ever thought that possible?"

"Makes our Company grander than Velaryon and Longstrider, I reckon."

Strickland rode close, and clasped Franklyn's hand tight. "I will never forget this, Flowers." he said. "You're a good man, and true."

"The Father will judge that firstly, I think." Flowers grinned. "Tell the men at camp… Ah, Gods know you'll think of something fine to say. Go now, before they catch you and make me look a fool!" Franklyn shouted, and bade the Captain-General away. Small and with nothing to mark him out, Harry vanished through the ranks.

With Homeless Harry gone, so too did Flowers turn his attention to the men around him. They had arranged themselves in a square around him and the remaining archers and crossbows. These were all hardened men, who knew their place and part to play from many a hard fought battle. Yet they were afraid all the same.

Franklyn was afraid too. He'd fought in many battles, same as the men now under him, many with bad odds. But this time, he knew there'd be no salvation. It was too late, the foe too strong. A soldier ought to be ready to die at any moment. But knowing the end would come before it did, seeing the Stranger's face up close, that was different. It made a man think about his life's course. Twenty-five years ago, he'd thought it would end differently. But perhaps Griff was right - a sellsword was meant to be nothing more than that, a sword. And there would be no end to chasing after wars, not until they finally killed him too.

Mother, Franklyn prayed silently. I've… not been a good man. I led a life of sin. Killed more men than I can count, drank and whored my whole life away. Broken my word, cheated and murdered. I've been an unworthy knight. Father Above, judge me justly for my deeds. Warrior give strength to my arm and forgiveness to my soul, Smith keep my brothers from harm. Mother, forgive me.

He looked up. He could hear the thundering of hooves approaching. The time for prayer was over, now was the hour for the final battle. "Come on, stand proud!" Flowers shouted to the men. On the other side of the battle, their first enemy, the elves fleeing from the fortress were recovering, joining forces with the riders that saved their hides. "Pikes high, heads higher! Ready arms! We're the sons of Bittersteel, not of squealing whores. Let it never be said that the Golden Company ever yielded!"

First came the riders on their horses. They let loose their flights, thousands of arrows whistling through the air. Then again, and again. The horses galloped closer and closer, the clapping of their hooves growing louder with every second, like knights readying to deliver their charge. He saw the men in the rear ranks flinch at their approach, the pikes in their hands shaking like tree branches caught in a powerful gale.

There was no cause to fear - yet. The elven riders turned about before any shot could be unleashed back upon them, wheeling about in perfect form and scurrying away, releasing a few final shots as new riders galloped back to take their place in the advancing file. Some men fell, and others were wounded.

A handful of the knights by his side fumed, fingers gripping at their lances. No doubt they still yearned to chase after the 'fleeing' horsemen. The young ones, most like. They were always the stupidest. Franklyn held them back - for now. The riders returned, again and again. More arrows flew, and more men fell. Meanwhile, the foot from the fortress formed up across the Golden Company's formation, their ranks deep. Franklyn gritted his teeth as he watched. Not even the Dothraki are like this. Oh, they'd shoot their bows alright - but they'd rather do it up close, and after the first few volleys always would draw their arakhs and charge, eager for bloodier fare. This was torture, plain as day. They want to torment us, make us weak and scared as rats before they charge home and land the death-blow.

Flowers cursed Torman and Pykewood Peake under his breath. If those two fools hadn't died with so much of the heavy horse, it wouldn't be so bad now. Doesn't matter anymore, does it? He told himself. Can't hear me from where they are now.

Horns blew, and the elven foot began their advance. They were shouting loudly and merrily, no doubt eager for vengeance after the hurts the Golden Company inflicted on them earlier in the day. Another turning of war's fortunes. They fell upon the Golden Company's lines with wild abandon, pushing the tired pikemen back.

"Come!" Flowers shouted to the knights by his side, spurring his horse onward. He knew that it would not turn the tides of battle. But if he was to die, he wouldn't die waiting for his enemies to find him.

They surged forward, rushing onto the gaps within the line. Flowers' lance found its mark, breaking against the chest of one of the elven footmen, then his blade hacked another's helm. He laughed as he swung his sword and landed another blow. The buckling sellsword foot found their courage again. They planted their pikes against the shields of their foes and pressed with their feet forward. Yet more parts of the line were growing thinner, however, pushed back further and further. They retreated back within the square to get new lances, and sounding his horns, Flowers made for where he and his knights were needed most.

But they couldn't be everywhere at once. His men were near the breaking point. It was just a matter of telling where the hammer would fall hardest.

The elves soon gave their answer. Once again, their heaviest horse rode forward, towards where the knight in the blue cloak fought, at the battle line's weakest part. Their lances were long as pikes, and at their sides they bore bow and sword. Not an inch of them was unarmored. They were like septs of steel, built to withstand any harm and carry all before them. Their close-packed wedge fell upon the pikemen like lightning. First at a trot, then at full gallop. They carried through the wall of spears and shields arrayed before them, breaching through with sheer shock and the weight of horse and man, trampling deep into the ranks. Some few brave men made to stand with their spears, but were swept aside, rocky shoals before a wave of grey steel. More, lighter horsemen rode through the gaps they'd opened, crushing skulls with their maces, severing heads with sword and battle-axe, shooting fleeing soldiers with their bows, so close now that no mail could withstand their points.

And Men broke.

The Golden Company's foot was in full rout, their formation utterly destroyed. Men ran and men tried to surrender. A battalion-block raised its pikes high to signal that they had given up fighting. Instead, the elven cavalry attacked them instead, cutting down the surrendering men as they cried out for quarter. None was given. Fury boiled in Franklyn's stomach. These were fine men, soldiers he'd known and bled alongside for years. Now he was seeing them crying out for the Gods and their mothers as they were being butchered like animals. And he could not do a thing to save them.

"Their leader, Flowers." Vyrr's voice rumbled behind his helm. "He's right there." Indeed he was, the great rider and his hound riding at the head of the armored column as they had against Peake's men.

"There's only one answer then." Flowers answered. "Beneath the Gold?" he cried.

"The Bitter Steel!" echoed the answer of his knights. Flowers and Vyrr, Jaqho, Hills and Strongs, the bastards, the exiles, the scum and noble sons of two continents, flying above the only banner that could unite them all. Lances lowered, they made ready to meet the enemy. Turning his attention from the foot, the great rider wheeled his horsemen about, crying out in his foreign language.

Franklyn held his lance as steady as he ever did, his spurs digging into the sides of his mount. Stay, hold still, he prayed as his mount galloped towards the enemy. His lowered visor made him see only a narrow band of light before him. His breath grew ragged as little enough air came through the narrow holes in his helm. The speed of the riding and his years gave Franklyn Flowers little time to breathe. The noises of the men and the battlefield around him were muffled by the steel all around his head. Yet he took aim with his lance as best as he could all the same, the world narrowing about him.

They collided with the enemy, and that world turned to noise. A swirl of violence, the stench of blood and gore, the screams of men and horses, so fast that he could barely keep up with it all. His lance found something, though they rode so fast it was hard to tell what it was, horse or rider. He dropped the lance - now broken and useless, and took up his sword. The lines of riders passed through each other now. Flowers lifted his visor, and looked around. Neither had lost much, but his knights were still worse for wear, while their enemy was nigh-untouched. He took some few deep breaths, exhaling loudly. Then, they engaged once more.

Vyrr slew an enemy with his lance, then buried his great axe deep into the shoulder of another. He saw Jaqho, engaged with a slighter rider clad in light green - arakh clashing with saber, but he lost sight of both in the combat. And caught sight of something else entirely. The foe's leader, the red rider, was galloping straight towards him.

Strong made to intercept him. No faster than he did so, the rider leapt past him - his red horse jumping for all its weight and burden, the rider's halberd scything through the air as he did so. They landed back onto the ground with a loud tremor, Strong's headless body slumping gracelessly onto the side of his horse, helm rolling on the bloodied soil.

It was Flowers' first look upon the rider that led their enemies from this close, and he'd never before seen a man like this. Not an inch of him was unarmored, and he stood taller than any knight Franklyn had ever laid his eyes upon. Next to him, even Vyrr seemed small. His chest was broad and his arms thick as tree trunks, but he moved like a lion waiting to pounce upon its prey. Over his armor he wore a scarlet coat and cloak, both trimmed with a wolf's fur. His helm was tall like a knight's, but rounded and fluted. Two feathers rose from its sides, and it was crowned with a red plume at its peak. The rider's face was covered by a steel faceplate, but his eyes were not hidden. They looked upon Flowers. He stared back, and felt them pierce straight into his soul.

These were no Man's eyes - they shone brightly as stars, grey like the stormy sky, glowering with hatred that burned like fire. Valiant knights came before him and then fell at his hand, slain as easily as green boys. Those left were too fearful to approach. This was no Man he faced - it was like the phantom of Daemon Blackfyre and Ser Ryam Redwyne, or though the Warrior Himself took to the field, plumed and blood-stained as he'd fought by the side of the Faithful warriors in years long past.

The Rider cried out to Flowers, a voice deep and terrifying. Franklyn couldn't understand a word he spoke, but he knew a challenge when he heard it. He had five knights with him, Vyrr among them. Two still had lances.

Flowers did not expect to survive this battle. Can you right a life wasted? Perhaps not. Mayhaps Connington was right, a sellsword was only that, a sword. But as a sword, he could render the Golden Company and the King one final service, killing the enemy commander.

"With me! Take his head!" Flowers said. This time, five knights alone followed, all together. The knights with lances were first upon the fray, one from the left and the other from the right, Flowers and the rest from straight ahead with mace and axe and sword. But the Rider remained undaunted.

He swayed off to the side faster than any one so large had any right to, causing the knight to his left to miss - but the one to the right did not. The lance caught him high in the right shoulder, and Franklyn wanted to cheer. All notion of that quickly died, as the Rider seemed almost unhurt. He had been hit, but the lance had failed to penetrate the armor, or shatter - instead, its point went off to the side, doing no more than glance from the armor. The Rider did not miss. He struck the knight with the tip of his halberd and fixed it straight through his breast and out the back, piercing straight through mail and padding. Retrieving it faster than any could react, he then dispatched the man to his left, the speartip striking him at the neck. They were now too close to avoid one another, and too close for anyone to attempt and flee.

Flowers made to strike his back but his swing went too broad, and he found himself entangled close, out of position. The knight next to him had his mount killed beneath him. In its death throes, Flowers' own horse was spooked and turned. He struggled with the reins, trying to take back control, but left Vyrr alone. The Lyseni struck with his axe, and struck well - he was too close for his foe to maneuver away. The man was strong, and he hacked away at the elven leader with all his might. But he was one man, alone. His axe strokes were parried, and the enemy now had the better of the struggle. With one hand, he held his halberd and pushed Vyrr's axe aside - and with the other, he wrenched the skull-shaped faceplate clean off the Qohor-made helmet, exposing his face fully in one stroke. The next moment, he punched his head, mailed fist shattering the warrior's nose and jaw, the axe dropping from Vyrr's hands as he struggled to defend himself. But he could not wrestle this enemy away. The Rider punched again, and more blood flew from out his mouth, staining the Rider's faceplate red. After the third blow, the Lyseni's arms went limp.

Flowers was left alone, what once was the Golden Company's proud vanguard left in tatters. More and more elven riders now surrounded him. "TURKO! TURKO! TURKO!" they cheered, the only thing he could make out. Even if he wanted to, he could not break out. But Flowers wouldn't give them the satisfaction of seeing him beg for mercy before they slaughtered him like those other men.

His hand grasped his sword. Franklyn kissed the bloodied blade. One last time, for good luck. Mother aid me. His enemy's eyes looked at him with pride and contempt as he brandished his halberd towards Flowers. "Come here," Franklyn breathed out defiantly to the towering rider looming over him. "Dance with this bastard."
 
And that is the story so far. I apologize for having uploaded it in such a torturous format, but I couldn't think of any good alternative, and I wouldn't want to upload a story that's already written in full by drip feeding chapters.

I hope that any readers here can get past the woeful format, and hopefully enjoy it.
 
Back
Top